Skip to main content

Full text of "Lycoming College catalog"

See other formats


nil 


'■■ir^'-'^h    ;^.:-'^'t. 


CHOICES 


THE  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


_^.;(^ 


^Pffc) 


The  Mission 


The  mission  of  Lycoming  College  is  to 
provide  a  distinguished  baccalaureate  educa- 
tion in  the  liberal  arts.  This  is  achieved  within 
a  coeducational,  supportive,  residential  setting 
through  programs  that  develop  communica- 
tion and  critical  thinking  skills;  foster  self- 
awareness  while  increasing  receptivity  to  new 
concepts  and  perspectives;  explore  literary 
and  scientific  traditions;  cultivate  an  aesthetic 
sensibility;  elicit  social  responsibility; 
promote  racial  inclusiveness,  gender  equality, 
and  an  appreciation  of  cultural  diversity;  and 
produce  leadership  for  the  institutions  of 
society.  Each  student  is  encouraged  to 
develop  and  strengthen  virtues  and  traits  of 
character  that  enable,  ennoble,  and  emancipate 
the  human  spirit  while  deepening  commitment 
to  those  values  that  undergird  civilization. 


Fully  accredited,  Lycoming  is  a  member  of 
the  Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges  and 
Schools,  and  the  University  Senate  of  The 
United  Methodist  Church.  It  is  a  member  of 
the  Association  of  American  Colleges  and 
Universities,  the  Pennsylvania  Association  of 
Colleges  and  Universities,  the  Commission  for 
Independent  Colleges  and  Universities,  the 
National  Commission  on  Accrediting  and  the 
National  Association  of  Schools  and  Colleges 
of  The  United  Methodist  Church. 

Also,  the  Department  of  Nursing  is 
accredited  by  the  National  League  for 
Nursing.  The  Department  of  Chemistry  is 
approved  by  the  American  Chemical  Society 
to  certify  upon  graduation  those  students  who 
meet  or  exceed  the  requirements  established 
by  the  Society  for  membership. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


CONTENTS 


Contents 


Academic  Calendar,  1996-1997 2 


Welcome  to  Lycoming 4 


The  Campus 6 


Admission  to  Lycoming 10 


Financial  Matters 13 


Student  Affairs 23 


Academic  Policies  And  Regulations 26 


The  Academic  Program 36 


The  Curriculum 56 


The  Board  of  Trustees 165 


Administrative  Staff/Faculty 166 


The  Alumni  Association 181 


Index 183 


Conmiunication  With 

Lycoming  College Inside  Back  Cover 


The  general  regulations  and  policies  stated  in  this 
catalog  are  in  effect  for  the  1996-97  academic  year. 
Freshmen  beginning  their  first  terms  at  Lycoming  College 
in  the  fall  of  1996  or  the  spring  of  1997  are  thereafter 
governed  by  the  policies  stated  in  this  catalog. 

If  changes  are  made  in  subsequent  editions  of  the 
catalog  to  either  general  requirements  or  major  require- 
ments, students  have  the  option  of  following  their  original 
program  or  a  subsequent  catalog  version,  but  the  College 
always  reserves  the  right  to  determine  which  requirements 
apply. 

If  a  student  interrupts  his  or  her  education  but  returns 
to  the  College  after  no  more  than  one  academic  year  has 
passed,  he/she  will  retain  the  same  requirements  in  effect 
at  the  initial  date  of  entrance.  A  student  who  withdraws 
from  the  College  for  more  than  one  year  will,  upon  return, 
be  required  to  complete  the  requirements  currently 
imposed  upon  other  students  of  the  same  academic  level. 
A  student  who  transfers  to  the  College  with  advanced 
standing  will  be  subject  to  the  requirements  imposed  upon 
other  students  at  the  College  who  have  attained  the  same 
academic  level.  Post-baccalaureate  students  will  be 
subject  to  the  requirements  in  effect  at  the  date  of 
entrance  to  post-baccalaureate  studies  and  must  complete 
both  distribution  and  major  requirements.  This  does  not 
apply  to  non-degree  students  in  certificate-only  programs. 

Lycoming  College  reserves  the  right  to  amend  or 
change  the  policies  and  procedures  stated  in  this  catalog 
without  prior  notice  to  those  who  may  be  affected  by 
them.  The  provisions  of  this  publication  are  not  to  be 
regarded  as  an  irrevocable  contract  between  the  applicant 
and/or  the  student  and  Lycoming  College. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 
Printed  in  Canada 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 


Academic 
Calendar 


Fall  Semester 

Spring  Semester 

Bills  are  due 

August  9 

December  13 

Orientation  of  new  faculty 

August  22 

Residence  halls  open  for  freshmen 

August  23  at  8  a.m. 

January  5  at  8  a.m. 

Residence  halls  open  for  upperclassmen 

August  24  at  10  a.m. 

January  5  at  8  a.m. 

Classes  begin  first  period 

August  26 

January  6 

Processing  of  drop/add  begins 

August  26 

January  6 

Re-registration  fee  of  $25  applies 
after  this  date 

August  30 

January  10 

Last  day  for  drop/add 

August  30 

January  10 

Last  day  to  elect  audit  and  pass/fail  grades 

August  30 

January  10 

Last  day  for  submission  of  final  grades  for 
courses  for  which  Incomplete  grades  were 
recorded  in  Spring,  May,  and  Summer  terms 

October  4 

Last  day  for  submission  of  final  grades 
for  courses  for  which  Incomplete 
grades  were  recorded  in  fall  semester 

February  14 

Mid-semester  deficiency  reports  due 
in  Registrar's  Office  at  noon 

October  14 

February  21 

Residence  halls  close  at  6  p.m.  for 
spring  recess 

February  21 

Residence  halls  open  at  10  a.m. 

March  2 

Classes  resume  first  period  after 
spring  recess 

March  3 

Enrollment  deposit  deadline 

March  14 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 

• 


Fall  Semester 

Spring  Semester 

Last  day  to  withdraw  from  courses 

October  25 

March  14 

Last  days  to  withdraw  from 
half  semester  courses. 

1  St  7  weeks 
2nd  7  weeks 

September  25 
November  13 

February  5 
April  2 

Residence  halls  close  at  6:00  p.m.  for 
Thanksgiving  recess 

November  26 

Residence  halls  open  at  10  a.m. 

December  1 

Classes  resume  first  period  after 
Thanksgiving 

December  2 

Final  examinations  begin 

December  9 

April  21 

Semester  ends  at  5:00  p.m. 

December  13 

April  25 

Residence  halls  close  at  6:00  p.m. 

December  13 

April  25 

SP 
May  Term 

ECIAL  SESSIC 

Summer 

Session  #1 

)NS 

Summer 
Session  #2 

Residence  halls  open  noon  -  2:30  p.m. 

May  4 

June  1 

July  6 

Classes  begin 

May  5 

June  2 

July? 

Last  day  for  drop/add 

May  6 

June  4 

July  9 

Last  day  to  elect  audit  and  pass/fail  grades 

May  6 

June  4 

July  9 

Last  day  to  withdraw  from  courses 

May  21 

June  23 

July  28 

Term  ends 

May  30 

July  3 

August  8 

Residence  halls  close  at  4:00  p.m. 

May  30 

July  3 

August  8 

Special  dates  to  remember: 

Freshman  Seminar August  23,  24,  25 

New  Student  Convocation August  23 

Labor  Day  (classes  in  session). .  .  September  2 

Science  Saturday September  28 

Long  Weekend  (no  classes) . .  October  18,19, 20 

Homecoming  Weekend October  4,  5,  6 

Admissions  Open  House October  26 

Parents  Weekend November  1,  2,  3 

Admissions  Open  House November  9 

Business  Open  House November  1 6 

Thanksgiving  recess Nov.  26  -  Dec.  1 


Admissions  Open  House January  1 8 

Admissions  Open  House February  15 

Spring  recess February  21  -  March  3 

Good  Friday  (no  classes) March  28 

Accepted  Students  Day April  13 

Honors  Convocation April  13 

Baccalaureate May  3 

Conmiencement May  4 

Memorial  Day  (no  classes) May  26 

Independence  Day  (no  classes) July  4 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


WELCOME  TO  LYCOMING 


Welcome  To 
Lycoming  College 


Lycoming  College  is  a  small  liberal  arts 
college  dedicated  to  providing  the  type  of 
learning  that  can  be  used  for  a  lifetime  in  a 
supportive,  residential  environment  that 
fosters  individual  growth  and  close  interper- 
sonal relationships. 

U.S.  News  and  World  Report  has  recog- 
nized Lycoming  as  one  of  the  top  ten,  regional 
colleges  in  the  United  States.  It  is  something 
that  Lycoming  alumni  have  quietly  known  for 
years.  The  reasons  are  simple. 

All  of  Lycoming's  resources  and  faculty 
are  dedicated  to  the  undergraduate  education 
of  just  1500  students.  Classes  are  small  and 
all  faculty  members  teach.  With  a  13  to  1 
ratio  of  students  to  faculty,  classes  of  five  or 
ten  students  are  not  uncommon,  while  even 
large  introductory  courses  average  about  30 
students.  This  means  abundant  opportunities 
for  individual  attention  by  a  faculty  truly 
committed  to  teaching. 

Lycoming  students  are  superbly  prepared 
to  meet  the  challenges  of  life  through  an 
academic  program  that  includes  both  breadth 
of  study  in  the  humanities,  social  sciences  and 
natural  sciences  and  depth  of  study  in  at  least 
one  area  of  concentration. 

Those  areas  of  concentration  include 
bachelor  of  arts  programs  in  33  major  fields,  a 
bachelor  of  fine  arts  degree  in  sculpture,  a 
bachelor  of  science  in  two  major  fields,  and  a 
bachelor  of  science  degree  in  nursing. 

Those  who  intend  to  continue  in  medicine, 
dentistry,  law,  the  ministry  or  teaching  will 
find  excellent  preprofessional  preparation. 
Through  a  number  of  cooperative  programs 
with  other  colleges  and  universities, 
Lycoming  students  can  study  engineering, 
forestry,  environment,  podiatric  medicine. 


optometry,  and  medical  technology — while 
still  enjoying  the  benefits  of  a  small  college 
experience.  They  can  also  study  at 
Westminster  College  in  Oxford,  England; 
Anglia  Polytechnic  University  in  Cambridge, 
England;  Regent's  College  in  London, 
England;  or  spend  a  semester  in  Washington, 
D.C.,  or  New  York  City  through  a  number  of 
other  cooperative  programs. 

One  of  Lycoming's  most  popular  and 
successful  ways  of  blending  career  planning 
with  a  liberal  arts  education  is  through  its 
internship  program.  Close  to  one-third  of 
Lycoming  students  gain  real  job  experience  as 
part  of  a  semester  course  load.  The 
Williamsport  area  is  particularly  rich  in 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


WELCOME  TO  LYCOMING 


internship  opportunities  in  business,  mass 
communication,  government,  health  and  social 
services.  The  close  relationship  between  the 
College  and  the  community  has  given 
Lycoming  students  a  chance  to  roll  up  their 
sleeves  and  gain  resume-enhancing  experience 
rather  than  mere  observation. 

Most  students  complete  their  program  of 
study  in  four  years,  usually  by  taking  four 
courses  each  fall  and  spring  semester.  How- 
ever, students  may  take  one  course  during 
Lycoming's  May  Term  and  from  one  to  two 
courses  in  each  Summer  Term. 

Perhaps  one  of  the  most  important  qualities 
of  Lycoming  is  its  feeling  of  community. 
Lycoming  is  a  truly  residential  college  where 
all  students,  with  the  exception  of  close 
commuters,  live  on  campus  in  one  of  the 
College's  residence  halls. 

The  quality  of  campus  life  is  enriched  by  a 
variety  of  extracurricular  activities  in  which 
Lycoming  students  gain  valuable  leadership 
training. 

Students  produce  a  weekly  newspaper,  run 
the  campus  radio  station,  edit  a  yearbook, 
mount  theatre  productions,  participate  in  a 
nationally  acclaimed  choir  and  concert  band, 
as  well  as  organize  and  manage  their  own 
social  fraternities  and  sororities,  special 
interest  clubs  and  campus-wide  social  events. 

Student  athletes  can  try  out  for  19  different 
varsity  sports  (10  for  men,  9  for  women)  or 
participate  in  the  College's  strong  intramural 
program. 

All  students  are  admitted  free  to  the 
Lycoming  College  Artist  Series  which  has 
brought  The  New  York  City  Opera  National 
Company;  such  Broadway  musicals  as  Annie, 
Into  the  Woods  and  Big  River,  and  other 
artists,  ranging  from  the  Tokyo  String  Quartet 
to  the  Pilobolus  Dance  Theater.  Student-run 
programs  have  brought  in  Gin  Blossoms,  C  & 
C  Music  Factory,  Howie  Mandel,  Brian 
Adams,  and  Rythm  Syndicate. 

Lycoming's  campus  lies  near  the  historic 
downtown  of  Williamsport,  a  city  best  known 


as  the  birthplace  of  Little  League  Baseball  and 
the  site  of  its  annual  international  champion- 
ship. The  greater  metro  area  has  a  population 
of  approximately  75,000. 

The  rolling  hills  and  forestlands  of 
northcentral  Pennsylvania  provide  some  of  the 
state's  best  scenery,  as  well  as  hiking, 
camping,  kayaking,  and  other  outdoor 
recreation.    Yet  Lycoming  is  less  than  a  four- 
hour  drive  from  New  York  City,  Philadelphia, 
Washington,  D.C.,  Baltimore  and  Pittsburgh. 

The  College  enjoys  a  relationship  with  the 
United  Methodist  Church  and  supports  its 
tradition  of  providing  an  education  to  persons 
of  all  faiths.  The  College  is  firmly  committed 
to  a  policy  of  cultural  diversity  and  expects  its 
students  to  work  together  in  an  atmosphere  of 
respect  and  tolerance. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  CAMPUS 

• 


History 

The  history  of  Lycoming  College  has  been 
one  of  continual  evolution.  The  institution  has 
been,  at  one  time  or  another,  an  elementary  and 
secondary  school,  a  seminary,  a  junior  college 
and  at  present  a  four-year  liberal  arts  college — 
going  through  three  name  changes  in  the 
process.  Sold  by  the  Presbyterians  to  the 
Methodists  (who  bought  it  as  a  source  of 
revenue),  it  is  today  an  independent  non- 
profit, private  college,  affiliated  with  the 
United  Methodist  Church. 

Its  beginning  dates  back  to  1812 — making 
Lycoming  one  of  the  50  oldest  colleges  in 
America — when  it  was  founded  as  the 
Williamsport  Academy,  that  city's  first 
elementary  and  secondary  school.  The  school 
was  administered  by  a  Board  of  Trustees 
made  up  primarily  of  staunch  Presbyterians. 

By  1848,  Williamsport  had  its  own  public 
school  system  well  in  place,  and  the  private 
school  was  becoming  a  financial  burden.  A 
visionary  circuit  preacher.  Rev.  Benjamin  H. 
Crever,  persuaded  the  Methodists  to  buy  the 
school.  They  named  the  institution  Dickinson 
Seminary  and  offered  college  preparatory 
courses.  Rev.  Crever  is  considered  the 
school's  true  founder. 

The  seminary  operated  as  a  private 
boarding  school  until  1929  when  a  college 
curriculum  was  added  and  it  became  the 
Williamsport  Dickinson  Junior  College,  the 
first  junior  college  in  Pennsylvania. 

In  1947,  the  junior  college  became  a  four- 
year  degree-granting  college  of  liberal  arts  and 
sciences.  It  adopted  the  name  Lycoming,  derived 
from  the  Indian  word  "lacomic,"  meaning 
"Great  Stream,"  a  name  that  enjoys  local 
popularity  as  the  name  of  the  county,  a 
township  and  a  creek. 

In  its  evolutionary  tradition,  Lycoming 
College  continues  to  expand  its  programs  and 
improve  its  academic  excellence  with  each 
decade,  seeking  to  provide  a  truly  distin- 
guished baccalaureate  education  to  every 
student  entering  its  doors. 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


The  Campus 

Nineteen  buildings  sit  on  Lycoming's  35- 
acre  campus.  Most  buildings  have  been 
constructed  since  1950.  All  are  easy  to  reach 
from  anywhere  on  campus.  A  I2-acre  athletic 
field  and  football  stadium  lie  a  few  blocks 
north  of  the  main  campus. 

Modem  buildings  include  the  eight 
residence  halls,  which  contain  clean  and 
comfortable  double  rooms;  the  student  union; 
and  the  physical  education/recreation  center. 
Up-to-date  facilities  include  the  library,  the 
theatre,  the  planetarium,  the  computer  center, 
an  elect-ronic-music  studio,  a  photography 
laboratory,  and  an  art  gallery.  The  computer 
center  opened  in  1969;  the  art  gallery  and  the 
physical  educ-ation  center  opened  in  1980. 
An  arts  center  was  renovated  and  opened  in 
1983.  The  Heim  Biology  and  Chemistry 
Building  opened  in  1990. 

1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THE  CAMPUS 


Residence  Halls 

Asbury  Hall  (1962)  —  Named  in  honor  of 
Bishop  Francis  Asbury,  the  father  of  The 
United  Methodist  Church  in  America,  who 
made  the  circuit  through  the  upper  Susquehanna 
District  in  1812,  the  year  Lycoming  (then  the 
Williamsport  Academy)  opened  its  doors. 
Asbury  Hall  houses  freshman  students  in  a  co- 
educational environment.  The  Telecommuni- 
cations Office  is  located  in  the  basement. 

Crever  Hall  (1962)  —  Honors  Lycoming's 
founder  and  first  financial  agent,  the  Rev. 
Benjamin  H.  Crever,  who  helped  persuade  the 
Baltimore  Conference  to  purchase  the  school 
from  the  Williamsport  Town  Council  in  1848. 

East  Hall  (1962)  —  Houses  five  chapters  of 
Lycoming's  fraternities  and  sororities.  The 
self-contained  units  contain  student  rooms  and 
a  chapter  room. 

Forrest  Hall  (1968)  —  Honors  Dr.  and  Mrs. 
Fletcher  Bliss  Forrest  and  Anna  Forrest 
Burfeindt  '30,  the  parents  and  sister  of 
Katherine  Forrest  Mathers  '28,  whose 
generosity  established  the  memorial. 

Rich  Hall  (1948)  —  Honors  the  Rich  family 
of  Woolrich,  Pennsylvania.  It  houses  health 
and  counseling  services,  dining  services 
office,  security,  residence  life,  and  buildings 
and  grounds.  Rich  is  an  all  female  hall. 

Skeath  Hall  (1965)  —  The  largest  residence 
hall  honors  the  late  J.  Milton  Skeath,  professor 
of  psychology  and  four-time  Dean  of  the 
College  from  1921  to  1967.  It  houses 
freshmen  in  a  co-educational  environment. 

Wesley  Hall  (1956)  —  Honors  John  Wesley, 
the  founder  of  Methodism.  This  building 
houses  a  number  of  Greek  organizations,  as 
well  as  independent  students. 

Williams  Hall  (1965)  —  Honors  Mary  Ellen 
Whitehead  Williams,  mother  of  Joseph  A. 


Williams,  of  St.  Marys,  Pennsylvania,  whose 
bequest  established  the  memorial. 

Academic  Buildings 

Academic  Center  (1968)  —  The  most  architec- 
turally impressive  complex  on  campus,  the 
Center  is  composed  of  four  buildings:  the 
John  G.  Snowden  Memorial  Library,  Wendle 
Hall,  the  Arena  Theatre  and  Laboratories,  and 
the  faculty  office  building. 

John  G.  Snowden  Memorial  Library 

(1968)  —  The  library  is  named  after  the  late 
state  senator  John  G.  Snowden.  An  active 
instruction  program  acquaints  students  with 
academic  library  strategies  and  supports  their 
specific  research  in  each  discipline  studied. 
Students  become  familiar  with  traditional 
methods  of  research  as  well  as  new  informa- 
tion technologies  utilizing  computerized  CD- 
ROM  and  on-line  searching,  and  the  Internet. 
The  collection  includes  more  than  160,000 
volumes,  approximately  1000  periodical  titles, 
and  a  strong  reference  section  suitable  to  an 
undergraduate  education.  The  Snowden 
Memorial  Library  also  serves  as  a  partial 
depository  for  U.S.  government  publications 
and  houses  the  archives  of  the  Central 
Pennsylvania  Conference  of  the  United 
Methodist  Church  and  the  College  archives. 

Art  Gallery  (1980)  —  Located  in  the  north- 
west comer  of  the  first  floor  of  the  John  G. 
Snowden  Memorial  Library,  the  gallery 
contains  exhibits  year-round,  including  shows 
of  student  work. 

Office  of  Communications  Technology/ 
Computer  Center(1969)  —  Lycoming 
College  provides  at  least  one  computer 
network  access  point  in  each  room  on  campus. 
This  is  the  completion  of  an  ambitious  three 
year  undertaking  to  enrich  the  educational 
environment.  Students  have  access  to  a 
variety  of  on  campus  resources  and  world 
wide  resources  through  the  network. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  CAMPUS 


The  college  maintains  three  public  use 
computer  labs,  two  labs  populated  with  IBM 
compatible  computers,  and  one  lab  populated 
by  Macintosh  computers.  The  IBM  based  labs 
use  the  Windows  operating  system.  These 
labs  utilize  several  popular  software  packages, 
including  WordPerfect,  Excel,  Freelance  and 
BMDP.  The  Macintosh  lab  uses  the  System  7 
operating  system.  WordPerfect,  PageMaker, 
Photoshop,  Quark  and  Macromedia  Director 
are  among  the  applications  available  in  the 
Macintosh  lab.  Laser  printing  is  available  in 
both  labs,  with  scanning  and  color  printing 
available  in  the  Macintosh  lab. 

Lycoming  College  maintains  a  site  on 
the  World  Wide  Web.  Our  URL  is 
http://www.lycoming.edu  Any  student  who  is 
enrolled  at  Lycoming  may  receive  a  free 
E-mail  account  as  well  as  unlimited  access  to 
the  Internet  and  World  Wide  Web  by  filling 
out  an  application  and  attending  an  introduc- 
tory workshop.  Most  academic  departments 
maintain  home  pages  and  resources  under 
the  Lycoming  College  home  pages.  Many 
faculty  post  departmental  information,  syllabi, 
information  about  majors  and  a  variety  of 
other  resources  under  their  departmental  home 
pages.  A  growing  number  of  faculty  require 
students  to  have  E-mail  accounts  so  that  they 
may  communicate  during  off  hours. 

Any  student  living  in  a  residence  hall  may 
apply  to  join  the  Residential  Networking 
Program,  ResNet.  Students  need  properly 
configured  computers  to  give  them  access  to 
E-mail  and  the  World  Wide  Web  from  their 
rooms.  The  college  has  arranged  through  a 
local  service  provider  to  offer  access  to  off- 
campus  students  for  E-mail  and  the  World 
Wide  Web  at  reduced  rates 

The  Office  of  Communications  Technol- 
ogy offers  a  series  of  workshops  during  the 
academic  year  to  help  students  become 
familiar  with  E-mail,  accessing  the  World 
Wide  Web  and  building  home  pages. 

The  college  maintains  a  video-conference 
facility  that  provides  courses,  lectures  or  other 


resources  that  would  otherwise  be  unavail- 
able. Lycoming  is  part  of  a  consortium  of 
schools  that  is  using  this  technology  to 
enhance  educational  opportunities. 

The  College  runs  its  administrative 
computing  system  from  a  UNIX  based  plat- 
form featuring  a  Hewlett  Packard  8270.  An 
IBM  RS6000  running  AIX  provides  access  to 
a  variety  of  different  software  packages  to 
students  in  the  Mathematical  Sciences. 

ResNet  (1995)  -  Any  student  who  has  a 
computer  is  encouraged  to  bring  it  to  campus. 
To  join  the  Residential  Networking  Program, 
ResNet,  a  student  must  have  a  computer  that 
meets  a  minimal  set  of  standards  and  he/she 
must  compete  the  Residential  Networking 
Access  Account  Application,  contracting  for 
the  complete  set  of  Internet  Services.  The 
access  account  fee  is  $15.00  per  month. 
Applications  are  available  in  the  Residence 
Life  Office,  the  Telecommunications  Office,  or 
in  the  Office  of  Communications  Technology. 

Video  Conference  Facility  (1995)  -  The 

college  maintains  a  specially  equipped 
video-conference  facility  that  provides  access 
to  courses,  lectures  and  resources  that  would 
otherwise  be  unavailable.  Lycoming  is  part  of 
a  consortium  of  schools  that  uses  this  technol- 
ogy to  enhance  educational  opportunities. 

Computer  Graphics  Lab  (1993)  —  This 
computer  lab  features  state-of-the-art  Macintosh 
graphic  stations  equipped  with  animation, 
photographic  imaging,  and  paint  and  draw 
programs  for  both  fine  arts  and  commercial 
design  students,  along  with  desktop  publishing 
and  a  number  of  other  programs  for  general 
use.  The  programs  are  updated  annually. 

Nursing  Skills  Laboratory  (1983)  — 

Located  in  the  lower  level  of  the  Academic 
Center,  it  is  a  rephca  of  a  modem  hospital  ward, 
complete  with  10  simulated  work  stations,  a 
nurses'  station,  an  intensive  care  unit  and  all 
the  medical  equipment  used  by  nurses. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THE  CAMPUS 


Wendle  Hall  (1968)  —  Named  after  the 
George  Wendle  family,  a  College  benefactor, 
this  building  contains  21  classrooms,  the 
psychology  laboratories,  three  computer  lab- 
oratories with  50  IBM  terminals  available  for 
use,  and  spacious  Pennington  Lounge,  an 
informal  meeting  place  for  students  and  faculty. 

Arena  Theatre  and  Laboratories  (1968)  — 

The  204-seat  thrust-stage  theatre  is  one  of  the 
finest  in  the  region.  It  includes  projection 
facilities,  scene  and  costume  shops,  a  make-up 
room,  and  a  multiple-use  area  known  as  the 
Down  Stage,  where  one-act  experimental 
plays  are  performed.  The  language,  business, 
mathematics,  and  physics  laboratories  are 
situated  on  the  upper  floors.  The  Detwiler 
Planetarium  is  located  on  the  ground  floor. 

Faculty  Office  Building  (1968)  —  Contains 
faculty  offices,  seminar  rooms,  and  a  735-seat 
lecture  hall. 

Fine  Arts  Center  (1923,  renovated  1983)  — 

Contains  studios,  sculpture  foundry,  wood- 
shop,  printmaking  shop,  classrooms,  lecture 
hall,  offices. 

Academic  Resource  Center  —  Located  on 
the  top  floor  of  the  Fine  Arts  Center,  it  is 
operated  by  a  professional  staff  and  peer  tutors 
during  the  academic  year.  The  Center  offers 
workshops,  tutoring,  and  counseling. 

Photography  Laboratory  (1984)  —  Located 
in  the  lower  level  of  the  Fine  Arts  Center,  it  is 
fully  equipped  for  both  black  and  white  and 
color  photography. 

Communication  Center  (1987)  —  The  focal 
point  of  the  facility  is  a  fully  equipped 
broadcast  quality  television  studio  and  control 
room.  The  building  also  houses  two  editing 
rooms,  a  classroom,  faculty  offices,  the  FM 
radio  station  and  the  student  newspaper  office. 

Heim  Biology  and  Chemistry  Building 
(1990)  —  The  $10  million  Heim  Building  is 


one  of  the  finest  undergraduate  science  facilities 
in  the  East.  The  three-level  structure  totals 
more  than  63,000  square  feet  and  contains 
state-of-the-art  biology  and  chemistry  labora- 
tories, lecture  halls,  seminar  rooms,  a  science 
reading  area  and  a  greenhouse  as  well  as 
classrooms  and  faculty  offices. 

Clarke  Building  &  Chapel  (1939)  — 

Lycoming's  landmark  honors  Martha 
B.  Clarke,  a  benefactor.  The  building  contains 
Clarke  Chapel,  St.  John  Neumann  Chapel,  the 
United  Campus  Ministry  Center,  a  recital  hall, 
music  classrooms,  practice  studios,  an  elec- 
tronic-music studio  and  faculty  offices. 

Administration  Buildings 

Drum  House  —  Built  in  1857  the  Admissions 
House  is  the  oldest  building  on  the  campus.  It 
was  first  occupied  by  a  Presbyterian  parson. 

The  Admissions  House  was  bought  by  the 
College  in  1931,  along  with  twenty-eight 
other  dwellings,  and  in  1940  became  the 
President's  home.  John  W.  Long  occupied  it 
for  the  remainder  of  his  tenure  and  D.  Frederick 
Wertz  lived  in  the  house  from  1955  until  1965 
when  the  College  made  the  property  at  325 
Grampian  Boulevard  the  President's  home. 
The  building  was  then  converted  for  use  by 
the  Fine  Arts  Department.  In  1983,  when  a 
new  Fine  Arts  facility  was  completed,  the 
department  was  relocated  and  the  house  was 
vacant  until  1987  when  it  was  restored  by 
college  craftsmen  to  its  original  Federalist 
design  under  the  supervision  of  Carol  Baker 
'60,  who  kindly  volunteered  her  services 
during  the  year-long  reconstruction.  The 
Admissions  House  was  a  gift  of  the  W.F.  Rich 
family. 

John  W.  Long  Hall  (1951)  —  Named  after 
President  Long  (1921-1955),  it  houses  the 
administrative  offices,  including  those  of  the 
President,  Dean,  Treasurer,  Dean  of  Student 
Affairs,  Registrar,  Alumni  and  Parent  Pro- 
grams, College  Relations,  Institutional 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ADMISSION  TO  LYCOMING 


Advancement,  Publications,  and  Financial 
Aid.  It  includes  a  reception  area  and  the 
printing  and  bulk  mail  office. 

Recreation  Facilities 

Physical  Education  and  Recreation  Center 

(1980)  —  Includes  the  George  R.  Lamade 
Gymnasium,  which  contains  basketball  and 
other  courts;  a  six-lane  swimming  pool;  all- 
purpose  room;  sauna  and  steam  room;  weight 
room;  offices;  classrooms,  and  the  Alumni 
Lounge. 

Wertz  Student  Center  (1959)  —  Named 
after  D.  Frederick  Wertz,  President  (1955- 
1968),  it  contains  the  main  and  private  dining 
rooms,  Burchfield  Lounge,  a  recreation  area, 
game  rooms,  Jack's  Comer,  bookstore,  post 
office,  student  activities  office.  Career  Develop- 
ment Center,  and  student  organization  offices. 

Handicapped  Accessibility 

Most  facilities  at  Lycoming  College  are 
accessible  to  those  with  limited  mobility.  In 
addition,  the  College  will  make  special 
accommodations  whenever  necessary  to  meet 
the  needs  of  any  of  its  students. 


Admission 
To  Lycoming 

Lycoming  College  welcomes  applications 
from  prospective  students  regardless  of  age, 
sex,  race,  religion,  financial  resources,  color, 
national  or  ethnic  background. 

Admission  Decision  Criteria 

Admission  to  Lycoming  College  is  competi- 
tive. Applicants  are  evaluated  on  the  basis  of 
their  academic  preparation,  talents,  and 
interests,  as  well  as  the  College's  capacity  to 
help  them  achieve  their  educational  objectives 
and  career  goals. 

Successful  candidates  for  admission  have 
typically  completed  a  college  preparatory 
program  in  high  school  which  includes  four 
years  of  English,  three  years  of  math,  two  years 
of  foreign  language,  two  years  of  natural  or 
physical  science,  three  years  of  social  science, 
and  two  years  of  academic  electives. 

In  addition,  successful  admission  candidates 
generally  place  in  the  top  two-fifths  of  their 
high  school  graduating  class,  and  have  better 
than  average  SAT  or  ACT  scores. 

From  time  to  time  supplemental  materials,  as 
well  as  a  personal  interview,  may  be  required 
prior  to  the  determination  of  admissibility. 

Admission  Application 
Filing  Period 

Applications  for  the  fall  semester  will  be 
accepted  from  June  1st  of  the  preceding  year 
through  April  1st  of  the  year  in  which  studies 
are  to  begin.  Applications  for  the  spring 
semester  are  accepted  from  the  preceding  May 
1st  through  December  1st. 

Applications,  when  complete,  are  reviewed 
and  evaluated  on  a  rolling  basis.  Generally, 
applicants  are  notified  in  writing  regarding  the 
outcome  of  their  apphcations  within  three  weeks 
following  the  receipt  of  all  required  materials. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ADMISSION  TO  LYCOMING 


Freshman  Applicants 

Freshman  applicants  must  complete  the 
following  steps: 

1 )  Submit  the  completed  Lycoming  College 
Admission  Application. 

2)  Submit  the  non-refundable  $25 
application  fee. 

3)  Provide  official  transcripts  of  all  high 
school  and  post-secondary  school  studies 
(whether  or  not  completed). 

4)  Submit  official  results  of  the  Scholastic 
Aptitude  Test  (SAT  I)  or  the  American 
College  Test  (ACT). 

5)  Submit  two  personal  letters  of  recommendation. 

Transfer  Applicants 

Lycoming  College  considers  applications 
from  students  who  have  attended  other  post- 
secondary  educational  institutions.  These 
applicants  must  have  earned  a  cumulative 
grade  point  average  of  at  least  2.0  (on  a  4 
point  scale)  in  transferable  courses  at  the  post- 
secondary  institution(s)  attended. 

Transfer  applicants  must  complete  each  of 
the  following  steps: 

1)  Complete  and  return  application  with  the 
$25  application  fee. 

2)  Provide  official  transcripts  and  course 
descriptions  or  catalogs  from  each 
post-secondary  school  attended.  Students 
who  have  accumulated  less  than  24 
semester  hours  or  36  credit  hours  must  also 
submit  high  school  transcripts. 

3)  Submit  the  Lycoming  Transfer  Form 
(it  will  be  sent  to  you  upon  application). 

4)  Submit  two  letters  of  recommendation. 

Applicants  may  transfer  up  to  64  semester 
credits  at  the  Lycoming  College  100  and  200 
level  and  up  to  32  semester  credits  at  the 
Lycoming  College  300  and  400  level  for  a 
total  of  96  credits.  Students  must  complete  the 
final  32  credits  of  the  degree  program  at 
Lycoming  College.  At  least  16  credits  in  the 
major  area  must  be  taken  at  Lycoming  College. 
Challenge  examinations  may  not  be  used  to 
fulfill  this  requirement. 


Additional  information  regarding  the 
transfer  of  college  credit  appears  on  page  27. 

International  Applicants 

Prospective  students  who  are  neither 
citizens  nor  permanent  residents  of  the  United 
States  are  welcome  to  apply  for  admission. 

International  applicants  must  complete 
each  of  the  following  steps: 

1)  Submit  the  completed  Lycoming  College 
Admission  Application. 

2)  Provide  certified  true  copies  of  all 
secondary  (and  when  applicable,  post- 
secondary)  transcripts,  mark  sheets,  diplo- 
mas, and  certificates  in  the  original  lan- 
guages, as  well  as  in  English  (when  the 
originals  are  not  in  English).  Transla- 
tions of  non-English  materials  must  be 
certified  as  true  and  correct. 

3)  Submit  two  letters  of  recommendation. 

4)  Provide  proof  of  the  ability  to  read,  write, 
and  speak  English  at  the  college  level  as 
evidenced  by  a  TOEFL  score  of  at  least 
500,  or  comparable  evidence  of  English 
language  fluency. 

5)  International  students  who  are  currently 
studying  in  the  United  States  must  be 
"in-status"  with  the  United  States  De- 
partment of  Justice,  Immigration  and 
Naturalization  Service.  They  must  also 
be  ehgible  to  transfer  to  Lycoming  College. 

Please  note  that  the  minimum  amount 
required  for  each  academic  year  of  study 
(September  through  April)  at  Lycoming 
College  is  U.S.  $21,000.  Summer  living 
expenses  (May  through  August)  average 
an  additional  U.S.  $4,500,  and  are  not 
included  in  $21,000  amount. 

Note  To  All  Students: 

1 )  If  there  is  additional  information  that 
would  be  helpful  to  the  Admissions  Com- 
mittee in  reviewing  your  application,  please 
indicate  it  on  a  separate  piece  of  paper. 

2)  If  you  are  24  or  older,  the  requirement  for 
the  SAT  or  ACT  assessment  may  be  waived. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ADMISSION  TO  LYCOMING 


Readmission  to  the  College 

All  students  who  leave  the  College  for  one 
or  more  semesters  must  apply  for  readmission 
through  the  Office  of  the  Registrar.  Students 
will  be  notified  by  mail  when  readmission  has 
been  granted.  They  must  then  pay  a  deposit  of 
$100  confirming  their  intention  to  re-matricu- 
late in  order  to  receive  registration  materials. 
Students  seeking  residence  must  submit  an 
additional  $100  Room  Reservation  Deposit  as 
well  as  contact  the  Office  of  Residence  Life  to 
make  arrangements  to  reserve  a  room.  These 
deposits  are  non-refundable.  Students  who  do 
not  attend  Lycoming  College  the  term  for  which 
readmittance  is  granted  will  be  required  to 
complete  another  readmission  apphcation  when 
they  desire  to  return.  Students  who  return  to 
the  College  after  no  more  than  one  academic 
year  has  passed  may  retain  the  same  require- 
ments in  effect  at  the  initial  date  of  entrance. 
After  one  year,  students  will  be  required  to 
complete  the  requirements  currently  imposed 
upon  other  students  of  the  same  academic  level. 

Confirmation  of  Intent 
to  Enroll  at  Lycoming 

Admitted  applicants  are  asked  to  confirm 
their  intent  to  enroll  for  the  fall  semester  no 
later  than  the  preceding  May  1st,  or  by  December 
1  St  for  the  following  spring  semester  by 
submitting  the  appropriate  deposit.  Nonresident, 
commuting  students  are  required  to  submit  a 
$100  Confirmation  Deposit.  Resident  students 
are  required  to  submit  the  $100  Confirmation 
Deposit,  as  well  as  a  $100  Room  Reservation 
Deposit.  Admitted  international  applicants  are 
required  to  submit  all  applicable  deposits  prior 
to  the  issuance  of  the  1-20  form. 

Deposits  are  non-refundable  after  May  1st 
for  the  following  fall  semester,  and  December 
1st  for  the  following  spring  semester. 

Student  Orientation 

Incoming  freshmen  are  required  to  attend  one 
of  three  summer  orientation  sessions  with  at 
least  one  parent  before  they  enroll  in  the  fall. 


Upperclass  transfer  students  are  invited  to  a 
separate  session.  The  purpose  of  the  program  is 
to  acquaint  the  new  students  and  their  parents 
more  fully  with  the  College  so  that  they  can 
begin  their  Lycoming  experience  under  the  most 
favorable  circumstances.  Students  will  take 
placement  tests,  meet  their  academic  advisor, 
and  preregister  for  fall  classes.  Information  on 
orientation  is  mailed  to  new  students  after  they 
confirm  their  intention  to  enroll. 

Withdrawal  of  Admission  Offers 

Lycoming  College  reserves  the  right  to 
withdraw  offers  of  admission  when: 

1)  information  requested  as  part  of  the 
admission  application  process  is  not 
provided  by  applicants, 

2)  misrepresentation  of  fact  to  the  College  by 
applicants  occurs  during  the  application 
process, 

3)  the  conduct  of  applicants  is  not  in  keeping 
with  the  ethical  or  moral  standards  as  set 
forth  in  the  Lycoming  College  Catalog  or 
the  Lycoming  College  Student  Handbook. 

Admissions  Office 
Location  and  Hours 

Prospective  students  and  their  families  are 
encouraged  to  visit  the  campus  for  a  student- 
conducted  tour  and  an  interview  with  an  admis- 
sions counselor,  who  will  provide  additional 
information  about  the  College  and  answer 
questions. 

The  Office  of  Admissions  is  located  on 
Washington  Boulevard  and  College  Place.  For 
an  appointment,  telephone  1-800-345-3920  or 
(717)321-4026,  or  write  Office  of  Admissions, 
Lycoming  College,  Wilhamsport,  PA  17701. 

OfHce  hours  are: 
Weekdays 

September  through  April:  8:00  a.m.  to  4:30  p.m. 

May  through  August:  8:00  a.m.  to  4:00  p.m. 

Saturdays 

September  through  April:  9:00  a.m.  to  12:00  noon 

May  through  August:  appointments  by  request. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


FINANCIAL  MATTERS 

• 


Financial  Matters 

Expenses  for  the 
Academic  Year  1996-97 

The  following  expenses  are  effective  for 

the  regular  fall  and  spring  semesters.  The 

College  reserves  the  right  to  adjust  fees  at  any 

time.  The  fees  for  each  semester  are  payable 

approximately  two  weeks  prior  to  the  start  of 

classes  for  the  semester  as  indicated  on  the 

semester  bill. 

Per  Semester        Per  Year 


Fees 

Tuition 

$7,700 

$15,400 

Room  Rent 

$1,175 

$2,350 

Board 

$1,075 

$2,150 

Total 

$9,950 

$19,900 

One-Time  Student  Fees 

Application  Fee $25 

Confirmation  Deposit $100 

Contingency  Deposit $100 

Room  Reservation  Deposit $100 

Part-Time  Students  Fees 

Application  Fee $25 

Each  Unit  Course $1,925 

Additional  Charges 

Non-refundable  Enrollment  Deposit  for 

Returning  Students $100 

Activity  Fee $60 

Applied  Music  Fee  (half-hour 

per  week  per  semester) $175 

Cap  and  Gown  Rental prevailing  cost 

Laboratory  Fee  per  Unit  Course.  .  $10  to  $100 

Reregistration  Fee $25 

Parking  Permit  (for  the  academic  year) $20 

Practice  Teaching  Fee 

(payable  in  junior  year) $400 

School  Nurse  Fee $400 

R.O.T.C.  Uniform  Deposit 

(payable  at  Bucknell  University) $75 

Transcript  Fee $3* 

Placement  Retest  Fee $25 

Single  Room  Charge.  .  .  .  additional  charge  of 

$470  per  semester. 


The  tuition  covers  the  regular  course  load  of 
twelve  to  sixteen  credits  each  semester. 
Resident  students  must  board  at  the  College 
unless,  for  extraordinary  reasons,  authorization 
is  extended  for  other  eating  arrangements.  If  a 
double  room  is  used  as  a  single  room,  there  is 
an  additional  charge  of  $470  per  semester.  The 
estimated  cost  for  books  and  supplies  is  up  to 
$800  per  year,  depending  on  the  course  of 
study.  Special  session  (May  Term  and  Summer 
Session)  charges  for  tuition,  room,  and  board  are 
estabUshed  during  the  fall  semester. 

*$3  for  1  transcript;  $1  for  each  additional 
copy  ordered  in  the  same  request.  Transcripts 
provided  free  to  currently-enrolled  students. 

Entry  Fees  and  Deposits 

Application  Fee  —  All  students  applying  for 
admission  must  submit  a  $25  application  fee. 
This  charge  defrays  the  cost  of  processing  the 
application  and  is  nonrefundable. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


RNANCIAL  MATTERS 


Confirmation  Deposit  —  After  students  have 
been  notified  of  their  admission  to  Lycoming, 
they  are  required  to  make  a  $100  Confirma- 
tion Deposit  to  confirm  their  intention  to 
matriculate.  Students  seeking  residence  must 
submit  an  additional  $100  Room  Reservation 
Deposit.  All  deposits  are  appHed  to  the  general 
charges  for  the  first  semester  of  attendance. 
After  May  1 ,  deposits  are  nonrefundable. 

Contingency  Deposit  —  A  one-time  deposit 
of  $100  is  required  of  all  full-time  students  as 
a  guarantee  for  payment  of  damage  to  or  loss 
of  College  property,  for  library  and  parking 
fines,  or  similar  penalties  imposed  by  the 
College.  The  balance  of  this  deposit  is 
refunded  after  all  debts  to  the  College  have 
been  paid,  either  upon  graduation  or  upon 
written  request  submitted  to  the  Registrar  two 
weeks  prior  to  voluntary  permanent  termina- 
tion of  enrollment.  (See  page  29.) 

Enrollment  Deposit  —  A  non-refundable 
enrollment  deposit  of  $100  is  required  of  all 
current  full  and  part-time  degree-seeking 
students  each  spring  in  order  to  pre-register 
for  the  subsequent  fall  semester  courses  and/or 
to  participate  in  the  annual  room  selection 
process.  This  deposit  is  appUed  against  the  fall 
semester  bill. 

Partial  Payments 

For  the  convenience  of  those  who  find  it 
impossible  to  follow  the  regular  schedule  of 
payments,  arrangements  may  be  made  with 
the  College  Bursar  for  the  monthly  payment  of 
College  fees  through  various  educational 
plans.  Additional  information  may  be 
obtained  from  the  Treasurer's  Office  or 
Admissions  Office. 

Lycoming  College  Withdrawal 
Refund  Policy 

The  College  has  adopted  for  all  students 
the  refund  policies  prescribed  by  the  U.  S. 
Department  of  Education  for  those  receiving 


Federal  financial  aid.  If  a  student  withdraws 
from  the  College  on  or  before  the  first  day  of 
classes,  all  money  paid  by  or  on  behalf  of  the 
student,  with  the  exception  of  the  enrollment 
deposit,  will  be  refunded.  If  the  student  is  a 
recipient  of  financial  aid,  all  financial  aid 
programs  will  be  refunded  as  well. 

Students  wishing  to  withdraw  from  the 
College  during  the  semester  should  meet  with 
the  Associate  Dean  of  the  College  or  the 
Assistant  Dean  for  Freshmen  to  ensure  that 
student  financial  and  academic  records  are 
properly  closed.  The  effective  date  of  calculat- 
ing refunds  shall  be  the  date  the  notification  of 
withdrawal  is  given  to  the  Dean  or  the  date  of 
last  class  attended,  whichever  is  later. 

Students  withdrawing,  or  dropping  during 
their  first  semester  of  attendance  at  Lycoming 
will  receive  a  prorated  refund  for  tuition,  fees, 
room  and  board,  less  an  administrative  fee  of 
$100  and  any  unpaid  charges,  according  to  the 
following  schedule: 

Refund  Charge 
During  Week  1  90%        10% 

During  Weeks  2  and  3  80%        20% 

During  Week  4  70%        30% 

During  Weeks  5  and  6  60%        40% 

During  Week  7  50%        50% 

During  Weeks  8  and  9  40%        60% 

After  9th  Week  0%        100% 

All  other  students  will  receive  a  refund  of 
tuition,  fees,  room  and  board,  less  an  admin- 
istrative fee  of  $100,  according  to  the  follow- 
ing schedule: 

Refund  Charge 
On  the  First  Day  of  Class        100%        0% 
Remainder  of  Week  1  and  2    90%        10% 
During  Weeks  3  and  4  50%        50% 

During  Weeks  5  through  8      25%        75% 
After  8th  Week  0%        100% 

Comparative  schedules  apply  to  the  May  and 
Summer  terms. 

The  U.  S.  Department  of  Education 
requires  that,  for  any  student  receiving  federal 
financial  aid,  the  federal  programs  be  re- 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


FINANCIAL  MATTERS 


funded  IN  FULL  in  a  prescribed  order  prior  to 
any  refund  being  issued  to  the  student.  State 
Grant  programs  have  varying  regulations 
concerning  refunds,  but  most  will  require  at 
least  a  partial  refund  of  the  State  Grant.  If  the 
student  has  received  a  Lycoming  Grant,  a  pro- 
rated portion  of  the  student's  refund  also  will 
be  repaid  to  the  Lycoming  Grant  program. 
This  will  reduce,  or  in  many  cases  eliminate, 
the  amount  of  the  refund  the  student  otherwise 
would  receive.  Detailed  examples  are 
available  from  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

Full-time  students  who,  after  reducing  their 
course  loads,  continue  to  be  enrolled  for  12  to 
16  semester  hours  are  not  eligible  for  a  refund 
of  tuition  for  an  individual  course.  Students 
who  register  for  extra  hours  in  excess  of  16 
hours  per  semester  and  who  later  reduce  their 
loads  will  be  refunded  the  fee  charged  for 
overloads  according  to  the  above  schedules. 
Students  who  enroll  full-time  and  subse- 
quently assume  part-time  status  by  reducing 
their  loads  below  12  hours,  and  part-time 
students  who  drop  individual  courses,  will  be 
refunded  according  to  the  above  schedules  for 
the  semester  hours  dropped.  The  assumption 
of  part-time  status  normally  involves  a 
substantial  reduction  of  financial  aid  since 
most  financial  aid  programs  do  not  extend 
eligibility  to  part-time  students. 

The  calculated  refund  will  be  reduced  by 
unpaid  charges.  Any  balance  remaining  will 
be  billed  to  the  student.  Unpaid  student 
account  balances  will  be  charged  interest  at 
the  rate  of  1  %  per  month  on  the  month-end 
balance  until  account  is  paid  in  full.  Should 
legal  collection  become  necessary,  all  costs  of 
collection  will  be  added  to  the  balance  due. 

Non-Payment  of  Fees  Penalty 

Students  will  not  be  registered  for  courses 
in  a  new  semester  if  their  accounts  for 
previous  attendance  have  not  been  settled. 
Diplomas,  transcripts,  and  certifications  of 
withdrawals  in  good  standing  are  issued  only 
when  a  satisfactory  settlement  of  all  financial 


obligations  has  been  made  in  the  Business 
Office.  Final  grades  may  also  be  held  in 
some  cases.  Unpaid  student  accounts  will  be 
charged  interest  at  the  rate  of  1  %  per  month 
on  the  month-end  balance  until  accounts  are 
paid  in  full.  Should  legal  collection  become 
necessary,  all  costs  of  collection  will  be  added 
to  the  balance  due. 


FINANCIAL  AID 

NOTE:  A  more  detailed  explanation  of 
Lycoming  College  financial  aid  programs, 
policies  and  procedures  is  contained  in  the 
student  consumer's  guide  available  through 
the  Office  of  Financial  Aid. 

Lycoming  College  is  committed  to  helping 
students  and  families  meet  college  costs. 
While  some  assistance  is  available  to  students 
regardless  of  need  (merit  scholarships),  the 
primary  purpose  of  the  College's  financial  aid 
program  is  to  help  qualified  students  of 
limited  financial  resources  attend  Lycoming 
College.  Scholarships  may  be  awarded  on  the 
basis  of  merit  and/or  need,  while  grants  are 
provided  solely  on  the  basis  of  financial  need. 
Long-term  educational  loans  with  favorable 
interest  rates  and  repayment  terms  are 
available,  as  are  part-time  employment 
opportunities. 

It  is  important  to  submit  financial  aid 
applications  after  January  1  st,  as  appropriate 
income  information  becomes  available,  but 
before  April  1 .  Although  applications  may  be 
filed  later,  applicants  can  only  receive 
consideration  for  remaining  available  funds 
and  normally  will  not  receive  full  funding  of 
his  or  her  eligibility. 

To  be  considered  for  financial  aid,  students 
and  families  must  complete  the  following 
steps  for  each  year  the  student  seeks  assistance: 

1 .  Fully  complete  and  submit  the  Lycoming 
Financial  Aid  Application  (LFAA). 
Return  the  completed  application  to  the 
Financial  Aid  Office. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


HNANCIAL  MATTERS 


2.  When  completed,  send  signed  copies  of  the 
student's  and  parent(s)  Federal  tax  returns 
(1040,  1040A  or  1040EZ),  including  all 
schedules,  to  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 
The  tax  returns  required  are  for  the  year 
preceding  the  academic  year  in  which  the 
student  seeks  assistance. 

3.  Fully  complete  and  submit  the  Free 
Application  For  Federal  Student  Aid 
(FAFSA).  Returning  students  should 
submit  the  Renewal  FAFSA. 

4.  PA  residents  can  apply  for  state  grant 
assistance  using  the  FAFSA  as  well.  Non- 
PA  residents  should  contact  the  State  Grant 
Agency  in  their  home  state  to  see  if 
additional  forms  must  be  filed. 

Basic  eligibility  requirements  for  all 
federal  programs  are  listed  on  the  FAFSA 
application.  Students  are  responsible  for 
understanding  the  basic  eligibility  require- 
ments. 

Financial  Aid  Satisfactory 
Progress  Policy 

To  remain  eligible  for  federal,  state,  and 
institutional  financial  aid,  all  students  must 
maintain  financial  aid  satisfactory  progress  as 
defined  below.  The  financial  aid  satisfactory 
progress  policy  is  separate  and  distinct  from 
the  College's  academic  progress  policy. 

Students  retain  eligibility  for  financial  aid 
for  ten  (10)  semesters  of  full-time  study. 
However,  it  is  the  College's  practice  to  limit 
institutional  grants/scholarships  to  eight  (8) 
semesters  of  full-time  study.  Should  students 
attend  beyond  eight  semesters  of  full-time 
study,  they  may  still  be  eligible  for  federal 
and/or  state  aid  for  the  9th  or  10th  semester. 

In  some  instances  a  student  may  appeal 
academic  suspension  and  be  permitted  to 
continue  enrollment  even  though  the  student 
has  fallen  behind  in  credit  hours  or  cumulative 
GPA  (see  Academic  Levels  and  Academic 
Standing  sections  on  page  31).  A  student  who 
is  granted  an  academic  appeal  may  continue  to 


receive  financial  assistance  only  if  the  student 
meets  the  minimum  qualitative  (GPA)  and 
quantitative  (credits  completed)  requirements 
listed  below; 


End  of 
Semesters 

1 

Min.  Cmn. 
GPA 

1.5 

Min.  Cr. 

Completed 

10 

2 

1.6 

20 

3 

1.7 

34 

4 

2.0 

48 

5 

2.0 

61 

6 

2.0 

74 

7 

2.0 

88 

8 

2.0 

102 

9 

2.0 

115 

10 

2.0 

128 

Students  who  fail  to  successfully  complete 
the  minimum  number  of  credits  and/or  who 
fail  to  meet  the  minimum  cumulative  GPA 
requirement  will  be  placed  on  financial  aid 
probation.  This  allows  one  additional 
semester  of  course  work  to  bring  the  aca- 
demic record  up  to  minimum  standards. 
Failure  to  meet  the  stated  minimum  after  the 
probation  period  will  result  in  a  suspension  of 
all  (federal,  state,  and  institutional)  financial 
aid  until  the  standards  are  met. 

Financial  aid  satisfactory  progress  is  mea- 
sured annually  and  cumulatively  by  the  Office 
of  Financial  Aid.  Official  notification  of 
probation  or  suspension  is  made  by  the  Office 
of  Financial  Aid.  Students  wishing  to  appeal 
his  or  her  suspension  of  aid,  and  who  have 
legitimate  reason  for  doing  so  (e.g.  illness),  must 
put  their  request  in  writing  to  the  Director  of 
Financial  Aid  at  least  two  weeks  prior  to  the 
start  of  the  semester  for  which  the  exception  is 
sought.  Students  placed  on  Financial  Aid  Pro- 
bation for  a  period  of  two  (2)  consecutive  sem- 
esters, and  who  have  therefore  been  granted  an 
appeal  after  the  first  probation  semester,  are  pro- 
hibited from  future  appeals.  If  the  student  fails 
to  attain  the  minimum  standards  after  the  second 
semester  of  probation,  eligibility  for  financial 
assistance  will  be  cancelled  automatically. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


FINANCIAL  MATTERS 


Acceptance  of  an  appeal  is  only  valid  for 
determining  eligibility  for  financial  assistance 
and  has  absolutely  no  bearing  on  any  determi- 
nation made  by  the  Registrar  and/or  the 
Academic  Standards  Committee. 

College  Scholarships  &  Grants 

NOTE:  Lycoming  Scholarships  and  Grants 
(including  Endowed  and  Restricted  College 
funds)  are  awarded  to  eUgible  students  who  are 
full-time  and  degree-seeking.  Students  already 
possessing  a  bachelor's  degree  are  ineligible  for 
scholarships,  grants  and  institutional  loans. 
Refer  to  the  student  Financial  Aid  Guide  and/or 
the  Financial  Aid  Update  for  a  more  detailed 
explanation  of  ehgibility  requirements  for  all 
Lycoming  programs. 

Lycoming  Grant  awards  depending  upon 
financial  need,  may  be  granted  to  students  to 
help  meet  their  documented  financial  need. 
Renewal  requires  continued  financial  need  as 
determined  by  Federal  Methodology  and/  or 
the  financial  aid  director.  Students  should 
expect  the  Grant-in- Aid  award  to  remain 
constant  for  each  semester  they  are  enrolled. 

Ministerial  Grants  are  awarded  to  dependent 
children  of  United  Methodist  ministers  and 
ordained  ministers  of  other  denominations. 
This  grant  amounts  to  33%  of  tuition  for 
children  of  United  Methodist  ministers  in  the 
Central  Pennsylvania  Conference  and  25%  of 
tuition  for  all  others.  Students  meeting  the 
criteria  for  this  grant  and  any  other  Lycoming 
Scholarship(s)  will  be  awarded  the 
scholarship(s)/grant  that  provides  the  highest 
dollar  amount;  both  will  not  be  awarded. 

Pre-Ministerial  Student  Grants  of  up  to 

25%  tuition  are  awarded  to  students  preparing 
for  the  Christian  ministry.  Students  must 
complete  a  pre-ministerial  grant  application 
available  through  the  financial  aid  office. 
Students  meeting  the  criteria  for  this  grant  and 
any  other  Lycoming  Scholarship(s)  will  be 


awarded  the  scholarship(s)/grant  that  provides 
the  highest  dollar  amount;  both  will  not  be 
awarded. 

Two-in-Family  Grants  are  awarded  to  each 
member  of  a  family  attending  Lycoming  at 
the  same  time.  The  amount  is  10%  of  tuition, 
room  and  board  charged  by  the  College  for 
resident  students  (for  commuting  students  the 
amount  is  10%  of  tuition  only).  Each  family 
member  must  not  be  eligible  for  any  other 
financial  aid  program  of  the  College.  If  the 
student  is  eligible  for  any  other  Lycoming  aid, 
including  scholarships,  the  student  will  be 
awarded  whichever  is  greater. 

Federal  Grants 

Pell  Grants  are  made  available  by  the  federal 
government.  Eligibility  is  based  upon  a 
federal  formula. 

Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity 
Grants  may  be  awarded  to  students  with 
exceptional  financial  need.  Priority  must  be 
given  to  Pell  Grant  recipients.  Funds  are 
provided  by  the  federal  government.  Funds 
are  limited. 

State  Grants 

Pennsylvania  Higher  Education  Assistance 
Agency  (PHEAA)  Grants  are  available  for 
PA  residents  meeting  domicile  and  financial 
requirements  of  the  program.  Eligibility  is 
determined  by  PHEAA.  These  grants  are 
available  for  a  maximum  of  8  semesters.  Non- 
PA  residents  should  contact  the  State  Grant 
Agency  in  their  home  state  for  availability  of 
funds  to  students  attending  out-of-state  colleges. 

Loan  Programs 

Federal  Subsidized  Stafford  Loan  allows 
eligible  Freshmen  to  borrow  a  maximum  of 
$2,625  annually.  Eligible  Sophomores  may 
borrow  up  to  a  maximum  of  $3,500  annually. 
Eligible  Juniors  and  Seniors  may  borrow  up  to 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


FINANCIAL  MATTERS 

• 


a  maximum  of  $5,500  annually.  The  federal 
government  pays  the  interest  while  the  student 
is  enrolled  on  at  least  a  half-time  basis.  The 
student  begins  to  repay  the  loan  (interest  and 
principal)  6  months  after  leaving  school.  The 
interest  rate  for  new  borrowers  is  variable 
based  on  the  91 -DAY  T-BILL  plus  3.1%, 
capped  at  8.25%.  The  rate  is  adjusted  every 
July  1 .  Loan  amounts  are  pro-rated  for  less 
than  full-time  students.  Eligibility  is  based  on 
financial  need. 

Federal  Unsubsidized  Stafford  Loan 

provides  an  opportunity  for  students  to  borrow 
under  the  Stafford  Program  who  do  not  qualify 
for  the  maximum  amount  of  subsidized 
Stafford  loan.  Maximum  grade  level  amount 
minus  subsidized  eligibility  equals  unsub- 
sidized eUgibility.  Interest  must  be  paid  by  the 
borrower  on  a  quarterly  basis  while  enrolled 
(check  with  your  lender  to  see  if  interest 
payments  may  be  deferred).  Other  aspects  of 
the  loan  are  similar  to  those  under  the  Subsi- 
dized program.  Independent  students  may  be 
eligible  for  higher  loan  limits;  contact  the 
Financial  Aid  Office  for  more  information. 

Federal  Perkins  Loan  (formerly  the  National 
Direct  Student  Loan)  may  be  offered  to 
students  with  exceptional  need.  Borrowers 
must  repay  the  loan,  plus  5%  per  annum 
simple  interest  on  the  unpaid  balance,  over  a 
period  beginning  nine  months  after  the  date  on 
which  the  borrower  ceases  to  be  enrolled  at 
least  half-time.  Funds  are  limited. 

PLUS  Loan  is  a  loan  parents  may  take  out  on 
behalf  of  their  dependent  student.  The  amount 
a  parent  may  borrow  for  one  year  is  equal  to 
the  cost  of  education  for  one  year  minus  any 
fman-cial  aid  the  student  is  eligible  for  in  that 
year.  The  interest  rate  is  variable  but  is  capped 
at  9%.  The  interest  rate  is  determined  every 
July  1  and  is  equal  to  the  bond  equivalent  rate 
of  52-week  T-Bill  plus  3.1%.  An  application 
is  available  at  your  bank  or  other  lending 
institution. 


Employment  Opportunities 

Federal  College  Work-Study  Program 
Awards  provide  work  opportunities  on  campus 
for  quaUfied  students.  Students  receive  pay- 
checks for  work  performed  in  the  previous  pay 
period.  Based  on  documented  need  and 
awarded  by  the  Financial  Aid  Office.  Funding 
is  limited.  The  student  assumes  full  responsi- 
bility in  locating  a  job.  Returning  students 
who  wish  to  work  the  following  year  must 
have  their  name  submitted  to  the  Financial 
Aid  Office  by  their  supervisor  before  the  end 
of  the  Spring  semester. 

Students  also  have  the  opportunity  to  seek 
work-study  employment  off-campus  in  the 
Community  Service  program.  Interested 
students  can  get  additional  information  in  the 
Financial  Aid  Office. 

Lycoming  Campus  Employment  Program 

is  similar  to  Federal  Work-Study  except  that 
students  are  paid  with  institutional  funds  only 
and  is  not  based  on  financial  need.  A  limited 
number  of  jobs  are  available.  Funding  is 
limited. 

Presidential  Fellowships  in  Music  are 

available  for  selected  students.  Auditions  and 
interviews  are  conducted  annually  by  the 
Music  department.  A  tuition  stipend  of  $250 
is  awarded  for  each  semester  the  student 
serves  as  a  Fellow.  Recipients  are  expected  to 
fulfill  responsibilities  assigned  each  semester 
by  the  Department  with  the  primary  responsi- 
bility being  musical  performance.  Renewable 
upon  Departmental  recommendation. 

Faculty  Scholar  Fellowships  of  $1,500  may 
be  available  to  students  receiving  the  $12,500 
Faculty  Scholar  Award.  Fellowship  recipients 
are  expected  to  work  approximately  10  to  12 
hours  per  week  for  the  department  sponsoring 
the  fellowship.  Renewable  upon  Departmen- 
tal recommendation;  students  must  also 
maintain  a  3.00  cumulative  G.P.A. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


FINANCIAL  MATTERS 

• 


Other  Job  Opportunities  are  frequently 
available  with  local  business  firms  or  persons. 
Contact  the  Career  Development  Office  of  the 
College  for  information  on  these  opportunities. 

Other  Aid  Sources 

Veterans  and  Dependents  Benefits  are 

available  for  qualified  veterans  and  children  of 
deceased  or  disabled  veterans.  Contact  the 
Veteran's  Officer  in  the  Registrar's  Office. 

Reserved  Officers  Training  Corps  (ROTC) 

Stipends  and  Scholarships  are  available  for 
qualified  students.  Contact  the  Financial  Aid 
Office  for  more  information. 

Tuition  Exchange  Grants  may  be  available. 
Lycoming  College  is  a  member  of  both  the 
Tuition  Exchange  Program  and  the  CICU 
Tuition  Exchange  Program.  These  programs 
are  for  dependent  students  of  employees  at 
participating  institutions  of  higher  education. 
Students  should  contact  the  Tuition  Exchange 
officer  at  their  sponsor  institution  for  informa- 
tion regarding  sponsorship.  Students  are 
expected  to  apply  for  all  federal  and  state  grants. 
If  the  student  receives  a  federal  or  state  grant, 
those  amounts  may  be  applied  toward  room  and 
board  charges  if  the  student  resides  in  the  dorms. 
If  the  student  commutes,  the  grant  amount  is 
equal  to  tuition  less  federal  and  state  grants. 

United  Methodist  Scholarships  may  be 

available  to  full-time  degree-seeking  applicants 
who  have  a  cumulative  GPA  of  3.00  or  better, 
are  active  in  Christian  activities,  and  who  are 
active,  full  members  of  a  United  Methodist 
church.  Demonstrated  financial  need  is  also 
required.  Normally,  seven  $500  scholarships 
are  awarded  each  year.  Annual  application  is 
required.  Recipients  are  selected  by  the 
Director  of  Financial  Aid  and  will  be  awarded 
to  the  neediest  students.  The  funds  are  pro- 
vided by  the  United  Methodist  Church. 
Applications  are  available  in  the  Financial  Aid 
Office.  Renewal  requires  a  cumulative  GPA  of 
at  least  3.00. 


United  Methodist  Student  Loans  are 

available  on  a  very  limited  basis  to  students 
who  are  members  of  the  United  Methodist 
Church.  The  maximum  amount  which  may  be 
borrowed  for  an  academic  year  is  $1,000 
subject  to  the  availability  of  the  funds.  Contact 
The  Board  of  Higher  Education  and  Ministry, 
P.O.  Box  871,  Nashville,  TN  37202  for  more 
information. 

Non-college  Aid  Opportunities  are  often 
available  through  family  employers  or  labor 
unions,  business  firms,  fraternal  and  religious 
organizations,  and  secondary  schools.  Your 
parents  should  contact  their  employer  or 
organizations  of  which  they  are  members  for 
information  on  financial  aid  resources. 

Endowed  &  Restricted 
College  Funds 

These  funds  are  thoughtfully  and 
generously  provided  by  alumni  and  friends  of 
Lycoming  College.  Most  awards  are  based  on 
documented  financial  need,  in  combination 
with  other  criteria,  and  are  awarded  through 
the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

The  William  T.  and  Ruth  S.  Askey  Scholar- 
ship Fund  is  available  to  a  full-time  sopho- 
more, junior  or  senior  in  good  academic 
standing,  having  demonstrated  need.  Prefer- 
ence will  be  given  to  Lycoming  County 
residents  who  are  Lutheran  Church  members. 

Franklin  L.  Artley  Scholarship  is  available 
annually  to  assist  a  ministerial  student(s). 

Eph  and  Bess  Baker  Scholarship  of  $6,000 
is  available  at  $1,500  per  year  for  four  years. 
It  is  awarded  annually  to  a  full-time  student 
who  exhibits  academic  promise  and  has  a 
permanent  residence  in  Lycoming  County. 
Preference  is  given  to  students  with  demon- 
strated financial  need.  A  minimum  cumula- 
tive GPA  of  3.00  is  needed  for  renewal. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


FINANCIAL  MATTERS 


Leland  J.  Calistri,  Sr.  Memorial  Scholarship 
Fund  -  The  scholarship  provides  financial 
assistance  to  students  from  the  Williamsport 
area  who  have  a  demonstrated  financial  need. 
The  memorial  scholarship  established  by 
friends  and  loved  ones  bring  recognition  to 
Leland  J.  Calistri  (Alumnus  of  the  Class  of 
1960)  and  his  life  of  dedicated  service  to  the 
Williamsport  community,  his  loyalty  to  and 
love  of  family,  and  his  fondness  of  his  college. 

Case  Memorial  Scholarship  is  awarded 
annually  to  a  student(s)  in  good  academic 
standing  with  demonstrated  financial  need. 

Mary  Strong  Clemins  Scholarship  is 

available  for  a  student(s)  preparing  for  Chris- 
tian ministry  or  for  deaconess  work  or  its 
equivalent  in  the  United  Methodist  Church. 

C.  Luther  Culler  Memorial  Scholarship  is 

awarded  to  a  student  based  on  scholarship. 

Dewitt-Bodine  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  the 
highest-ranked  student  in  the  graduating  class 
each  year  from  the  Hughesville  High  School 
who  attends  Lycoming  College.  The  recipient 
is  designated  by  the  Hughesville  Guidance 
Counselor.  The  scholarship  amount  is  $2,200 
and  is  credited  at  $550  per  year  for  four  years 
attendance  at  Lycoming. 

Clara  Kramer  Eaton  Scholarship  is  awarded 
to  the  highest-ranked  student  in  the  graduating 
class  from  Line  Mountain  High  School  who 
attends  Lycoming  College.  The  recipient  is 
selected  by  the  high  school's  guidance  office. 
The  scholarship  is  $400  per  year  for  up  to  four 
years  of  attendance  at  Lycoming. 

Richard  W.  Gieniec  Memorial  Scholarship 

is  available  to  a  full-time  student  in  good 
academic  standing  who  has  demonstrated 
financial  need  and  who  has  the  prospect  of 
contributing  positively  to  the  college  commu- 
nity. Preference  is  given  to  a  student  who 
meets  any  or  all  of  the  following  criteria:  1) 
resident  of  Lancaster  County,  Pa.;  2)leaming- 
disabled;  3)soccer  player. 


Beryl  Kline  Glenn  Scholarship  is  periodi- 
cally awarded  to  a  student  majoring  in  music. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  David  Grove  Scholarship  is 

periodically  awarded  to  a  needy  student 
studying  faith  and  ministry. 

Robert  L  Hamilton  Scholarship  is  awarded 
through  the  generosity  of  Mr.  Hamilton,  to  a 
needy  student. 

Sarah  and  Elsie  Harding  Scholarship  is 

awarded  to  a  student(s)  in  good  academic 
standing  with  demonstrated  financial  need. 

Esther  M.  Heefner  Scholarship  is  available 
to  help  a  needy  and  deserving  student(s). 

Edward  P.  and  Jeanette  Fuller  Heether 
Scholarship  is  available  to  help  needy  and 
deserving  students  who  are  in  good  academic 
standing. 

James  A.  Heether  Scholarship  is  available 
based  on  financial  need.  Priority  will  be  given 
to  a  chemistry  major. 

R.  Lee  Hite  Memorial  Scholarship  is 

awarded  to  a  student  in  economics,  engineer- 
ing, business  or  a  related  field  of  study  and 
who  is  from  one  of  the  29  counties  in  Pennsyl- 
vania and  2  counties  in  New  York  served  by 
The  Hite  Company. 

The  Helen  Clarke  Holder  Scholarship  is 

available  to  student(s)  with  demonstrated 
financial  need  who  are  preparing  to  teach. 
Mrs.  Holder,  a  master  teacher  and  a  member 
of  the  Class  of  1933,  established  the  scholar- 
ship through  a  bequest. 

George  W.  Huntley  Jr.  Scholarship  of  $900 
is  available  to  help  defray  the  tuition  and 
expenses  for  the  first  year  only  of  any 
undergraduate  of  Cameron  County  High 
School.  The  selection  is  made  by  the  Superin- 
tendent of  Schools,  Cameron,  Pa.  In  case 
there  is  no  applicant  from  Cameron  County, 
the  scholarship  may  be  awarded  to  any  student 
preparing  for  the  Christian  Ministry. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^% 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


FINANCIAL  MATTERS 


Elizabeth  S.  Jackson  Scholarship  may  be 

available  to  the  student  who  attains  the 
required  rank  highest  in  deportment  and 
scholarship  in  the  sophomore  class. 

Paul  and  Mildred  John  Scholarship  was 

established  in  1990  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  to 
recognize  the  significant  contributions  their 
friend,  Robert  L.  Shangraw  '58,  has  made  to 
the  betterment  of  Lycoming  College.  This 
endowed  scholarship  provides  annual  income 
for  full-time  students  who  are  pursuing  a  major 
in  any  of  Lycoming's  business  programs. 
Preference  is  given  to  candidates  who  demon- 
strate financial  need,  are  children  of  employees 
of  the  Ritz-Craft  Corporation  of  Pa.,  Inc.  and/ 
or  residents  of  Union  County,  Pa. 

Amos  Johnson  Scholarship  is  available  for 
the  education  of  a  ministerial  student  of 
limited  means. 

Morgan  V.  Knapp  Music  Scholarship  Fund 

is  awarded  as  follows:  40%  to  financially 
needy  students,  in  satisfactory  academic 
standing,  who  are  majoring  in  music  or  who 
are  pursuing  courses  in  vocal  music,  key- 
board, strings,  and/or  other  musical  instru- 
ments in  that  priority  order;  20%,  as  needed, 
on  the  recommendation  of  the  Music  Depart- 
ment faculty,  to  students,  who  in  their  opinion 
should  be  encouraged  to  study  privately  in  the 
areas  of  voice,  keyboard,  strings,  and/or  other 
musical  instruments  in  that  priority  order; 
20%  to  the  College  Tour  Choir  Fund  and  20% 
to  the  Band  Tour  Fund. 

John  R.  and  Leona  Fisher  Knaul  Scholar- 
ship is  awarded  annually  to  a  student(s)  in 
good  academic  standing  with  demonstrated 
financial  need. 

Charles  J.  and  Jean  M.  Kocian  Scholarship 

is  awarded  annually  to  an  upperclass 
student(s)  in  good  academic  standing  with 
demonstrated  financial  need. 


LAMCO  Scholarship  may  be  available  to 
students  with  the  following  selection  priori- 


ties: 1)  children  and  grandchildren  of  employ- 
ees of  The  Grit;  2)  graduates  of  high  schools 
of  the  city  of  Williamsport;  3)  graduates  of 
high  schools  of  Lycoming  County. 

James  G.  and  Fern  S.  Law  Scholarship  was 

established  in  1990  by  Mrs.  Fern  S.  Law  as  a 
memorial  tribute  to  her  husband,  James 
Graham  Law,  who  served  Lycoming  College 
as  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  from 
1965  to  1986.  Annual  income  is  to  be 
awarded  to  a  full-time  student  from  the 
Bloomsburg  area  who  shows  academic 
promise  and  demonstrates  financial  need. 

Doris  Lennon  Scholarship  is  available  to 
help  dedicated  young  students,  in  need  of 
financial  assistance,  who  are  preparing  for 
church  work. 

Lenore  M.  Losch  Scholarship  is  awarded 
annually  to  a  student  in  good  academic 
standing  with  demonstrated  financial  need. 
Preference  may  be  given  to  Lycoming  County 
students  preparing  to  teach. 

Lycoming  County  Medical  Society  Alliance 
Scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  a  student 
in  good  academic  standing  with  demonstrated 
financial  need,  who  is  majoring  in  Nursing  or 
another  pre-professional  program  in  health 
care.  Preference  will  be  given  to  non- 
traditional  single  parents. 

The  Lycoming  County  Scholarship  is 

awarded  annually  to  students  who  permanent- 
ly reside  in  Lycoming  County,  with  prefer- 
ence given  to  entering  freshmen  who  demon- 
strate financial  need. 

Mary  E.  McLane  Endowed  Nursing 
Scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  junior  or  senior 
nursing  student  at  Lycoming  College  who  has 
demonstrated  financial  need. 

James  E.  and  Bernadine  Decker 
Nancarrow  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  a 
student(s)  in  good  academic  standing  with 
demonstrated  financial  need.  Preference  may 
be  given  to  students  from  Lycoming  County. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


FINANCIAL  MATTERS 

• 


Earl  Nearoof  Memorial  Scholarship  is  avail- 
able to  assist  young  students  entering  Christian 
work  with  preference  given  to  students  from  the 
Warrior  Mark  and  Tyrone,  Pa.,  areas. 

Fred  A.  and  Elizabeth  W.  Pennington 
Endowed  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  finan- 
cially needy  students  who  are  chemistry 
majors  and  plan  to  pursue  a  career  using  their 
chemistry  training. 

Polcyn  Loan  Fund  was  established  in  1986 
by  Dr.  Kenneth  A.  Polcyn  '58,  in  honor  of  his 
parents.  Loan  awards  may  be  made  to  student 
athletes  who  are  in  good  academic  standing 
and  who  have  documented  financial  need. 

John  A.  Radspinner  Scholarship  created  by 
his  former  students  to  honor  and  recognize 
this  beloved  faculty  member's  thirty  years  of 
service  to  Lycoming  College  and  its  students. 
This  endowed  scholarship  is  awarded  to  chem- 
istry majors  with  a  preference  but  not  limited 
to  students  who  demonstrate  financial  need. 

Mort  Rauff  Memorial  Scholarship  is  award- 
ed to  a  deserving  student  in  good  academic 
standing.  Preference  is  given  to  an  individual 
who  demonstrates  financial  need  and  who  is  an 
active  member  of  the  swimming  team. 

Ada  Remley  Memorial  Scholarship  is  an 

award  available  to  a  currently-enrolled  female 
who  has  1 )  earned  a  minimum  cumulative 
grade  point  average  of  3.25;  2)  completed  a 
minimum  of  5  full-time  semesters  or  the 
equivalent  (72  semester  hours);  3)  has  an 
intended  graduation  date  during  the  coming 
academic  year  (January,  May  or  September); 
and  4)  who  has  not  already  been  a  recipient  of 
the  scholarship. 

Jennie  M.  Rich  Memorial  Scholarship  is 

available  for  worthy  and  needy  students 
preparing  for  the  Christian  ministry  or 
deaconess  or  missionary  work. 

Margaret  Rich  and  Elmer  B.  Staats 
Scholarship  of  up  to  $  1 ,000  is  available  to  an 
academically-talented  student  who  intends  to 


pursue  a  career  in  public  service.  Preference  is 
given  to  students  with  documented  financial  need. 

Leonard  H.  Rothermel  Scholarship  is 

awarded  to  financially  needy  students  in 
satisfactory  academic  standing,  with  primary 
preference  given  to  Treverton  residents  and 
secondary  preference  given  to  Line 
Mountain  School  District  Area  students. 

J.  Milton  Skeath  Memorial  Scholarship  is 

available  for  a  psychology  major. 

Robert  Barry  Spieth  Memorial  Scholarship 

is  awarded  to  a  student  who  demonstrates 
financial  need  with  preference  given  to  a 
Business  Administration  major  who  is  an 
active  member  of  Sigma  Pi.  Minimum 
cumulative  GPA  is  2.00. 

Albert  R.  and  Judith  L.  Styrcula  Scholarship 

is  awarded  to  a  Dundee,  N.Y.  Central  High 
student  of  scholastic  ability  enrolling  in  one  of 
Lycoming's  four-year  programs.  Second 
consideration  will  be  given  to  dependents  of 
Foodcraft,  Inc.  employees  (employed  from  1972 
through  1988).  Third  consideration  will  be 
given  to  any  qualified  resident  of  Snyder  or 
Lycoming  County  in  Pa.  or  Yates  County  in  N.Y. 

Brandy  Lee  Sudol  Memorial  Scholarship  is 

awarded  annually  to  a  student  in  good  academic 
standing  with  demonstrated  financial  need. 
Preference  will  be  given  to  nursing  majors  from 
the  Danville,  Pa.,  area. 

Minnie  V.  Taylor/AAUW  Endowed  Scholar- 
ship Fund  -  The  fund  is  awarded  to  students 
with  demonstrated  financial  need.  Preference 
is  given  to  students  from  the  Cogan  House 
Township,  and/or  Lycoming  County.  The 
scholarship  fund  was  established  through  the 
kind  generosity  of  the  American  Association  of 
University  Women  -  Williamsport  Branch 
and  a  bequest  through  the  Estate  of  Minnie  V. 
Taylor,  alumna  of  the  Class  of  1896  and  former 
Dean  of  Women  students. 


Bishop  D.  Frederick  Wertz  and  Betty  Rowe 
Wertz  Scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  a 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^» 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


FINANCIAL  MATTERS  •  STUDENT  AFFAIRS 


student(s)  in  good  academic  standing  with 
demonstrated  financial  need. 

Andrew  J.  and  Mary  Wood  White  Scholar- 
ship is  awarded  with  preference  to  a  freshman 
female  with  demonstrated  financial  need, 
based  on  scholastic  achievement  and  academic 
promise,  who  is  pursuing  courses  in  the  pure 
liberal  arts. 

Samuel  Willard  Memorial  Scholarship  is 

awarded  to  a  junior  or  senior  student  who  is  in 
need  of  financial  assistance  in  order  to 
complete  his  or  her  degree. 

Hiram  and  Elizabeth  Wise  Scholarship  is 

available  for  a  ministerial  or  missionary 
student  who,  because  of  present  circumstances 
and  promise  of  future  usefulness,  is  deemed 
worthy  of  the  award. 

Dr.  Paul  E.  Witmeyer  Memorial 
Scholarship  is  available  for  a  student  inter- 
ested in  education. 

Donald  C.  Wolfe  Memorial  Scholarship  is 

available  for  a  worthy  ministerial  student. 

William  Woodcock  Scholarship  is  available 
annually  to  the  full-time,  degree-seeking 
student  who  attains  the  required  rank  second 
in  scholarship  and  deportment  in  the  sopho- 
more class. 

Phyllis  L.  Yasui  Endowed  Scholarship 
Fund  -  The  scholarship  is  to  be  awarded  to 
students  with  demonstrated  financial  need. 
Preference  is  given  to  students  from  the  United 
Methodist  Children's  Home  in  Mechanicsburg, 
Pennsylvania.  The  fund  brings  special 
recognition  to  the  Yasui  Family's  many  years 
of  dedicated  service  to  Lycoming  College  — 
Dr.  Robert  S.  Yasui  as  the  College's  sports 
physician  and  Mrs.  Phyllis  L.  Yasui  as  a 
College  Trustee  and  volunteer. 

Raymond  A.  and  L.  Marie  Zimmerman 
Scholarship  is  available  for  the  benefit  of 
students  preparing  for  the  Christian  ministry. 


Student 
Affairs 

The  Division  of  Student  Affairs  coordi- 
nates a  variety  of  programs,  services,  and 
activities  designed  to  enhance  students' 
personal,  social,  and  educational  growth  and 
development.  This  is  accomplished  through  a 
composite  of  programs,  offices,  and  staff 
including: 

•  Career  Development  Center 

•  Campus  Ministry 

•  Commuter  Student  Affairs 

•  Counseling  Services 

•  Greek  life 

•  Health  Services 

•  International  student  advising 

•  Intramural  sports,  recreation, 
and  leisure  time  activity 

•  Judicial  affairs 

•  Residence  Life 

•  Safety  and  Security 

•  Student  activities  and  leadership 
development 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^a 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


STUDENT  AFFAIRS 


The  Student  Affairs  staff  view  students  as 
collaborators  in  the  educational  process  and, 
therefore,  expect  that  students  will  take 
responsibility  for  managing  our  educational 
community. 

Career  Development  Center 

The  Career  Development  Center  provides 
services  which  are  designed  to  help  students 
identify  their  abilities  and  interests,  set 
realistic  goals,  and  plan  academic  programs  to 
meet  these  goals.  Counseling  for  Lycoming 
students  begins  in  the  freshman  year. 

Individual  and  group  counseling  focus  on 
teaching  students  how  they  can  learn  about 
different  career  fields  and  present  themselves 
to  potential  employers  in  a  positive  and 
effective  manner.  Helping  students  make 
appropriate  and  meaningful  connections 
between  college  and  career  is  a  goal  of  the 
Career  Development  Center. 

Counseling  Services 

Counseling  Services  assist  students  to  ensure 
that  their  college  experience  is  prosperous  and 
rewarding.  Professional,  confidential  services 
are  provided  free  of  charge  to  Lycoming 
students.  Counseling  Services  are  designed  to 
facilitate  one's  self-understanding  as  well  as 
to  provide  support  for  students'  adjustment 
and  transition  to  college  life.  Counseling 
Services  also  provide  advocacy  to  students 
with  learning  differences  and  conducts  outreach 
programs  for  the  entire  college  community. 

Health  Services 

Lycoming  College  Health  Services  focuses 
on  the  holistic  care  of  the  individual,  health 
maintenance,  and  wellness  through  health 
education  and  prevention  of  illness.  Educa- 
tional materials  and  instructional  programs  are 
available  through  the  Student  Health  Services. 

Routine  medical  care  is  provided  without 
charge  on  a  daily  basis  Monday-Friday 
8:00  a.m.-4:30  p.m.  during  the  fall  and  spring 


semesters.  The  office  is  staffed  by  a  full-time 
registered  nurse  with  a  physician  available  on  a 
daily  basis. 

Health  Services'  policies  reflect  the 
recommendations  of  the  American  College 
Health  Association  (ACHA),  the  Pennsylvania 
Department  of  Health,  and  the  Centers  for 
Disease  Control  (CDC). 

Residence  Life 

As  a  residential  college,  Lycoming  offers 
students  the  opportunity  to  integrate  academic 
and  residential  experiences.  The  Residence 
Life  Office  is  committed  to  providing  a  living/ 
learning  environment  to  help  each  resident 
grow  as  a  person  and  as  a  student.  Lycoming 
College  requires  all  students  to  live  in  college 
housing  and  participate  in  the  college  board 
plan  each  of  their  four  years.  Married 
students,  students  residing  with  their  parents 
within  a  40  mile  radius,  students  living  with 
their  dependents,  and  students  23  years  or 
older  may  request  to  be  exempted  from  this 
policy.  Such  requests  should  be  submitted  in 
writing  to  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs  at  least 
three  weeks  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the 
semester  for  which  students  are  requesting 
permission  to  live  off  campus. 

Residence  halls  put  students  at  the  heart  of 
College  activity — offering  greater  opportuni- 
ties for  participation.  Through  programs, 
leadership  opportunities,  and  peer  interactions, 
residents  gain  a  sense  of  belonging  to  the 
campus  community,  acquire  new  knowledge 
and  skills,  have  easy  access  to  College 
services,  make  informed  choices,  and  assume 
responsibility  for  themselves  and  their 
community. 

The  residence  halls  are  staffed  with 
upperclass  students  who  serve  as  Resident 
Advisors  (RAs)  selected  on  the  basis  of 
leadership  skills.  RAs  provide  information, 
refer  students  to  campus  and  local  resources, 
help  enforce  College  and  community  stan- 
dards, use  helping  skills  for  students  in  need, 
and  facilitate  educational  and  social  programs. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


STUDENT  AFFAIRS 


Most  importantly,  RAs  assist  residents  in  the 
development  and  maintenance  of  strong, 
positive  residence  hall  communities.  The 
Residence  Life  Council  also  encourages 
student  participation  and  involvement  in  such 
areas  as  policy  formulation,  facility  improve- 
ment, and  general  resident  concerns.  With  the 
guidance  and  support  of  Residence  Life  staff, 
each  resident  is  expected  to  become  involved 
in  promoting  a  positive  learning  environment 
in  their  community. 

Several  different  living  options  are 
available  for  students  in  our  eight  residence 
halls.  Asbury  and  Skeath  Halls  house  all 
freshmen  students  in  a  co-educational  environ- 
ment encouraging  students  to  develop  class 
identity  and  unity.  The  six  upperclass  halls 
offer  opportunities  for  co-educational  housing, 
an  all  female  hall,  fraternity  and  sorority 
chapter  housing,  contract/intensive  study 
areas,  non-smoking  environments,  and  other 
special  interest  housing  options.  Additional 
information  is  sent  to  students  following  their 
acceptance  by  the  College. 

Athletics 

Athletics  are  an  important  part  of  the 
Lycoming  experience.  As  a  member  of  the 
NCAA,  Lycoming  sponsors  seventeen 
intercollegiate  sports  for  both  mtti  and  women 
student-athletes. 

Men  can  choose  from  football,  soccer, 
cross  country,  wrestling,  golf,  basketball, 
swimming,  tennis,  and  track  and  field. 
Women  can  compete  in  soccer,  cross  country, 
volleyball,  basketball,  swimming,  softball, 
tennis,  and  track  and  field. 

Lycoming  is  a  member  of  the  Middle 
Atlantic  Conference,  which  is  a  Division  III 
athletic  conference.  As  a  Division  III  school, 
Lycoming  does  not  offer  athletic  scholarships. 

In  addition,  the  College  offers  a  very  active 
intramural  and  recreation  program  that  is  open 
to  all  students.  This  program  includes,  among 
others,  basketball,  softball,  water  polo,  beach 
volleyball,  and  flag  football. 


Student  Programs 

The  Office  of  Student  Programs  offers 
assistance  and  resources  for  all  campus 
activities  and  student  organizations.  Through 
the  efforts  of  the  student  administered  Campus 
Activities  Board  (CAB),  extra  and  co- 
curricular  programming  is  offered  to  the  entire 
college  community.  CAB  programming  is 
designed  to  enhance  the  overall  educational 
experience  of  students  through  the  exposure  to 
social,  cultural,  and  recreational  programs. 
Members  of  the  staff  in  Student  Activities  also 
direct  leadership  training  programs  for  the 
student  government,  the  Interfratemity  and 
Panhellenic  Councils,  the  International 
Student  Organization,  the  Arrow  Yearbook, 
and  all  registered  student  organizations. 

Religious  Life 

The  United  Campus  Ministry,  staffed  by  a 
Protestant  minister  and  a  Roman  Catholic  lay 
minister,  provides  a  wide  range  of  activities  in 
support  of  the  spiritual  development  and 
religious  life  of  students.  Ecumenical  and 
inclusive  in  nature.  Campus  Ministry  at 
Lycoming  provides  worship  services,  service 
projects,  social  occasions,  retreats,  study 
opportunities,  and  personal  counseling. 
The  chaplains  are  an  integral  part  of  campus 
life  and  are  available  to  students  who  may 
need  support,  counsel,  or  direction. 

Safety  and  Security 

The  Department  of  Safety  &  Security 
strives  to  maintain  an  environment  that  is  free 
of  unnecessary  hazards  and  disruptions.  This 
responsibility  includes  the  enforcement  of 
Lycoming  College  rules,  regulations,  and 
policies.  Security  personnel  are  scheduled  on 
an  around-the-clock  basis.  An  emergency 
telephone  line  is  always  monitored  to  respond 
to  serious  events  on  campus.  Twenty-four 
hour  a  day  telephone  extensions  are  used  to 
handle  general  security  concerns. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


STUDENT  AFFAIRS  •  ACADEMIC  POLICIES  AND  REGULATIONS 


The  department  solicits  the  cooperation  of 
the  entire  college  community  in  reporting 
unsafe  conditions  and  suspicious  activity  on 
the  Lycoming  College  campus. 

Other  services  provided  by  the  department 
are:  First  aid  and  ambulatory  medical  tran- 
sportation, emergency  maintenance  referral, 
an  escort  service,  guest  and  parking  registra- 
tion, and  the  dissemination  of  telephone 
numbers  and  general  information  to  the  public 
when  the  College  switchboard  is  closed. 

Standards  of  Conduct 

Lycoming  College  is  committed  to  the 
creation  and  maintenance  of  a  living-learning 
environment  which  fosters  the  intellectual, 
personal,  social  and  ethical  development  of  its 
students.  Respect  for  the  rights  of  others  and 
self-discipline  are  essential  to  the  fulfillment 
of  these  goals.  Students  are  expected  to 
adhere  to  the  policies  contained  in  the  Student 
Handbook  and  other  College  publications. 
These  policies,  rules  and  regulations  are  part 
of  the  contractual  agreement  students  enter 
into  when  they  register  at  Lycoming  College. 

Students  who  demonstrate  an  unwilling- 
ness to  abide  by  these  policies  will  be  subject 
to  disciplinary  action  which  may  include 
suspension  or  expulsion  from  the  College. 
Students  are  encouraged  to  review  the  Student 
Handbook  and  Residence  Hall  Agreement  in 
order  to  familiarize  themselves  with  the 
policies  governing  student  conduct. 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


Academic 
Policies  And 
Regulations 

THE  UNIT 
COURSE  SYSTEM 

Instruction  at  Lycoming  College  is  orga- 
nized, with  few  exceptions,  on  a  departmental 
basis.  Most  courses  are  unit  courses,  meaning 
that  each  course  taken  is  considered  to  be 
equivalent  to  four  semester  hours  of  credit. 
Exceptions  occur  in  applied  music  and  theatre 
practicum  courses,  which  are  offered  for  either 
one-half  or  one  semester  hour  of  credit,  and  in 
departments  that  have  elected  to  offer  certain 
courses  for  the  equivalent  of  one,  two  or  three 
semester  hours  of  credit.  Furthermore, 
independent  studies  and  internships  carrying 
two  semester  hours  of  credit  may  be  designed. 

The  normal  student  course  load  is  four 
courses  during  the  fall  and  spring  semesters. 
Students  who  elect  to  attend  the  special  sessions 
may  enroll  in  one  course  during  the  May  term 
and  one  or  two  courses  in  each  of  the  summer 
terms.  A  student  is  considered  full  time  when 
enrolled  for  a  minimum  of  three  courses 
during  the  fall  or  spring  semesters,  one  course 
for  the  May  term,  and  two  courses  for  each  of 
the  summer  terms. 

Students  may  enroll  in  five  courses  during 
the  fall  and  spring  semesters  if  they  are 
Lycoming  scholars  or  were  admitted  to  the 
Dean's  List  at  the  end  of  the  previous  semes- 
ter. Exceptions  may  be  granted  by  the  Dean 
of  the  College.  Overloads  are  not  permitted 
during  the  May  and  summer  terms. 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ACADEMIC  POLICIES  AND  REGULATIONS 


ALTERNATIVE  CREDIT 
SOURCES 

Transfer  Credit 

Matriculated  students  who  wish  to  study  at 
other  campuses  must  obtain  prior  written 
approval  to  do  so  from  their  advisor  and  the 
Lycoming  College  Registrar.  Course  work 
counting  toward  a  major  or  minor  must  also  be 
approved  in  advance  by  the  chairperson  of  the 
department  in  which  the  major  or  minor  is 
offered.  Once  a  course  is  approved,  the  credit 
and  grades  for  the  course  will  be  transferred  to 
Lycoming  and  calculated  in  the  student's  grade 
point  average  as  if  the  courses  were  taken  here. 
This  means  that  "D"  and  "F"  grades  will  be 
transferred  as  well  as  all  other  grades.  In 
addition,  students  are  expected  to  be  registered 
at  Lycoming  for  their  last  eight  courses.  Re- 
quests for  waivers  of  this  regulation  must  be 
sent  to  the  Committee  on  Academic  Standards. 
Final  determination  of  transfer  credit  will  be 
made  by  the  Lycoming  College  Registrar  based 
on  official  transcripts  only. 

Credit  By  Examination 

Students  may  earn  credit  or  advanced 
placement  through  the  standardized  examina- 
tions listed  below.  A  maximum  of  50  percent 
of  the  course  requirements  for  the  Baccalaure- 
ate degree  may  be  earned  through  these  exam- 
inations. The  appropriate  academic  department 
will  determine  which  tests  they  will  accept 
and  the  course  equivalencies.  A  list  of 
approved  examinations  is  available  in  the 
Office  of  the  Registrar.  Although  these  exam- 
inations may  be  taken  after  matriculation,  new 
students  who  are  competent  in  a  given  area  are 
encouraged  to  take  the  examination  of  their 
choice  before  entering  Lycoming  so  that  the 
college  will  have  the  test  scores  available  for 
registration  advising  for  the  first  semester  of 
enrollment.  Students  applying  to  the  college 
for  the  first  time  should  inform  the  Admis- 
sions Office  that  they  have  completed  these 
tests  and  provide  the  official  scores  as  part  of 


their  application  packet.  Continuing  students 
must  send  official  test  scores  to  the  Office  of 
the  Registrar  and  inform  their  academic 
advisors  when  examinations  have  been  taken. 

The  College  Entrance  Examination  Board 
Advanced  Placement  (CEEB  AP)  -  A  score 
of  three  or  above  is  required  for  credit  or 
advanced  placement. 

The  International  Baccalaureate  -  Students 
who  have  completed  the  full  diploma  and 
have  scores  of  five  or  above  will  be  granted 
32  credit  hours,  specific  courses  will  be  based 
on  the  examinations  taken.  Students  who 
have  completed  the  certificate  will  be  granted 
credit  based  on  the  examinations  taken. 
Subsidiary  examinations  will  not  be  considered. 

The  American  College  Testing  Proficiency 
Examination  Program  (ACT  PEP)  -  A  score 
equivalent  to  a  grade  of  "B"  or  above  is  required. 

College  Level  Examination  Program 
(CLEP)  -  A  score  at  the  75th  percentile  or 
above  on  the  General  Examinations  and  a 
score  equivalent  to  a  grade  of  "B"  or  above  on 
the  Subject  Examinations  is  required. 

Defense  Activity  for  Non-Traditional 
Education  Support  (D ANTES)  -  A  score 
equivalent  to  a  grade  of  "B"  or  above  is  required. 

STUDENT  RECORDS 

The  policy  regarding  student  educational 
records  is  designed  to  protect  the  privacy  of 
students  against  unwarranted  intrusions  and  is 
consistent  with  Section  43B  of  the  General 
Education  Provision  Act  (commonly  known  as 
the  Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act 
of  1974,  as  amended).  The  details  of  the  College 
policy  on  student  records  and  the  procedures 
for  gaining  access  to  student  records  are 
contained  in  the  current  issue  of  the  Student 
Handbook,  which  is  available  in  the  library  and 
the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ACADEMIC  POLICIES  AND  REGULATIONS 


REGISTRATION 

During  the  registration  period,  students  select 
their  courses  for  the  next  semester  and  register 
their  course  selections  in  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar.  Course  selection  is  made  in  consult- 
ation with  the  student's  faculty  advisor  in  order 
to  insure  that  the  course  schedule  is  consistent 
with  College  requirements  and  student  goals. 
After  the  registration  period,  any  change  in  the 
student's  course  schedule  must  be  approved  by 
both  the  faculty  advisor  and  Office  of  the 
Registrar.  Students  may  not  receive  credit  for 
courses  in  which  they  are  not  formally  registered. 

During  the  first  five  days  of  classes,  students 
may  drop  any  course  without  any  record  of 
such  enrollment  appearing  on  their  permanent 
record,  and  they  may  add  any  course  that  is 
not  closed.  The  permanent  record  will  reflect 
the  student's  registration  as  of  the  conclusion 
of  the  drop/add  period.  Students  wishing  to 
withdraw  from  a  course  between  the  fifth  day 
and  the  9th  week  of  classes  must  secure  a 
withdrawal  form  from  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar.  Withdrawal  grades  are  not 
computed  in  the  grade  point  average.  Stu- 
dents may  not  withdraw  from  courses  after  the 
9th  week  of  a  semester  and  the  comparable 
period  during  the  May  and  summer  terms. 

In  two-credit  (1/2  unit)  courses  meeting 
only  during  the  last  half  of  any  semester, 
students  may  drop/add  for  a  period  of  five 
days,  effective  with  the  mid-term  date  shown 
on  the  academic  calendar.  Withdrawal  from 
half-semester  courses  with  a  withdrawal  grade 
may  occur  within  4  1/2  weeks  of  the  begin- 
ning of  the  course.  It  is  understood  that  the 
period  of  time  at  the  beginning  of  the  semester 
will  be  identical,  for  example,  a  period  of  five 
days  as  indicated  above. 

Cross  Registration 

A  special  opportunity  exists  in  the 
Williamsport  area  for  students  to  take  courses 
at  the  Pennsylvania  College  of  Technology. 
Students  may  enroll  for  less  than  a  full-time 


course  load  at  Penn  College  while  remaining 
enrolled  in  courses  at  Lycoming. 

NON-DEGREE  STUDENTS 

Students  who  do  not  wish  to  pursue  a  degree  at 
Lycoming  College  may,  if  space  permits,  register 
for  credit  or  audit  courses  on  either  a  part-time 
or  full-time  basis.  Students  who  register  for  one 
or  two  courses  are  considered  to  be  enrolled  part- 
time;  students  who  register  for  three  or  four 
courses  are  considered  to  be  enrolled  full-time. 

Anyone  wishing  to  register  as  a  non-degree 
student  must  fill  out  an  application  form  in  the 
Admissions  Office,  pay  a  one-time  application 
fee  and  pay  the  tuition  rate  in  effect  at  the  time 
of  each  enrollment.  After  a  non-degree  student 
has  attempted  four  courses,  the  student  must 
either  matriculate  or  obtain  permission  from  the 
Dean  of  the  College  to  continue  study  on  a  non- 
degree  basis. 

All  non-degree  students  are  subject  to  the 
general  laws  and  regulations  of  the  College  as 
stated  in  the  College  Catalog  and  the  Student 
Handbook.  The  College  reserves  the  right  to 
deny  permission  to  register  individuals  who 
do  not  meet  the  standards  of  the  College. 

Students  who  wish  to  change  from  a  non- 
degree  to  a  degree  status  must  reapply  (with 
no  application  fee)  and  satisfy  all  conditions 
for  admission  and  registration  in  effect  at  the 
time  of  application  for  degree  status. 

AUDITORS 

Any  person  may  audit  courses  at  Lycoming 
at  one-fourth  tuition  per  course.  Members  of 
the  Lycoming  College  Scholar  Program  may 
audit  a  fifth  course  per  semester  at  no  additional 
charge.  Laboratory  and  other  special  fees  must 
be  paid  in  full.  Examinations,  papers,  and 
other  evaluation  devices  are  not  required  of 
auditors,  but  individual  arrangements  may  be 
made  to  complete  such  exercises  with  consent 
of  the  instructor.  The  option  to  audit  a  course 
must  be  declared  during  the  same  period 
(currently  five  days)  at  the  beginning  of  each 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ACADEMIC  POLICIES  AND  REGULATIONS 


semester,  half-semester,  or  term  as  drop/add 
and  pass/fail  and  must  be  completed  in  the 
Registrar's  Office. 

ATTENDANCE 

The  academic  program  at  Lycoming  is 
based  upon  the  assumption  that  there  is  value 
in  class  attendance  for  all  students.  Individual 
instructors  have  the  prerogative  of  establishing 
reasonable  absence  regulations  in  any  course. 
The  student  is  responsible  for  learning  and 
observing  these  regulations. 

WITHDRAWAL  FROM 
THE  COLLEGE 

A  student  who  wishes  to  withdraw  from 
the  College  during  the  semester  should  contact 
the  Office  of  the  Associate  Dean  of  the 
College  or  the  Assistant  Dean  for  Freshmen. 
College  personnel  will  explain  the  procedure 
to  ensure  that  the  student's  financial  and 
academic  records  are  properly  closed. 

A  student  who  decides  to  discontinue  study 
at  the  College  as  of  the  conclusion  of  the 
current  semester  must  provide  the  Registrar 
with  written  notification  of  such  plans  in  order 
to  receive  a  refund  of  the  contingency  deposit. 
See  page  14  for  details. 

GRADING  SYSTEM 

The  evaluation  of  student  performance  in 
credit  courses  is  indicated  by  the  use  of 
traditional  letter  symbols.  These  symbols  and 
their  definitions  are  as  follows: 

A  EXCELLENT  -  Signifies  superior  achieve- 
ment through  mastery  of  content  or  skills  and 
demonstration  of  creative  and  independent 
thinking. 

B  GOOD  -  Signifies  better-than-average 
achievement  wherein  the  student  reveals 
insight  and  understanding. 

C  SATISFACTORY  -  Signifies  satisfactory 
achievement  wherein  the  student's  work  has 


been  of  average  quality  and  quantity.  The 
student  has  demonstrated  basic  competence  in 
the  subject  area  and  may  enroll  in  additional 
course  work. 

D  PASSING  -  Signifies  unsatisfactory 
achievement  wherein  the  student  met  only  the 
minimum  requirements  for  passing  the  course 
and  should  not  continue  in  the  subject  area 
without  departmental  advice. 

F  FAILING  —  Signifies  that  the  student  has 
not  met  the  minimum  requirements  for 
passing  the  course. 

I  INCOMPLETE  WORK  —  Assigned  in 
accordance  with  the  restrictions  of  established 
academic  policy. 

R  A  REPEATED  COURSE  —  Students  shall 
have  the  option  of  repeating  courses  for  which 
they  already  have  received  a  passing  grade  in 
addition  to  those  which  they  have  failed.  Credit 
is  received  only  once  for  the  course.  The  most 
recent  course  grade  will  count  toward  the  GPA 

P  PASSING  WORK,  NO  GRADE  AS- 
SIGNED —  Converted  from  traditional  grade 
of  A  through  D-. 

X  AUDIT  —  Work  as  an  auditor  for  which 
no  credit  is  earned. 

W  WITHDRAWAL  —  Signifies  withdrawal 
from  the  course  from  the  sixth  day  through  the 
ninth  week  of  the  semester. 

The  cumulative 
grade  point 
average  (GPA)  is 
calculated  by 
multiplying  quahty 
points  by  credits 
and  dividing  the 
total  quality  points 
by  the  total  credits. 
A  quality  point  is 
the  unit  of  mea- 
surement of  the 
quality  of  work 
done  by  the 
student. 


Quality  Points 

Earned  for  Each 

Grade 

Semester  Hour 

A 

4.00 

A- 

3.67 

B+ 

3.33 

B 

3.00 

B- 

2.67 

C+ 

2.33 

C 

2.00 

C- 

1.67 

D+ 

1.33 

D 

1.00 

D- 

0.67 

F 

0.00 

1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ACADEMIC  POLICIES  AND  REGULATIONS 


The  grade  point  average  for  the  major  is 
calculated  in  the  same  way  as  the  cumulative 
grade  point  average. 

A  minimum  of  2.00  is  required  for  the 
cumulative  grade  point  average  in  the  major  to 
meet  the  requirements  for  graduation.  The 
cumulative  GPA  is  not  determined  by 
averaging  semester  GPA's. 

Pass/Fail 

Use  of  the  pass/fail  grading  option  is 
limited  as  follows  (this  does  not  apply  to 
ENGL  105): 

•  Students  may  enroll  on  a  P/F  basis  in  no 
more  that  one  course  per  semester  and  in  no 
more  than  four  courses  during  their  under- 
graduate careers. 

•  P/F  courses  completed  after  declaration  of  a 
major  may  not  be  used  to  satisfy  a  require- 
ment of  that  major,  including  courses  required 
by  the  major  department  which  are  offered 
by  other  departments.  (Instructor-designated 
courses  are  excepted  from  this  limitation.) 

•  Courses  for  which  a  grade  of  P  is  recorded 
may  not  be  used  toward  fulfillment  of  any 
distribution  or  "W"  course  requirement. 

•  Students  may  not  enroll  in  ENGL  106  on  a 
P/F  basis. 

•  A  course  selected  on  a  P/F  basis  from  which 
a  student  subsequently  withdraws  will  not 
count  toward  the  four-course  limit. 

•  Instructor-designated  courses  may  be 
offered  during  the  May  term  with  the 
approval  of  the  Dean  of  the  College.  Such 
courses  are  not  counted  toward  the  four- 
course  limit. 

•  P  grades  are  not  computed  in  the  grade 
point  average. 

•  Students  electing  the  P/F  option  may  designate 
a  minimum  acceptance  letter  grade  from  A  to 
B-.  If  the  student  earns  the  designated  grade 
or  better,  the  grade  will  be  recorded  in  the 
permanent  record  and  computed  in  the  grade 
point  average.  If  a  student  selects  P/F  (with 
no  designated  minimum  acceptance  grade) 
and  earns  a  grade  of  A  to  D-,  a  P  will  be 


recorded  in  the  permanent  record  but  not 
computed  in  the  grade  point  average.  In  all 
cases,  if  a  student  earns  a  grade  of  F  this 
grade  will  be  recorded  in  the  permanent 
record  and  computed  in  the  student's  grade 
point  average. 

•  Students  must  declare  the  P/F  option  before 
the  drop/add  deadlines. 

•  Instructors  are  not  notified  which  of  their 
students  are  enrolled  on  an  P/F  basis. 

•  Students  electing  the  P/F  option  are 
expected  to  perform  the  same  work  as  those 
enrolled  on  a  regular  basis. 

Incomplete  Grades 

Incomplete  grades  may  be  given  if,  for 
absolutely  unavoidable  reasons  (usually 
medical  in  nature),  the  student  has  not  been 
able  to  complete  the  work  required  in  the 
course.  An  incomplete  grade  must  be  removed 
within  six  weeks  of  the  next  regular  semester. 

Repetition  of  Course 

Students  shall  have  the  option  of  repeating 
courses  for  which  they  already  have  received  a 
passing  grade  in  addition  to  those  which  they 
have  failed.  Recording  of  grades  for  all 
repeated  courses  shall  be  governed  by  the 
following  conditions: 

•  A  course  may  be  repeated  only  one  time. 
Both  attempts  will  be  recorded  on  the 
student's  transcript. 

•  Credit  for  the  course  will  be  given  only  once. 

•  The  most  recent  grade  will  count  toward  the 
GPA  with  this  exception:  A  "W"  grade 
cannot  replace  another  grade. 

•  A  repeated  course  will  be  counted  toward 
the  total  number  of  unsuccessful  attempts. 

ACADEMIC  LEVELS 

The  following  table  is  used  to  determine  the 
academic  grade  level  of  degree  candidates. 
See  page  16  for  related  Financial  Aid 
information. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ACADEMIC  POLICIES  AND  REGULATIONS 


Year 

Semester 

Number  of  Semester 
Hours  Earned 

Freshman 

1 

Less  than  1 2 

2 

At  least  12  but  less  than  24 

Sophomore       1 

At  least  24  but  less  than  40 

2 

At  least  40  but  less  than  56 

Junior 

1 

At  least  56  but  less  than  76 

Senior 

2 
1 

At  least  76  but  less  than  96 
At  least  96  but  less  than  1 12 

2 

More  than  112 

ACADEMIC  STANDING 

Students  will  be  considered  in  good 
academic  standing  if  they  meet  the  following 
standard: 

Hours  Completed  Cumulative  GPA 

less  than  or  equal  to  16  1.70 

more  than  16,  less  than  or  equal  to  32  1 .80 
more  than  32,  less  than  or  equal  to  48  1 .90 
more  than  48  2.00 

Students  who  do  not  meet  this  standard  will  be 
placed  on  academic  probation. 

Students  will  be  subject  to  suspension  from 
the  College  if  they: 

•  are  on  probation  for  two  consecutive 
semesters 

•  achieve  a  grade  point  average  of  1 .00  or 
below  during  any  one  semester 

Students  will  be  subject  to  dismissal 
from  the  College  if  they: 

•  cannot  reasonably  complete  all  require- 
ments for  a  degree 

•  exceed  24  semester  hours  of  unsuccessful 
course  attempts  (grades  of  F,  W,  and  R) 
except  in  the  case  of  withdrawal  for  medical 
or  psychological  reasons 

ACADEMIC  HONESTY 

The  integrity  of  the  academic  process  of 
the  College  requires  honesty  in  all  phases  of 
the  instructional  program.  The  College 
assumes  that  students  are  committed  to  the 
principle  of  academic  honesty.  Students  who 


fail  to  honor  this  commitment  are  subject  to 
dismissal.  Procedural  guidelines  and  rules  for  the 
adjudication  of  cases  of  academic  dishonesty  are 
printed  in  The  Faculty  Handbook  and  The 
Pathfinder  (the  student  academic  handbook), 
copies  of  which  are  available  in  the  library. 

ACADEMIC  HONORS 

Dean's  List 

Students  are  admitted  to  the  Dean's  List  at 
the  end  of  the  fall  and  spring  semesters  if  they 
have  completed  at  least  15  credits  with  other 
than  P  or  R  grades,  and  have  a  minimum  grade 
point  average  of  3.50  for  the  semester. 

Graduation  Honors 

Students  are  awarded  the  Bachelor  of  Arts 
degree,  the  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  degree,  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  or  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Nursing  degree  with  honors  when 
they  have  earned  the  following  grade  point 
averages  based  on  all  courses  attempted  at 
Lycoming,  with  a  minimum  of  64  credits  (16 
units)  required  for  a  student  to  be  eligible  for 
honors: 

summa  cum  laude exactly  3.90-4.00 

magna  cum  laude exactly  3.50-3.89 

cum  laude exactly  3.25-3.49 

Academic  Honor  Awards,  Prizes,  and 
Societies  -  Superior  academic  achievement  is 
recognized  through  the  conferring  of  awards 
and  prizes  at  the  annual  Honors  Convocation 
and  Commencement  and  through  election  to 
membership  in  honor  societies. 

SOCIETIES 

Biology Beta  Beta  Beta 

Freshmen  Men Blue  Key 

Freshmen  Women Gold  Key 

Economics Omicron  Delta  Epsilon 

Education Kappa  Delta  Pi 

English Sigma  Tau  Delta 

Foreign  Language Phi  Sigma  Iota 

General  Academic Phi  Kappa  Phi 

History Phi  Alpha  Theta 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ACADEMIC  POLICffiS  AND  REGULATIONS 


Nursing Sigma  Theta  Tau 

Philosophy Phi  Sigma  Tau 

Physics Sigma  Pi  Sigma 

Political  Science Pi  Sigma  Alpha 

Psychology Psi  Chi 

Social  Science Pi  Gamma  Mu 

Theatre Alpha  Psi  Omega 

PRIZES  AND  AWARDS 

Endowed  Funds 

William  T.  and  Ruth  S.  Askey  Music  Prize 

is  given  to  a  graduating  senior  who  is  recog- 
nized for  his/her  proficiency  as  a  music  major. 

Jack  C.  Buckle  Award  is  given  annually  to  a 
junior  male  smdent  with  high  moral  qualities, 
who  has  at  least  a  2.00  cumulative  GPA  and, 
who  has  made  an  unusual  contribution  to  campus 
life  through  leadership  in  student  activities. 

Byron  C.  Brunstetter  Science  Award  is 

given  to  a  senior  chemistry /biology  major  for 
outstanding  achievement  in  chemical  and 
biological  sciences. 

Class  of  1907  Prize  is  given  to  the  senior  who 
has  been  outstanding  in  the  promotion  of 
College  spirit  through  participation  in  athletics 
and  other  activities. 

Benjamin  C.  Conner  Prize  is  given  to  the 
graduating  student  who  has  done  outstanding 
work  in  mathematics. 

Criminal  Justice  Society  Prize  is  given  to 
the  criminal  justice  major  who  has  demon- 
strated outstanding  classroom  performance,  a 
promise  of  leadership  and  service  to  college 
and  community. 

W.  Arthur  Faus  Memorial  Prize  is  given  in 
memory  of  Dr.  W.  Arthur  Faus,  a  former 
Professor  of  Philosophy  at  Lycoming  College, 
to  the  graduating  senior  who  has  done 
outstanding  work  in  philosophy. 

Durant  L.  Furey  III  Memorial  Prize  is 

given  to  the  senior  accounting  major  who  has 
shown  outstanding  achievement  in  accounting. 


Gillette  Foreign  Language  Prizes  are  given 
to  senior  French,  German,  and  Spanish  majors 
who  have  achieved  excellence  in  these  foreign 
languages. 

Dan  Gustafson  Award,  in  memory  of  a 
former  member  of  the  English  Department,  is 
given  to  the  senior  English  major  whose 
analytical  writing  demonstrates  the  highest 
standards  of  literary  and  critical  excellence. 

Helen  R.  Hoover  Community  Service  Prize 

is  given  annually  to  a  graduating  senior  who 
has  demonstrated  a  personal  commitment  to 
serving  the  fortunate  citizens  in  either  greater 
Williamsport  or  their  own  community  of 
permanent  residence. 

Elisha  Benson  Kline  Prize  is  given  to  the 
senior  mathematics  major  with  outstanding 
achievement  in  the  field. 

Charles  J.  Kocian  Awards  are  given  to  the 
accounting,  business  administration,  and 
economics  majors  who  show  the  greatest 
proficiency  in  statistics;  the  mathematics 
major  who  shows  the  greatest  proficiency  in 
applied  mathematics;  the  graduating  senior 
who  shows  the  greatest  proficiency  in 
computer  science;  the  graduating  senior  who 
shows  the  greatest  proficiency  in  operations 
research;  the  graduating  senior  business 
administration  major  with  the  highest  grade 
point  average;  the  graduating  political  science 
major  with  the  highest  grade  point  average; 
the  graduating  senior  with  the  highest  average 
in  the  class  and  the  graduating  nursing  major 
with  the  highest  grade  point  average. 

Alfred  Kohler  Studio  Artist  Award  -  The 

award  is  to  be  given  to  a  deserving  art  studio 
major  for  the  purchase  of  supplies  in  their 
chosen  studio  area.  The  award  may  or  may 
not  be  given  each  year.  The  Lycoming  Art 
Department  will  administer  the  award. 
Student  selection  is  based  upon  meritorious 
achievement  through  a  portfolio  review. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ACADEMIC  POLICIES  AND  REGULATIONS 


Don  Lincoln  Larrabee  Law  Prize  is  given  to 
the  graduating  student  who  has  shown 
outstanding  scholarship  in  legal  principles. 

The  John  M.  Lindemuth  Endowed  Prize 

Fund,  established  in  1986  by  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
John  M.  Lindemuth  of  Williamsport,  Pennsyl- 
vania, provides  annual  cash  awards  for 
varsity  football  players  who  earn  the  highest 
cumulative  grade  point  average  in  their  chosen 
field  of  academic  study  at  Lycoming  College. 
This  prize  is  managed  in  compliance  with 
current  NCAA  regulations  concerning 
scholastic  awards  for  athletes. 

C.  Daniel  and  Jeanne  Little  Award, 

presented  in  memory  of  two  Lycoming 
alumni,  is  given  to  the  outstanding  student  in 
public  administration. 

Phoebe  R.  Lyon  Prize,  is  given  to  the  senior 
who  has  achieved  outstanding  attainments  in 
the  study  of  English. 

The  Gertrude  B.  Madden  Mass  Communi- 
cation Award,  established  in  1985  by  the 
students  of  the  Mass  Communication  Society, 
is  presented  annually  to  the  senior  mass  com- 
munication major  who,  in  the  judgment  of  his 
or  her  peers,  has  best  integrated  academic 
excellence,  professional  development  in  a  mass 
media  field  and  contribution  to  campus  media. 

The  McDowell  Prize  is  given  to  the  senior 
ministerial  student  who  excels  in  scholarship, 
deportment,  and  promise  of  usefulness,  and 
who  declares  his  intention  to  make  the 
ministry  his  life  work. 

The  Metzler  Prize  is  given  to  a  junior  for 
superior  work  in  Junior  English. 

M.B.  Rich  Prizes  are  given  to:  the  student  in 
the  freshman  class  who  attains  the  highest 
rank  in  scholarship  and  deportment;  to  the  two 
students  who  at  a  public  contest  excel  in 
reading  the  Scriptures;  and  to  the  two  students 
who  excel  in  writing  and  delivering  an 
original  oration. 


The  Professor  Logan  A.  Richmond 
Accounting  Prize  is  awarded  annually  to  a 
graduating  senior  who  has  done  outstanding 
work  in  accounting  and  demonstrated  excep- 
tional proficiency  in  writing. 

The  Janet  A.  Rodgers  Academic  Award, 

established  in  honor  of  the  founding  chair  of 
the  Department  of  Nursing,  provides  an  annual 
$100  award  to  a  senior  nursing  student  who 
demonstrates  exceptional  academic  achieve- 
ment and  has  been  an  active  participant  in 
health-related  programs. 

Mary  L.  Russell  Award,  named  in  honor  of  a 
professor  emeritus  of  music,  is  given  for 
outstanding  musical  achievement. 

Nathan  A.  Scheib  Memorial  Music  Fund,  in 

memory  of  a  friend  of  the  College,  provides 
financial  assistance  to  qualified  deserving 
students  for  advanced  training  in  music. 

Trask  Chemistry  Prize  is  given  to  the  senior 
chemistry  major  who  has  done  outstanding 
work  in  the  field. 

The  James  E.  Wehr  Award  is  presented  to  a 
student  who  has  demonstrated  a  personal 
expertise  in  the  subject  of  financial  accounting. 

Williamsport  Rotary  Club  Nursing  Prize 

This  prize  is  awarded  to  a  part-time  student 
taking  courses  on  a  regular  basis  in  the  B.S.N, 
program.  Preference  will  to  be  given  to  a 
registered  nurse  with  the  highest  cumulative 
GPA  who  is  also  a  permanent  resident  of  the 
greater  Williamsport  community. 

The  Sol  "Woody"  Wolfe  Athletic  Prize  is 

awarded  annually  to  that  participant  in  an 
authorized  N.C.A.A.  sport  who  has  shown  the 
most  improvement  in  intercollegiate  competi- 
tion in  his  first  three  years  in  college. 

Annual  Prizes 

American  Chemical  Society  Award,  sponsored 
by  the  Susquehanna  Valley  Chapter  of  the 
society,  is  given  to  the  outstanding  senior  in 
chemistry. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^m 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ACADEMIC  POLICIES  AND  REGULATIONS 


Accounting  Society  Service  Award  is  given 
for  outstanding  service  to  the  Lycoming 
College  Accounting  Society. 

American  Institute  of  Chemists  Prize,  given 
by  the  Philadelphia  section  of  the  Institute,  goes 
to  a  senior  major  with  an  outstanding  record  of 
leadership,  ability,  character  and  scholastic 
achievement. 

Arena  Theatre  Awards: 

Performance  -  This  award  is  given  to  the 
senior  who  has  demonstrated  outstanding 
ability  in  theatre  performance. 
Technical  Theatre  -  This  award  is  given  to  the 
senior  who  has  demonstrated  outstanding 
ability  in  technical  theatre. 

Biology  Service  Award  is  given  to  the 
student  who  has  shown  good  academic  work 
and  has  fostered  the  ideals  of  the  department 
by  willingness  to  become  involved  in  the 
activities  of  the  department. 

Freshman  Biology  Award  is  given  to  the 
freshman  who  has  obtained  the  highest  overall 
average  in  BIO  1 10-1 1 1  (major  biology 
lecture  and  laboratory). 

CRC  Press  Chemistry  Achievement  Award 

is  given  to  that  freshman  who  has  demonstrated 
outstanding  achievement  in  general  chemistry. 

Chieftain  Award,  the  College's  most  presti- 
gious award,  is  given  to  the  senior  who  has 
contributed  most  to  Lycoming  through  support 
of  school  activities;  who  has  exhibited  out- 
standing leadership  qualities;  who  has  worked 
effectively  with  other  members  of  the  College 
community;  who  has  evidenced  a  good  moral 
code;  and  whose  academic  rank  is  above  the 
median  for  the  preceding  senior  class. 

Civic  Choir  Award  is  given  to  the  College 
choir  member  who  has  outstanding  musical 
ability  and  who  has  made  significant  leader- 
ship contributions  to  the  choir. 


Contribution  Award  is  awarded  to  the 
chapter  who  through  volunteerism  or  philan- 


thropic work  has  contributed  to  either  or  all 
of  the  area,  campus,  or  world  communities. 

EHzabeth  Cowles  Dedication  to  Greek  Life 
Award  is  awarded  in  honor  of  the  Alpha  Rho 
Omega  advisor  from  1983-1994  to  the 
individual  who  has  dedicated  his/her  time  and 
energy  for  the  betterment  of  Greek  life  at 
Lycoming  College. 

Durkheim  Prize  is  given  to  the  outstanding 
senior  sociology/anthropology  major(s). 

Bishop  William  Perry  Eveland  Prize  is 

given  to  the  senior  who  has  shown  progress  in 
scholarship,  loyalty,  school  spirit,  and 
participation  in  school  activities. 

Excellence  in  Two-Dimensional  Art  Award 

is  given  to  the  outstanding  senior  art  major  in 
this  field. 

Excellence  in  Three-Dimensional  Art 
Award  is  given  to  the  outstanding  senior  art 
major  in  this  field. 

Excellence  in  Political  Science  Award  is 

given  to  the  senior  political  science  major  who 
has  performed  with  excellence. 

J.W.  Feree  Award,  given  in  memory  of  the 
first  mathematics  professor  at  Lycoming's  fore- 
runner, the  Dickinson  Seminary,  goes  to  the 
student  most  active  in  mathematical  sciences. 

Faculty  Prize  is  given  to  the  commuting 
student  with  satisfactory  scholarship  and  who 
has  been  outstanding  in  promotion  of  school 
spirit  through  participation  in  school  activities. 

Freshman  Academic  Award  is  given  to  the 
freshman  student(s)  with  the  highest  GPA 
after  the  fall  semester. 

John  P.  Graham  Award,  named  in  honor  of 
a  professor  emeritus,  is  given  to  the  senior 
English  major  who  achieves  the  highest 
average  in  English. 

Edward  J.  Gray  Prizes  are  given  to  the 
graduating  students  with  the  highest  and 
second  highest  averages. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ACADEMIC  POLICIES  AND  REGULATIONS 


Greek  Man  of  the  Year  is  bestowed  upon  the 
man  of  outstanding  character  within  the  Greek 
community.  He  is  one  who  has  contributed 
greatly  to  the  Greek  system  as  well  as  his 
chapter  while  at  Lycoming  College. 

Greek  Woman  of  the  Year  is  bestowed  upon 
the  woman  of  outstanding  character  within  the 
Greek  community.  She  is  one  who  has  cont- 
ributed greatly  to  the  Greek  system  as  well  as 
her  chapter  while  at  Lycoming  College. 

The  John  G.  HoIIenback  Award  is  given  for 
high  academic  performance  and  outstanding 
service  to  the  Business  Department. 

IRUSKA  Awards  denote  membership  in  the 
society  for  juniors  who  are  very  active  on 
campus. 

Junior  Book  Award  is  given  to  the  outstand- 
ing junior  political  science  major. 

The  Kramer  and  Hoffman  Associates 
Award  is  given  for  superior  achievement  in 
the  study  of  federal  income  tax. 

The  Makisu  Award  is  given  for  outstanding 
service  to  the  college  community,  for  dedica- 
tion above  and  beyond  the  realm  of  one's 
obligations  to  the  College. 

Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences 
Award  is  given  to  that  student  demonstrating 
excellence  in  computer  programming.  [Or 
other  criterion  to  be  specified  (by  the  depart- 
ment); e.g.  "outstanding  scholarship"] 

Ethel  McDonald  Pax  Christi  Award  is  given 
for  outstanding  but  quiet  consistency  in  the 
life  of  faith  and  the  practice  of  Christianity, 
noteworthy  personal  integrity  and  humble 
loving  compassion  expressed  in  daily  life. 

Walter  G.  Mclver  Award,  named  after 
Lycoming's  former  choir  director,  is  given  to 
an  outstanding  and  dedicated  choir  member 
who  has  made  significant  campus  contribu- 
tions outside  of  choir. 


New  Member  Class  Academic  Excellence  is 

awarded  to  the  new  member  class  (pledge 
class)  who  has  achieved  the  highest  GPA 
within  the  Greek  system. 

Most  Improved  Pledge  Grades  is  awarded  to 
the  pledge  class  whose  GPA  has  shown  the 
greatest  improvement  within  the  Greek 
system. 

Most  Improved  GPA  for  a  Greek  Chapter 

is  awarded  to  the  chapter  whose  entire  chapter 
has  shown  the  greatest  improvement  within 
the  Greek  system. 

Department  of  Nursing  Award  for  Clinical 
Excellence  is  given  for  outstanding  achieve- 
ment in  the  clinical  setting. 

Department  of  Nursing  Faculty  Award  is 

given  to  the  senior  nursing  major  who  best 
exemplifies  the  spirit  of  the  profession. 

Lycoming  College  Nursing  Honor  Society 
Research  Recognition  Award  is  given  to  the 
nursing  student  who  has  demonstrated  an  in- 
depth  understanding  of  the  research  process, 
as  evidenced  by  a  completed  research  project, 
with  formal  dissemination  of  the  results  of  the 
study. 

Pennsylvania  Institute  of  Certified  Public 
Accountants  Award  is  given  to  the  senior 
accounting  major  who  has  demonstrated  high 
scholastic  standing  and  qualities  of  leadership. 

The  Penguin  Award,  in  memory  of  Robert  T. 
Guellich,  II,  '92,  recognizes  the  junior  student 
who  has  excelled  in  English,  preferably  with  a 
concentration  in  political  science,  and  who  has 
contributed  significantly  to  campus  life. 

Pocahontas  Award  is  given  to  Lycoming's 
outstanding  female  athlete. 

Psi  Chi  Service  Award  is  given  for  contribu- 
tions to  the  Psychology  Department. 

Research  and  Writing  Prize  in  History  is 
given  to  the  student  who  does  the  best  work  in 
HIST  449. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^m 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ACADEMIC  POLICIES  AND  REGULATIONS  •  THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


Sadler  Prize  is  given  to  the  student  with  the 
highest  achievement  in  calculus,  foundations 
of  mathematics,  algebra,  and  analysis. 

Senior  Management  Award  is  given  to  the 
business  major  whose  senior  management 
project  was  judged  best  by  the  Business 
Administration  Department. 

Senior  Scholarship  Prize  in  History  is  given 
to  the  senior  major  with  the  highest  average. 

Service  to  Lycoming  Award,  sponsored  by 
the  Office  of  Student  Services,  is  given  to 
students  who  have  made  outstanding 
contributions  to  Lycoming. 

Frances  K.  Skeath  Award  is  given  to  the 
senior  with  outstanding  achievement  in 
mathematics. 

J.  Milton  Skeath  Award  is  given  for  superior 
undergraduate  achievement  and  potential  for 
further  work  in  psychology. 

Sophomore  Intermediate  Accounting 
Award  is  given  for  the  accounting  major  with 
the  highest  average  in  Intermediate  Account- 
ing at  the  end  of  the  spring  term. 

The  John  A.  Streeter  Memorial  Award  in 

Economics  is  given  to  a  graduating  student  for 
outstanding  achievement  in  economics. 

The  John  A.  Streeter  Memorial  Award  in 

Music  is  given  to  the  College  band  member 
who  has  outstanding  musical  ability  and  who 
has  made  significant  leadership  contributions 
to  the  band. 

Tomahawk  Award  is  given  to  Lycoming's 
outstanding  male  athlete. 

Wall  Street  Journal  Awards:  One  award  is 
given  to  a  senior  business  major  for  excel- 
lence in  the  field  and  service  to  the  College 
conrmiunity,  and  another  award  is  given  for 
excellence  in  economics. 


THE 

Academic 
Program 

Lycoming  College  awards  four  different 
degrees:  Bachelor  of  Arts  (B.A.),  Bachelor  of 
Fine  Arts  (B.F.A.),  Bachelor  of  Science  (B.S.) 
and  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing  (B.S.N.). 
For  students  wishing  to  do  so,  multiple  degrees 
are  possible.  Candidates  for  multiple  degrees 
must  satisfy  all  requirements  for  each  degree. 
Freshmen  entering  the  College  during  the 
1996-97  academic  year  are  subject  to  the 
requirements  which  appear  on  the  following 
pages.  Continuing  students  are  subject  to  the 
Catalog  in  effect  at  the  time  of  their  entry 
unless  they  elect  to  complete  the  current 
curriculum.  Students  who  transfer  to  the 
College  with  advanced  standing  will  be 
subject  to  the  requirements  imposed  upon 
other  students  at  the  College  who  have 
attained  the  same  academic  level.  Post- 
baccalaureate  students  will  be  subject  to  the 
requirements  in  effect  at  the  date  of  entrance 
to  post-baccalaureate  studies  and  must 
complete  both  distribution  and  major  require- 
ments. This  does  not  apply  to  non-degree 
students  in  certificate-only  programs. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


If  a  Student  interrupts  his  or  her  education 
but  returns  to  the  College  after  no  more  than 
one  academic  year  has  passed,  he/she  will  retain 
the  same  requirements  in  effect  at  the  initial 
date  of  entrance.  A  student  who  withdraws 
from  the  College  for  more  than  one  year  will, 
upon  return,  be  required  to  complete  the 
requirements  currently  imposed  upon  other 
students  of  the  same  academic  level. 

Exceptions  to  or  waivers  of  any  requirements 
and/or  policies  listed  in  this  Catalog  must  be 
made  by  the  Committee  on  Academic  Standards. 

THE  BACHELOR  OF 
ARTS  DEGREE 

Lycoming  College  is  committed  to  the 
principle  that  a  liberal  arts  education  is  the 
ideal  foundation  for  an  informed  and  produc- 
tive life.  The  liberal  arts  -  including  the  fme 
arts,  the  humanities,  mathematics,  the  natural 
and  social  sciences  -  have  created  the  social, 
political,  economic  and  intellectual  systems 
which  help  define  contemporary  existence. 
Therefore  it  is  essential  that  students  grasp  the 
modes  of  inquiry  and  knowledge  associated 
with  these  disciplines. 

Consequently,  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree 
is  conferred  upon  the  student  who  has  completed 
an  educational  program  incorporating  the  two 
principles  of  the  liberal  arts  known  as  distribu- 
tion and  concentration.  The  objective  of  the 
distribution  principle  is  to  insure  that  the  stud- 
ent achieves  breadth  in  learning  through  the 
study  of  the  major  dimensions  of  human 
inquiry:  the  humanities,  the  social  sciences, 
and  the  natural  sciences.  The  objective  of 
the  concentration  principle  is  to  provide  depth 
of  learning  through  completion  of  a  program 
of  study  in  a  given  discipline  or  subject  area 
known  as  the  major.  The  effect  of  both  prin- 
ciples is  to  impart  knowledge,  inspire  inquiry, 
and  encourage  creative  thought. 


Requirements  For  Graduation 

Every  B.A.  degree  candidate  is  expected  to 
meet  the  following  requirements  in  order  to 
qualify  for  graduation: 

•  Complete  the  distribution  program. 

•  Complete  the  Writing  Across  the  Curriculum 
Program  requirements. 

•  Earn  one  year  of  credit  in  Physical  Activi- 
ties, Wellness,  and  Community  Service. 
Athletic  training  courses  or  Military  Science 
0 1 1 ,  02 1 ,  03 1 ,  or  04 1  may  satisfy  this 
requirement. 

•  Complete  a  major  consisting  of  at  least  eight 
courses  with  a  minimum  grade  point  average 
of  2.00. 

•  Pass  a  minimum  of  32  units  (128  semester 
hours)  with  a  minimum  cumulative  grade 
point  average  of  2.00.  Additional  credits 
beyond  128  semester  hours  may  be  completed 
provided  that  the  minimum  2.00  cumulative 
average  is  maintained. 

•  Complete  in  residence  the  final  eight  courses 
offered  for  the  degree  at  Lycoming. 

•  Complete  the  above  requirements  within 
seven  years  of  continuous  enrollment 
following  the  date  of  matriculation. 

•  Satisfy  all  financial  obligations  incurred  at 
the  College. 

THE  BACHELOR  OF 
FINE  ARTS  DEGREE 

The  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  degree  is  specifi- 
cally designed  to  train  professional  artists.  The 
B.F.A.  in  sculpture  is  a  synthesis  of  three  diverse 
forms  of  education:  a  studio  art  program  that 
emphasizes  the  skills  and  concepts  of  the 
visual  language,  an  apprenticeship  that  takes 
technical  expertise  as  the  departure  point,  and 
the  scholastic  method  employed  in  both  art 
history  and  the  general-education  component. 

Requirements 

Every  B.F.A  degree  candidate  is  expected 
to  meet  the  following  requirements  in  order  to 
qualify  for  graduation: 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


•  Complete  the  12-course  Art  Department 
course  of  study,  while  achieving  a  minimum 
grade  point  average  of  2.00  in  these  courses. 

•  Complete  the  distribution  program. 

•  Complete  Writing  Across  the  Curriculum 
Program  requirements. 

•  Pass  a  minimum  of  32  units  (128  semester 
hours)  with  a  minimum  cumulative  grade 
point  average  of  2.00  in  these  courses. 

•  Complete  one  of  the  field  specialization 
apprenticeships  at  the  Johnson  Atelier 
Technical  Institute  of  Sculpture. 

•  Earn  one  year  of  credit  in  Physical  Activi- 
ties, Wellness  and  Community  Service. 
Athletic  training  courses  or  Military  Science 
0 1 1 ,  02 1 ,  03 1 ,  or  04 1  may  satisfy  this 
requirement. 

•  Complete  in  residence  the  final  eight 
courses  offered  for  the  degree  at  Lycoming. 

•  Satisfy  all  financial  obligations  incurred  at 
the  College. 

•  Have  a  public  exhibition  of  original  art 
work  and  make  an  oral  defense. 

THE  BACHELOR  OF 
SCIENCE  DEGREE 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  available 
to  students  majoring  in  Biology  or  Chemistry. 
Students  may  elect  either  the  B.A.  or  the  B.S. 
degree  in  these  majors.  The  B.S.  degree  is 
appropriate  for  students  planning  further 
education  in  a  graduate  or  professional  school. 

Requirements 

Every  B.S.  degree  candidate  is  expected  to 
meet  the  following  requirements  in  order  to 
qualify  for  graduation: 

•  Complete  the  B.S.  major  in  either  Biology  or 
Chemistry  as  described  on  page  74  and  84 
respectively  with  a  minimum  grade  point 
average  of  2.00  in  the  major. 

•  Complete  the  distribution  program. 

•  Complete  the  Writing  Across  the  Curriculum 
Program  requirements. 

•  Earn  one  year  of  credit  in  Physical  Activi- 
ties, Wellness,  and  Community  Service. 


Athletic  Training  courses  or  Military  Science 
0 1 1 ,  02 1 ,  03 1  or  04 1  may  satisfy  this 
requirement. 

•  Pass  a  minimum  of  32  units  (128  semester 
hours)  with  a  minimum  grade  point  average 
of  2.00.  Additional  credits  beyond  128 
semester  hours  may  be  completed  provided 
that  the  minimum  2.00  cumulative  average  is 
maintained. 

•  Complete  in  residence  the  final  eight  courses 
offered  for  the  degree  at  Lycoming. 

•  Complete  the  above  requirements  within 
seven  years  of  continuous  enrollment 
following  the  date  of  matriculation. 

•  Satisfy  all  financial  obligations  incurred  at 
the  College. 

THE  BACHELOR 
OF  SCIENCE  IN 
NURSING  DEGREE 

The  program  of  study  leading  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Nursing  degree  is 
designed  to  prepare  men  and  women  as 
beginning  practitioners  of  professional  nursing, 
quaUfied  for  first-level  positions  in  a  variety  of 
health  settings  and  for  graduate  study  in  nursing. 
Upon  satisfactory  completion  of  the  program,  a 
graduate  is  eligible  to  write  the  State  Board  of 
Nursing  examination  for  licensure  as  a 
registered  nurse.  The  goal  of  the  program  is  to 
develop  a  liberally-educated  and  self-directed 
individual  who  is  prepared  to  contribute  to  the 
welfare  of  the  nation  through  the  practice  of 
professional  nursing,  which  supports  the 
promotion  and  restoration  of  the  health  of 
individuals  and  famihes  in  a  variety  of  settings. 

Requirements 

Every  B.S.N,  degree  candidate  is  expected 
to  meet  the  following  requirements  in  order  to 
qualify  for  graduation: 

•  Complete  the  13-course  major  with  a 
minimum  cumulative  grade  point  average  of 
2.00,  including  the  required  May  term 
following  the  junior  year. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


•  Complete  the  distribution  requirements  for 
the  B.S.N,  degree. 

•  Complete  Writing  Across  the  Curriculum 
Program  requirements. 

•  Pass  a  minimum  of  32  units  (128  semester 
hours)  with  a  minimum  cumulative  average 
of  2.00. 

•  Earn  one  year  of  credit  in  Physical  Activi- 
ties, Wellness  and  Community  Service. 
Athletic  training  or  Military  Science  Oil, 
021,  031  or  041  may  satisfy  this  requirement. 

•  Complete  in  residence  the  final  eight 
courses  offered  for  the  degree  at  Lycoming 

•  Satisfy  all  financial  obligations  incurred  at 
the  College. 

•  Complete  the  degree  requirements  within  a 
five-year  period  after  admission  to  the  nursing 
major.  Candidates  who  are  unable  to  meet  this 
requirement  must  petition  for  an  extension. 

THE  DISTRIBUTION 
PROGRAM 

The  Distribution  Program  for 
the  B.A.,  B.F.A.,  and  B.S. 
Degrees 

A  course  can  be  used  to  satisfy  only  one 
distribution  requirement  (except  in  the  Cultural 
Diversity  area).  Courses  for  which  a  grade  of 
"P"  is  recorded  may  not  be  used  toward  the 
fulfillment  of  the  distribution  requirements. 
(Refer  to  pages  29  and  30  for  an  explanation 
of  the  grading  system.)  No  more  than  two 
courses  used  to  satisfy  the  distribution  require- 
ments may  be  selected  from  the  same  depart- 
ment, except  for  ENGL  105  and  106  or  107 
and  Foreign  Language  Courses  numbered 
below  222.  A  course  in  any  of  the  following 
distribution  requirements  refers  to  a  full-unit 
course  (four  semester  hours)  taken  at  Lycoming, 
any  appropriate  combination  of  fractional  unit 
courses  taken  at  Lycoming  which  accumulate 
to  four  semester  hours,  any  appropriate  course 
which  is  taken  by  cross-registration,  any 
appropriate  course  which  is  part  of  an  approved 


off-campus  program  (such  as  those  listed  in 
the  catalog  sections  titled  COOPERATIVE 
PROGRAMS  and  SPECIAL  ACADEMIC 
OPPORTUNITIES),  or  any  approved  course 
transferred  from  another  institution. 

Special  distribution  requirements  which 
apply  to  students  in  the  Lycoming  Scholar 
Program  appear  on  page  48.  For  the  B.S.N. 
degree,  see  the  special  modified  distribution 
requirements  on  page  40.  For  information  re- 
garding CLEP  and  AP  credit  see  page  27. 

A.  English  -  Students  are  required  to  pass 
ENGL  105,  unless  exempted  on  the  basis  of 
the  college's  placement  examination,  and 
ENGL  106  or  107.  ENGL  105  and  ENGL 
106  or  107  must  be  taken  during  the  freshman 
year  unless  the  student  does  not  successfully 
complete  ENGL  105  during  the  first  semester. 

B.  Fine  Arts  -  Students  are  required  to  pass 
two  courses  (or  the  equivalent)  from  Art, 
Creative  Writing,  Literature,  Music,  and/or 
THEA  100,  112,  114,  148,  332,  333,  335. 

C.  Foreign  Language  -  Students  are  required 
to  pass  a  course  in  French,  German,  Greek, 
Hebrew,  or  Spanish  numbered  101,  unless 
exempted  on  the  basis  of  placement,  and  a 
course  numbered  above  101  in  the  same 
language.  Placement  at  the  appropriate  course 
level  will  be  determined  by  the  faculty  of  the 
Department  of  Foreign  Languages  and 
Literatures.  Students  who  have  completed 
two  or  more  years  of  a  given  language  in  high 
school  are  not  admitted  for  credit  to  the 
elementary  course  in  the  same  foreign 
language  except  by  written  permission  of  the 
chairman  of  the  department. 

D.  Humanities  -  Students  are  required  to  pass 
four  courses  from  History,  Literature,  includ- 
ing THEA  333  and  335,  Philosophy,  and/or 
Religion.  At  least  one  course  must  be  suc- 
cessfully completed  in  3  of  the  4  disciplines. 

E.  Mathematics  -  Students  are  required  to 
demonstrate  competence  in  basic  algebra  and 
to  pass  one  course  selected  from  CPTR  108, 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


MATH  103,  106,  109,  112,  116,  128,  129,  130 
or  214.  Competence  in  basic  algebra  may  be 
demonstrated  by:  passing  the  basic  algebra 
section  of  the  Mathematics  Placement  Exami- 
nation, or  successfully  completing  MATH  100. 
The  Mathematics  Placement  Examination 
may  be  scheduled  a  maximum  of  three  times, 
only  one  of  which  may  be  after  matriculation. 
A  retest  fee  of  $25  will  be  charged  for  each 
private  test  administration. 

F.  Natural  Sciences  -  Two  courses  chosen  from 
Astronomy/Physics,  Biology,  and/or  Chemisty. 

G.  Social  Sciences  -  Students  are  required  to 
pass  two  courses  from  Economics,  Political 
Science,  Psychology  and/or  Sociology/ 
Anthropology. 

H.  Cultural  Diversity  -  Students  are  required 
to  pass  one  designated  course  which  intro- 
duces students  to  Cultural  Diversity  which  are 
distinct  from  the  predominant  Anglo-Ameri- 
can culture.  The  course  selected  to  fulfill  this 
requirement  may  also  be  used  to  satisfy  one  of 
the  other  general  education  requirements  in 
the  liberal  arts.  Students  also  may  fulfill  the 
cultural  diversity  requirement  by  successfully 
completing  at  least  one  semester  (4  units)  in  a 
college-accepted  study  abroad  program. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  cultural  diversity  courses  and 
will  be  offered  as  such.  Students  must  check 
semester  class  schedules  to  determine  which 
courses  are  offered  as  "D"  (cultural  diversity) 
courses  for  that  semester. 


ART 

BUSINESS 

ENGLISH 

FRENCH 

GERMAN 

HISTORY 

MUSIC 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

PSYCHOLOGY 

RELIGION 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ART  222,  339 
BUS  244,319 
ENGL  334 
FRN228 
GERM  221,  222 
HIST  120,  140, 
230,240,310 
MUS  116,  128,234 
PSCI  220,  326,  340 
PS  Y  341 
REL  110,224, 
225,  226,  228 


SOCIOLOGY/ 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

SPANISH 
THEATRE 

WOMEN'S  STUDIES 


SOC229,  331, 
334,  335,  336, 
337,  338 
221,222,311 
THEA112,  114, 
332,333,335,410 
WMST  320 


The  Distribution  Program 
For  The  B.S.N.  Degree 

A.  English  -  Same  as  for  the  B.A.,  B.F.A.,  and 
B.S.  degrees. 

B.  Fine  Arts  -  Same  as  for  the  B.A.,  B.F.A., 
and  B.S.  degrees. 

C.  Foreign  Language  -  Same  as  for  the  B.A., 
B.F.A.,  and  B.S.  degrees. 

D.  Humanities  -  Same  as  for  the  B.A.,  B.F.A., 
and  B.S.  degrees. 

E.  Mathematics  -  Same  as  for  the  B.A., 
B.F.A.,  and  B.S.  degrees. 

F.  Natural  Sciences  -  CHEM  108,  1 15. 

G.  Social  Sciences  -  Students  are  required  to 
pass  PSY  1 10  and  one  other  course  from 
Economics,  Political  Science,  Psychology  and/ 
or  Sociology/Anthropology. 

H.  Cultural  Diversity  -  Same  as  for  the  B.A., 
B.F.A.,  and  B.S.  degrees. 

Writing  Across  The 
Curriculum  Program 

I.  Purpose 

The  Lycoming  College  Writing  Across  the 
Curriculum  Program  has  been  developed  in 
response  to  the  conviction  that  writing  skills 
promote  intellectual  growth  and  are  a  hallmark 
of  the  educated  person.  The  program  has 
therefore  been  designed  to  achieve  two  major, 
interrelated  objectives: 

1 )  to  enhance  student  learning  in  general 
and  subject  mastery  in  particular,  and 

2)  to  develop  students'  abilities  to  commu- 
nicate clearly.  In  this  program,  students 
are  given  opportunities  to  write  in  a 
variety  of  contexts  and  in  a  substantial 


o 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


number  of  courses,  in  which  they  receive 
faculty  guidance  and  reinforcement. 

II.  Program  Requirements 

Students  must  successfully  complete  the 
following  writing  requirements: 

1)  ENGL  105  or  exemption  from  the  course. 

2)  ENGL  106  (Composition)  or  ENGL 
107  Honors  Composition. 

3)  A  writing  component  in  all  distribution 
courses  completed  at  Lycoming. 

4)  Three  courses  designated  as  writing- 
intensive,  or  "W"  courses. 

•  Successful  completion  of  ENGL  106 
or  107  is  a  prerequisite  for  enrollment 
in  writing-intensive  courses. 

•  All  courses  designated  "W"  are 
numbered  200  or  above. 

•  One  of  the  student's  "W"  courses  must 
be  in  his/her  major  (or  one  of  the 
majors)  or  with  departmental  approval 
from  a  related  department.  Not  all 
three  can  be  from  the  same  major. 

III.  Approved  Writing  Intensive  Courses 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and 
may  be  offered  as  such.  Students  must  check 
semester  class  schedules  to  determine  which 
courses  are  offered  as  "W"  courses  for  that 
semester. 


ACCOUNTING 

AMERICAN  STUDIES 
ART 

ASTRONOMY 

BIOLOGY 

BUSINESS 

CHEMISTRY 

COMPUTER  SCIENCE 

CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 

ECONOMICS 

EDUCATION 

ENGLISH 


ACCT  223, 
224,  442 
HIST  443 
ART  222,  223,  331, 
333,  334,  336,  339 
ASTR  230 
BIO  222,  224 
BUS  244,  441 
CHEM  330,  332 
CPTR  246,  344 
HIST  230,  443 
ECON  337,  440 
EDU  343,  344 
ENGL  331,  334, 
335,  336, 420 


FRENCH 

GERMAN 

HISTORY 

INTERNATIONAL 

STUDIES 
COMMUNICATIONS 
MATHEMATICS 
MUSIC 
NEAR  EAST  CULTURE  ART  222 


FRN441 
GERM  431,  441 
HIST  218,  230, 

332,  443,  449 
INST  449 

COMM  226,  330 
MATH  234 
MUS  336 


NURSING 
PHILOSOPHY 


PHYSICS 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE 
PSYCHOLOGY 
RELIGION 
SOCIOLOGY/ 

ANTHROPOLOGY 
SPANISH 
THEATRE 


NURS221,435 
PHIL216,  218,  219, 
301,332,333,334, 
335,  449 
PHYS  338,  447 
PSCI  223,  244 
PSY  225,  43 1,432 
REL230,  331 
SOC  229,  441 

SPAN  418 
THEA  332,  333 


Physical  Activities,  Wellness,  and 
Community  Service  Program 

I.  Purpose 

This  program  is  designed  to  promote 
students'  physical  welfare,  health  awareness 
and  encourage  a  sense  of  civic  responsibility. 

II.  Program  Requirements 

Students  must  pass  any  combination  of  two 
semesters  of  course  work  selected  from  the 
following: 

1 .  Designated  physical  activities  courses. 

2.  Designated  varsity  athletics. 

3.  Designated  wellness  couses. 

4.  Designated  community  service  projects. 

CONCENTRATION 

The  Major 

Students  are  required  to  complete  a  series  of 
courses  in  one  departmental  or  interdisciplinary 
(established  or  individual)  major.  Specific  course 
requirements  for  each  major  offered  by  the 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


College  are  listed  in  the  curriculum  section  of 
this  catalog.  Students  must  earn  a  2.00  or 
higher  grade  point  average  in  those  courses 
stipulated  as  comprising  the  major.  Students 
must  declare  a  major  by  the  beginning  of  their 
junior  year.  Departmental  and  established 
interdisciplinary  majors  are  declared  in  the 
Office  of  the  Registrar,  whereas  individual 
interdisciplinary  majors  must  be  approved  by 
the  Committee  on  Curriculum  Development. 
Students  may  complete  more  than  one  major, 
each  of  which  will  be  recorded  on  the  tran- 
script. Students  may  be  removed  from  major 
status  if  they  are  not  making  satisfactory 
progress  in  their  major.  This  action  is  taken 
by  the  Dean  of  the  College  upon  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  department,  coordinating 
committee  (for  established  interdisciplinary 
majors),  or  Curriculum  Development  Com- 
mittee (for  individual  interdisciplinary 
majors).  The  decision  of  the  Dean  of  the 
College  may  be  appealed  to  the  Academic 
Standards  Committee  by  the  student  involved 
or  by  the  recommending  department  or 
committee. 

Departmental  Majors  —  The  following 

Departmental  majors  are  available: 

Accounting 

Art  History 

Art  Studio 

Astronomy 

Biology 

Business  Administration 

Chemistry 

Communication 

Computer  Science 

Economics 

English 

French 

German 

History 

Mathematics 

Music 

Nursing 

Philosophy 

Physics 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


Political  Science 

Psychology 

Religion 

Sociology/Anthropology 

Spanish 

Theatre 

Established  Interdisciplinary  Majors  — 

The  following  established  interdisciplinary 
majors  include  course  work  in  two  or  more 
departments: 

Accounting/Mathematical  Sciences 

Actuarial  Mathematics 

American  Studies 

Criminal  Justice 

International  Studies 

Literature 

Near  East  Culture  and  Archaeology 

Individual  Interdisciplinary  Majors  — 

Students  may  design  majors  which  are  unique 
to  their  needs  and  objectives  and  which 
combine  course  work  in  more  than  one  depart- 
ment. These  majors  are  developed  in  consul- 
tation with  students'  faculty  advisors  and  with 
a  panel  of  faculty  members  from  each  of  the 
sponsoring  departments.  The  applications  are 
acted  upon  by  the  Curriculum  Development 
Committee.  The  major  normally  consists  of 
10  courses  beyond  those  taken  to  satisfy  the 
distribution  requirements.  Students  are  expect- 
ed to  complete  at  least  six  courses  at  the  junior 
or  senior  level.  Examples  of  individual  inter- 
disciplinary majors  are:  Racial  and  Cultural 
Minorities,  Illustration  in  the  Print  Medium, 
Environmental  Law,  Advertising,  Art/Business, 
Human  Behavior,  and  Images  of  Man. 

Major  in  Sculpture  Leading  to 
Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  Degree  —  Through  a 
cooperative  program  with  the  Johnson  Atelier 
Technical  Institute  of  Sculpture  in  Mercerville, 
New  Jersey,  students  may  earn  a  B.F.A.  degree 
in  sculpture.  The  major  consists  of  a  core 
academic  program,  a  course  of  study  in  art, 
elective  courses,  and  an  apprenticeship  at  the 
Johnson  Atelier. 


o 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


PRE-PROFESSIONAL 

PROGRAMS  (also  see  "Pre-Profes- 
sional  Advising"  in  The  Advising  Program 
section) 

Preparation  for  Educational  Professions  — 

Lycoming  College  believes  that  the  liberal  arts 
provide  the  best  preparation  for  future  teachers. 
Thus,  all  education  students  complete  a  liberal 
arts  major  in  addition  to  the  Lycoming  College 
Teacher  Education  Certificate  requirements. 
Students  can  be  certified  in  elementary  education 
or  one  or  more  of  the  following  secondary  areas: 
art  (K-12),  biology,  chemistry,  English,  French, 
general  science  (with  biology  or  astronomy/ 
physics  tracks),  German,  mathematics,  music 
(K-12),  physics,  social  studies,  and  Spanish. 
All  teacher  education  programs  are  approved  by 
the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education. 
Pennsylvania  certificates  are  recognized  in  most 
other  states  either  through  reciprocal  agree- 
ments or  by  transcript  evaluation.  See  the 
Education  Department  listing  on  page  96. 

Preparation  for  Health  Professions  —  The 

program  of  pre-professional  education  for  the 
health  professions  (allopathic,  dental,  osteo- 
pathic, podiatric  and  veterinary  medicine; 
optometry,  and  pharmacy)  is  organized  around 
a  sound  foundation  in  biology,  chemistry,  math- 
ematics, and  physics  and  a  wide  range  of  subject 
matter  from  the  humanities,  social  sciences, 
and  fine  arts.  At  least  three  years  of  under- 
graduate study  is  recommended  before  entry 
into  a  professional  school;  the  normal  proced- 
ure is  to  complete  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree. 

Students  interested  in  one  of  the  health 
professions  or  in  an  allied  health  career  should 
make  their  intentions  known  to  the  Admissions 
Office  when  applying  and  to  the  Health 
Professions  Advisory  Committee  (HP AC) 
during  their  first  semester  (see  page  52). 

Preparation  for  Legal  Professions  — 

Lycoming  offers  a  strong  preparation  for 
students  interested  in  law  as  a  profession. 
Admission  to  law  school  is  not  predicated 


upon  a  particular  major  or  area  of  study;  rather, 
a  student  is  encouraged  to  design  a  course  of 
study  (traditional  or  interdisciplinary  major) 
which  is  of  personal  interest  and  significance. 
While  no  specific  major  is  recommended,  there 
are  certain  skills  of  particular  relevance  to  the 
pre-law  student:  clear  writing,  analytical 
thinking,  and  reading  comprehension.  These 
skills  should  be  developed  during  the  under- 
graduate years. 

Pre-law  students  should  register  with  the 
Legal  Professions  Advisory  Committee  (LPAC) 
during  their  first  semester  (see  page  52). 

Preparation  for  Theological  Professions  — 

Students  preparing  to  attend  a  theological 
seminary  should  examine  the  suggestions  set 
down  by  the  Association  of  Theological 
Schools.  It  is  recommended  that  students  pursue  a 
broad  program  in  the  liberal  arts  with  a  major  in 
one  of  the  humanities  (English,  history,  lan- 
guages, literature,  philosophy,  religion)  or  one 
of  the  social  sciences  (American  studies, 
criminal  justice,  economics,  international 
studies,  political  science,  psychology,  sociology- 
anthropology).  Students  preparing  for  a  career 
in  religious  education  should  major  in  religion 
and  elect  five  or  six  courses  in  psychology, 
education  and  sociology.  This  program  of  study 
will  qualify  students  to  work  as  educational 
assistants  or  directors  of  religious  education 
after  graduate  study  in  a  theological  seminary. 

Students  should  register  with  the  Theological 
Professions  Advisory  Committee  (TPAC) 
during  their  first  semester.  TPAC  acts  as  a 
"center"  for  students,  faculty,  and  clergy  to 
discuss  the  needs  of  students  who  want  to 
prepare  themselves  for  the  ministry,  religious 
education,  advanced  training  in  religion,  or 
related  vocations  (see  page  52). 

COOPERATIVE  PROGRAMS 

Lycoming  has  developed  several  cooperative 
programs  to  provide  students  with  opportunities 
to  extend  their  knowledge,  abilities,  and  talents 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


in  selected  areas  through  access  to  the 
specialized  academic  programs  and  facilities 
of  other  colleges,  universities,  academies  and 
hospitals.  Although  thorough  advising  and 
curricular  planning  are  provided  for  each  of 
the  cooperative  programs,  admission  to 
Lycoming  and  registration  in  the  program  of 
choice  do  not  guarantee  admission  to  the 
cooperating  institution.  The  prerogative  of 
admitting  students  to  the  cooperative  aspect  of 
the  program  rests  with  the  cooperating 
institution.  Students  who  are  interested  in  a 
cooperative  program  should  contact  the 
coordinator  during  the  first  week  of  the  first 
semester  of  their  enrollment  at  Lycoming. 
This  is  necessary  to  plan  their  course  pro- 
grams in  a  manner  that  will  ensure  completion 
of  required  courses  according  to  the  schedule 
stipulated  for  the  program.  All  cooperative 
programs  require  special  coordination  of 
course  scheduling  at  Lycoming. 

Engineering  —  Combining  the  advantages  of 
a  liberal  arts  education  and  the  technical  train- 
ing of  an  engineering  curriculum,  this  program 
is  offered  in  conjunction  with  The  Pennsylva- 
nia State  University  and  Washington  Univer- 
sity at  St.  Louis.  Students  complete  three  years 
of  study  at  Lycoming  and  two  years  at  the 
cooperating  university.  Upon  satisfactory 
completion  of  the  first  year  of  engineering 
studies,  Lycoming  awards  a  Bachelor  of  Arts 
degree.  When  students  successfully  complete 
the  second  year  of  engineering  studies,  the 
cooperating  university  awards  a  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  engineering. 

At  Lycoming,  students  complete  the  dis- 
tribution program  and  courses  in  physics, 
mathematics,  and  chemistry.  The  Pennsylva- 
nia State  University  offers  aerospace,  agricul- 
tural, ceramic,  chemical,  civil,  computer, 
electrical,  engineering  science,  industrial, 
mechanical,  mining  and  nuclear  engineering. 
Similar  offerings  are  available  at  Washington 
University  at  St.  Louis. 


Forestry  or  Environmental  Studies  — 

Lycoming  College  offers  a  cooperative 
program  with  Duke  University  in  environ- 
mental management  and  forestry.  Qualified 
students  can  earn  the  baccalaureate  and  master 
degrees  in  five  years,  spending  three  years  at 
Lycoming  and  two  years  at  Duke.  All 
Lycoming  distribution  and  major  require- 
ments must  be  completed  by  the  end  of  the 
junior  year.  At  the  end  of  the  first  year  at 
Duke,  a  baccalaureate  degree  will  be  awarded 
by  Lycoming.  Duke  will  award  the  profes- 
sional degree  of  Master  of  Forestry  or  Master 
of  Environmental  Management  to  qualified 
candidates  at  the  end  of  the  second  year. 

The  major  program  emphases  at  Duke  are 
Forest  Resource  Management,  Resource  Eco- 
nomics and  Policy,  and  Resource  Ecology. 

The  program  is  flexible  enough,  however, 
to  accommodate  a  variety  of  individual  designs. 
An  undergraduate  major  in  one  of  the  natural 
sciences,  social  sciences,  or  bus-iness  may 
provide  good  preparation  for  the  programs  at 
Duke,  but  a  student  with  any  undergraduate 
concentration  will  be  considered  for  admission. 
All  students  need  at  least  two  courses  each  in 
biology,  mathematics,  and  economics. 

Students  begin  the  program  at  Duke  in  July 
after  their  junior  year  at  Lycoming  with  a  one- 
month  session  of  field  work  in  natural  resource 
management.  They  must  complete  a  total  of 
48  units  which  generally  takes  four  semesters. 

Some  students  prefer  to  complete  the 
baccalaureate  degree  before  undertaking 
graduate  study  at  Duke.  The  master  degree 
requirements  for  these  students  are  the  same 
as  for  those  students  entering  after  the  junior 
year,  but  the  48-unit  requirement  may  be 
reduced  for  completed  relevant  undergraduate 
work  of  satisfactory  quality.  All  credit 
reductions  are  determined  individually  and 
consider  the  students'  educational  background 
and  objectives. 

Medical  Technology  -  Students  desiring  a 
career  in  medical  technology  may  either 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


complete  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of 
Science  program  followed  by  a  clinical 
internship  at  any  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion-accredited hospital,  or  they  may  complete 
the  cooperative  program.  Students  electing 
the  cooperative  program  normally  study  for 
three  years  at  Lycoming,  during  which  time 
they  complete  24  unit  courses,  including  the 
College  distribution  requirements,  a  major, 
and  requirements  of  the  National  Accrediting 
Agency  for  Clinical  Laboratory  Sciences 
(NAACLS).  The  current  requirements  of  the 
NAACLS  are:  four  courses  in  chemistry  (one 
of  which  must  be  either  organic  or  biochemis- 
try); four  courses  in  biology  (including 
courses  in  microbiology  and  immunology), 
and  one  course  in  mathematics. 

Students  in  the  cooperative  program  usually 
major  in  biology,  following  a  modified  major 
of  six  unit  courses  that  exempts  them  from 
Ecology  (BIO  224)  and  Plant  Sciences  (BIO 
225).  Students  must  take  either  Microbiology 
(BIO  221)  or  Microbiology  for  the  Health 
Sciences  (BIO  226),  and  either  Animal 
Physiology  (BIO  223)  or  Cell  Physiology  (BIO 
335).  The  cooperative  program  requires 
successful  completion  of  a  one-year  internship 
at  an  American  Medical  Association-accred- 
ited hospital.  Lycoming  is  affiliated  with  the 
following  accredited  hospitals:  Divine 
Providence,  Rolling  Hill,  Robert  Packer, 
Lancaster,  and  Abington.  Students  in  the 
cooperative  program  receive  credit  at 
Lycoming  for  each  of  eight  courses  in  biology 
and  chemistry  successfully  completed  during 
the  clinical  internship.  Successful  completion 
of  the  Registry  Examination  is  not  considered  a 
graduation  requirement  at  Lycoming  College. 
Students  entering  a  clinical  internship  for 
one  year  after  graduation  from  Lycoming 
must  complete  all  of  the  requirements  of  the 
cooperative  program,  but  are  not  eligible  for 
the  biology  major  exemptions  indicated 
above.  Upon  graduation,  such  students  may 
apply  for  admission  to  a  clinical  program  at 
any  hospital. 


Optometry  —  Through  the  Accelerated 
Optometry  Education  Curriculum  Program, 
students  interested  in  a  career  in  optometry  may 
qualify  for  admission  to  the  Pennsylvania 
College  of  Optometry  after  only  three  years  at 
Lycoming  College. 

After  four  years  at  the  Pennsylvania  College 
of  Optometry,  a  student  will  earn  a  Doctor  of 
Optometry  degree.  Selection  of  candidates  for 
the  professional  segment  of  the  program  is 
completed  by  the  admissions  committee  of  the 
Pennsylvania  College  of  Optometry  during  the 
student's  third  year  at  Lycoming.  (This  is  one 
of  two  routes  that  students  may  choose.  Any 
student,  of  course,  may  follow  the  regular 
application  procedures  for  admission  to  the 
Pennsylvania  College  of  Optometry  or  another 
college  of  optometry  to  matriculate  following 
completion  of  his  or  her  baccalaureate  program.) 
During  the  three  years  at  Lycoming  College, 
the  student  will  complete  24  unit  courses, 
including  all  distribution  requirements,  and  will 
prepare  for  his  or  her  professional  training  by 
obtaining  a  solid  foundation  in  biology,  chemis- 
try, physics,  and  mathematics.  During  the  first 
year  of  study  at  the  Pennsylvania  College  of 
Optometry,  the  student  will  take  39  semester 
hours  of  basic  science  courses  in  addition  to 
introductions  to  optometry  and  health  care.  Suc- 
cessful completion  of  the  first  year  of  profes- 
sional training  will  complete  the  course  require- 
ments for  the  B.A.  degree  at  Lycoming  College. 

Most  students  will  find  it  convenient  to 
major  in  biology  in  order  to  satisfy  the  require- 
ments of  Lycoming  College  and  the 
Pennsylvania  College  of  Optometry.  Such 
students  are  allowed  to  complete  a  modified 
biology  major  which  will  exempt  them  from 
two  biology  courses:  Ecology  (BIO  224)  and 
Plant  Sciences  (BIO  225).  (This  modified 
major  requires  the  successful  completion  of  the 
initial  year  at  the  Pennsylvania  College  of 
Optometry.)  Students  desiring  other  majors 
must  coordinate  their  plans  with  the  Health 
Professions  Advisory  Committee  in  order  to 
ensure  that  they  have  satisfied  all  requirements. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


Podiatry  —  Students  interested  in  podiatry 
may  either  seek  admission  to  a  college  of 
podiatric  medicine  upon  completion  of  the 
Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  or  through  the  Accel- 
erated Podiatric  Medical  Education-Curricu- 
lum Program  (APMEC).  The  latter  program 
provides  an  opportunity  for  students  to 
qualify  for  admission  to  the  Pennsylvania 
College  of  Podiatric  Medicine  (PCPM)  or  the 
Ohio  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine  (OCPM) 
after  three  years  of  study  at  Lycoming.  At 
Lycoming,  students  in  the  APMEC  program 
must  successfully  complete  24  unit  courses, 
including  the  distribution  requirements  and  a 
basic  foundation  in  biology,  chemistry, 
physics,  and  mathematics.  During  the  first 
year  of  study  at  PCPM  or  OCPM,  students 
must  successfully  complete  a  program  of  basic 
science  courses  and  an  introduction  to  podia- 
try. Successful  completion  of  the  first  year  of 
professional  training  will  contribute  toward  the 
fulfillment  of  the  course  requirements  for  a 
Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  at  Lycoming. 

Students  in  the  cooperative  program  who 
major  in  biology  will  be  allowed  to  complete 
a  modified  major  which  will  exempt  them 
from  two  biology  courses:  Ecology  (BIO 
224)  and  Plant  Sciences  (BIO  225)  (This 
modified  major  requires  the  successful  com- 
pletion of  the  initial  year  at  PCPM  or  OCPM.) 

Students  interested  in  a  career  in  podiatric 
medicine  should  indicate  their  intentions  to 
the  Health  Professions  Advisory  Committee. 

Sculpture  —  The  Art  Department  with  the 
Johnson  Atelier  Technical  Institute  of 
Sculpture  in  Mercerville,  New  Jersey,  offers  a 
B.F.A.  degree  in  sculpture.  The  Atelier  uses  a 
classical  apprenticeship  approach  as  its 
teaching  method.  This  ancient  method  of 
teaching  is  combined  at  Johnson  with  the 
most  modem  and  technically  advanced 
foundry  and  fabricating  techniques. 

The  Art  Department  offers  a  synthesis 
program  that  interrelates  the  student  experi- 
ence at  both  institutions.  This  is  achieved  by 


having  the  student  rotate  between  Lycoming 
and  the  Atelier  so  that  each  form  of  education 
is  a  preparation  for  the  other.  Lycoming  offers 
a  core  academic  program,  a  course  of  study  in 
the  Art  Department,  and  elective  course 
opportunities.  Lycoming  gives  eight  course 
units  of  college  credit  to  the  student  for  having 
successfully  completed  one  of  the  apprentice- 
ship programs  at  the  Johnson  Atelier. 

All  work  completed  by  the  student  at 
Lycoming  by  the  end  of  the  sophomore 
year  will  be  applicable  to  a  Bachelor  of  Arts 
degree  with  a  major  in  art  should  the  student 
decide  to  withdraw  from  the  B.F.A.  program. 
If  the  student  should  withdraw  from  the 
cooperative  program  prior  to  completing  the 
apprenticeship  at  the  Johnson  Atelier, 
Lycoming  will  give  up  to  four  units  of  credits 
or  one  semester's  work  for  the  internship.  If, 
however,  the  student  completes  more  work  at 
the  Atelier  than  the  four  units,  that  extra  work 
will  not  be  credited  to  a  Bachelor  of  Arts 
degree;  it  will  only  be  counted  toward  a 
Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  degree,  and  then  only  if 
the  course  at  the  Atelier  is  completed. 

This  course  of  study  is  very  rigorous.  It 
requires  the  student  to  study  almost  continu- 
ously, either  at  Lycoming  or  at  the  Johnson 
Atelier,  during  the  four  years  it  takes  to 
complete  the  degree.  (See  Art  Department 
listing  for  specific  program.) 

U.S.  Army  Reserve  Officers  Training 
Corps  Program  (R.O.T.C.)  —  The  program 
provides  an  opportunity  for  Lycoming 
students  to  enroll  in  R.O.T.C.  Lycoming 
notes  enrollment  in  and  successful  completion 
of  the  program  on  student  transcripts.  Mili- 
tary Science  is  a  four-year  program  divided 
into  a  basic  course  given  during  the  freshman 
and  sophomore  years  and  an  advanced  course 
given  during  the  junior  and  senior  years. 
Students  who  have  not  completed  the  basic 
course  may  qualify  for  the  advanced  course  by 
completing  summer  camp  between  the 
sophomore  and  junior  years.  Students 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


enrolled  in  the  advanced  course  receive  an 
annual  stipend  of  $  1 ,000.  One  course  each  in 
written  communication,  human  behavior,  and 
military  history  will  fulfill  the  professional 
military  education  requirements.  R.O.T.C. 
scholarship  cadets  must  also  complete  one 
semester  of  a  foreign  language. 

Students  successfully  completing  the 
advanced  course  and  advanced  summer  camp 
between  the  junior  and  senior  years  will  qualify 
for  a  commission  as  a  Second  Lieutenant  in 
the  United  States  Army  upon  graduation,  and 
will  incur  a  service  obligation  in  the  active 
Army  or  Army  Reserves.  The  only  expense 
to  the  student  for  this  program  is  the  $75  uni- 
form deposit,  which  is  refundable,  less  costs. 

The  Minor 

The  College  awards  two  kinds  of  minors, 
departmental  and  interdisciplinary,  in  recog- 
nition of  concentrated  course  work  in  an  area 
other  than  the  student's  major.    All  minors 
are  subject  to  the  following  limitations: 

•  A  minor  must  include  at  least  two  courses 
which  are  not  counted  in  the  student's  major. 

•  A  student  may  receive  at  most  two  minors. 

•  Students  with  two  majors  may  receive  only 
one  minor;  students  with  three  majors  may 
not  receive  a  minor. 

•  Students  may  not  receive  a  minor  in  their 
major  discipline  unless  their  major  disci- 
pline is  Art  and  the  minor  is  Art  History.  (A 
discipline  is  any  course  of  study  in  which  a 
student  can  major.  Tracks  within  majors  are 
not  separate  disciplines.) 

•  A  student  may  not  receive  a  minor  unless 
his/her  average  in  the  courses  which  count 
for  his/her  minor  is  a  minimum  of  2.00. 

•  Courses  taken  P/F  may  not  be  counted 
toward  a  minor. 

Students  must  declare  their  intention  to 
minor  by  signing  a  form  available  in  the 
Registrar's  Office,  obtaining  required  faculty 
signatures,  and  returning  the  completed  form 
to  the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 


When  students  complete  a  minor,  the  title 
will  be  indicated  on  their  official  transcript. 
Students  must  meet  the  requirements  for  the 
minor  which  are  in  effect  at  the  time  they 
declare  a  minor  or  which  are  in  effect  subse- 
quent to  that  time  before  they  graduate. 

Departmental  Minors  —  Requirements  for  a 
departmental  minor  vary  from  department  to 
department.  Students  interested  in  pursuing  a 
departmental  minor  should  consult  that 
department  for  its  policy  regarding  minors. 

Departmental  minors  are  available  in  the 
following  areas: 

ACCOUNTING 

Financial  Accounting 

Managerial  Accounting 

Federal  Income  Tax 
ART 

Art  History 

Commercial  Design 

Painting 

Photography 

Sculpture 
ASTRONOMY 
BIOLOGY 

Biology 

Environmental  Science 
BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Marketing 

Finance 

General  Management 
CHEMISTRY 
COMMUNICATION 
ECONOMICS 
ENGLISH 

Literature 

Writing 
FOREIGN  LANGUAGES 
AND  LITERATURES 

French 

German 

Spanish 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


HISTORY 

American  History 

European  History 

History 
MATHEMATICAL  SCIENCES 

Computer  Science 

Mathematics 
PHILOSOPHY 

Philosophy 

Philosophy  and  Law 

Philosophy  and  Science 

The  History  of  Philosophy 
PHYSICS 
POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

Political  Science 

World  Politics 

Legal  Studies 
PSYCHOLOGY 
RELIGION 

SOCIOLOGY/ANTHROPOLOGY 
THEATRE 

Theatre  History  &  Literature 

Performance 

Technical  Theatre 

Interdisciplinary  Minors  —  Interdisciplinary 
minors  include  course  work  in  two  or  more 
departments.  Students  interested  in  interdisci- 
plinary minors  should  consult  the  faculty 
coordinator  of  that  minor.  Interdisciplinary 
minors  are  available  in  the  following  areas: 
BIBLICAL  LANGUAGES,  CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE,  MASS  COMMUNICATION,  and 
WOMEN'S  STUDIES. 

THE  HONORS  PROGRAM 

The  Scholar  Program 

The  Lycoming  College  Scholar  Program  is  a 
special  program  designed  to  meet  the  needs  and 
aspirations  of  highly  motivated  students  of 
superior  intellectual  ability.  The  Lycoming 
Scholar  satisfies  the  College's  distribution 
requirements,  generally  on  a  more  exacting 
level  and  with  more  challenging  courses  than 
the  average  student.  Lycoming  Scholars  also 
participate  in  special  interdisciplinary  seminars 


and  in  serious  independent  study  culminating  in 
a  senior  project.  Scholars  may  audit  a  fifth 
course  each  semester  at  no  additional  cost.  In 
addition.  Scholars  may  be  exempted  from  the 
usual  limitations  on  independent  studies  by  the 
Individual  Studies  Committee. 

Students  are  admitted  to  the  program  by 
invitation  of  the  Scholar  Council,  the  group 
which  oversees  the  program.  The  council 
consists  of  a  director  and  four  other  faculty 
selected  by  the  Dean  of  the  College,  and  four 
students  elected  by  current  scholars.  The 
guidelines  governing  selection  of  new 
scholars  are  flexible;  academic  excellence, 
intellectual  curiosity,  and  creativity  are  all  taken 
into  account.  Students  who  desire  to  participate 
in  the  Scholar  Program  but  are  not  invited  may 
petition  the  Scholar  Council  for  consideration. 
Petitioning  students  should  provide  the  Scholar 
Council  with  letters  of  recommendation  from 
Lycoming  faculty  and  a  transcript  to  be  sent  to 
the  director  of  the  Scholar  Program. 

To  remain  in  the  program,  students  must  main- 
tain a  cumulative  average  of  3.00  or  better.  Stu- 
dents who  drop  below  this  average  will  be  placed 
on  Scholar  probation  for  one  semester.  After  one 
semester,  they  will  be  asked  to  leave  the  program 
if  their  GPA  has  not  returned  to  3.00  or  higher. 
To  graduate  as  a  Scholar,  a  student  must  have  at 
least  a  3.00  cumulative  average.  Scholars  must 
successfully  complete  five  Lycoming  Scholars 
Seminars,  as  well  as  the  non-credit  Senior  Scholar 
Seminar  in  which  they  present  the  results  of  their 
independent  studies.  In  addition,  the  following 
distribution  requirements  must  be  met. 

Scholar  Distribution  Requirements  for 
Students  in  B.A.,  B.F.A.,  and  B.S.  Programs 

A.  English  -  Scholars  must  complete  ENGL 
106  or  ENGL  107.  The  Scholar  Council 
strongly  recommends  that  qualified  scholars 
enroll  in  ENGL  107  if  scheduling  permits. 
ENGL  106  or  107  must  be  taken  during  the 
freshman  year. 

B.  Fine  Arts  -  Scholars  are  required  to  pass  two 
courses  (or  the  equivalent)  from  the  following: 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


Art:  ART  111,  115,  220  or  higher;  Music: 
MUS  117,  135  or  higher;  Theatre:  THEA 
1 12  or  higher,  excluding  THEA  148;  Creative 
Writing:  ENGL  240,  322,  342,  41 1,  412,  441 
or  442;  Literature:  Any  English  Literature 
course  except  ENGL  215  and  the  literature 
courses  of  the  Department  of  Foreign  Lan- 
guages and  Literatures  (French, 
German,  or  Spanish). 

C.  Foreign  Language  -  Scholars  are  required 
to  pass  a  course  in  French,  German,  Greek, 
Hebrew,  or  Spanish  numbered  1 1 1  or  higher. 
Placement  at  the  appropriate  course  level  will 
be  determined  by  the  faculty  of  the  Department 
of  Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures.  Scholars 
who  have  completed  two  or  more  years  of  a 
given  language  in  high  school  are  not  admit- 
ted for  credit  to  the  elementary  course  in  the 
same  foreign  language  except  by  written 
permission  of  the  chairman  of  the  department. 

D.  Humanities  -  Scholars  are  required  to  pass 
four  courses  from  three  of  the  following 
disciplines:  History:  any  course  numbered 
200  or  higher;  Literature:  any  English 
literature  course  (except  ENGL  215)  and  the 
literature  courses  of  the  Department  of 
Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures  (French, 
German,  or  Spanish);  Philosophy:  any  course 
numbered  220  or  higher;  Religion:  any  course 
numbered  222  or  higher. 

E.  Mathematics  -  Scholars  must  earn  at  least 
a  grade  of  B  (3.00)  in  one  of  MATH  103,  106, 
109,  1 12,  or  CPTR  108;  or  successfully 
complete  one  of  MATH  116,  128,  129,  130, 
or  214. 

F.  Natural  Sciences  -  Scholars  are  required  to 
pass  two  courses  from  the  following:  As- 
tronomy/Physics: any  course  numbered  1 1 1 
or  higher;  Biology:  any  course  numbered  1 10 
or  higher;  Chemistry:  any  course  numbered 
110  or  higher. 

G.  Social  Sciences  -  Scholars  are  required  to 
pass  two  courses  from  the  following:  Eco- 
nomics: any  course  numbered  1 10  or  higher; 


Political  Science:  any  course  numbered  106 
or  higher;  Psychology:  any  course  numbered 
1 10,  224  or  higher  (excluding  PSY  338); 
Sociology/Anthropology:  any  course  num- 
bered 1 10,  220,  224,  226,  227,  229,  300  or 
higher. 

H.  Cultural  Diversity  -  Scholars  are  required 
to  pass  one  designated  course  which  intro- 
duces students  to  Cultural  Diversity  which  is 
distinct  from  the  dominant  western  culture. 
Approaches  to  study  may  be  artistic,  histori- 
cal, sociological,  anthropological,  interna- 
tional, psychological,  or  issues  oriented.  The 
course  selected  to  fulfill  this  requirement  may 
also  be  used  to  satisfy  one  of  the  other  general 
education  requirements  in  the  liberal  arts. 

Scholar  Distribution  Requirements  for 
Students  in  B.S.N.  Program 

A.  English  -  Same  as  for  the  B.A.,  B.F.A.  and 
B.S.  degrees. 

B.  Fine  Arts  -  Same  as  for  the  B.A.,  B.F.A. 
and  B.S.  degrees. 

C.  Foreign  Language  -  Same  as  for  the  B.A., 
B.F.A.  and  B.S.  degrees. 

D.  Humanities  -  Scholars  are  required  to  pass 
four  courses  from  three  of  the  following 
disciplines:  History:  any  course  numbered 
200  or  higher;  Literature:  any  English 
literature  course  (except  ENGL  215)  and  the 
literature  courses  of  the  Department  of 
Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures  (French, 
German,  or  Spanish);  Philosophy:  any  course 
numbered  219  or  higher;  Religion:  any  course 
numbered  1 20  or  higher. 

E.  Mathematics  -  Same  as  for  the  B.A., 
B.F.A.  and  B.S.  degrees. 

F.  Natural  Sciences  -  Same  as  for  the  B.A., 
B.F.A.  and  B.S.  degrees. 

G.  Social  Sciences  -  Scholars  are  required  to 
pass  PSY  1 10  and  one  course  from  the 
following:  Economics:  any  course  numbered 
110  or  higher;  Political  Science:  any  course 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


numbered  106  or  higher;  Psychology:  any 
course  numbered  1 12  or  higher  (excluding 
PSY  338);  Sociology/ Anthropology:  any 
course  numbered  1 10  or  higher. 

H.  Cultural  Diversity  -  Same  as  for  the  B.A., 
B.F.A.  and  B.S.  degrees. 

I.  Writing  Across  the  Curriculum.  This 
requirement  is  the  same  as  that  stipulated  by 
the  College  for  all  students. 

J.  Physical  Activities,  Wellness  and  Commu- 
nity Service  -  This  requirement  is  the  same  as 
that  stipulated  by  the  College  for  all  students. 

K.  Lycoming  Scholar  Seminars  —  Team- 
taught  interdisciplinary  seminars  are  held 
every  semester  under  the  direction  of  the 
Lycoming  Scholar  Council.  They  meet  for  one 
hour  each  week  (Tuesdays  at  noon)  and  carry 
one  hour  of  credit.  Grades  are  "A/F"  and  are 
based  on  students'  performance.  Lycoming 
Scholars  are  required  to  successfully  complete 
five  seminars  and  they  are  permitted  to  register 
for  as  many  as  eight.  Topics  for  each  academic 
year  will  be  selected  by  the  Scholar  Council 
and  announced  before  spring  registration  of  the 
previous  year.  Students  must  be  accepted  into 
the  Scholar  Program  before  they  enroll  in  a 
Scholar  Seminar.  Scholars  are  strongly  urged  to 
register  for  a  least  one  seminar  during  the 
freshman  year. 

L.  Senior  Project  —  In  the  senior  year, 
scholars  must  successfully  complete  an 
independent  studies  or  departmental  honors 
project  which  has  been  approved  in  advance 
by  the  Independent  Studies  Committee  and 
the  Scholar  Council.  This  project  must  be 
presented  orally  as  part  of  the  Senior  Scholar 
Seminar  and  be  accepted  by  the  Scholar 
Council. 

M.  Major  —  Scholars  must  complete  a 
major  and  32  units,  exclusive  of  the  Senior 
Scholar  Seminar. 


Note  to  Transfer  Students  —  In  the  case  of 
transfer  students  and  those  who  seek  to  enter  the 
program  after  their  freshman  year  and  in  other 
cases  deemed  by  the  Scholar  Council  to  involve 
special  or  extraordinary  circumstances,  the 
Council  shall  make  adjustments  to  the  scholar 
distribution  requirements  provided  that  in  all 
cases  such  exceptions  and  adjustments  would 
still  satisfy  the  regular  College  distribution 
requirements. 

Management  Scholars 
Program  of  the  Institute  for 
Management  Studies 

The  Management  Scholars  Program  is 
designed  for  the  academically  talented  student 
who  has  a  major  or  minor  in  accounting, 
economics  or  business  administration,  and  who 
is  a  member  of  the  Institute  for  Management 
Studies  (a  student  who  is  accepted  into  the 
Management  Scholars  Program  automatically 
becomes  a  member  of  the  Institute  for  Manage- 
ment Studies).  The  student  participates  in 
special  management  seminars,  has  internship 
and/or  independent  study  experiences,  and 
gives  a  formal  presentation  in  the  senior  year. 

To  become  a  Management  Scholar,  a 
student  must  meet  the  following  criteria: 

1 .  The  student  has  a  major  in  accounting, 
business  administration,  or  economics  and 
has  completed  three  courses  in  one  of  these 
departments  or  the  student  has  a  minor  in 
accounting,  business  administration  or 
economics  and  has  completed  two  courses 
in  one  of  these  departments. 

2.  The  student  has  at  least  sophomore  status. 

3.  The  student  has  a  GPA  of  3.25  or  higher. 

4.  The  student  has  successfully  participated  in 
three  or  more  semesters  of  the  Lycoming 
Scholars  Program  or  the  student  has  been 
recommended  by  the  Director  of  the 
Management  Scholars  Program. 

Management  scholars  are  required  to  complete 
two  Management  Scholar  Seminars  and  to 
complete  an  appropriate  internship, 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


practicum  and/or  independent  study  which  re- 
sults in  a  major  paper  and  a  public  presentation 
of  their  findings.  To  graduate  as  a  Management 
Scholar,  the  student  must  also  complete  a  major 
or  minor  in  one  of  the  three  departments  and 
maintain  a  GPA  of  3.25  or  higher. 

Students  who  are  currently  Lycoming  College 
Scholars  are  welcomed  to  become  Manage- 
ment Scholars  and  participate  in  both  pro- 
grams. 

Departmental  Honors 

Honors  projects  are  normally  undertaken 
only  in  a  student's  major,  and  are  available 
only  to  exceptionally  well-qualified  students 
who  have  a  solid  background  in  the  area  of 
the  project  and  are  capable  of  considerable 
self-direction.  The  prerequisites  for  registra- 
tion in  an  honors  program  are  as  follows: 

•  A  faculty  member  from  the  department(s) 
in  which  the  honors  project  is  to  be  under- 
taken must  agree  to  be  the  director  and  must 
secure  departmental  approval  of  the  project. 

•  The  director,  in  consultation  with  the 
student,  must  convene  a  committee  consist- 
ing of  two  faculty  members  from  the 
department  in  which  the  project  is  to  be 
undertaken,  one  of  whom  is  the  director  of 
the  project,  and  one  faculty  member  from 
each  of  two  other  departments  related  to  the 
subject  matter  of  the  study. 

•  The  Honors  Committee  must  then  certify  by 
their  signatures  on  the  application  that  the 
project  in  question  is  academically  legiti- 
mate and  worthy  of  pursuit  as  an  honors 
project,  and  that  the  student  in  question  is 
qualified  to  pursue  the  project. 

•  The  project  must  be  approved  by  the 
Committee  on  Individual  Studies. 

Students  successfully  complete  honors 
projects  by  satisfying  the  following  conditions 
in  accordance  with  guidelines  established  by 
the  Committee  on  Individual  Studies: 

•  The  student  must  produce  a  substantial 
research  paper,  critical  study,  or  creative 


project.  If  the  end  product  is  a  creative 
project,  a  critical  paper  analyzing  the 
techniques  and  principles  employed  and  the 
nature  of  the  achievement  represented  in  the 
project  shall  be  also  submitted. 

•  The  student  must  successfully  explain  and 
defend  the  work  in  a  final  oral  examination 
given  by  the  honors  committee. 

•  The  Honors  Committee  must  certify  that  the 
student  has  successfully  defended  the  project, 
and  that  the  student's  achievement  is  clearly 
superior  to  that  which  would  ordinarily  be 
required  to  earn  a  grade  of  "A"  in  a  regular 
independent  studies  course. 

•  The  Committee  on  Individual  Studies  must 
certify  that  the  student  has  satisfied  all  of 
the  conditions  mentioned  above. 

Except  in  unusual  circumstances,  honors 
projects  are  expected  to  involve  independent 
study  in  two  consecutive  unit  courses. 
Successful  completion  of  the  honors  project 
will  cause  the  designation  of  honors  in  that 
department  to  be  placed  upon  the  permanent 
record.  Acceptable  theses  are  deposited  in  the 
College  library.  In  the  event  that  the  study  is 
not  completed  successfully  or  is  not  deemed 
worthy  of  honors,  the  student  shall  be  re- 
registered in  independent  studies  and 
given  a  final  grade  for  the  course. 

THE  ADVISING  PROGRAM 

Academic  Advising 

One  advantage  of  a  small  college  is  the 
direct,  personal  contact  between  a  student  and 
the  College  faculty  who  care  about  that  student's 
personal,  academic,  and  professional  aspirations. 
The  student  can  draw  upon  their  years  of 
experience  to  resolve  questions  about  social 
adjustment,  workload,  study  skills,  tutoring 
and  more.  Perhaps  the  member  of  the  faculty 
with  the  most  impact  on  a  student  is  the 
academic  advisor. 

The  freshman  advisor,  whom  the  student 
meets  at  summer  orientation,  assists  with 
course  selection  by  providing  accurate  informa- 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


tion  about  requirements  and  programs  and 
with  personal  adjustment  by  helping  the  student 
discover  life  and  career  goals.  In  addition, 
the  advisor  will  refer  students  to  other  campus 
resources  whenever  the  need  is  apparent. 

During  the  sophomore  year,  the  student 
will  choose  a  major  and  select  an  advisor  from 
the  major  department.  The  new  advisor,  while 
serving  as  a  resource,  can  best  advise  that 
student  about  course  selection  and  career 
opportunities. 

Advisors  at  Lycoming  endeavor  to 
contribute  to  students'  development  in  yet 
another  way.  They  insist  that  students  assume 
full  responsibility  for  their  decisions  and 
academic  progress.  By  doing  so,  they  help  to 
prepare  them  for  the  harder  choices  and 
responsibilities  of  the  professional  world. 

Also,  Lycoming  provides  special  advising 
programs  for  careers  in  medicine,  law  and 
religion.  Interested  students  should  register 
with  the  appropriate  advisory  committee 
immediately  after  deciding  to  enter  one  of 
these  professions. 

Pre-Professional  Advising 

(also  see  "Pre-Professional  Programs"  in 
the  Concentration  section) 

Preparation  for  Educational  Professions  — 

Students  interested  in  obtaining  teacher  cert- 
ification should  consult  with  a  member  of  the 
Education  Department  as  early  as  possible. 
See  the  Education  Department  listing  on 
page  96. 

Preparation  for  Health  Professions  — 

Students  interested  in  one  of  the  health 
profession  or  in  an  allied  health  career  should 
make  their  intentions  know  to  the  Admissions 
Office  when  applying  and  to  the  Health 
Professions  Advisory  Committee  (HPAC) 
during  their  first  semester.  This  committee 
advises  students  concerning  preparation  for 
and  application  to  health-professions  schools. 
All  pre-health  professions  students  are  invited 
to  join  the  student  Pre-Health  Professions 


Association.  See  also  descriptions  of  the 
nursing  program  and  of  the  cooperative 
programs  in  podiatric  medicine,  optometry, 
and  medical  technology. 

Preparation  for  Legal  Professions  — 

Students  interested  in  pre-law  should  register 
with  the  Legal  Professions  Advisory  Commit- 
tee (LP AC)  during  their  first  semester  and 
should  join  the  Pre-Law  Society  on  campus. 
LP  AC  assists  the  pre-law  student  through 
advising,  compilation  of  recommendations, 
and  dissemination  of  information  and  materi- 
als about  law  and  the  legal  profession.  The 
Pre-Law  Society  sponsors  films,  speakers,  and 
field  trips  including  visits  to  law  school 
campuses. 

Preparation  for  Theological  Professions  — 

Students  who  plan  to  investigate  the  religious 
vocations  should  register  with  the  Theological 
Professions  Advisory  Committee  (TPAC) 
during  their  first  semester.  TPAC  acts  as  a 
"center"  for  students,  faculty,  and  clergy  to 
discuss  the  needs  of  students  who  want  to 
prepare  themselves  for  the  ministry,  religious 
education,  advanced  training  in  religion,  or 
related  vocations.  Also,  it  may  help  coordi- 
nate internships  for  students  who  desire 
practical  experience  in  the  parish  ministry  or 
related  areas. 


ACADEMIC 
SUPPORT  SERVICES 

Academic  Resource  Center 
(ARC) 

Daniel  Hartsock,  Director 

The  Academic  Resource  Center,  located  on 

the  second  floor  of  the  Fine  Arts  Building, 

provides  a  variety  of  free  services  to  the 

campus  community. 

Writing  Center  —  Working  one-on- 
one.  Writing  Tutors  use  questioning 
techniques  to  help  others  improve 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


individual  papers  while  developing 
confidence  and  independence  as  writers. 
Other  services  include  the  Paper  File,  a 
file  of  graded  essays  maintained  by 
course;  the  Writing  Room,  a  quiet  place 
for  writers  to  work;  self-paced,  computer 
assisted  typing  instruction;  and  the 
Documentation  Style  Manual  for  use 
when  citing  sources  on  research  projects. 
Tutoring  Center  —  The  ARC  provides 
one-on-one  peer  tutoring  in  math,  foreign 
languages,  and  sciences  on  a  walk-in 
basis  and  peer  tutoring  by  arrangement  in 
other  subjects.  Tutors  assist  students 
with  homework  assignments  and  exam 
review. 

Survival  Skills  Program  —  The  ARC 
and  volunteer  faculty  conduct  a  group  of 
study  skills  workshops  on  time  manage- 
ment, note-taking  from  lectures,  reading 
textbooks,  successful  study  techniques 
and  WordPerfect. 

100 

SUCCESS  SKILLS  WORKSHOP 

A  seven-week  course,  the  workshop  introduces 
students  to  a  variety  of  topics  important  to 
student  success.  Among  these  are  time 
management,  learning  styles,  motivation, 
highlighting  text,  note-taking,  and  word- 
processing.  Topics  will  be  selected  to  meet 
students'  needs.  ARC  100  is  highly  recom- 
mended for  students  who,  in  consultation  with 
their  academic  advisors,  choose  to  improve 
their  academic  skills.  This  noncredit  course 
will  be  graded  on  a  pass/fail  basis. 

Office  of  the  Assistant 
Dean  for  Freshmen 

Lycoming  College  believes  a  student's 
freshman  year  needs  structure  and  support. 
This  office  serves  as  a  focal  point  for  the 
freshman  and  his  or  her  family. 

Freshman  Orientation  —  The  purpose 
of  this  required  program  is  to  acquaint 
new  students  and  their  families  more 


fully  with  the  College  so  that  they  can 
begin  their  Lycoming  experience  under 
the  most  favorable  circumstances. 
Students  sit  for  placement  tests,  confer 
with  their  academic  advisors,  preregister 
for  fall  classes,  and  become  acquainted 
with  their  classmates. 

Crossing  Thresholds  —  Begins  the  day 

freshmen  arrive  with  New  Student  Con- 
vocation. The  weekend  activities  include 
community  service,  readings,  informal 
writing,  career,  library  and  financial  aid 
workshops  along  with  social  events. 

Information  and  Support  —  Students 
and  their  families  find  the  Office  of  the 
Assistant  Dean  for  Freshmen  an  acces- 
sible resource  to  resolving  problems, 
developing  solutions,  coordinating 
services  and  enabling  student  success. 
Student  and  Family  newsletters  are 
provided  during  the  year. 

SPECIAL  ACADEMIC 
OPPORTUNITIES 

May  Term  —  The  May  term  is  a  four-week 
voluntary  session  designed  to  provide  students 
with  courses  listed  in  the  catalog  and  experi- 
mental and  special  courses  that  are  not 
normally  available  during  the  fall  and  spring 
semesters  and  summer  term.  Some  courses 
are  offered  on  campus;  others  involve  travel. 
A  number  offer  interdisciplinary  credit. 
Examples  of  the  types  of  courses  offered 
during  the  May  term  are: 

STUDY-TRAVEL:  Cultural  tours  of  Germany, 
Spain,  and  France;  Archaeological  expeditions 
to  study  tricultural  communities  in  New 
Mexico;  Utopian  Communities;  Revolution- 
ary and  Civil  War  Sites;  Colonial  America  on 
Tour;  Art  on  the  East  Coast;  The  New 
Kingdom  in  Ancient  Egypt. 

ON-CAMPUS:  Field  Geology,  Field  Ornithol- 
ogy, Energy  Economics,  Writer's  Seminar, 
Psychology  of  Group  Processes,  Collective 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^» 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


Bargaining,  Aquatic  Biology,  Medical  Genet- 
ics, Energy  Alternatives,  White  Collar  Crime, 
Lasers  and  their  Applications,  Selected  Short 
Story  Writers  and  their  Works,  Popular  Forms 
of  Contemporary  Fiction,  Administrative  and 
Organizational  Behavior  of  PoUce,  Plant  and 
Greenhouse  Management  and  Street  Law. 
In  addition  to  the  courses  themselves, 
attractions  include  less  formal  classes  and 
reduced  tuition  rates. 

Summer  Sessions  I  and  II  —  These  two 
successive  6-week  academic  terms  offer  the 
opportunity  for  students  to  complete  two- 
semester  sequences  of  courses  as  well  as 
additional  opportunities  to  complete  intern- 
ships, independent  studies  and  semester 
courses. 

Independent  Studies  —  Independent  studies 
are  available  to  any  qualified  student  who 
wishes  to  engage  in  and  receive  academic 
credit  for  any  academically  legitimate  course 
of  study  for  which  he  or  she  could  not  other- 
wise receive  credit.  It  may  be  pursued  at  any 
level  (introductory,  intermediate,  or  advanced) 
and  in  any  department,  whether  or  not  the 
student  is  a  major  in  that  department.  Studies 
projects  which  duplicate  catalog  courses  are 
subject  to  the  same  provisions  which  apply  to 
all  studies  projects.  In  order  for  a  student  to 
be  registered  in  an  independent  study  course, 
the  following  conditions  must  be  satisfied: 

1 )  An  appropriate  member  of  the  faculty  must 
agree  to  supervise  the  project  and  must 
certify  by  signing  the  application  form  that 
the  project  involves  an  amount  of  legiti- 
mate academic  work  appropriate  for  the 
amount  of  academic  credit  requested  and 
that  the  student  in  question  is  qualified  to 
pursue  the  project. 

2)  The  studies  project  must  be  approved  by 
the  chair  of  the  department  in  which  the 
studies  project  is  to  be  undertaken.  In  the 
case  of  catalog  courses,  all  department 
members  must  approve  offering  the  catalog 
course  as  an  independent  studies  course. 


3)  After  the  project  is  approved  by  the 
instructor  and  the  chair  of  the  appropriate 
department,  the  studies  project  must  be 
approved  by  the  Committee  on  Individual 
Studies. 


Participation  in  independent  studies 
projects,  with  the  exception  of  those  which 
duplicate  catalog  courses,  is  subject  to  the 
following: 

•  Students  may  not  engage  in  more  than  one 
independent  studies  project  during  any 
given  semester. 

•  Students  may  not  engage  in  more  than  two 
independent  studies  projects  during  their 
academic  careers  at  Lycoming  College. 

•  The  Individual  Studies  Committee  may 
exempt  members  of  the  Lycoming  College 
Scholar  Program  from  these  two  limitations. 

As  with  other  academic  policies,  any  other 
exceptions  to  these  two  rules  must  be  ap- 
proved by  the  Committee  on  Academic 
Standards. 

Internship  Program  —  An  internship  is  a 
course  jointly  sponsored  by  the  College  and  a 
public  or  private  agency  or  subdivision  of  the 
College  in  which  a  student  is  able  to  earn 
college  credit  by  participating  in  some  active 
capacity  as  an  assistant,  aide,  or  apprentice. 
At  least  one-half  of  the  effort  expended  by  the 
intern  should  consist  of  academic  work  related 
to  agency  situations.  The  objectives  of  the 
internship  program  are: 

1 )  to  further  the  development  of  a  central 
core  of  values,  awarenesses,  strategies, 
skills,  and  information  through  experiences 
outside  the  classroom  or  other  campus 
situations,  and 

2)  to  facilitate  the  integration  of  theory  and 
practice  by  encouraging  students  to  relate 
their  on-campus  academic  experiences 
more  directly  to  society  in  general  and  to 
possible  career  and  other  post-baccalaure- 
ate objectives  in  particular. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 


Any  junior  or  senior  student  in  good  acad- 
emic standing  may  petition  the  Committee  on 
Individual  Studies  for  approval  to  serve  as  an 
intern.  A  maximum  of  16  credits  can  be  earned 
through  the  Internship  Program.  GuideUnes  for 
program  development,  assignment  of  tasks  and 
academic  requirements,  such  as  exams,  papers, 
reports,  grades,  etc.,  are  established  in  consulta- 
tion with  a  faculty  director  at  Lycoming  and  an 
agency  supervisor  at  the  place  of  internship. 

Students  with  diverse  majors  have  partici- 
pated in  a  wide  variety  of  internships, 
including  ones  with  NBC  Television  in  New 
York  City,  the  Allenwood  Federal  Prison 
Camp,  Pennsylvania  State  Department  of 
Environmental  Resources,  Lycoming  County 
Historical  Society,  the  American  Cancer 
Society,  business  and  accounting  firms,  law 
offices,  hospitals,  social  service  agencies, 
banks  and  Congressional  offices. 

Teacher  Intern  Program  —  The  purpose  of 
the  Teacher  Intern  Program  is  to  provide 
individuals  who  have  completed  a  baccalaure- 
ate degree  with  the  opportunity  to  become 
certified  teachers  through  on-the-job  training. 
Interns  can  earn  a  Lycoming  College  Teacher 
Education  Certificate  and  be  certified  by  the 
Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  in  elementary 
education  or  one  or  more  of  the  following 
secondary  areas:  art,  biology,  chemistry,  English, 
French,  general  science  (with  biology  or  astro- 
nomy/physics tracks),  German,  math-ematics, 
music,  physics,  social  studies,  and  Spanish. 

Interested  individuals  should  file  a  formal 
application  with  the  Education  Department  for 
admission  to  the  Intern  Program.  Upon 
completion  of  the  application  process,  interns 
receive  a  letter  of  Intern  Candidacy  from  the 
Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education  which 
the  candidate  then  uses  to  apply  for  a  teaching 
position.  Necessary  professional  coursework 
can  be  completed  prior  to  the  teaching  experi- 
ence when  individuals  obtain  teaching  posi- 
tions. (See  Education  Department  on  page  92 
for  course  listing.) 


The  Philadelphia  Urban  Semester  —  A  full 
semester  liberal  arts  program  for  professional 
development  and  field  study  is  now  available 
to  Lycoming  students.  The  program  is  open 
to  juniors  majoring  in  any  discipUne  or 
program.  The  Philadelphia  Urban  Semester  is 
sponsored  and  administered  by  the  Great 
Lakes  Colleges  Association. 

Washington  Semester  —  With  the  consent  of 
the  Department  of  Political  Science,  selected 
students  are  permitted  to  study  in  Washington, 
D.C.,  at  The  American  University  for  one 
semester.  They  may  choose  from  seven 
different  programs:  Washington  Semester, 
Urban  Semester,  Foreign  Policy  Semester, 
International  Development  Semester,  Economic 
Policy  Semester,  Science  and  Technology 
Semester,  or  American  Studies  Semester. 

United  Nations  Semester  —  With  the 
consent  of  either  the  Department  of  History  or 
Political  Science,  selected  students  may 
enroll  at  Drew  University  in  Madison,  New 
Jersey,  in  the  United  Nations  Semester,  which 
is  designed  to  provide  a  first-hand  acquain- 
tance with  the  world  organization.  Students 
with  special  interests  in  world  history, 
international  relations,  law,  and  politics  are 
eligible  to  participate. 

London  Semesters  —  The  London  Semester 
programs  of  Drew  University  and  The 
American  University  emphasize  European 
history,  poUtics,  and  culture.  Interested  students 
may  participate  with  the  consent  of  either  the 
Departments  of  History  or  Political  Science. 

England  Exchange  Programs  —  In  special 
cooperative  programs  between  Lycoming 
College  and  Westminster  College,  Oxford; 
Anglia  Polytechnic  University,  Cambridge; 
and  Regent's  College,  London;  students  can 
participate  in  a  semester  abroad  and  receive 
Lycoming  College  credit.  Interested  students 
should  contact  the  Dean  for  specific  ehgibility. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^P 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


CURRICULUM 


Capitol  Semester  Internship  Program  — 

This  program  is  available  to  eligible  students 
on  a  competitive  basis.  The  program  is  co- 
sponsored  by  Pennsylvania's  Office  of 
Administration  and  Department  of  Education. 
Paid  internships  are  available  to  students  in 
most  majors.  Interested  students  should 
contact  the  Career  Development  Center  for 
additional  information. 

Study  Abroad  —  Students  have  the  opportu- 
nity to  study  abroad  under  the  auspices  of 
approved  universities  and  agencies.  While 
study  abroad  is  particularly  attractive  to 
students  majoring  in  foreign  languages  and 
literatures,  this  opportunity  is  open  to  all 
students  with  a  grade  point  average  of  at  least 
2.50,  subject  to  approval  of  the  host  institu- 
tion. Mastery  of  a  foreign  language  is 
desirable  but  not  required  in  all  programs.  Dr. 
Ernest  Giglio,  professor  of  political  science, 
serves  as  coordinator  for  the  Study  Abroad 
Program.  Interested  students  may  contact  him 
about  opportunities  available  and  procedural 
questions. 

Student  Teaching  Abroad  —  Lycoming 
College  has  established  a  cooperative 
program  with  Moorhead  State  University 
enabling  teacher  education  students  to  do  all 
or  part  of  their  student  teaching  in  a  foreign 
country. 

This  program  offers  exceptional  students 
the  opportunity  to  student  teach  in  nearly  any 
country  in  the  world.  Students  are  placed  in 
independent  international  schools  where 
English  is  the  instructional  language.  An 
effort  is  made  to  assign  students  to  geographi- 
cal areas  that  will  enrich  their  backgrounds, 
serve  their  special  interests  and  expand  their 
cultural  horizons. 

NOTE:  Lycoming  College  cannot  assume 
responsibility  for  the  health,  safety,  or  welfare  of 
students  engaged  in  or  en  route  to  or  from  any 
off-campus  studies  or  activities  which  are  not 
under  its  exclusive  jurisdiction. 


Curriculum 

Numbers  100-149  Introductory  courses  and 

Freshman  level  courses 

Numbers  200-249  Intermediate  courses  and 

Sophomore  level  courses 

Numbers  300-349  Intermediate  courses  and 

Junior  level  courses 

Numbers  400-449  Advanced  courses  and 

Senior  level  courses 

Numbers  N50-N59*  Non-catalog  courses 

offered  on  a  limited  basis 

Numbers  160-169  Applied  Music,  Theatre 

Practicums  and  other  fractional  credit  courses 

Numbers  470-479  Internships 

Numbers  N80-N89*  Independent  Study 

Numbers  490-49 1  Independent  Study  for 

Departmental  Honors 

*N  =  course  level  1 ,  2,  3  or  4  as  determined  by 

department 

Courses  not  in  sequence  are  listed 

separately,  as: 

Drawing  ART  1 1 1 

Color  Theory  ART  212 

Courses  which  imply  a  sequence  are  indicated 
with  a  dash  between,  meaning  that  the  first 
semester  must  be  taken  prior  to  the  second,  as: 

Intermediate  French 

FRN  111-112 


All  students  have  the  right  of  access  to  all  courses. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ACCOUNTING 

• 


ACCOUNTING  (accd 

Associate  Professor:  Kuhns  (Chairperson) 
Assistant  Professor:  Wienecke 
Visiting  Assistant  Professor:  Slocum 

The  purpose  of  the  accounting  major  is 
to  help  prepare  the  student  for  a  career  within 
the  accounting  profession.  The  major  has  two 
tracks.  Track  I  is  designed  for  students  whose 
primary  interests  he  in  the  financial  area  of 
public  accounting  and  provides  preparation  for 
the  Certified  Public  Accountant  Examination; 
Track  II  is  designed  for  students  with  an 
interest  in  management  accounting  and 
provides  preparation  for  the  Certified  Manage- 
ment Accountant  Examination. 

Track  I  —  Financial  Accounting  requires: 

ACCT  110,  223,  344,  345,  436,  440,  441,  443, 
445;  MATH  103;  CPTR  108;  and  one  unit  to 
be  selected  from  BUS  345,  ACCT  224,  226, 
227,  442,  448  or  449. 

Additional  courses  available  for  students 
seeking  entry  into  the  public  accounting 
profession  may  include  ACCT  226,  224, 
442,  447,  and  449;  ECON  1 10,  1 11,  220,  337; 
and  BUS  340,  345. 

Track  II  —  Management  Accounting 
requires:  ACCT  1 10,  223,  224,  344, 444  and 
449;  MATH  103;  CPTR  108;  and  BUS  244, 
338  and  339.  All  Track  II  majors  are  advised 
to  enroll  in  ECON  1 10  and  1 1 1 ,  and  BUS  235 
and  236.  Students  planning  to  sit  for  the 
Certified  Management  Accountant  Examina- 
tion are  advised  to  enroll  in  ACCT  440,  441, 
442  and  443. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  ACCT  223,  224, 
442.  Students  must  check  semester  class 
schedules  to  determine  which  courses  are 
offered  as  "W"  courses  for  that  semester. 


Minors 

Three  minors  are  offered  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Accounting.  The  following  courses 
are  required  to  complete  a  minor  in 
Financial  Accounting:  ACCT  1 10,  344,  345, 
443,  447  and  any  other  accounting 
course  or  independent  study.  A  minor  in 
Managerial  Accounting  requires  the  comple- 
tion of  ACCT  1 10,  223,  224,  344  and  444.  To 
obtain  a  minor  in  Federal  Income  Tax,  a 
student  must  complete  ACCT  1 10,  344,  345, 
441  and  442. 

110 

ELEMENTARY  ACCOUNTING  THEORY 
An  introductory  course  in  recording,  classify- 
ing, summarizing,  and  interpreting  the  basic 
business  transaction.  Problems  of  classifica- 
tion and  interpretation  of  accounts  and 
preparation  of  financial  statements  are  studied. 
Prerequisite:  Second-semester  freshman  or 
consent  of  instructor. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ACCOUNTING 


111 

MANAGERIAL  ACCOUNTING 

An  introduction  to  the  various  components 
of  managerial  accounting.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  managerial  problem-solving-  techniques 
and  the  analysis  of  the  results.  Accounting 
systems,  costing  procedures,  cost-volume 
profit  relationships,  managerial  control 
processes  and  the  use  of  computers  as  aids  to 
decision-making  are  studied.  Students  will 
gain  hands-on  experience  with  various 
computer  applications  of  managerial  account- 
ing. Prerequisite:  ACCT 110. 

223 

COST  AND  BUDGETARY 

ACCOUNTING  THEORY  I 

Methods  of  accounting  for  material,  labor 
and  factory  overhead  expenses  consumed  in 
manufacturing  using  job  order,  process,  and 
standard  costing  techniques.  Prerequisite: 
ACCT  110. 

224 

COST  AND  BUDGETARY 
ACCOUNTING  THEORY  II 

Application  of  cost  accounting  and 
budgetary  theory  to  decision  making  in  the 
area  of  make  or  buy,  expansion  of  production 
and  sales,  break  even  analysis,  decision 
modeling,  internal  control  and  information 
systems.  Prerequisite:  ACCT  223  and  MATH 
103. 

226 

GOVERNMENT  AND  FUND  ACCOUNTING 

This  course  is  designed  to  introduce 
accounting  for  not-for-profit  organizations. 
Municipal  accounting  and  reporting  are 
studied.  Prerequisite:  ACCT  110. 

344 

INTERMEDIATE  ACCOUNTING 
THEORY  I 

An  in-depth  examination  of  the  environ- 
ment within  which  financial  accounting  theory 
exists.  An  examination  of  the  basic  postulates 
that  underlie  financial  statements  and  a 


critique  of  what  financial  reporting  means. 
Prerequisite:  ACCT  223  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

345 

INTERMEDIATE  ACCOUNTING 
THEORY  II 

An  examination  of  the  various  accounting 
and  reporting  issues  affecting  assets.  Prereq- 
uisite: ACCT  344. 

436 

INTERMEDIATE  ACCOUNTING 
THEORY  III 

An  examination  of  the  various  accounting 
and  reporting  issues  affecting  liabilities, 
stockholder  equity,  earnings  per  share,  cash 
flows  and  accounting  changes.  Prerequisite: 
ACCT  345 

440 

AUDITING  THEORY 

A  study  of  the  science  or  art  of  verifying, 
analyzing,  and  interpreting  accounts  and 
reports.  The  goal  of  the  course  is  to  empha- 
size concepts  which  will  enable  students  to 
understand  the  philosophy  and  environment  of 
auditing.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the 
public  accounting  profession,  studying 
auditing  standards,  professional  ethics,  the 
legal  liability  inherent  in  the  attest  function, 
the  study  and  evaluation  of  internal  control, 
the  nature  of  evidence,  the  growing  use  of 
statistical  sampling,  the  impact  of  electronic 
data  processing,  and  the  basic  approach  to 
planning  an  audit.  Finally,  various  audit 
reports  expressing  independent  expert 
opinions  on  the  fairness  of  financial  statem.ents 
are  studied.  Prerequisite:  ACCT  344,  MATH 
103,  and  CPTR  108. 

441 

FEDERAL  INCOME  TAX 

Analysis  of  the  provisions  of  the  Internal 
Revenue  Code  relating  to  income,  deductions, 
inventories,  and  accounting  methods.  Practical 
problems  involving  determination  of  income 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ACCOUNTING 


and  deductions,  capital  gains  and  losses, 
computation  and  payment  of  taxes  through 
withholding  at  the  source  and  through  declara- 
tion are  considered.  Planning  transactions  so 
that  a  minimum  amount  of  tax  will  result  is 
emphasized.  Prerequisite:  ACCT 110  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

442 

FEDERAL  INCOME  TAX 
ADMINISTRATION  AND  PLANNING 

An  analysis  of  the  provisions  of  the 
Internal  Revenue  Code  relating  to  partner- 
ships, estates,  trusts,  and  corporations.  An 
extensive  series  of  problems  is  considered, 
and  effective  tax  planning  is  emphasized. 
Prerequisite:  ACCT 441. 

443 

ADVANCED  ACCOUNTING  I 

Certain  areas  of  advanced  accounting 
theory,  including  business  combinations  and 
consolidated  financial  statements.  Prerequi- 
site: A  CCT  345.  One-half  unit  of  credit. 

444 

CONTROLLERSHIP 

Control  process  in  the  organization. 
General  systems  theory,  financial  control 
systems,  centralization-decentralization, 
performance  measurement  and  evaluation, 
forecasts  and  budgets,  and  marketing,  produc- 
tion and  finance  models  for  control  purposes. 
Prerequisite:  ACCT  224  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

445 

AUDITING  PRACTICE 

An  audit  project  is  presented,  solved  and 
the  auditor's  report  written.  This  course  is 
limited  to  students  who  have  either  completed 
or  are  enrolled  in  ACCT  440.  One-half  unit  of 
credit. 

447 

ADVANCED  ACCOUNTING  II 

An  intensive  study  of  partnerships, 
installment  and  consignment  sales,  branch 
accounting,  bankruptcy  and  reorganization. 


estates  and  trusts,  government  entities,  and 
non-profit  organizations.  Prerequisite:  ACCT 
443.  One-half  unit  of  credit. 

448 

CONTEMPORARY  PROBLEMS 
FOR  C.P.A.  CANDIDATES 

Problems  from  the  Accounting  Practice 
sections  of  past  C.P.A.  examinations,  which 
require  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  core 
courses  in  their  solution,  are  assigned.  The 
course  is  intended  to  meet  the  needs  of  those 
interested  in  public  accounting  and  prepara- 
tion for  the  Certified  Public  Accountant's 
examination.  Prerequisite:  ACCT 436.  One- 
half  unit  of  credit. 

449 

PRACTICUM  IN  ACCOUNTING 

An  introduction  to  the  real  world  of 
accounting.  Students  are  placed  in  Manage- 
rial and  Public  Accounting  positions  in  order 
to  effect  a  synthesis  of  the  students'  academic 
course  work  and  its  practical  applications. 

Specifics  of  the  course  work  to  be  worked 
out  in  conjunction  with  department,  student 
and  sponsor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

Interns  in  accounting  typically  work  off 
campus  under  the  supervision  of  a  public  or 
private  accountant. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Typical  examples  of  recent  studies  in 
accounting  are:  computer  program  to  generate 
financial  statements,  educational  core  for 
public  accountants,  inventory  control,  and 
church  taxation. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^P 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ACCOUNTING-MATHEMATICAL  SCIENCES  •  AMERICAN  STUDIES 


ACCOUNTING  - 

MATHEMATICAL 

SCIENCES 

Associate  Professor:  Kuhns  (Coordinator) 

The  accounting-mathematical  sciences 
interdiscipUnary  major  is  designed  to  offer, 
within  a  liberal  arts  framework,  courses  which 
will  aid  in  constructing  mathematical  models 
for  business  decision-making.    Students 
obtain  the  necessary  substantial  background  in 
both  mathematical  sciences  and  accounting. 

Required  accounting  courses  are:  ACCT 
1 10,  223,  224,  344,  345,  441,  442.  In  math- 
ematical sciences,  required  courses  are:  CPTR 
125,  321  and  MATH  112,  128,  129,  338  and 
either  103  or  332.  Recommended  courses 
include:  MATH  130,  238,  333;  BUS  223, 
235,  236,  338,  339;  CPTR  108,  246;  ECON 
110,  111;PSY224,  225;andSOC  110. 


AMERICAN 
STUDIES  (AMST) 

Professor:  Piper  (Coordinator) 

The  American  Studies  major  offers  a 
comprehensive  program  in  American 
civilization  which  introduces  students  to  the 
complexities  underlying  the  development  of 
America  and  its  contemporary  life.  Thirteen 
courses  are  included. 

Four  Course  Requirements 

The  primary  integrating  units  of  the  major, 
these  courses — some  team-taught — will  encour- 
age students  to  consider  ideas  from  different 
points  of  view  and  help  them  to  correlate 
information  and  methods  from  various  disci- 
plines: 

1 .  AMST  200  —  America  as  a  Civilization 

(First  semester  of  major  study) 

2.  AMST  220  —  American  Tradition  in  the 

Arts  and  Literature 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^% 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


AMERICAN  STUDIES 


3.  HIST  449  or  SOC  447  —  Research  and 
Methodology  (junior  or  senior  year) 

4.  Internship  or  Independent  Study  (junior 
or  senior  year) 

Concentration  Areas 

Six  courses  in  one  option  and  three  in  the 
other  are  needed.  Six  primary  concentration- 
option  courses  in  American  Arts  or  American 
Society  build  around  the  insights  gained  in  the 
core  courses.  They  focus  particular  attention 
on  areas  most  germane  to  academic  and 
vocational  interests.  The  three  additional 
courses  from  the  other  option  give  further 
breadth  to  an  understanding  of  America. 
Students  also  will  be  encouraged  to  take 
elective  courses  relating  to  other  cultures. 

Students  should  design  their  American 
Studies  major  in  consultation  with  the 
program  coordinator. 


American  Arts  Concentration  Option 

ART  332  —  American  Art  of  the  20th 

Century 
ENGL  222  —  American  Literature  I 
ENGL  223  —  American  Literature  II 
MUS  128  —  American  Music 
MUS  N  80 —  Studies  in  American  Music 
THEA  N  80  —  Studies  in  American 
Theatre 

American  Society  Concentration  Option 

ECON  224  —  Urban  Problems 

HIST  442  —  U.S.  Social  and  Intellectual 

History  to  1877 
HIST  443  —  U.S.  Social  and  Intellectual 

History  since  1877 
PSCI33 1  —  Civil  Rights  and  Liberties 
PSCI  335  —  Law  and  Society 
SOC  334  —  Racial  and  Cultural  Minorities 

200 

AMERICA  AS  A  CIVILIZATION 

An  analysis  of  the  historical,  sociocultural, 
economic,  and  political  perspectives  of 
American  civilization  with  special  attention  to 
the  interrelationships  between  these  various 
orientations.  May  be  taken  for  either  one-half 
unit  (Section  200A)  or  full  unit  (Section  B); 
declared  majors  and  prospective  majors 
should  take  the  full-unit  course,  200B. 
Alternate  years. 

220 

AMERICAN  TRADITION  IN 
THE  ARTS  AND  LITERATURE 

The  relationship  of  the  arts  and  literature  to 
the  various  historical  periods  of  American  life. 

470-479      INTERNSHIP 
N80-N89    INDEPENDENT  STUDY 
490-491      INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ART 


ART  (ART) 


Professors:  Bogle,  Shipley  (Chairperson) 
Associate  Professor:  Golahny 
Assistant  Professor:  Estomin 
Adjunct  Faculty  at  Johnson  Atelier:  Bartons, 
Lash,  Pitynski,  Ulry 

The  Art  Department  offers  two  majors  in 
the  B.A.  Degree  (Studio  Art  and  Art  History) 
and  a  second  degree  program,  a  B.F.A. 
Degree  in  Sculpture. 

THE  B.A.  DEGREE  - 
STUDIO  ART 

To  complete  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree 
with  a  major  in  studio  art,  the  students  must 
complete  the  seven-course  foundation 
program  and  the  requirements  for  an  area  of 
specialization,  participate  in  each  semester's 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


colloquium  (while  a  declared  major),  and 
satisfactorily  participate  in  the  senior  exhibi- 
tion. Exception  to  participation  in  the 
colloquium  may  be  made  by  the  art  faculty. 

Foundation  Program 

ART  11 1  —  Drawing  I 

ART  115  —  Two-Dimensional  Design 

ART  116  —  Figure  Modeling 

ART  2 1 2  —  Color  Theory 

ART  222  —  Survey  of  Art:  Ancient  Medieval 

and  Non-Western  Art 
ART  223  —  Survey  of  Art:  Ancient, 

Medieval,  and  Non- Western  Art 
ART  227  —  Introduction  to  Photography 
ART  148,  248,  348,  448  —  Art  Colloquium 

Areas  of  Specialization 

I.  Painting 

ART  220  —  Painting  I 

ART  221— Drawing  n 

ART  330  —  Painting  II 

ART  446  —  Studio  Research 

and  two  art  history  courses  numbered 

300  or  above. 

II.  Printmaking 

ART  221— Drawing  II 

ART  228  —  Printmaking  I 

ART  338  —  Printmaking  II 

ART  446  —  Studio  Research 

and  two  art  history  courses  numbered 

300  or  above. 

III.  Sculpture 

ART  225  —  Sculpture  I 

ART  226  —  Figure  Modeling  II 

ART  335  —  Sculpture  II 

ART  446  —  Smdio  Research 

and  two  art  history  courses  numbered 

300  or  above. 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ART 


rv.  Commercial  Design 

ART  221  —Drawing  II 

ART  337  —  Photography  II 

ART  343  —  Computer  Graphics  for 

Print  Media 
ART  344  —  Computer  Graphics  for 

Electronic  Media 
ART  442  —  Special  Projects  with 

Commercial  Design 
ART  470  —  Internship 

A  student  is  encouraged  to  take  the 
following  courses:  Advertising  (BUS  332, 
Feature  Writing  for  Special  Audiences  (Mass 
COMM  323),  Principles  of  Communication 
COMM  1 10  and  PS Y  224). 

V.  Generalist  Art  Major 

To  be  taken  by  those  students  who  are  seeking 
teaching  certification  in  Art.  In  addition,  this 
area  of  specialization  is  recommended  for  those 
students  also  majoring  or  minoring  in  Psychol- 
ogy with  a  possible  future  career  in  art  therapy. 
ART  119  —  Ceramics  I 
ART  220  —  Painting  I 
ART  225  —  Sculpture  I 
ART  228  —  Printmaking  I 
and  two  art  history  courses  numbered  300  or 
higher. 

Students  planning  to  complete  the  art 
certification  program  must  also  fulfill  the 
following  requirements  for  art  in  the  Educa- 
tion Department: 
EDUC  200  —  Introduction  to  the  Study  of 

Education 
EDUC  332  —  Teaching  Visual  Art  in  the 

Schools 
PS Y  338  —  Educational  Psychology 
EDUC  446,  447  and  449  —  Professional 

Semester 

VI.  Photography/Electronic  Art 

ART  337  -  Photography  II 

ART  342  -  Photography  III 

ART  343  -  Computer  Graphics  for  Print 

Media 
ART  446  -  Studio  Research 


and  two  Art  History  courses  numbered  300  or 
above.  Students  are  also  encourage  to  take 
ART  344  -  Computer  Graphics  for  Electronic 
Media  and  to  complete  an  Internship. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  ART  222,  223,  331, 
333  and  334.  Students  must  check  semester 
class  schedules  to  determine  which  courses 
are  offered  as  "W"  courses  for  that  semester. 

THE  B.A.  DEGREE  - 
ART  HISTORY 

To  complete  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree 
with  a  major  in  art  history,  a  student 
must  take  courses  in  art  history,  studio  art,  and 
history  and/or  religion.  A  student  majoring  in 
art  history  is  advised  to  take  a  foreign  lan- 
guage. Art  History  majors  (once  declared)  are 
required  to  participate  in  each  semester's  art 
colloquium. 

Required  of  all  students: 

ART  222  —  Survey  of  Art:  Ancient, 

Medieval,  and  Non- Western  Art 

ART  223  —  Survey  of  Art:  From  Renaissance 
through  the  Modem  Age 

ART  447  —  Art  History  Research 

ART  148,  248,  348,  448  -  Art  Colloquium 

Choose  four  of  the  following: 

ART  33 1  —  20th  Century  European  Art 
ART  332  —  American  Art  of  the  20th  Century 
ART  333  —  19th  Century  European  and 

American  Art 
ART  334  —  Art  of  the  Renaissance 
ART  336  —  Art  of  the  Baroque 
ART  339  —  Women  in  Art 

Choose  two  of  the  following: 

ART  1 1 1  —  Drawing  I 

ART  115  —  Two-Dimensional  Design 

ART  116  —  Figure  Modeling  I 

ART  227  —  Introduction  to  Photography 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^» 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ART 


Choose  two  of  the  following: 

HIST  210  —  Ancient  History 
HIST  212  —  Medieval  Europe  and 

its  Neighbors 
HIST  418  —  History  of  Renaissance  Thought 
REL  113  —  Old  Testament  Faith  and  History 
REL  114  —  New  Testament  Faith  and  History 
REL  226  —  Biblical  Archaeology 

It  is  further  suggested  that  the  student 
choose  electives  in  other  departments  that  may 
complement  the  study  of  art  history.  Among 
these  recommended  electives  are: 
FRN  412  —  French  Literature  of  the 

19th  Century 
ENGL  336  —  Shakespeare 
MUS  117  —  Survey  of  Western  Music 
MUS  335  —  History  of  Western  Music  I 
MUS  336  —  History  of  Western  Music  II 
THEA  332  —  History  of  Theatre  I 
THEA  333  —  History  of  Theatre  II 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  cultural  diversity  courses: 
ART  222,  339.  Students  must  check  semester 
class  schedules  to  determine  which  courses 
are  offered  as  "D"  courses  for  that  semester. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  ART  222,  223,  331, 
333  and  334.  Students  must  check  semester 
class  schedules  to  determine  which  courses 
are  offered  as  "W"  courses  for  that  semester. 

Minors 

Five  minors  are  offered  by  the  Art  Depart- 
ment. Requirements  for  each  follow:  Commer- 
cial Design:  ART  111,115,212, 223, 227  and 
343;  Painting:  ART  111,115, 220,  330  and 
221  or  223;  Photography:  ART  111,212,223, 
227,  337  and  342;  Sculpture:  ART  116, 225, 
226,  335,  and  1 1 1,  1 19  or  445;  Art  History: 
ART  222, 223  and  two  advanced  art  history 
courses.  Art  majors  who  minor  in  art  history 
must  take  two  additional  upper  level  courses 
beyond  the  two  required  for  the  minor  intended 
for  students  who  major  in  other  disciplines  (i.e., 
ART  222, 223  and  four  upper  level  courses). 


THE  B.F.A.  DEGREE 
IN  SCULPTURE 

The  student  completes  a  specified  course  of 
study  in  the  Art  Department,  the  Lycoming 
College  distribution  requirements,  and  one  of 
the  field  specialization  apprenticeship  pro- 
grams at  the  Johnson  Atelier  in  Mercerville, 
New  Jersey. 

The  Art  Department  course  of  study 
consists  of  12  courses  in  studio  and  art 
history:  Figure  Modeling  I  and  II  (ART  1 16 
and  226),  Sculpture  I  and  II  (ART  225  and 
335),  Drawing  I  and  II  (ART  1 1 1  and  221), 
Introduction  to  Photography  (ART  227),  2-D 
Design  (ART  115),  Survey  of  Art  (ART  222 
and  223),  and  two  additional  courses  in  Art 
History  (ART  331,  333,  334,  336  or  339). 

Twelve  additional  course  units  are  required 
of  the  student.  The  student  must  meet  the 
requirements  of  the  distribution  program 
within  these  courses. 

In  order  to  complete  the  B.F.A.  degree  the 
student  must  participate  in  the  art  colloquium 
every  semester  while  taking  course  work  at 
Lycoming  (as  a  declared  major)  and  must 
participate  in  a  senior  exhibition.  Exception  to 
participation  in  the  colloquium  may  be  made 
by  the  art  faculty. 

The  student  must  also  complete  one  of  the 
field  specialization  apprenticeships  at  the 
Johnson  Atelier  Technical  Institute  of  Sculpture 
in  Mercerville,  New  Jersey.  This  requires  the 
student  to  be  at  the  Johnson  Atelier  for  a  period 
of  between  16  and  23  1/2  months.  The  student 
receives  eight  course  units  of  credit  at  Lycoming 
College  for  successfully  completing  the  field 
specialization  apprenticeship  at  Johnson 
Atelier.  It  is  expected  that  the  work  for  the 
apprenticeship  component  will  be  completed 
during  the  summers  and  the  junior  year. 

Admission  to  the  B.F.A.  degree  program  is 
on  the  basis  of  meeting  the  admission  stan- 
dards of  Lycoming  College,  and  passing  a 
portfolio  review  and  interview  by  members  of 
the  Lycoming  College  Art  Department. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ART 

• 


The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  ART  222,  223,  334. 
Students  must  check  semester  class  schedules 
to  determine  which  courses  are  offered  as 
"W"  courses  for  that  semester. 

Ill 

DRAWING  I 

Study  of  the  human  figure  with  gesture  and 
proportion  stressed.  Student  is  made  familiar 
with  different  drawing  techniques  and  media. 
Some  drawings  from  nature.  Offered  in 
alternate  semesters  with  Drawing  II  and  III. 

115 

TWO-DIMENSIONAL  DESIGN 

The  basic  fundamentals  found  in  the  two- 
dimensional  arts:  line,  shape,  form,  space, 
color,  and  composition  are  taught  in  relation- 
ship to  the  other  two-dimensional  arts. 
Perceptual  theories  and  their  relationships  to 
what  and  why  we  see  what  we  see  in  art  are 
discussed  with  each  problem. 

116 

FIGURE  MODELING  I 

Understanding  the  figure  will  be  approached 
through  learning  the  basic  structures  and  pro- 
portions of  the  figure.  The  course  is  conceived 
as  a  three-dimensional  drawing  class.  At  least 
one  figure  will  be  cast  by  each  student. 

119 

CERAMICS  I 

Emphasis  placed  on  pottery  design  as  it 
relates  to  function  of  vessels  and  the  design 
parameters  imposed  by  the  characteristics  of 
clay.  The  techniques  of  ceramics  are  taught  to 
encourage  expression  rather  than  to  dispense 
merely  a  technical  body  of  information. 

212 

COLOR  THEORY 

A  study  of  the  physical  and  emotional 
aspects  of  color.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
the  study  of  color  as  an  aesthetic  agent  for  the 
artist.  The  color  theories  of  Johannes  Itten 


will  form  the  base  for  this  course  with  some 
study  of  the  theories  of  Albert  Munsell,  Faber 
Birren,  and  Wilhelm  Ostwald. 

220 

PAINTING  I 

An  introduction  of  painting  techniques  and 
materials.  Coordination  of  color,  value,  and 
design  within  the  painting  is  taught.  Some 
painting  from  the  figure.  No  limitations  as  to 
painting  media,  subject  matter,  or  style. 
Prerequisite:  ART  115  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Ill 

DRAWING  II 

Continued  study  of  the  human  figure. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  realism  and  figure- 
ground  coordination  with  the  use  of  value  and 
design.  Prerequisite:  ART  HI. 

Ill 

SURVEY  OF  ART:  ANCIENT, 

MEDIEVAL,  AND  NON- WESTERN  ART 

A  survey  of  the  major  developments  in  the 
visual  arts  of  the  Ancient,  Medieval,  and  Non- 
western  fields.  Emphasis  is  on  the  interrelation 
of  form  and  content,  the  function  and  meaning 
of  the  visual  arts  within  their  respective 
cultures,  and  the  importance  of  visual  literacy. 

223 

SURVEY  OF  ART:  FROM  THE 
RENAISSANCE  THROUGH 
THE  MODERN  AGE 

A  survey  of  Western  architecture,  sculp- 
ture, and  painting.  Emphasis  is  on  the 
interrelation  of  form  and  content  and  on  the 
relatedness  of  the  visual  arts  to  their  cultural 
environment:  14th-20th  centuries. 

225 
SCULPTURE  I 

An  introduction  to  the  techniques,  materi- 
als, and  ideas  of  sculpture.  Clay,  plaster,  wax, 
wood,  and  other  materials  will  be  used.  The 
course  will  be  concerned  with  ideas  about 
sculpture  as  expression,  and  with  giving 
material  form  to  ideas. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ART 

• 


226 

FIGURE  MODELING  II 

Will  exploit  the  structures  and  understand- 
ings learned  in  Figure  Modeling  I  to  produce 
larger,  more  complex  figurative  works.  There 
will  be  a  requirement  to  cast  one  of  the  works 
in  plaster.  Prerequisite:  ART  116  and  consent 
of  instructor. 

227 

INTRODUCTION  TO  PHOTOGRAPHY 
Objectives  of  the  course  are  to  develop 
technical  skills  in  the  use  of  photographic 
equipment  (cameras,  films,  darkroom, 
printmaker)  and  to  develop  sensitivity  in  the 
areas  of  composition,  form,  light,  picture 
quality,  etc.  Each  student  must  own  (or  have 
access  to)  a  35mm  camera  capable  of  full- 
manual  operation. 

228 
PRINTMAKING  I 

Introduction  to  the  techniques  of 
silkscreen,  intaglio,  monotype  and  lithography 
printing.  One  edition  of  at  least  six  prints 
must  be  completed  in  each  area.  Prerequisite: 
ART  111  or  115;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

229 
CERAMICS  II 

Continuation  of  Ceramics  I.  Emphasis  on 
use  of  the  wheel  and  technical  aspects  such  as 
glaze  making  and  kiln  firing.  Prerequisite: 
ART  119. 

330 

PAINTING  II 

Emphasis  is  placed  on  individual  style  and 
technique.  Artists  and  movements  in  art  are 
studied.  No  limitations  as  to  painting  media, 
subject  matter,  or  style.  Prerequisite: 
ART  220. 


331 

20TH  CENTURY  EUROPEAN 
AND  AMERICAN  ART 

Developments  in  European  and  American 
Art  from  about  1 880  to  the  present,  including 
Cubism,  Dada,  Surrealism,  Abstraction, 
Abstract  Expressionism,  Photorealism,  and 
Post-Modemism. 

333 

19TH  CENTURY  EUROPEAN 
AND  AMERICAN  ART 
The  art  of  Western  Europe  and  the  United 
States  from  1780-1900,  with  emphasis  on 
painting  in  France.  Those  artists  to  be  studied 
include  David,  Goya,  Delacroix,  Courbet,  the 
Impressionists,  Turner,  Homer,  Cole  and 
Eakins. 

334 

ART  OF  THE  RENAISSANCE 

The  art  of  Italy  and  Northern  Europe  from 
1300  to  1530,  with  emphasis  on  the  painters 
Giotto,  Masaccio,  Leonardo  da  Vinci, 
Raphael,  Titian,  Van  Eyck,  and  Durer,  the 
sculptors  Ghiberti,  Donatello  and  Mich- 
elangelo, and  the  architects  Brunelleschi  and 
Alberti. 

335 
SCULPTURE  II 

A  continuation  of  Sculpture  I  (Art  225). 
Emphasis  is  on  advanced  technical  process. 
Casting  of  bronze  and  aluminum  sculpture 
will  be  done  in  the  school  foundry.  Prerequi- 
site: ART  225. 

336 

ART  OF  THE  BAROQUE 

Seventeenth-century  painting  and  sculpture 
in  Italy  and  The  Netherlands  with  emphasis  on 
Bernini,  Poussin,  Rubens,  and  Rembrandt,  with 
special  attention  given  to  the  expressive,  nar- 
rative, and  painterly  styles  present  in  their  ai1. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ART 

• 


337 
PHOTOGRAPHY  II 

To  extend  the  skills  developed  in  Photogra- 
phy I  (ART  227)  by  continued  growth  in 
technical  expertise  including  instruction  in 
photo  art  processes  such  as  collage,  multiple 
images,  hand-coloring  and/or  toning.  Empha- 
sis is  placed  on  conceptual  and  aesthetic 
aspects  of  photography.  Prerequisite:  ART  227. 

338 

PRINTMAKING  II 

Further  study  of  the  techniques  of 
silkscreen,  intaglio,  monotype,  and  lithogra- 
phy printing  with  emphasis  on  multi-plate  and 
viscosity  printing.  Two  editions  of  at  least  six 
prints  must  be  completed  in  each  of  two  areas. 
Prerequisite:  ART  228. 

339 

WOMEN  IN  ART 

A  survey  of  women  artists  from  a  variety 
of  viewpoints  —  aesthetic,  historical,  social, 
political  and  economic  —  which  seeks  to 
understand  and  integrate  the  contributions  of 
women  artists  into  the  mainstream  of  the 
history  of  art. 

342 
PHOTOGRAPHY  HI 

Study  of  techniques  and  aesthetics  of  color 
photography  using  color  negatives  and/or 
slides,  advanced  imaging  techniques  utilizing 
the  computer  to  enhance  and  manipulate 
students'  original  photographs,  and  introduc- 
tion to  large  format  view  cameras.  Integration 
of  tools  to  students'  own  artistic  process 
emphasized.  A  portfolio  including  examples 
of  color,  image  processing  and  large  format 
work  will  be  produced.  Prerequisites:  ART 
227,  337,  and  343. 

343 

COMPUTER  GRAPHICS  FOR  PRINT  MEDIA 

Use  of  computers  as  an  artist's  and 
designer's  tool.  Concentrated,  hands-on  study 
of  image  manipulation,  illustration  and  layout 


programs.  Content  of  course  includes  funda- 
mentals of  vector  and  raster  imaging,  typography, 
design,  layout,  color  separation,  and  manipu- 
lating computer  images  obtained  from  scan-ners, 
video  sources,  and  the  students'  own  original 
production  using  computer  paint  software. 
Prerequisite:  ART  22  7  and  either  ART  11 J  or 
115;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

344 

COMPUTER  GRAPHICS 
FOR  ELECTRONIC  MEDIA 

Use  of  the  computer  as  a  tool  to  create, 
manipulate  and  edit  video  for  artistic  and 
commercial  purposes.  Content  of  course 
includes  computer  animation,  multi-media 
program  production  and  computer  interfaced 
video  production.  Prerequisite:  ART  343  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

440 

PAINTING  ni 

Professional  quality  is  stressed.  There  is 
some  experimentation  with  new  painting 
techniques  and  styles. 

441 

DRAWING  III 

Continued  study  of  the  human  figure, 
individual  style,  and  professional  control  of 
drawing  techniques  and  media  are  emphasized. 
Prerequisite:  ART  221 

442 

SPECIAL  PROJECT  IN 
COMMERCIAL  DESIGN 

Concentrated  research,  preparation  and 
execution  of  a  series  of  projects  in  commercial 
design  utilizing  computer  graphics,  page  layout 
programs  and  paint,  draw  and  image  manipula- 
tion software  that  simulate  traditional  airbrush, 
water-based  mediums,  markers,  colored  pencils 
and  ink  pens.  The  following  skills  are  in- 
volved: illustration,  photography,  design, 
typesetting,  lettering,  layout,  overlays,  scanning 
color  separation,  matching  and  proofing  and 
preparation  of  files  for  a  service  bureau  or 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ART  •  ASTRONOMY  AND  PHYSICS 


printer.  Prerequisite:  ART  343  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

445 

SCULPTURE  m 

In  Sculpture  III  the  student  is  expected  to 
produce  a  series  of  sculptures  that  follow  a 
conceptual  and  technical  line  of  development. 
Prerequisite:  ART  116,  225,  and  335. 

446 

STUDIO  RESEARCH 

Independent  research  in  an  elective  studio 
area,  conducted  under  the  supervision  of  the 
appropriate  faculty  member,  includes  creation 
of  work  which  may  be  incorporated  in  the 
senior  group  exhibition.  Student  works  in 
private  studio  assigned  by  the  department. 

447 

ART  HISTORY  RESEARCH 

Independent  research,  conducted  under  the 
supervision  of  the  appropriate  faculty  mem- 
ber, includes  the  research  and  writing  of  a 
thesis,  to  be  presented  to  a  committee  of  Art 
Department  faculty.  This  course  may  be 
repeated  for  credit. 

148, 248, 348  and  448 
ART  COLLOQUIUM 

A  non-credit  seminar  in  which  faculty, 
students  and  invited  professionals  discuss  and 
critique  specific  art  projects.  Required  of  all 
students  majoring  in  art.  Taken  each  semes- 
ter. Meets  2-4  times  each  semester.  Pass/Fail. 
Non-credit  seminar. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

Recent  studies  in  anatomy.  Aspects  of  the 
art  nouveau,  lithography,  photography, 
pottery,  problems  in  illustration,  and  water- 
color. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


ASTRONOMY 
AND  PHYSICS 

Associate  Professors:  Erickson,  Fisher 
Assistant  Professor:  Wolfe  (Chairperson) 

The  department  offers  two  majors.  The 
major  in  astronomy  is  specifically  designed  to 
train  students  in  the  field  of  planetarium 
education;  it  also  may  serve  as  a  basis  for 
earning  state  certification  as  a  secondary 
school  teacher  of  general  science.  The  major 
in  physics  can  prepare  students  for  graduate 
work  in  physics,  astronomy,  and  related 
physical  sciences,  for  the  cooperative 
program  in  engineering,  for  state  certification 
as  secondary  school  teachers  of  physics,  or  for 
technical  positions  in  industry. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ASTRONOMY  AND  PHYSICS 


ASTRONOMY  (astr) 

The  major  in  astronomy  requires  courses  in 
astronomy,  physics,  chemistry  and 
mathematics.  The  astronomy  courses  include 
ASTR  1 1 1  and  five  additional  courses 
numbered  ASTR  1 1 2  or  higher;  at  least  four 
of  these  five  additional  courses  must  be 
numbered  ASTR  230  or  higher.  Other 
required  courses  are  PHYS  225-226,  CHEM 
1 10-1 1 1  or  330-331,  and  MATH  128-129. 
Astronomy  majors  are  also  required  to  register 
for  four  semesters  of  ASTR  349  and  449  (non- 
credit  colloquia).  The  following  courses  are 
recommended:  PHIL  223  and  333,  PHYS 
333,  and  ART  227. 

The  following  course  has  been  approved  to 
be  offered  as  a  writing  intensive  course  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  ASTR  230.  Students 
must  check  semester  class  schedules  to 
determine  which  courses  are  offered  as  "W" 
courses  for  that  semester. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  astronomy  consists  of  a  grade 
of  C  or  better  in  both  ASTR  1 1 1  and  PHYS 
225  plus  any  three  additional  courses  selected 
from  PHYS  226  or  ASTR  courses  numbered 
200  or  higher. 

104 

FIELD  GEOLOGY 
A  methods  course  introducing  the  field 
techniques  needed  to  study  the  geology 
of  an  area.  May  or  summer  term  only. 

107 

OBSERVATIONAL  ASTRONOMY 

A  methods  course  providing  the  opportu- 
nity to  make  a  variety  of  astronomical 
observations,  both  visually  and  photographic- 
ally, with  and  without  telescopes.  The 
planetarium  is  used  to  familiarize  the  student 
with  the  sky  at  various  times  during  the  year 
and  from  different  locations  on  earth.  May  or 
summer  term  only. 


101 

PRINCIPLES  OF  ASTRONOMY 
111 

PRINCIPLES  OF  ASTRONOMY 

A  summary  of  current  concepts  of  the 
universe  from  the  solar  system  to  distant 
galaxies.  Describes  the  techniques  and 
instruments  used  in  astronomical  research. 
Presents  not  only  what  is  reasonably  well 
known  about  the  universe,  but  also  considers 
some  of  the  major  unsolved  problems  ASTR 

101  and  111  share  the  same  three  hours  of 
lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  each 
week.  ASTR  111  has  one  additional  hour  each 
week  for  more  advanced  mathematical 
treatment  of  the  material.  Credit  may  not  be 
earned  for  both  101  and  111.  Corequisite  for 
111:  MATH  127  or  consent  of  instructor. 

102 

PRINCIPLES  OF  GEOLOGY 
112 

PRINCIPLES  OF  GEOLOGY 

A  study  of  the  surface  processes  and 
internal  structure  of  the  planet  Earth.  Shows 
how  past  events  and  lifeforms  can  be  recon- 
structed from  preserved  evidence  to  reveal  the 
geologic  history  of  our  planet  from  its  origin 
to  the  present.  Describes  the  ways  geology 
influences  our  environment.  ASTR  102  and 
112  share  the  same  three  hours  of  lecture  and 
two  hours  of  laboratory  each  week.  112  has 
one  additional  hour  each  week  for  more 
advanced  mathematical  treatment  of  the 
material.  Credit  may  not  be  earned  for  both 

102  and  112.  Corequisite  for  112:  MATH  127 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

114 

MANNED  SPACE  FLIGHT  I 

Traces  the  beginnings  of  rocketry  and 
spaceflight  capability  from  Sputnik  (1957) 
through  the  conclusion  of  the  Apollo  moon 
landings  (1972).  Extensive  use  of  NASA 
video  and  other  audio-visual  aids.  Examina- 
tion of  scientific,  engineering  and  political 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ASTRONOMY  AND  PHYSICS 


motivations.  When  taken  in  May  term,  must 
be  scheduled  with  ASTR  115.  Not  for  distribu- 
tion. Alternate  years.  One-half  unit  of  credit. 

115 

MANNED  SPACE  FLIGHT  II 

Examines  manned  spaceflight  from  Skylab 
missions  (1973-74)  through  Apollo-Soyuz  Test 
Project,  early  Space  Shuttle  missions,  to 
current  U.S.  and  Soviet  space  efforts.  Exten- 
sive use  of  NASA  video.  Examination  of 
scientific,  engineering,  and  political  motiva- 
tions. When  taken  in  May  Term,  must  be 
scheduled  with  ASTR  1 14.  Not  for  distribution. 
A  Itemate  years.  One-half  unit  of  credit. 

230 

PLANETARIUM  TECHNIQUES 

A  methods  course  covering  major  aspects  of 
planetarium  programming,  operation 
and  maintenance.  Students  are  required  to 
prepare  and  present  a  planetarium  show.  Upon 
successfully  completing  the  course,  students 
are  eligible  to  become  planetarium  assistants. 
Three  hours  of  lecture  and  demonstration  and 
three  hours  of  practical  training  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  a  grade  ofC  or  better  in  ASTR 
101  or  111.  Alternate  years. 

243 

PLANETARY  SCIENCE 

A  comparative  survey  of  the  various 
classes  of  natural  objects  that  orbit  the  sun, 
including  the  major  planets,  their  satellites,  the 
minor  planets,  and  comets.  Topics  include 
meteorological  processes  in  atmospheres, 
geological  processes  that  shape  surface 
features,  internal  structures,  the  role  of 
spacecraft  in  the  exploration  of  the  solar 
system,  and  clues  to  the  origin  and  dynamic 
evolution  of  the  solar  system.  Four  hours  of 
lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites:  a  grade  ofC 
or  better  in  ASTR  111  or  112,  or  PHYS  225. 
Alternate  years. 


344 

RELATIVITY  AND  COSMOLOGY 

A  detailed  presentation  of  the  special 
theory  of  relativity  and  an  introduction  to  the 
general  theory.  Topics  include:  observational 
and  experimental  tests  of  relativity,  four- 
vectors,  tensors,  space-time  curvature, 
alternative  cosmological  models,  and  the 
origin  and  future  of  the  universe.  Four  hours 
of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites:  ASTR  111 
and  PHYS  225.  Alternate  years.  Cross-listed 
as  PHYS  344. 

445 

STELLAR  EVOLUTION 

The  physical  principles  governing  the 
internal  structure  and  external  appearance  of 
stars.  Mechanisms  of  energy  generation  and 
transport  within  stars.  The  evolution  of  stars 
from  initial  formation  to  final  stages.  The 
creation  of  chemical  elements  by  nucleosyn- 
thesis. Four  hours  of  lecture  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  ASTR  111  and  PHYS  226. 
Alternate  years. 

446 

STELLAR  DYNAMICS  AND 

GALACTIC  STRUCTURE 

The  motion  of  objects  in  gravitational 
fields.  Introduction  to  the  n-body  problem. 
The  relation  between  stellar  motions  and  the 
galactic  potential.  The  large-scale  structure  of 
galaxies  in  general  and  of  the  Milky  Way 
Galaxy  in  particular.  Four  hours  of  lecture 
per  week.  Prerequisites:  ASTR  111  and 
PHYS  225.  Alternate  years. 

349  &  449 

ASTRONOMY  AND  PHYSICS  COLLOQUIA 

This  non-credit  but  required  course  for 
juniors  and  seniors  majoring  in  astronomy  and 
physics  offers  students  a  chance  to  meet  and 
hear  active  scientists  in  astronomy,  physics, 
and  related  scientific  areas  talk  about  their 
own  research  or  professional  activities.  In 
addition,  majors  in  astronomy  and  physics 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ASTRONOMY  AND  PHYSICS 


must  present  two  lectures,  one  given  during 
the  junior  year  and  one  given  during  the  senior 
year,  on  the  results  of  a  literature  survey  or 
their  individual  research.  Students  majoring 
in  this  department  are  required  to  attend  four 
semesters  during  the  junior  and  senior  years. 
A  letter  grade  will  be  given  when  the  student 
gives  a  lecture.  Otherwise  the  grade  will  be  P/ 
F.  Students  in  the  Cooperative  Program  in 
Liberal  Arts  and  Engineering  are  required  to 
attend  two  semesters  and  present  one  lecture 
during  their  junior  year.  Non-credit  course. 
One  hour  per  week.  Cross-listed  as  PHYS 
349  &  449. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Independent  studies  may  be  undertaken  in 
most  areas  of  astronomy. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 

PHYSICS  (PHYS) 

The  major  in  physics  requires  courses  in 
physics,  chemistry  and  mathematics.  The 
required  physics  courses  must  include  PHYS 
225,  226,  331,  332  and  four  additional  courses 
numbered  PHYS  333  or  higher.  Up  to  two 
courses  chosen  from  ASTR  III,  112,  243, 
445  and  446  may  substitute  for  two  of  the  four 
physics  electives.  Other  required  courses  are 
CHEM  1 10-1 1 1  or  330-331,  and  MATH  128- 
129.  Physics  majors  are  also  required  to 
register  for  four  semesters  of  PHYS  349  and 
449  (non-credit  coUoquia).  The  following 
courses  are  recommended:  MATH  231,  238; 
CPTR  125  (all  three  required  for  the  coopera- 
tive engineering  program  and  by  many 
graduate  schools),  and  PHIL  223,  333. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and 


may  be  offered  as  such:  PHYS  338,  447. 
Students  must  check  semester  class  schedules 
to  determine  which  courses  are  offered  as 
"W"  courses  for  that  semester. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  physics  requires  completion  of 
the  following  courses  with  a  C  grade  or  better: 
PHYS  225-226,  331,  332,  and  one  additional 
course  selected  from  PHYS  courses  numbered 
300  or  higher. 

106 

ENERGY  ALTERNATIVES 

A  physicist's  definition  of  work,  energy,  and 
power.  The  various  energy  sources  available 
for  use,  such  as  fossil  fuels,  nuclear  fission  and 
fusion,  hydro,  solar,  wind,  and  geothermal.  The 
advantages  and  disadvantages  of  each  energy- 
conversion  method,  including  availability, 
efficiency,  and  environmental  effects.  Present 
areas  of  energy  research  and  possible  future 
developments.  Projections  of  possible  future 
energy  demands.  Exercises  and  experiments  in 
energy  collection,  conversion,  and  utilization. 
May  or  summer  term  only. 

108 

GREAT  IDEAS  OF 

THE  PHYSICAL  UNIVERSE 

An  introduction  to  several  major  concepts 
of  physics  which  have  developed  over  the  past 
several  centuries,  relating  them  to  their 
broad  implications.  The  emphasis  is  on  a 
descriptive  rather  than  a  mathematical 
discussion  of  topics  which  range  from  early 
Greek  concepts  of  science  to  present  day 
methods  and  techniques  used  to  describe  the 
physical  universe.  Many  distinctions  and 
similarities  between  science  and  other  areas  of 
human  endeavor  will  be  studied  to  demon- 
strate the  beauty,  simplicity,  harmony,  and 
grandeur  of  some  of  the  basic  laws  which 
govern  the  universe.  Three  hours  of  lecture 
and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Alternate  years. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ASTRONOMY  AND  PHYSICS 


225-226 

FUNDAMENTALS  OF  PHYSICS  I-II 

A  mathematically  rigorous  introduction  to 
physics  designed  for  majors  in  physics,  astro- 
nomy, chemistry  and  mathematics.  Topics 
include  mechanics,  thermodynamics,  electric- 
ity and  magnetism,  waves,  optics,  and  modem 
physics.  Five  hours  of  lecture  and  recitation 
and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Core- 
quisite:  MATH  128  or  129.   With  consent  of 
department,  MATH  109  may  substitute  for 
MATH  128  or  129  as  a  prerequisite. 

331 

CLASSICAL  MECHANICS 

An  analytical  approach  to  classical  mechan- 
ics. Topics  include:  kinematics  and  dynamics 
of  single  particles  and  systems  of  particles, 
gravitation  and  other  central  forces,  moving 
reference  frames,  and  Lagrangian  and  Hamilto- 
nian  formulations  of  mechanics.  Four  hours  of 
lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  MATH  129  and  a  grade  ofC  or 
better  in  PHYS  225. 

332 
ELECTROMAGNETISM 

A  theoretical  treatment  of  classical  electro- 
magnetism.  Topics  include:  electrostatics, 
magnetostatics,  electric  and  magnetic  poten- 
tials, electric  and  magnetic  properties  of  matter. 
Maxwell's  equations,  the  electromagnetic 
field,  and  the  propagation  of  electromagnetic 
radiation.  Four  hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  MATH 
129  and  a  grade  ofC  or  better  in  PHYS  226. 

333 

OPTICS 

Geometrical  optics,  optical  systems, 
physical  optics,  interference,  Fraunhofer 
and  Fresnel  diffraction,  and  coherence  and 
lasers  will  be  covered.  Three  hours  of  lecture 
and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  PHYS  226  and  MATH  128;  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 


336 

MATHEMATICAL  METHODS  OF  PHYSICS 

Solution  of  ordinary  linear  differential 
equations  using  power  series  and  Laplace 
transforms,  nonlinear  differential  and  coupled 
differential  equations,  Fourier  analysis  using 
both  trigonometric  and  complex  exponential 
functions,  complex  variables,  eigenvalue 
problems,  infinite  dimensional  vector  spaces, 
partial  differential  equations,  boundary  value 
problem  solutions  to  the  wave  equation,  heat 
flow  equation  and  Laplace's  equation.  Prereq- 
uisites: MATH  231  and  238.  Alternate  years. 

337 

THERMODYNAMICS  AND 

STATISTICAL  MECHANICS 

Classical  thermodynamics  will  be  presented, 
showing  that  the  macroscopic  properties  of  a 
system  can  be  specified  without  a  knowledge  of 
the  microscopic  properties  of  the  constituents  of 
the  system.  Then  statistical  mechanics  will  be 
developed,  showing  that  these  same  macro- 
scopic properties  are  determined  by  the  micro- 
scopic properties.  Four  hours  of  lecture  and 
recitation  per  week.  Prerequisites:  PHYS  226 
and  MATH  129.  Alternate  years. 

338 

MODERN  PHYSICS 

Thorough  investigation  of  changes  in  the 
classical  understanding  of  space  and  time 
together  with  those  of  energy  and  matter  that 
led  to  the  time  development  of  relativistic  and 
quantum  mechanical  theories.  Topics  include: 
introduction  to  special  relativity,  blackbody 
radiation,  the  postulation  of  the  photon  and 
quantization,  atomic  spectra,  interactions  of 
matter  and  energy,  Bohr  model  of  the  atom, 
concepts  of  symmetry,  and  development  and 
applications  of  the  Schrodinger  equation. 
Four  hours  of  lecture  and  one-three  hour 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  MATH 
129  and  a  grade  ofC  or  better  in  PHYS  226. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ASTRONOMY  AND  PHYSICS 


339 

SOLID  STATE  PHYSICS 

Topics  include  crystalline  structures, 
periodic  potentials,  band  structure,  free 
electron  model,  semiconductor  physics, 
electromagnetic  and  thermal  properties  of 
solids,  superconductivity,  and  superfluidity. 
Four  hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  PHYS 
332  and  MATH  J  29;  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Alternate  years. 

344 

RELATIVITY  AND  COSMOLOGY 

A  detailed  presentation  of  the  special  theory  of 
relativity  and  an  introduction  to  the  general 
theory.  Topics  include:  observational  and 
experimental  tests  of  relativity,  four  vectors, 
tensors,  space-time  curvature,  alternative 
cosmological  models,  and  the  origin  and  future 
of  the  universe.  Four  hours  of  lecture  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  ASTR  111  and  PHYS  225. 
Alternate  years.  Cross-listed  as  ASTR  344. 

439 

E^JTRODUCTION  TO 
QUANTUM  MECHANICS 

Basic  concepts  and  formulation  of  quantum 
theory.  The  free  particle,  the  simple  harmonic 
oscillator,  the  hydrogen  atom,  and  central  force 
problems  will  be  discussed.  Both  time-indepen- 
dent and  time-dependent  perturbation  theory 
will  be  covered.  Four  hours  of  lecture  and 
recitation.  Prerequisite:  Either  PHYS  226  or 
CHEM331,  andMATH231.  Cross-listed  as 
CHEM439. 

447 

NUCLEAR  AND  PARTICLE  PHYSICS 
The  course  will  consider  properties  of 
nuclei,  nuclear  models,  radioactivity,  nuclear 
reactions  (including  fission  and  fusion),  and 
properties  of  elementary  particles.  The 
interactions  of  nuclear  particles  with  matter 
and  the  detection  of  nuclear  particles  will  be 
covered.  It  will  be  shown  how  observed 


phenomena  lead  to  theories  on  the  nature  of 
fundamental  interactions,  how  these  forces  act 
at  the  smallest  measurable  distances,  and  what 
is  expected  to  occur  at  even  smaller  distances. 
Four  hours  of  lecture  and  recitation  and  three 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
PHYS  226,  MATH  129,  and  either  PHYS  338 
or  CHEM  110.  Alternate  years. 

349  &  449 

ASTRONOMY  AND  PHYSICS 
COLLOQUIA 

This  non-credit  but  required  course  for  juniors 
and  seniors  majoring  in  astronomy  and  physics 
offers  students  a  chance  to  meet  and  hear  active 
scientists  in  astronomy,  physics  and  related 
scientific  areas  talk  about  their  own  research  or 
professional  activities.  In  addition,  majors  in 
astronomy  and  physics  must  present  two  lectures, 
one  given  during  the  junior  year  and  one  given 
during  the  senior  year,  on  the  results  of  a  literature 
survey  or  their  individual  research.  Students 
majoring  in  this  department  are  required  to  attend 
four  semesters  during  thejunior  and  senior 
years.  A  letter  grade  will  be  given  when  the 
student  gives  a  lecture.  Otherwise  the  grade  will 
be  P/F.  Students  in  the  Cooperative  Program  in 
Liberal  Arts  and  Engineering  are  required  to 
attend  two  semesters  and  present  one  lecture 
during  their  junior  year.  Non-credit  course.  One 
hourperweek.  Cross-listed  as  ASTR  349  &  449. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

Interns  in  physics  work  off  campus  under 
the  supervision  of  professional  physicists 
employed  by  local  industries  or  hospitals. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 
Independent  studies  may  be  undertaken  in 
most  areas  of  physics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


BIOLOGY 


BIOLOGY  (BIO) 

Professors:  Angstadt,  Diehl 

Associate  Professors:  Gabriel  (Chairperson), 

Zaccaria,  Zimmerman 
Assistant  Professors:  Briggs,  Newman 

A  major  consists  of  eight  biology  courses, 
including  1 10-11 1, 221, 222, 223, 224,  and  225. 
In  addition,  juniors  and  seniors  majoring  in 
biology  are  required  to  register  for  BIO  349/449 
(non-credit  colloquium)  during  all  semesters  on 
campus.  With  departmental  consent,  BIO  226 
may  be  substituted  for  BIO  22 1 .  Only  two 
courses  numbered  below  200  may  count  toward 
the  major.  Departmental  internships  and  the 
practicum  cannot  be  used  to  fulfill  the  eighth 
required  course.  In  addition,  three  units  of 
chemistry  and  two  units  of  math-ematical 
science  are  required.  The  chemistry  requirement 
must  include  at  least  one  unit  of  organic  chemis- 
try chosen  from  CHEM  115, 220,  or  22 1 .  The 
mathematical  sciences  courses  must  be  chosen 
fromCPTR  108, 125  and/or  MATH  103, 109, 
127, 128  or  above.  Certain  specific  exceptions 
to  the  core  program  will  be  made  for  three-year 
students  enrolled  in  cooperative  programs.  Such 
exceptions  are  noted  under  the  particular 
cooperative  program  described  in  the  Academic 
Program  chapter  of  the  catalog.  Students 
interested  in  these  programs  should  contact  the 
program  director  before  finalizing  their  indi- 
vidual programs.  Consent  of  instructor  may 
replace  BIO  110-111  as  a  prerequisite  for  all 
biology  courses. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved  to 
be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and  may 
be  offered  as  such:  BIO  222, 224.  Students  must 
check  semester  class  schedules  to  determine 
which  courses  are  offered  as  "W"  courses  for 
that  semester. 

Biology  majors  will  be  awarded  either  a 
Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree.  Majors  who  complete  the  13-course 
requirement  above  will  be  awarded  the  B.A. 
degree.  Majors  who  complete  three 
additional  courses  in  the  natural  sciences  at  or 


above  the  200  level  or  in  the  mathematical 
sciences  (127  or  above)  will  be  eligible  to 
elect  the  B.S.  degree. 

Minor 

The  Department  of  Biology  offers  two 
minors:  Biology  or  Environmental  Science. 

A  minor  in  biology  requires  the  completion 
of  four  courses  numbered  200  or  higher,  with 
their  appropriate  prerequisites  (i.e.,  two 
introductory  biology  courses).  At  least  two  of 
these  must  be  from  the  200  series  of  courses.  A 
minor  in  Environmental  Science  consists  of  two 
introductory  biology  courses,  BIO  224,  two 
additional  courses  in  biology  numbered  200  or 
higher,  one  course  in  economics  (recommend 
ECON  225),  and  ASTR 1 12. 

101-102 

PRINCIPLES  OF  BIOLOGY 

An  investigation  of  biological  principles, 
including  ecological  systems,  form  and  function 
in  selected  representative  organisms  (especially 
man),  cell  theory,  molecular  biology,  reproduc- 
tion, inheritance,  adaption,  and  evolution.  The 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


BIOLOGY 


course  is  designed  primarily  for  students  not 
planning  to  major  in  the  biological  sciences. 
Credit  may  not  be  earned  for  both  BIO  1 01  and 
110  or  for  both  BIO  1 02  and  11 1.  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  per  week. 

110-111 

INTRODUCTION  TO  BIOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  biology 
designed  for  students  planning  to  major  in  the 
biological  sciences.  Major  topics  considered 
include  the  origin  of  life,  cellular  respiration 
and  photosynthesis,  genetics,  development, 
anatomy  and  physiology,  ecology,  behavior, 
and  evolution.  Credit  may  not  be  earned  for 
both  BIO  101  and  110  or  for  both  BIO  102 
and  111.  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one 
three-hour  laboratory  per  week. 

113-114 

HUMAN  ANATOMY  AND  PHYSIOLOGY 

Using  the  organ-systems  approach,  the 
course  is  an  introduction  to  the  human  body  — 
its  anatomy,  physiology,  and  normal  develop- 
ment —  with  particular  attention  to  structure 
and  function  at  all  levels  of  its  biological 
organization  (molecular  through  organismal). 
Three  hours  of  lecture,  and  one  three-hour 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM 
115  or  220,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

130 

ENVIRONMENTAL  SCIENCE 

This  course  provides  an  introduction  to  eco- 
logical principles  and  concepts  with  an  exami- 
nation of  the  biological  basis  of  contemporary 
environmental  problems.  The  effects  of  human 
population  on  earth's  resources  are  studied 
against  a  background  of  biological  and  health 
sciences.  This  course  is  designed  primarily  for 
students  not  planning  to  major  in  the  biological 
sciences.  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one  three- 
hour  laboratory  per  week.  Pre-requisite:  BIO 
101  or  110.  This  course  is  not  a  substitute  for 
BIO  1 11  for  majors. 


221 

MICROBIOLOGY 

A  study  of  microorganisms.  Emphasis  is  given 
to  the  identification  and  physiology  of  microor- 
ganisms as  well  as  to  their  role  in  disease,  their 
economic  importance,  and  industrial  applica- 
tions. Three  hours  of  lecture  and  two  two-hour 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite:  BIO 
110-111.  Not  open  to  students  who  have 
received  credit  for  BIO  226. 

222 
GENETICS 

A  general  consideration  of  the  principles 
governing  inheritance,  including  treatment  of 
classical,  molecular,  cytological,  physiology, 
microbial,  human,  and  population  genetics. 
Three  hours  of  lecture  and  two  two-hour 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
BIO  110-111. 

223 

ANIMAL  PHYSIOLOGY 

The  mechanisms  and  functions  of  animal 
systems,  including  the  autonomic,  endocrine, 
digestive,  cardiovascular,  respiratory,  renal, 
nervous,  and  reproductive  systems.  Mammal- 
ian physiology  is  stressed.  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  BIO  110-111. 

11^ 
ECOLOGY 

The  study  of  the  principles  of  ecology  with 
emphasis  on  the  role  of  chemical,  physical, 
and  biological  factors  affecting  the  distribu- 
tion and  succession  of  plant  and  animal 
populations  and  communities.  Included  will 
be  field  studies  of  local  habitats  as  well  as 
laboratory  experimentation.  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  BIO  110-111. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


BIOLOGY 

• 


225 

PLANT  SCIENCES 

A  survey  of  the  structure,  development, 
function,  classification,  and  use  of  plants  and 
related  organisms.  The  study  will  comprise 
four  general  topic  areas:  form,  including 
morphology  and  anatomy  of  plants  in  growth 
and  reproduction;  function,  concentrating  on 
nutrition  and  metabolism  peculiar  to  photosyn- 
thetic  organisms;  classification  systems  and 
plant  identification,  and  human  uses  of  plants. 
Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one  three  hour  lab- 
oratory per  week.  Prerequisite:  BIO  110-111. 

226 

MICROBIOLOGY  FOR 
THE  HEALTH  SCIENCES 

A  study  of  microorganisms  with  emphasis 
given  to  their  taxonomy  and  their  role  in  various 
aspects  of  human  infectious  disease.  Mecha- 
nisms for  treating  and  preventing  infectious 
diseases  will  be  presented.  Laboratory  to  include 
diagnostic  culture  procedures,  antibiotic 
sensitivity  testing,  serology,  anaerobic  tech- 
niques and  a  study  of  hemolytic  reactions.  Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  One  year  of  introductory 
level  biology,  one  year  of  chemistry  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Not  open  to  students  who  have 
received  credit  for  BIO  22 1 . 

328 

AQUATIC  BIOLOGY 

A  field-oriented  course  dealing  with  freshwa- 
ter ecosystems.  Studies  will  include  a  survey 
of  the  plankton,  benthos,  and  fish — as  well  as 
the  physical  and  chemical  characteristics  of 
water  that  influence  their  distribution.  Several 
local  field  trips  and  an  extended  field  trip  to  a 
field  station  will  familiarize  students  with  the 
diversity  of  habitats  and  techniques  of  limnolo- 
gists.  Alternate  years.  Prerequisites:  BIO 
110-111. 


329 

TROPICAL  MARINE  BIOLOGY 

A  field-oriented  course  where  students 
study  the  creatures  of  the  fringing  reefs, 
barrier  reefs,  lagoons,  turtlegrass  beds  and 
mangrove  swamps  at  a  tropical  marine 
laboratory.  Studies  will  include  survey  of 
plankton,  invertebrates,  and  fish  as  well  as  the 
physical  and  chemical  characteristics  that 
influence  their  distribution.  Prerequisite: 
BIO  110-111.  Alternate  May  terms. 

330 

COMPARATIVE  ANATOMY 
OF  VERTEBRATES 

Detailed  examination  of  the  origins, 
structure,  and  functions  of  the  principal  organs 
of  the  vertebrates.  Special  attention  is  given 
to  the  progressive  modification  of  organs  from 
lower  to  higher  vertebrates.  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  BIO  110-111.  Alternate  years. 

334 

INVERTEBRATE  ZOOLOGY 

Comparative  study  of  the  invertebrate 
phyla  with  emphasis  on  phylogeny,  physiol- 
ogy, morphology,  and  ecology.  Two  three- 
hour  lecture/laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  BIO  110-111.  Alternate  years. 

336 

EVOLUTION 

The  study  of  the  origin  and  modification  of 
Ufe  on  earth.  Topics  discussed  include  molecu- 
lar evolution,  population  genetics,  gene  flow, 
natural  selection,  sexual  selection,  kin  selection, 
neutral  theory,  extinction,  co-evolution,  and 
the  evolution  of  man.  Four  hours  of  lecture 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  BIO  110-111,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

339 

MEDICAL  GENETICS 

This  course  is  concerned  with  the  relation- 
ships of  heredity  to  disease.  Discussions  will 
focus  on  topics  such  as  chromosomal  abnor- 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


BIOLOGY 


malities,  metabolic  variation  and  disease, 
somatic  cell  genetics,  genetic  screening,  and 
immunogenetics.  Laboratory  exercises  will 
offer  practical  experiences  in  genetic  diagnos- 
tic techniques.  Prerequisite:  BIO  101-102  or 
110-111.  May  term  only. 

342 

ANIMAL  BEHAVIOR 

A  study  of  causation,  function,  evolution, 
and  biological  significance  of  animal  behav- 
iors in  their  normal  environment  and  social 
contexts.  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one  four- 
hour  laboratory  each  week.  Prerequisite: 
BIO  110-111.  Alternate  years. 

346 

VIROLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  viruses.  The 
course  will  cover  virus  anatomy  and  reproduc- 
tion, diseases  caused  by  viruses,  modem 
treatments  of  viral  infections  and  viral  vaccines 
produced  by  recombinant  DNA  and  other 
technologies.  Course  content  will  also  include 
a  description  of  how  viruses  are  used  as  tools 
for  genetic  engineering  and  for  studying 
cellular  processes  like  membrane  signal 
transduction,  regulation  of  genetic  expression 
and  oncogenesis  (cancer).  Four  hours  of 
lecture  per  week.  Prerequisite:  BIO  110-111 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

347 
IMMUNOLOGY 

The  course  introduces  concepts  concerning 
how  pathogens  cause  disease  and  host  defense 
mechanisms  against  infectious  diseases. 
Characterization  of  and  relationships  between 
antigens,  haptens,  and  antibodies  are  presented. 
Serological  assays  will  include:  agglutination, 
precipitations,  immunofluorescence, 
immunoeletrophoresis,  and  complement 
fixation.  Other  topics  are:  immediate  and 
delayed  hypersensitivities  (i.e.  allergies  such  as 
hay  fever  and  poison  ivy),  immunological  renal 


diseases,  immunohematology  (blood  groups, 
etc),  hybridome  technology,  the  chemistry  and 
function  of  complement,  autoimmunity,  and 
organ  graft  rejection  phenomena.  Three  hours 
of  lecture,  one  three-hour  laboratory,  and  one 
hour  of  arranged  work  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
BIO  110-111.  Alternate  years. 

400 

BIOLOGY  PRACTICUM 

A  work-oriented  experience  for  junior  or 
senior  biology  majors  jointly  sponsored  by  the 
Department  and  a  public  or  private  agency. 
The  practicum  is  designed  to  integrate 
classroom  theory  with  field  or  laboratory 
practice.  In  addition  to  attendance  at  a  weekly 
seminar,  students  will  spend  10-12  hours  per 
week  at  the  sponsoring  agency.  Academic 
work  will  include,  but  is  not  limited  to:  a  log, 
readings,  recitation  and  an  assigned  research 
paper  related  to  the  specific  agency's  activi- 
ties. May  be  repeated  once  for  credit  with 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

431 

HISTOLOGY 

A  study  of  the  basic  body  tissues  and  the 
microscopic  anatomy  of  the  organs  and 
structures  of  the  body  which  are  formed  from 
them.  Focus  is  on  normal  human  histology. 
Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one  four-hour 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  BIO  110- 
111.  Alternate  years. 

433 

MEDICINAL  AND  POISONOUS  PLANTS 

An  overview  of  plants  that  produce 
physiologically  active  substances  that  are 
important  to  humans  and  animals.  Major 
themes  include:  Mechanisms  and  symptoms 
of  poisoning,  and  plant  chemicals  with  useful 
physiological  effects.  Laboratory  topics 
include  plant  classification  and  techniques  for 
compound  identification.  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  BIO  110-111,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


BIOLOGY 

• 


435 

CELL  BIOLOGY 

An  intensive  study  of  the  cell  as  the  basic 
unit  of  life.  Topics  will  include:  origins  of 
cellular  life,  biochemistry  of  the  cell, 
enzymatic  reactions,  cellular  membranes, 
intracellular  communication,  the  cell  cycle, 
the  cytoskeleton  and  cell  motility,  protein 
sorting,  distribution  and  secretion.  Prerequi- 
sites: BIO  110-111  and  one  semester  of 
organic  chemistry.  Alternate  years. 

440 

PARASITOLOGY  AND 
MEDICAL  ENTOMOLOGY 

The  biology  of  parasites  and  parasitism. 
Studies  on  the  major  groups  of  animal  parasites 
and  anthropod  vectors  of  disease  will  involve 
taxonomy  and  life  cycles.  Emphasis  will  be 
made  on  parasites  of  medical  and  veterinary 
importance.  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one 
three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
BIO  110-111.  Alternate  years. 

441 

VERTEBRATE  EMBRYOLOGY 

A  study  of  the  development  of  vertebrates 
from  fertilization  to  the  fully  formed  fetus. 
Particular  attention  is  given  to  the  chick  and 
human  as  representative  organisms.  Two  three- 
hour  lectureAaboratory  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  BIO  110-111.  Alternate  years. 

444 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis  is  given  to  the  metabolism  of 
carbohydrates,  lipids,  amino  acids,  proteins, 
and  nucleic  acids;  integration  of  metabolism; 
and  biochemical  control  mechanisms, 
including  allosteric  control,  induction, 
repression,  signal  transduction  as  well  as  the 
various  types  of  inhibitive  control  mecha- 
nisms. Three  hours  of  lecture,  one  three-hour 
laboratory  and  one  hour  of  arranged  work  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  1 15  or  221,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Cross-listed  as  CHEM 
444.  Alternate  years. 


445 

RADIATION  BIOLOGY 

A  study  of  the  effects  of  ionizing  and  non- 
ionizing radiations  on  cells,  tissues  and  organ- 
isms. Consideration  will  be  given  to  repair 
mechanisms  and  how  repair  deficiencies 
elucidate  the  nature  of  radiation  damage.  Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  one  three-hour  laborato- 
ry per  week.  Prerequisites:  BIO  110-111, 
one  year  of  chemistry.  Alternate  years. 

446 

PLANT  ANATOMY  AND  PHYSIOLOGY 

A  study  of  plant  physiology  as  a  function 
of  plant  anatomy.  Metabolic  relationships  and 
environmental  factors  will  be  examined  from 
a  background  of  the  structure  and  develop- 
ment of  cells,  tissues,  organs,  and  whole 
plants.  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one  three- 
hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  BIO 
110-111  and  225.  Alternate  years. 

448 

ENDOCRINOLOGY 

This  course  begins  with  a  survey  of  the 
role  of  the  endocrine  hormones  in  the  integra- 
tion of  body  functions.  This  is  followed  by  a 
study  of  the  control  of  hormone  synthesis  and 
release,  and  a  consideration  of  the  mecha- 
nisms by  which  hormones  accomplish  their 
effects  on  target  organs.  Two  three-hour 
lectureAaboratory  periods  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite: BIO  110-111.  Alternate  years. 

349  &  449 

BIOLOGY  COLLOQUIUM 

This  course  offers  the  student  a  chance  to 
become  famihar  with  research  in  the  biological 
sciences  using  techniques  such  as  meeting  and 
talking  with  active  researchers,  reading  and 
critically  analyzing  the  current  hterature,  and 
discussing  the  ideas  and  methods  shaping 
biology.  Students  will  be  required  to  read  and 
analyze  specific  papers,  actively  participate  in 
discussions.  Students  majoring  in  this  depart- 
ment are  required  to  enroll  during  all  semesters 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


BIOLOGY  •  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


spent  on  campus  in  the  junior  and  senior  years. 
The  grade  will  be  P/F.  Non-credit  course. 
One  hour  per  week.  Prerequisites:  biology 
majors  with  junior  or  senior  class  standing. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

Recent  samples  of  internships  in  the 
department  include  ones  with  the  Department 
of  Environmental  Resources,  nuclear  medicine 
or  rehabilitative  therapies  at  a  local  hospital. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Departmental  studies  are  experimentally- 
oriented  and  may  entail  either  lab  or  field 
work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 
Examples  of  recent  honors  projects  have 
involved  stream  analysis,  gypsy  moth 
research,  drug  synthesis  and  testing. 

1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

(BUS) 

Associate  Professor:  Weaver  (Chairperson) 
Assistant  Professors:  Stemgold,  Toncar 
Instructor:  Henninger 
Part-time  Instructors:  A.  Alexander,  Larrabee 

This  major  is  designed  to  educate  students 
about  business  and  management  functions  in 
both  commercial  and  non-commercial 
organizations.  The  program  provides  a  well- 
balanced  preparation  for  a  wide  variety  of 
professions  and  careers,  including  banking, 
financial  services,  small  business  manage- 
ment, marketing,  sales,  advertising,  retailing, 
general  management,  supervision,  invest- 
ments, human  resources  management,  and 
management  information  systems.  The  major 
is  also  appropriate  for  students  who  plan  to 
attend  graduate  school  in  business  or  related 
fields,  such  as  law  or  public  administration. 

Majors 

The  department  offers  four  major  tracks: 

( 1 )  general  management, 

(2)  financial  management, 

(3)  marketing  management,  and 

(4)  international  management. 

All  business  administration  students  are 
required  to  sucessfully  complete  the  following 
seven  foundation  courses:    ACCT  1 10, 
MATH  103,  BUS  223,  228,  244,  338,  and 
either  ECON  110  or  111. 

Major  Track  1  -  General  Management 

In  addition  to  the  foundation  courses  students 
must  also  complete  ACCT  111,  BUS  441, 
442,  and  any  one  of  the  following  courses: 
BUS320,  341,orPSY225. 

Major  Track  2  -  Financial  Management 

In  addition  to  the  foundation  courses  students 
must  also  complete  ACCT  111,  BUS  339,  441, 
and  any  one  of  the  following  courses:  BUS 
340,  345  or  ECON  220. 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


Major  Track  3  -  Marketing  Management 

In  addition  to  the  foundation  courses  students 
must  also  complete  BUS  319,  342,  429,  and 
any  one  of  the  following  courses:  BUS  332, 
343,  444. 

Major  Track  4  -  International  Business 
Management 

In  addition  to  the  foundation  courses  students 
must  also  complete  2  courses  from  2  of  the 
following  3  groups:  ECON  221  or  PSCI  220; 
ECON  240  or  PSCI  237;  PSCI  225  or  437; 
2  courses  from  ECON  343,  BUS  319,  435; 
and  two  additional  courses  in  the  same 
language  used  to  satisfy  the  foreign  language 
distribution  requirement. 

International  management  majors  are 
encouraged  to  minor  in  a  foreign  language. 
Additionally,  it  is  the  expectation,  though  not 
a  requirement,  that  they  will  complete  a 
practicum  or  internship  relating  to  interna- 
tional business  preferably  in  a  foreign  country. 

Minors 

The  department  offers  three  minors: 

(1)  general  management, 

(2)  financial  management,  and 

(3)  marketing  management. 

Minor  Track  1  -  General  Management 

Students  are  required  to  complete  BUS  1 12, 
228,  244,  one  course  in  the  department 
numbered  300  or  higher,  and  either  BUS  223 
or  a  second  course  in  the  department  num- 
bered 300  or  higher.  If  two  courses  are  taken 
numbered  300  or  higher,  each  must  be  chosen 
from  a  different  major  track. 

Minor  Track  2  -  Financial  Management 

Students  are  required  to  complete  BUS  338, 
339,  340,  ECON  220  and  either  ECON  441  or 
BUS  345. 

Minor  Track  3  -  Marketing  Management 

Students  are  required  to  take  BUS  228,  319, 
342  and  any  two  of  the  following:  BUS  332, 
343,  429  or  444. 


Internships 

Through  BUS  439,  Business  Practicum, 
the  department  offers  a  wide  variety  of 
internships  with  businesses,  government 
agencies  and  nonprofit  organization.  In 
addition,  the  department  is  a  member  of  the 
institute  for  Management  Studies,  which  also 
offers  internships,  including  several  full-time 
paid  internships  during  the  summer. 

Recommended  Courses 

All  majors  and  minors  are  encouraged  to 
complete  a  selection  of  the  following  courses: 

•  ACCT  1 1 1  Managerial  Accounting 
(Track  3  majors) 

•  BUS  235  Legal  Principles  I 

•  ECON  1 10  Principles  of  Macroeconomics 
and  1 1 1  Principles  of  Microeconomics 

•  COMM  21 1  Public  Speaking  and  Group 
Communication,  323  Feature  Writing  for 
Special  Audiences,  and  235  Writing  and 
Speaking  in  Business  and  the  Professions. 

•  PHIL  216  Ethical  Issues  in  Business,  and 

•  PSCI  1 10  Government  and  Politics  in  the 
United  States 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  cultural  diversity  courses: 
BUS  244,  319.  Students  must  check  semester 
class  schedules  to  determine  which  courses 
are  offered  as  "D"  courses  for  that  semester. 

Writing  Intensive  Courses 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved  to 
be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  BUS  244,  441. 
Students  must  check  semester  class  schedules 
to  determine  which  courses  are  offered  as 
"W"  courses  for  that  semester. 

Institute  for  Management  Studies 

The  Department  of  Business  Administra- 
tion is  a  member  of  the  Institute  for  Manage- 
ment Studies.  See  page  1 14. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


112 

BUSINESS  AND  SOCIETY 

A  critical  examination  of  the  role  of  business 
in  modem  society.  Topics  include  the  social 
and  economic  roles  of  business  management 
techniques  by  commercial  and  non-commer- 
cial organizations  (e.g.,  banks,  manufacturers, 
retail  stores,  hospitals),  and  business  careers 
and  functions.  Designed  for  students  consid- 
ering majors  or  minors  in  business,  and  for  non- 
majors  seeking  a  broad  understanding  of 
business.  May  not  be  taken  for  credit  by 
students  who  have  successfully  completed  four 
or  more  courses  in  BUS. 

223 

QUANTITATIVE  BUSINESS  ANALYSIS 

A  study  of  the  opportunities  and  shortcom- 
ings of  a  quantitative  approach  to  managerial 
decision-making.  Using  hand-computed  and 
computer  generated  decisional  models,  students 
explore  quantitative  applications  to  quality 
control,  resource  allocation,  inventory  control, 
decisional  analysis,  network  scheduling, 
forecasting,  and  other  topics.  Prerequisite: 
MATH  103  or  consent  of  instructor. 

228 

MARKETING  PRINCIPLES 

A  study  of  the  methods  used  by  business  and 
nonprofit  organizations  to  design,  price, 
promote  and  distribute  their  products  and 
services.  Topics  include  new  product  develop- 
ment, advertising,  retailing,  consumer  behavior, 
marketing  strategy,  ethical  issues  in  marketing 
and  others.  Readings,  case  studies,  library 
assignments  and  team  research  projects. 

235 

LEGAL  PRINCIPLES  I 

Lectures  and  analyses  of  cases  on  the 
nature,  sources,  and  fundamentals  of  the  law 
in  general,  and  particularly  as  relating  to 
contracts,  agency,  and  negotiable  instruments. 


236 

LEGAL  PRINCIPLES  II 

Lectures  on  the  fundamentals  and  history  of 
the  law  relating  to  legal  association,  real 
property,  wills,  and  estates. 

241 

INTERNATIONAL  BUSINESS 

This  course  is  designed  to  familiarize  students 
with  the  environment  and  institutional  frame- 
work in  which  international  firms  operate. 
Through  readings,  case  studies  and  discussions, 
students  will  investigate  the  primary  problems 
confronting  international  businesses,  including 
cross-cultural  conflicts,  trade  and  payment 
systems,  "multination-alization"  of  business 
enterprises,  the  changing  relationship  between 
former  communist  East  and  capitalist  West,  and 
the  role  of  the  business  manager  in  that  environ- 
ment. Prerequisite:  BUS  228  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

244 

ORGANIZATION  AND  MANAGEMENT 

A  study  of  the  complex  character  of 
organizational  life  and  the  discipline  and 
process  of  management.  Topics  include  the 
evolution  and  scope  of  organizations  and 
management,  planning,  organizing,  leading, 
and  controlling.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
importance  of  managing  in  a  global  environ- 
ment, understanding  the  ethical  imphcations  of 
managerial  decisions,  and  appreciating  work 
place  diversity. 

319 

INTERNATIONAL  MARKETING 

An  investigation  of  the  challenges  of  doing 
business  in  an  increasingly  global  environment. 
Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  cultural  and 
social  diversity  of  international  markets. 
Examines  the  marketing  strategies  of  global 
firms,  and  the  challenges  of  international 
pricing,  distribution,  advertising  and 
product  development.  Prerequisite:  BUS  228 
or  consent  of  instructor. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


320 

MANAGEMENT  INFORMATION 
SYSTEMS 

A  study  of  the  design  and  implementation 
of  computerized  information-based  systems  to 
support  managerial  decision-making.  Build- 
ing upon  spreadsheet  and  personal  computing 
experience,  students  gain  an  understanding  of 
the  characteristics,  inputs,  outputs,  and 
functional  aspects  of  management  information 
systems  and  the  interrelationships  among 
information  system  components,  applications 
and  the  organization  as  a  whole.  Prerequisites: 
BUS  223  or  244,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

332 

ADVERTISING  AND  PROMOTION 

How  businesses  and  other  institutions 
promote  their  products  to  consumers.  The 
role  of  advertising  and  promotion  in  the 
marketing  strategy  of  the  firm  in  investigated, 
and  the  effects  of  different  promotional  tools 
and  advertising  techniques  is  discussed. 
Prerequisite:  BUS  228  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

338 

FUNDAMENTALS  OF  FINANCIAL 
MANAGEMENT 

A  study  of  the  fundamental  theory,  tools, 
and  methods  of  financial  management. 
Topics  include  the  mathematics  of  finance, 
working  capital  management,  capital  budget- 
ing, and  analysis  of  financial  statements. 
Prerequisites:  ACCT 110  and  BUS  223,  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

339 

INTERMEDIATE  HNANCIAL 
MANAGEMENT 

An  intensive  study  of  issues  and  applica- 
tions of  financial  management.  Topics 
covered  include  international  finance,  ethics, 
capital  structures,  cost  of  capital,  financial 
analysis  and  forecasting.  Extensive  use  of 
directed  and  non-directed  cases.  Prerequisite: 
BUS  338  or  consent  of  instructor. 


340 

INVESTMENTS 

An  introduction  to  the  financial  sector  of  the 
economy  and  the  structure  and  functions  of 
financial  markets  and  the  agencies  involved; 
brokerage  houses  and  stock  exchanges;  the 
various  types  of  investments  available.  Tech- 
niques used  to  evaluate  financial  securities. 
Also  covered  are  recent  developments  in 
investment  theory.  Prerequisite:  BUS  338  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

342 

MARKETING  RESEARCH 

This  is  a  study  of  the  principles  and  practices 
of  marketing  research.  The  focus  is  on  the 
development  and  application  of  marketing 
research  studies.  Topics  covered  include 
selection  of  a  research  design,  project  planning 
and  scheduUng,  data  specification  and  gathering, 
quantitative  methods  to  analyze  data,  inter- 
pretation of  data,  and  research  report  writing. 
Reading,  cases,  and  research  project.  Prerequi- 
site: MATH  103  and  BUS  228,  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

343 

RETAIL  AND  SERVICES  MARKETING 

A  study  of  marketing  practices  by  compa- 
nies that  directly  sell  goods  and  services  to 
consumers,  such  as  department  stores,  restau- 
rants, mail-order  firms,  banks  hospitals  and 
accounting  practices.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  methods  used  by  organizations  to  attract 
and  satisfy  their  customers  and  cUents.  Prerequi- 
site: BUS  228  or  consent  of  instructor. 

345 

FINANCIAL  STATEMENT  ANALYSIS 
Deals  with  the  analysis  of  financial  state- 
ments as  an  aid  to  decision  making.  The  theme 
of  the  course  is  understanding  the  financial  data 
which  are  analyzed  as  well  as  the  methods  by 
which  they  are  analyzed  and  interpreted.  This 
course  should  prove  of  value  to  all  who  need  a 
thorough  understanding  of  the  uses  to  which 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


financial  statements  are  put  as  well  as  to  those 
who  must  know  how  to  use  them  intelligently 
and  effectively.  This  includes  accountants, 
security  analysts,  lending  officers,  credit 
analysts,  managers,  and  all  others  who  make 
decisions  on  the  basis  of  financial  data. 
Prerequisite:  A CCT I  JO. 

429 

MARKETING  STRATEGY 

A  study  of  the  methods  used  by  business 
and  nonprofit  organizations  to  analyze  and 
select  target  markets,  and  then  to  develop 
strategies  for  gaining  and  maintaining  these 
customers.  Topics  include  competitive 
strategy,  market  segmentation,  product 
positioning,  business  demographics  and 
marketing-related  financial  analysis.  Read- 
ings, case  studies,  library  assignments  and 
computer  exercises.  Prerequisites:  BUS  228 
and  MATH  103,  or  consent  of  instructor 

435 

INTERNATIONAL  FINANCIAL 
MANAGEMENT 

A  study  of  the  environment  and  methods  of 
international  financial  management.  Topics 
include  international  financial  markets  and 
instruments,  analysis  of  capital  budgeting  and 
investment  abroad,  multinational  working 
capital  management,  and  foreign  exchange 
and  other  risk.  Prerequisite:  BUS  241  and  338, 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

439 

BUSINESS  PRACTICUM 

This  course  provides  students  with  practical 
work  experience  with  local  companies  and 
organizations.  Students  work  10-12hoursper 
week  for  their  sponsor  organizations,  in  addition 
to  attending  a  weekly  seminar  on  management 
topics  relevant  to  their  work  assignments.  Since 
enrollment  is  limited  by  the  available  number  of 
positions,  students  must  apply  directly  to  the 
business  department  before  preregistration  to  be 
eligible  for  the  course.  Majors  only  and  consent 
ofinstructor. 


441 

BUSINESS  POLICIES 

Planning,  organization,  and  control  of 
business  operations;  setting  of  goals;  coordina- 
tion of  resources,  development  of  policies. 
Analysis  of  strategic  decisions  encompassing 
all  areas  of  a  business,  and  the  use  and  analysis 
of  control  measures.  Emphasis  on  both  the 
internal  relationship  of  various  elements  of 
production,  finance,  marketing,  and  personnel, 
and  the  relationship  of  the  business  entity  to 
external  stimuli.  Readings,  cases,  and  games. 
Prerequisite:  BUS  223,  228,  244,  and  338,  or 
consent  ofinstructor.  Seniors  only. 

442 

HUMAN  RESOURCE  MANAGEMENT 

A  study  of  the  recruitment,  selection, 
development,  compensation,  retention, 
evaluation,  and  promotion  of  personnel  within 
an  organization.  Emphasis  is  on  understand- 
ing these  major  activities  performed  by 
Human  Resource  Management  professionals 
as  organizations  deal  with  increased  laws 
and  regulations,  the  proliferation  of  lawsuits 
related  to  Human  Resources,  changes  in  work 
force  characteristics,  and  an  increasingly 
competitive  work  environment.  Prerequisite: 
BUS  244  or  consent  ofinstructor. 

444 

APPLIED  MARKETING  RESEARCH 

Students  design,  implement  and  present 
marketing  studies  for  local  businesses  and 
other  client  organizations.  Depending  on  the 
project,  research  methods  may  include 
customer  surveys,  focus  groups,  demographic 
studies  and  computerized  information 
searches.  In  addition,  students  study  market 
research  methods  and  problems,  such  as 
designing  questionnaires,  selecting  samples, 
detecting  sources  of  bias,  and  presenting 
results  to  clients.  Prerequisite:  BUS  342  or 
consent  of  instructor.  May  be  repeated  once 
for  credit  with  consent  of  instructor. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  •  CHEMISTRY 


446 

PRODUCTION  MANAGEMENT 

An  introduction  to  the  planning,  organiza- 
tion, and  controlling  of  operations  in  a  produc- 
tion facility.  The  course  also  incorporates 
quantitative  techniques  and  computer  applica- 
tions used  in  the  production  and  operations 
management  environment.  Topics  include 
capacity  and  layout  planning,  facility  location 
analysis,  job  design  and  work  measurement, 
production  scheduling,  materials  requirement 
planning  models,  and  quality  controls.  Stu- 
dents will  engage  in  the  actual  design  of  an 
inventory  status  file  and  MRP  system.  Prereq- 
uisite: BUS  223  or  consent  of  instructor. 

449 

MANAGING  THE  SMALL  BUSINESS 

How  the  potential  businessman  proceeds  in 
establishing,  operating,  and  profiting  from  a 
small  business  operation.  Considered  and 
analyzed  are  such  aspects  as  marketing, 
managing,  financing,  promoting,  insuring, 
establishing,  developing,  and  staffing  the  small 
retail,  wholesale  service,  and  manufacturing 
firm.  May  term.  Prerequisite:  ACCT 111,  and 
BUS  228,  338;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

Typical  examples  are  marketing  analysis 
for  a  paper  products  firm,  planning  a  branch 
store,  hotel  and  real  estate  management, 
banking  and  insurance. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 
Examples  of  recent  studies  are:  the 
economic  impact  of  a  college  on  a  community 
and  marketing  strategy  for  a  local  firm 
entering  the  consumer  market. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 

A  recent  project  was  a  study  of  the  evolution 
of  anti-trust  legislation  in  the  United  States. 


CHEMISTRY  (chem) 

Professor:  Franz 

Associate  Professor:  McDonald  (Chairperson) 
Assistant  Professors:  Bendorf,  Mahler 
Part-time  Instructors:  Evans,  Miller 

The  Department  of  Chemistry  offers 
both  B.A.  and  B.S.  degree  programs. 

The  B.A.  degree 

To  complete  the  B.A.  degree  a  student 
must  complete  CHEM  110-111,  220-221, 
330-331,  332  and  333;  PHYS  225-226; 
MATH  128,  129  and  one  of  the  following 
courses:  MATH  103,  231,  238,  332  or  CPTR 
125.  MATH  231  and  238  and  French  or 
German  are  strongly  recommended  for 
students  planning  on  graduate  study  in 
chemistry.  To  be  certified  in  secondary 
education,  chemistry  majors  must  also  pass 
two  biology  courses  numbered  1 10  or  higher. 

The  B.S.  degree 

The  Department  is  approved  by  the 
American  Chemical  Society  (ACS)  to  certify 
those  students  whose  programs  meet  or 
exceed  requirements  established  by  the  ACS. 
Students  who  wish  to  earn  ACS  certification 
must  complete  the  major  described  above  as 
well  as  CHEM  443  and  two  courses  from 
CHEM  440,  442,  447  and  480  (490).  Students 
who  complete  the  ACS-certified  degree  are 
eligible  to  elect  a  B.S.  degree.  Students  who 
complete  the  ACS  certified  degree  are  also 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


CHEMISTRY 

• 


eligible  for  admission  to  the  American 
Chemical  Society  following  gradation. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  CHEM  330,  332. 
Students  must  check  semester  class  schedules 
to  determine  which  courses  are  offered  as  "W 
courses  for  that  semester. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  chemistry  requires  completion 
of  four  courses  numbered  220  or  higher;  at 
least  one  must  be  taken  from  each  of  the 
following  groups:  Group  A  (220-221,  440, 
442,  444,  447)  and  Group  B  (226  or  332,  330- 
331,333,439,443).  Named  minors  in 
specialized  areas  may  be  designed  by  students 
with  departmental  approval. 

108 

CHEMICAL  PRINCIPLES 

An  introduction  to  the  principles  of  inor- 
ganic chemistry.  Topics  include  atomic  and 
molecular  structure,  nomenclature,  gases, 
solutions,  acids  and  bases,  kinetics,  equiUbrium, 
oxidation-reduction,  and  stoichiometry.  The 
approach  is  primarily  descriptive  with  illustra- 
tions drawn  mostly  from  the  health  sciences. 
Along  with  CHEM  1 15,  this  course  is  designed 
for  those  students  who  require  only  two 
semesters  of  chemistry,  and  is  not  intended  for 
students  planning  to  enroll  in  chemistry  courses 
numbered  200  or  above.  Three  hours  of 
lecture,  one  hour  of  discussion,  and  one  three- 
hour  laboratory  period  each  week.  Pre- 
requisite: MATH  100  or  consent  of  department. 
Not  open  for  credit  to  students  who  have 
received  credit  for  CHEM  110. 

110 

GENERAL  CHEMISTRY  I 

A  quantitative  introduction  to  the  concepts 
and  models  of  chemistry.  Topics  include 
stoichiometry,  atomic  and  molecular  structure, 
nomenclature,  bonding,  thermochemistry, 
gases,  solutions,  and  chemical  reactions.  The 
laboratory  introduces  the  student  to  methods  of 
separation,  purification,  and  identification  of 
compounds  according  to  their  physical 


properties.  This  course  is  designed  for  students 
who  plan  to  major  in  one  of  the  sciences. 
Three  hours  lecture,  one  hour  of  discussion 
and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  each 
week.  Prerequisite:  MATH  100  or  consent  of 
the  Chemistry  Department.  Not  open  for 
credit  to  students  who  have  received  credit  for 
CHEM  108  except  by  consent  of  the  department 

111 

GENERAL  CHEMISTRY  II 

A  continuation  of  CHEM  1 10,  with 
emphasis  placed  on  the  foundations  of  analytical, 
inorganic,  and  physical  chemistry.  Topics 
include  kinetics,  general  and  ionic  equilibria, 
acid-base  theory,  electrochemistry,  thermody- 
namics, nuclear  chemistry,  coordination 
chemistry,  and  descriptive  inorganic  chemistry 
of  selected  elements.  The  laboratory  treats 
aspects  of  quantitative  and  qualitative  inor- 
ganic analysis.  Three  hours  of  lecture,  one 
hour  of  discussion,  and  one  three-hour  labor- 
atory period  each  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM 
110  or  consent  of  department. 

115 

BRIEF  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY 

A  descriptive  study  of  the  compounds  of 
carbon.  This  course  will  illustrate  the  principles 
of  organic  chemistry  with  material  relevant  to 
students  in  medical  technology,  biology, 
nursing,  forestry,  education  and  the  humanities. 
Topics  include  nomenclature,  alkanes,  arenes, 
functional  derivatives,  amino  acids  and  proteins, 
carbohydrates  and  other  naturally  occurring 
compounds.  This  course  is  designed  for  students 
who  require  only  one  semester  of  organic 
chemistry.  Three  hours  of  lecture,  one  hour  of 
discussion,  and  one  three -hour  laboratory 
period  each  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  108  or 
110.  Not  open  for  credit  to  students  who  have 
received  credit  for  CHEM  220. 

220-221 

ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY 

A  systematic  study  of  the  compounds  of 
carbon,  including  both  aliphatic  and  aromatic 
series.  The  laboratory  work  introduces  the 
student  to  simple  fundamental  methods  of 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


o 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


CHEMISTRY 


organic  synthesis,  isolation,  and  analysis.  Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  one  four-hour  laboratory 
period  each  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  111. 

226 

CLINICAL  ANALYSIS 

A  presentation  of  selected  wet-chemical  and 
instrumental  methods  of  quantitative  analysis 
with  an  orientation  toward  clinical  applications 
in  medical  technology.  Topics  include:  general 
methods  and  calculations;  solutions;  titrations; 
photometric  analyses  (colorimetric,  atomic 
absorption,  flame  emission);  electrochemical 
methods  (ion-selective  electrodes,  coulometry); 
automation.  Lecture,  recitation,  and  laboratory 
daily.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  110-111  or  consent 
of  instructor.  May  not  be  taken  for  credit 
following  CHEM  332.  May  term  only. 

330-331 

PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY 

A  study  of  the  fundamental  principles  of 
theoretical  chemistry  and  their  applications. 
The  laboratory  work  includes  techniques  in 
physiochemical  measurements.  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  each 
week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  111,  MATH  129, 
and  one  year  of  physics;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

332 

ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY 

A  study  of  the  fundamental  methods  of 
gravimetric,  volumetric  and  elementary  instr- 
umental analysis  together  with  practice  in  lab- 
oratory techniques  and  calculations  of  these 
methods.  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two  three- 
hour  laboratory  periods  each  week.  Prerequisite: 
CHEM  1 1 1  or  consent  of  instructor. 

333 

ADVANCED  INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY 
A  study  of  modem  theories  of  atomic  and 
molecular  structure  and  their  relationship  to  the 
chemistry  of  selected  elements  and  their 
compounds.  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one 
four-hour  laboratory  period  each  week.  Pre- 
requisite: CHEM  330,  MATH  129,  and  one  year 
of  physics;  or  consent  of  instructor. 


439 

INTRODUCTION  TO  QUANTUM  MECHANICS 

After  presenting  the  origin,  basic  concepts, 
and  formulation  of  quantum  mechanics  with 
emphasis  on  its  physical  meaning,  the  course 
will  investigate  the  free  particle,  simple  harmonic 
oscillator,  and  central-force  problems.  Both 
time-independent  and  time-dependent  perturba- 
tion theory  will  be  covered.  The  elegant 
operator  formalism  of  quantum  mechanics  will 
conclude  the  course.  Four  hours  of  lecture  and 
recitation.  Prerequisites:  MATH  231,  either 
CHEM  331  or  PHYS  226,  and  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Cross-listed  as  PHYS  439. 

440 

ADVANCED  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY 

Theory  and  application  of  modem  synthetic 
organic  chemistry.  Topics  may  include  oxida- 
tion-reduction processes,  carbon-carbon  bond 
forming  reactions,  functional  group  transforma- 
tions, and  multi-  step  syntheses  of  natural  products 
(antibiotics,  antitumor  agents,  and  antiviral 
agents).  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one  four-hour 
laboratory  period.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  221. 

442 

SPECTROSCOPY  AND 
MOLECULAR  STRUCTURE 

Theory  and  appUcation  of  the  identification  of 
organic  compounds.  Special  emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  the  utilization  of  spectroscopic  tech- 
niques (  H-NMR,  C-NMR,  IR,  UV-VIS,  and 
MS).  Three  of  hours  lecture  and  one  four-hour 
laboratory  period  each  week.  Prerequisites: 
CHEM  221  or  331,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

443 

ADVANCED  ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY 

A  study  of  advanced  analytical  methods  with 
emphasis  on  chromatographic,  electrochemical, 
and  spectroscopic  methods  of  instmmental 
analysis.  Three  hours  lecture  and  one  four-hour 
laboratory  period  each  week.  Prerequisite: 
CHEM  331  and  332,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

444 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis  is  given  to  the  metabolism  of 
carbohydrates,  lipids,  amino  acids,  proteins,  and 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


CHEMISTRY  •  COMMUNICATION 


nucleic  acids;  integration  of  metabolism;  and 
biochemical  control  mechanisms,  including 
allosteric  control,  induction,  repression,  signal 
transduction  as  well  as  the  various  types  of 
inhibitive  control  mechanisms.  Prerequisite: 
CHEM 115  or  221,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Cross-listed  as  BIO  444. 

447 

POLYMER  CHEMISTRY 

An  introduction  to  the  synthesis,  characteri- 
zation, and  applications  of  high  molecular 
weight  materials,  i.e.,  macro-molecules. 
Special  emphasis  will  be  given  to  synthetic 
polymer  systems.  Three  hours  of  lecture,  one 
four-hour  lab  per  week.  Prerequisites:  CHEM 
221  and  330,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

348  &  448 

CHEMISTRY  COLLOQUIUM 

A  seminar  in  which  faculty,  students  and 
invited  professional  chemists  discuss  their  own 
research  activities  or  those  of  others  which 
have  appeared  in  recent  chemical  literature. 
Prerequisite:  Three  semesters  of  non-credit 
Chemistry  Colloquium  taken  during  the  junior 
and  senior  years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

The  student  will  ordinarily  work  under 
supervision  in  an  industrial  laboratory  and 
submit  a  written  report  on  the  project. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

The  student  will  ordinarily  work  on  a 
laboratory  research  project  and  will  write  a 
thesis  on  the  work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 

The  student  will  ordinarily  work  on  a 
laboratory  research  project  with  emphasis  on 
showing  initiative  and  making  a  scholarly 
contribution.  A  thesis  will  be  written. 


COMMUNICATION 

Assistant  Professor:  Wild  (Chairperson) 

The  major  in  Communication  seeks  to 
provide  a  foundation  in  communication  theory 
and  media  criticism  as  well  as  expertise  in  a 
particular  area  of  communication.  All 
students  majoring  in  Communication  must 
complete  the  five  courses  listed  in  the  Core 
and  eight  additional  courses  in  one  of  the 
three  areas  of  concentration  listed  below:  four 
required  courses  and  four  elective  courses. 
Sophomores,  juniors,  and  seniors  who  have 
declared  a  major  in  Communication  are 
required  to  enroll  in  and  successfully  com- 
plete the  non-credit  Media  Arts  Colloquium 
during  each  semester  they  are  on  campus  or 
until  they  have  successfully  completed  at  least 
four  semesters  of  this  noncredit  course.  All 
students  in  this  major  should  consider  electing 
an  internship  before  graduation. 

The  major  in  Communication  enables 
students  to  pursue  employment  and/or 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


COMMUNICATION 


graduate  studies  in  a  variety  of  fields  includ- 
ing corporate  communication,  public  rela- 
tions, audio  and  video  production,  print  and 
broadcast  journalism,  professional  media 
writing,  and  media  research  and  analysis. 

All  majors  in  Communication  are  encour- 
aged to  take  advanced  courses  in  a  foreign 
language  and  to  consider  the  following  liberal 
arts  electives:  MATH  103  and/or  courses  in 
Computer  Science;  ART  222  and  223;  courses 
in  contemporary  American  and/or  interna- 
tional history,  economics,  and  political 
science;  and  courses  in  literature  from  the 
Departments  of  Theatre,  English,  and  Foreign 
Languages  and  Literatures. 

The  following  course  has  been  designated 
as  writing  intensive  and  may  be  offered  as 
such:  COMM  326.  Students  should  check 
semester  class  schedules  to  determine  which 
courses  are  offered  as  "W"  courses  for  that 
semester. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  Communication  consists  of  any 
three  courses  from  the  Core  and  two  other 
courses  offered  by  the  Communication 
Department.  At  least  one  of  the  five  courses 
in  the  minor  must  be  at  the  300-level  or  above. 

CORE  COURSES  REQUIRED  OF 
ALL  MAJORS 

COMM  1 10     Principles  of  Communication 
COMM  326     Media  Criticism  and  Cultural 

Studies:  Literature,  Film,  and 

Television 
COMM  440     Senior  Seminar 
COMM  246,  346,  446    Media  Arts 
Colloquium 
PSCI210         Communication  and  Society 
THE  A  1 12       America  on  Screen 


Majors  must  concentrate  in  one  of  the 
following  three  areas  of  study. 

A.  Public  Relations  and  Corporate 
Communication 

Required  for  all  students  in  this  concentration: 
COMM  2 1 1      Public  Speaking  and  Group 

Communication 
COMM  235     Writing  and  Speaking  in 

Business  and  the  Professions 
COMM  324     Public  Relations  Cases  and 

Problem-Solving 
PSCI 436         Mass  Media  Law  and 

Regulation 

Elective  choices  for  students  in  this 

concentration: 

COMM  1 17     Media  Writing  Principles  with 

Desktop  Publishing 
COMM  323     Feature  Writing  for  Special 

Audiences 
BUS  228  Marketing  Principles 

BUS  244  Organization  and  Management 

BUS  332  Advertising  and  Promotion 

PSY  224  Social  Psychology 

PSY  225  Industrial  and  Organizational 

Psychology 

B.  Electronic  Media 

Required  for  all  students  in  this  concentration: 
COMM  2 1 8     Audio  Production  for  Radio 

and  Video 
COMM  223     Basic  Video  Production 
COMM  348     Advanced  Video  Production 
ART  227  Introduction  to  Photography 

Elective  choices  for  students  in  this 

concentration: 

COMM  225     The  Art  of  Scriptwriting 

ART  343  Computer  Graphics  for  Print 

Media 
ART  344  Computer  Graphics  for 

Electronic  Media 
PSCI  436         Mass  Media  Law  and 

Regulation 
THEA  1 14       Film  Art:  Motion  Picture 

Masterpieces 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


COMMUNICATION 

• 


C.  Reporting  and  Media  Writing 

Required  for  all  students  in  this  concentration: 
COMM  2 1 1      Public  Speaking  and  Group 

Communication 
COMM  229     Print  and  Broadcast  Journalism 
COMM  323     Feature  Writing  for  Special 

Audiences 
PSCI 436         Mass  Media  Law  and 

Regulation 

Elective  choices  for  students  in  this 

concentration: 

COMM  117 


Media  Writing  Principles  with 
Desktop  Publishing 
The  Art  of  Scriptwriting 
Writing  and  Speaking  in 
Business  and  the  Professions 
Topics  in  Investigative 
Reporting 

hitroduction  to  Creative  Writing 
Advanced  Writing:  Technical 
and  Professional 
Advanced  Writing:  The 
Creative  Essay 


COMM  225 
COMM  235 

COMM  333 

ENGL  240 
ENGL  321 

ENGL  322 

110 

PRINCIPLES  OF  COMMUNICATION 

Introduction  to  the  basic  theories  and 
principles  of  communication  as  they  apply  to 
individuals,  groups,  and  the  media  industries. 
Emphasis  on  writing,  research,  and  oral 
communication. 

117 

MEDIA  WRITING  PRINCIPLES  WITH 
DESKTOP  PUBLISHING 

Intensive  drill  and  practice  in  desktop 
publishing  and  the  basic  forms  of  media 
writing.  Major  emphasis  on  the  elements  of 
lead,  style,  and  structure.  Designed  for 
students  with  little  or  no  experience  in 
desktop  publishing  and  writing  for  the  media. 
Prerequisite:  ENGL  106/107. 


211 

PUBLIC  SPEAKING  AND 
GROUP  COMMUNICATION 

Speaking  extemporaneously  in  a  variety  of 
situations  to  general  as  well  as  targeted 
audiences.  Emphasis  on  developing  skills  in 
teamwork  and  leadership  and  on  solving 
problems  using  oral  communication  skills. 
Training  in  writing,  organizing,  and  delivering 
speeches  using  traditional  research  methods  as 
well  as  emerging  technologies.  Prerequisite: 
ENGL  106/107. 

218 

AUDIO  PRODUCTION  FOR 
RADIO  AND  VIDEO 

Study  of  the  principles  and  techniques  of 
audio  production  as  applied  to  radio  and  other 
media.  Consideration  of  various  program  formats 
and  the  use  of  sound  media  as  an  art  form. 
Includes  historical  as  well  as  contemporary 
examples  of  audio  production  and  sound  design. 

223 

BASIC  VIDEO  PRODUCTION 

Training  in  the  fundamentals  of  prepro- 
duction,  production,  and  postproduction  for 
video.  Emphasis  on  mastering  the  basics  of 
video  production  from  concept  to  completion. 
Prerequisites:  course  work  or  experience  in 
technical  theatre,  photography,  film  studies, 
and/or  audio  production;  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

225 

THE  ART  OF  SCRIPTWRITING 

Training  in  analyzing  and  writing  scripts  for 
defined  audiences  and  purposes.  Developing 
the  original  screenplay  as  well  as  scripts  for 
business,  advertising,  and  education  will  be 
considered.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106/107. 

229 

PRINT  AND  BROADCAST  JOURNALISM 

Study  of  form  and  content  of  news  gathering 
and  beat  reporting.  Training  in  researching, 
interviewing,  organizing,  and  editing  a  variety 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


COMMUNICATION 

• 


of  news  stories  for  the  Lycoming  College 
newspaper  and  for  campus  radio.  Considers 
the  ethical  issues  of  reporting  for  print  and 
broadcast.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106/107. 

235 

WRITING  AND  SPEAKING  IN  BUSINESS 

AND  THE  PROFESSIONS 

Study  of  communication  theory  as  applied 
to  business  and  professional  settings.  Using 
writing,  speaking,  research,  and  the  electronic 
media  to  solve  a  variety  of  communication 
problems  that  frequently  occur  in  the  world  of 
work.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106/107. 

323 

FEATURE  WRITING  FOR 

SPECIAL  AUDIENCES 

Practice  in  writing  a  variety  of  feature 
stories  and  editorials  for  different  media  and 
audiences.  Study  of  the  ways  in  which  feature 
writing  for  magazines  compares  and  contrasts 
with  feature  writing  for  newspapers  and 
feature  stories  for  television.  Readings,  peer 
review,  and  training  in  how  to  develop  ideas 
using  primary  and  secondary  research. 
Prerequisite:  ENGL  106/107. 

324 

PUBLIC  RELATIONS  CASES  AND 
PROBLEM  SOLVING 

Training  in  methods  of  public  relations 
research,  program  planning  and  evaluation, 
working  with  the  media,  writing  for  public 
relations  and  advertising,  and  conducting  a 
public  relations  campaign  to  solve  a  problem 
or  crisis.  Emphasis  on  writing,  speaking,  and 
electronic  communication.  Prerequisite: 
ENGL  106/107. 

326 

MEDIA  CRITICISM  AND  CULTURAL 

STUDIES:  LITERATURE,  HLM,  AND 

TELEVISION 

Introduction  to  methods  of  analyzing  popular 

culture  and  the  arts  using  one  or  more  of  these 

approaches:  textual  criticism,  content  analysis, 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


semiotics,  auteur  criticism,  historical  criticism, 
frame  theory,  and  structural  analysis.  Com- 
parison of  the  ways  in  which  different  media 
create  values  and  portray  individuals,  social 
conflicts,  and  human  aspirations.  Prerequisite: 
ENGL  106/107. 

333 

TOPICS  IN  INVESTIGATIVE  REPORTING 

An  advanced  course  in  researching  complex 
issues  and  developing  stories  for  diverse 
audiences  using  print  and  electronic  media. 
Prerequisite:  ENGL  106/107. 

348 

ADVANCED  VIDEO  PRODUCTION 

Advanced  production  of  documentary, 
narrative,  and  experimental  video.  Exploration 
of  a  variety  of  approaches  to  motivating  talent 
and  directing  for  the  camera.  Prerequisite: 
COMM  223,  or  advanced  course  work  in 
acting  and  directing,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

246, 346,  and  446 

MEDIA  ARTS  COLLOQUIUM 

A  seminar  in  which  faculty,  students,  and 
invited  professionals  meet  two  or  three  times 
each  semester  to  discuss  topics  pertaining  to 
the  field  of  communication  and  to  the  work 
students  are  doing  in  campus  media.  Each 
student  enrolled  in  the  seminar  is  required  to 
keep  a  log  and  to  work  for  a  minimum  of  three 
hours  each  week  in  one  or  more  of  the  follow- 
ing: campus  newspaper;  campus  yearbook; 
campus  radio;  campus  television;  public 
relations;  corporate  communication.  Open 
only  to  majors.  Non-credit  and  Pass/Fail. 
Once  the  major  is  declared,  students  are 
required  to  enroll  in  the  seminar  each  semester 
until  they  graduate  or  until  they  have  success- 
fully completed  four  semesters,  whichever 
comes  first. 

400 

PRACTICUM 

An  elective  for  junior  and  senior  majors  who 

wish  to  acquire  additional  experience  in 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


COMMUNICATION  •  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 


CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE 


working  with  practicing  professionals.  Open 
only  to  majors  and  minors. 

440 

SENIOR  SEMINAR 

Reading  and  discussion  of  one  or  more 
topics  of  interest  to  communication  special- 
ists. Focus  on  preparing  individual  projects 
related  to  seminar  topics  and  the  student's 
area(s)  of  expertise  for  public  presentation. 
Majors  are  required  to  enroll  in  this  course 
either  in  their  junior  or  senior  year.  Open  to 
nonmajors  with  consent  of  instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP 

Interns  usually  work  off-campus  in  a  field 

related  to  their  area  of  study.  Prerequisite: 

junior  or  senior  standing. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 
Studies  involve  research  related  to  the  area  of 
study  of  the  student. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR  DEPART- 
MENTAL HONORS  (See  index) 


Assistant  Professor:  Strauser  (Coordinator) 

This  major  is  designed  to  acquaint  students 
with  the  American  criminal  justice  system  and 
to  provide  an  understanding  of  the  social, 
psychological,  philosophical,  and  political 
contexts  within  which  the  system  of  criminal 
justice  functions.  Its  aim  is  to  develop  students' 
intellectual  and  scientific  skills  in  raising  and 
attempting  to  answer  important  questions  about 
the  system  of  justice  and  its  place  in  society. 
The  program  offers  opportunity  for  intern 
experience  in  the  field,  and  prepares  for  careers 
in  the  areas  of  law  enforcement,  probation  and 
parole,  prisons,  and  treatment  services. 

The  major  has  two  tracks.  Track  I  prepares 
for  careers  in  law  enforcement.  Track  II 
prepares  for  careers  in  corrections. 

Track  I  -  Law  Enforcement. 

The  major  consists  of  10  courses,  distrib- 
uted as  follows: 

A.  Professional  courses  in  criminal  justice 
(three  courses) 

SOC  1 1 5  Introduction  to  the  Criminal 

Justice  System 
SOC  223  Introduction  to  Law 

Enforcement 
SOC  339  The  American  Prison 

System 

B.  Courses  in  the  social,  psychological, 
philosophical,  and  political  context  of  the 
justice  system  (seven  courses): 


SOC  300 

PSY116 

PSCI331 

PSCI 335 

PHIL  218 

One  course  from: 

SOC  221 

SOC  334 


Criminology 
Abnormal  Psychology 
Civil  Rights  and  Liberties 
Law  and  Society 
Issues  in  Criminal  Justice 

Juvenile  Delinquency  or 
Cultural  Minorities 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  •  ECONOMICS 


One  course  from: 
AMST  200 
HIST  230 
HIST  443 


America  as  a  Civilization  or 
Afro- American  History  or 
U.S.  Social  and  Intellectual 
History  Since  1877 


C.  Internship  or  practicum  in  law  enforcement 
(recommended  but  not  required  for  the  major). 

Track  II  -  Corrections 

The  major  consists  of  10  courses  distributed  as 
follows: 

A.  Professional  courses  in  criminal  justice 
(three  courses) 

SOC  1 1 5   Introduction  to  the  Criminal  Justice 

System 
SOC  222   Introcuction  to  Human  Services 
SOC  339  The  American  Prison  System 

B.  Courses  in  the  social,  psychological, 
philosophical,  and  political  context  of  the 
justice  system  (seven  courses): 

Same  as  Track  I. 

C.  Internship  or  practicum  in  corrections 
(recommended  but  not  required  for  the  major). 
Prerequisite:  MATH  130,  PSY 239  and 431. 
These  prerequisites  may  be  waived  in  certain 
cases  by  the  coordinating  committee. 

Majors  should  seek  advice  concerning 
course  selection  from  members  of  the  coordi- 
nating committee  and  should  note  course 
prerequisites  in  planning  their  programs. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  criminal  justice  consists  of  five 
courses.  Required  courses  include:  SOC  1 15 
and  any  four  other  courses  in  the  Criminal 
Justice  major  listed  above,  at  least  three  of 
which  must  be  numbered  200  or  above.  To 
receive  credit  for  a  minor  in  Criminal  Justice,  a 
student  must  maintain  a  minimum  2.00  cumula- 
tive average  in  courses  completed  for  the  minor. 


ECONOMICS  (EcoN) 

Associate  Professor:  Madresehee  (Chairperson) 
Assistant  Professors:  Sprunger,  Yerger 

The  major  has  two  tracks.  Track  I  is  designed 
for  the  student  whose  primary  interest  lies  in 
business  management;  Track  II  is  designed  to 
provide  a  broad  understanding  of  economic, 
social,  and  business  problems.  In  addition  to 
preparing  students  for  a  career  in  business  or 
government,  this  track  provides  an  excellent 
background  for  graduate  or  professional  studies. 

Track  I  -  Managerial  Economics  requires 
ECON  1 10,  1 1 1,  220,  332  and  either  330  or 
441 ;  ACCT  1 10  and  either  ACCT  1 1 1  or  BUS 
429;  BUS  338;  and  two  other  economics 
courses  numbered  200  or  above,  excluding 
ECON  349. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ECONOMICS 

• 


Track  II  -  General  Economics  requires 
ECON  110, 11 1,33 1,440,  330  or  441,  and 
three  other  courses  in  economics.  Depending 
on  their  academic  and  career  interests,  students 
are  encouraged  to  select  a  minor  in  another 
department  such  as  political  science,  philoso- 
phy, or  history. 

In  addition,  the  following  courses  are 
recommended:  all  majors  -  MATH  103  and 
BUS  223;  majors  planning  graduate 
work  -  MATH  1 12  and  128;  Track  11  majors  - 
ACCT  1 10  and  either  1 1 1  or  344. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  ECON  337, 440. 
Students  must  check  semester  class  schedules 
to  determine  which  courses  are  offered  as  "W" 
courses  for  that  semester. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  economics  requires  the  comple- 
tion of  ECON  1 10, 1 1 1  and  three  other  econom- 
ics courses  numbered  200  or  above,  or  any  four 
economics  courses  numbered  200  or  above. 

The  Department  of  Economics  is  a  member 
of  the  Institute  for  Management  Studies.  See 
page  114. 

102 

CONSUMER  ECONOMICS 

A  course  in  "  family"  or  "practical" 
economics,  designed  to  teach  students  how 
they  and  their  families  can  be  intelligent 
consumers;  that  is,  how  they  can  spend,  save, 
and  borrow  so  as  to  maximize  the  value  they 
receive  for  the  income  they  have.  Treats 
subjects  such  as  intelligent  shopping;  the  uses 
and  abuses  of  credit;  investing,  savings, 
buying  insurance,  automobiles  and  houses; 
medical  care  costs;  estates  and  wills,  etc. 

110 

PRINCIPLES  OF  MACROECONOMICS 

Macroeconomics  deals  with  problems  of  the 
economic  system  as  a  whole.  What  influences 
the  level  of  national  income  and  employment? 

1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


What  is  inflation  and  why  do  we  have  it?  What 
is  the  role  of  government  in  a  modem  capitalis- 
tic system?  How  does  business  organize  to 
produce  the  goods  and  services  we  demand? 
How  are  the  American  financial  and  banking 
systems  organized?  What  is  the  nature  of 
American  unionism?  What  are  the  elements  of 
government  finance  and  fiscal  policy? 

HI 

PRINCIPLES  OF  MICROECONOMICS 

This  course  focuses  upon  microeconomics 
and  selected  current  economic  problems.  It 
deals  with  the  relatively  small  units  of  the 
economy  such  as  the  firm  and  the  family. 
Analyzes  demand  and  supply.  Discusses  how 
business  firms  decide  what  and  how  much  to 
produce  and  how  goods  and  services  are 
priced  in  different  types  of  markets.  Also 
considers  such  problems  as  economic  growth, 
international  trade,  poverty,  discrimination, 
ecology,  and  alternative  economic  systems. 

220 

MONEY  AND  BANKING 

Covers  business  fluctuations  and  monetary 
and  fiscal  policy;  the  financial  organization  of 
society;  the  banking  system;  credit  institutions; 
capital  markets,  and  international  financial 
relations.  Prerequisite:  ECON  110. 

221 

COMPARATIVE  ECONOMIC  SYSTEMS 
A  comparative  analysis  of  the  underlying 
ideologies,  the  basic  institutions,  and  the 
performance  of  selected  economic  systems. 
Alternate  years. 

URBAN  PROBLEMS 

The  application  of  economic  theory  to  the 
study  of  significant  social,  political,  and 
economic  problems  associated  with  urbaniza- 
tion, including  poverty,  employment,  educa- 
tion, crime,  health,  housing,  land  use  and  the 
environment,  transportation,  and  public 


^» 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ECONOMICS 


finance.  Analysis  of  solutions  offered. 
Alternate  years. 

225 

ENVIRONMENTAL  ECONOMICS 

A  study  of  the  relationship  between 
environmental  decay  and  economic  growth, 
with  particular  reference  to  failures  of  the 
price  and  property-rights  systems;  application 
of  cost/benefit  analysis,  measures  aimed  at  the 
creation  of  an  ecologically- viable  economy. 

229 

BUSINESS  CYCLES  AND  FORECASTING 

An  introduction  to  the  nature  and  history  of 
business  fluctuations,  the  tools  used  in 
aggregate  analysis,  theories  that  seek  to  explain 
the  cycle,  and  techniques  used  in  fore-casting 
economic  activity.  Prerequisite:  ECONllO 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

230 

ECONOMETRICS 

Econometric  models  provide  one  of  the 
most  useful  and  necessary  sets  of  tools  for 
decision-making.  By  using  a  variety  of 
modem  statistical  methods,  econometrics 
helps  us  to  estimate  economic  relationships, 
test  different  economic  behaviors,  and 
forecast  different  economic  variables.  Pre- 
requisites: Mathematic  103,  ECON  110  and 
111;  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

240 

ECONOMIC  GEOGRAPHY 

An  introduction  to  the  theory  and  practice 
of  economic  geography  with  emphasis  upon 
the  historical  dynamics  of  local,  regional,  and 
global  organization.  This  course  considers  the 
forces  reshaping  global  economic  geography 
including  the  factors  that  determine  the 
competitive  advantage  of  nations.  These 
factors  include  resources  such  as  food,  energy, 
materials,  and  changing  patterns  of  world 
population.  Also  included  will  be  theoretical 
literature  reparding  locational  decisions  and 
choice,  as  well  as  the  rapidly  changing  global 


economy  in  the  context  of  trade  theory  and  the 
shifting  focus  of  international  economics 
activity. 

330 

INTERMEDIATE  MICROECONOMICS 

An  advanced  analysis  of  contemporary 
theory  regarding  consumer  demand,  production 
costs  and  theory,  profit  maximization,  market 
structures,  and  the  determinants  of  returns  to 
the  factors  of  production.  Prerequisites:  ECON 
110  and  111.  Alternate  years. 

331 

INTERMEDIATE  MACROECONOMICS 

An  advanced  analysis  of  contemporary 
theory  and  practice  with  regard  to  business 
fluctuation,  national  income  accounting,  the 
determination  of  income  and  employment 
levels,  and  the  use  of  monetary  and  fiscal 
policy.  Prerequisites:  ECON  110  and  111. 
Alternate  years. 

332 

GOVERNMENT  AND  THE  ECONOMY 

An  analytical  survey  of  government's 
efforts  to  maintain  competition  through 
antitrust  legislation  to  supervise  acceptable 
cases  of  private  monopoly,  through  public 
utility  regulation  and  via  means  of  regulatory 
commissions,  and  to  encourage  or  restrain 
various  types  of  private  economic  activities. 
Prerequisites:  ECON  110  and  111,  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

335 

LABOR  PROBLEMS 

The  history  of  organized  labor  in  the 
United  States,  including  the  structure  of 
unions,  employers'  opposition  to  unions,  the 
role  of  government  in  labor-management 
relations  and  the  economic  impact  of  unions. 
Alternate  years. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ECONOMICS 


337 

PUBLIC  FINANCE 

An  analysis  of  the  fiscal  economics  of  the 
public  sector,  including  the  development, 
concepts,  and  theories  of  public  expenditures, 
taxation,  and  debt  at  all  levels  of  American 
government.  Also  includes  the  use  of  fiscal 
policy  as  an  economic  control  device. 
Prerequisite:  ECON 110  and  111,  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

343 

INTERNATIONAL  TRADE 

A  study  of  the  principles,  theories,  develop- 
ment, and  policies  concerning  international 
economic  relations,  with  particular  reference  to 
the  United  States.  Subjects  covered  include: 
U.S.  commercial  policy  and  its  development, 
international  trade  theory,  tariffs  and  other 
protectionist  devices,  international  monetary 
system  and  its  problems,  balance  of  payments 
issues.  Alternate  years.  Prerequisites:  ECON 
llOandlll. 

349 

MANAGEMENT  PRACTICUM 

An  apprentice-level  work  experience  for 
junior  or  senior  economics  majors  jointly 
sponsored  by  the  department  and  a  public  or 
private  agency  (or  a  subdivision  of  the  college 
itself)  designed  to  better  integrate  classroom 
theory  and  workplace  practice.  In  addition  to 
attendance  at  a  weekly  seminar,  students  will 
spend  10-12  hours  per  week  at  the  sponsoring 
agency  per  unit  of  credit.  At  least  one-half  of 
the  effort  expended  will  consist  of  academic 
work  related  to  agency  activities. 

440 

HISTORY  OF  ECONOMIC  THOUGHT 

A  discussion  of  the  origins,  development, 
and  significance  of  the  economic  ideas 
embodied  in  the  works  of  Smith,  Marx, 
Schumpeter,  Keynes,  and  others.  Prerequi- 
sites: ECON  110  and  111,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Alternate  years. 

1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG  ■ 


441 

MANAGERIAL  ECONOMICS 

The  application  of  economic  theory  and 
methodology  to  the  solution  of  business 
problems.  Subjects  include:  optimizing 
techniques,  risk  analysis,  demand  theory, 
production  theory,  cost  theory,  linear  pro- 
gramming, capital  budgeting,  market  struc- 
tures, and  the  theory  of  pricing.  Prerequisites: 
ECON  110  and  111.  Some  understanding  of 
differential  calculus  is  recommended. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

Typically  off-campus  in  business,  banking 
or  government,  supervised  by  assigned 
employee  of  sponsoring  organization. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Superior  students  may  select  independent 
study  in  various  courses,  particularly  in 
preparation  for  graduate  school. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


EDUCATION 


EDUCATION  (EDuc) 

Assistant  Professors:  Blair 
Conrad  (Chairperson),  Hungerford 

Part-time  Instructors:  Bossert,  Grove,  Mosser, 
Salvatori,  Straub 

The  Education  Department  offers  Pennsyl- 
vania-approved teacher  certification  programs 
in  elementary  and  secondary  education,  as  well 
as  a  school  nurse  certification  program. 

Students  seeking  secondary  certification 
must  complete  EDUC  200  and  PSY  338  as 
prerequisites  to  the  professional  semester 
(EDUC  446,  447,  449)  as  well  as  the  necessary 
subject  area  courses.  Students  must  have  the 
required  14  half-day  observations  with  their 
assigned  cooperating  teacher  during  the 
semester  prior  to  their  professional  semester. 
Students  may  earn  secondary  certification  in 
one  or  more  of  the  following  areas:  art  (K-12), 
biology,  chemistry,  EngUsh,  French  (K-12), 
general  science,  German  (K-12),  mathematics. 


music  (K-12),  physics,  school  nurse  (K-12), 
social  studies,  and  Spanish  (K-12). 

Students  seeking  elementary  certification 
must  complete  EDUC  200,  PSY  338,  MATH 
205,  EDUC  000,  341,  342,  343,  and  344  as 
prerequisites  to  the  professional  semester 
(EDUC  445,  447,  448).  Students  must  have 
the  required  14  half-day  observations  with 
their  assigned  cooperating  teacher  during  the 
semester  prior  to  their  professional  semester. 

Students  interested  in  the  teacher  education 
program  should  refer  to  the  Teacher  Educa- 
tion Handbook,  which  specifies  the  current 
requirements  for  certification.  Early  consulta- 
tion with  a  member  of  the  Education  Depart- 
ment is  strongly  recommended.  Application 
for  the  professional  semester  must  be  made 
during  the  fall  semester  of  the  junior  year. 
The  Department  of  Education  admits  to  the 
professional  semester  only  those  applicants 
who  are  in  good  academic  standing,  have 
satisfactorily  completed  the  participation 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


o 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


EDUCATION 


requirements,  have  paid  the  student  teaching 
fee,  and  have  received  a  positive  evaluation 
based  upon:  (a)  recommendation  from  the 
student's  major  department;  (b)  a  screening 
interview  conducted  by  the  Education 
Department;  and  (c)  a  writing  sample  from  the 
student.  Major  departments  have  different 
criteria  for  their  recommendations.  Therefore, 
the  student  should  consult  with  the  chairper- 
son of  the  major  department  about  those 
requirements. 

Additional  teacher  intern  program  informa- 
tion can  be  found  on  page  55. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  EDUC  343  and 
344.  Students  must  check  semester  class 
schedules  to  determine  which  courses  are 
offered  as  "W"  courses  for  that  semester. 

000 

SEMINAR  IN  ART,  MUSIC,  PHYSICAL 

EDUCATION,  and  MATH  ACTIVITIES 

Each  elementary  student  teacher  attends  a 
series  of  24  seminars,  conducted  prior  to 
student  teaching,  during  the  fall  semester  of 
the  senior  year.  These  seminars,  conducted  by 
certified  public  school  personnel,  emphasize 
activities  and  knowledge  which  are  helpful  in 
the  self-contained  elementary  classroom. 
Non-credit  course. 

200 

INTRODUCTION  TO  THE 

STUDY  OF  EDUCATION 

A  study  of  teaching  as  a  profession  with 
emphasis  on  the  economic,  social,  political, 
and  religious  conditions  which  influence 
American  schools  and  teachers.  Consideration 
is  given  to  the  school  environment,  the 
curriculum,  and  the  children  with  the  intention 
that  students  will  examine  more  rationally  their 
own  motives  for  entering  the  profession. 


232 

INSTRUCTIONAL  MEDIA 

AND  COMMUNICATIONS 

A  study  of  the  value,  design,  construction, 
and  application  of  the  visual  and  auditory  aids 
to  learning.  Practical  experience  in  the 
handling  of  audio-visual  equipment  and 
materials  is  provided.  Application  of  audio- 
visual techniques.  Application  of  the  visual 
and  auditory  aids  to  learning.  Students  will 
plan  and  carry  out  actual  teaching  assignments 
utilizing  various  A-V  devices. 

239 

PUBLIC  SCHOOL  CURRICULUM 

An  examination  of  the  various  curricula  of 
the  public  schools  and  their  relationship  to 
current  practices.  Special  attention  will  be 
given  to  the  meaning  and  nature  of  the 
curriculum,  the  desirable  outcomes  of  the 
curriculum,  conflicting  and  variant  concep- 
tions of  curricula  content,  modem  techniques 
of  curricular  construction,  criteria  for  the 
evaluation  of  curricula,  the  curriculum  as  a 
teaching  instrument.  Emphasis  will  be  placed 
upon  the  curriculum  work  within  the  teaching 
field  of  each  individual. 

332 

TEACHING  VISUAL  ARTS  IN 

THE  SCHOOLS 

Methods  and  materials  of  teaching  visual 
arts  with  an  emphasis  on  curriculum  develop- 
ment and  the  components  of  comprehensive 
visual  arts  education.  Course  work  will 
include  observation  of  visual  art  classes  in 
elementary  and  secondary  schools  in  the 
greater  Williamsport  area.  Required  of  art 
majors  in  the  K-12  certification  rogram. 

341 

TEACHING  THE  SOCIAL  STUDIES  IN 
THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL 

Studies  and  experiences  to  develop  a  basic 
understanding  of  the  structure,  concepts,  and 
processes  of  anthropology,  economics. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


EDUCATION 


geography,  history,  poUtical  science,  and 
sociology  as  they  relate  to  the  elementary 
school  social  science  curriculum.  Practical 
applications,  demonstrations  of  methods,  and 
the  development  of  integrated  teaching  units 
using  tests,  reference  books,  films,  and  other 
teaching  materials.  Observation  and 
participation  in  Lycoming  County  elementary 
schools.  Prerequisites:  EDUC  200  and  PSY 
338,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

342 

TEACHING  SCIENCE  IN 
THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL 

Science  methods  and  materials  interpreting 
children's  science  experiences  and  guiding  the 
development  of  the  scientific  concepts.  A 
study  of  the  science  content  of  the  curriculum, 
its  material  and  use.  Observation  and  partici- 
pation in  Lycoming  County  elementary 
schools.  Prerequisite:  EDUC  200  and  PSY 
338,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

343 

TEACHING  LANGUAGE  ARTS  AND 
CHILDREN'S  LITERATURE  IN  THE 
ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL. 

A  course  designed  to  consider  means  of 
communication,  oral  and  written,  including 
both  practical  and  creative  uses.  Attention 
will  be  given  to  listening,  speaking,  written 
expression,  linguistics  and  grammar,  and 
spelling.  Stress  will  be  placed  upon  the 
interrelatedness  of  the  language  arts.  Chil- 
dren's literature  will  be  explored  as  a  vehicle 
for  developing  creative  characteristics  in 
children  and  for  ensuring  an  appreciation  of  the 
creative  writing  of  others.  Observation  and 
participation  in  Lycoming  County  elementary 
schools.  Prerequisite:  EDUC  200  and  PSY 
338,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

344 

TEACHING  READING  IN 
THE  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL 

A  basic  course  in  the  philosophy  and 
rationale  for  the  implementation  of  an 


elementary  reading  program  from  kindergar- 
ten through  sixth  grade.  Emphasis  is  upon 
designing  a  reading  instructional  program 
which  reflects  the  nature  of  the  learning 
process  and  recognizes  principles  of  child 
development  through  examination  of  the 
principles,  problems,  methods,  and  materials 
used  in  elementary  reading  programs.  Prereq- 
uisite: EDUC  200  or  PSY  338,  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

The  Elementary  Professional  Semester 

The  following  courses  comprise  the  Elemen- 
tary Professional  Semester: 

EDUC  445  —  Methods  of  Teaching 

in  the  Elementary  School 

EDUC  447  —  Problems  in  Contemporary 
American  Education 

EDUC  448  —  Student  Teaching  in  the 
Elementary  School 

445 

METHODS  OF  TEACHING  IN  THE 
ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  (PART  OF  THE 
PROFESSIONAL  SEMESTER) 

The  course  emphasizes  the  relationship 
between  the  theoretical  studies  of  physical, 
social  and  cognitive  development  and  the 
elementary  classroom  environment.  Particular 
consideration  will  be  given  to  the  appropriate 
age  and  developmental  level  of  the  students 
with  an  emphasis  upon  selection  and 
utilization  of  methods  in  all  the  elementary 
subject  areas,  including  art  and  music. 
Specific  attention  is  given  to  the  development 
of  strategies  for  structuring  lesson  plans,  for 
maintaining  classroom  control,  and  for  overall 
classroom  management.  Direct  application  is 
made  to  the  individual  student  teaching 
experience.  Prerequisites:  MATH  205, 
EDUC  000,  341,  342,  343,  and  344,  and  pre- 
student  teaching  participation. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


EDUCATION 

• 


447 

PROBLEMS  IN  CONTEMPORARY 
AMERICAN  EDUCATION  (PART  OF  THE 
PROFESSIONAL  SEMESTER) 

Seminar  on  the  issues,  problems,  and 
challenges  encountered  by  teachers  in  the 
American  public  schools,  especially  those 
related  to  the  student  teaching  experience. 

448 

STUDENT  TEACHING  IN  THE 
ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  (PART  OF 
THE  PROFESSIONAL  SEMESTER) 

Professional  experience  under  the  supervi- 
sion of  a  selected  cooperating  teacher  in  a 
public  elementary  school  in  Lycoming 
County.  Student  teachers  are  required  to 
follow  the  calendar  of  the  school  district  to 
which  they  are  assigned.  Two  units  maximum. 

Students  are  considered  full  time  when 
enrolled  in  the  Professional  Semester.   Those 
students  needing  an  additional  course  must 
comply  with  the  standards  stated  in  the 
College  catalog. 

The  Secondary  Professional  Semester 

The  following  courses  comprise  the 
Secondary  Professional  Semester: 

EDUC  446     Methods  of  Teaching 

in  the  Secondary  School 

EDUC  447     Problems  in  Contemporary 
American  Education 

EDUC  449     Student  Teaching  in  the 
Secondary  School 

The  Art/Music  (K-12)  Professional  Semester 

The  following  courses  comprise  the  Art/ 
Music  (K-12)  Professional  Semester: 
EDUC  447    Problems  in  Contemporary 

American  Education 
EDUC  448    Student  Teaching  in  the 
Elementary  School 
(6  semester  hours) 

EDUC  449    Student  Teaching  in  the 
Secondary  School 
(6  semester  hours) 

1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


446 

METHODS  OF  TEACHING  IN  THE 
SECONDARY  SCHOOL  (PART  OF 
THE  PROFESSIONAL  SEMESTER) 
A  study  of  materials,  methods,  and 
techniques  with  emphasis  on  the  student's 
major.  Stress  is  placed  on  the  selection  and 
utilization  of  visual  and  auditory  aids  to 
learning.  Students  teach  demonstration 
lessons  in  the  presence  of  the  instructor  and 
the  members  of  the  class  and  observe  superior 
teachers  in  Lycoming  County  secondary 
schools.  Prerequisite:  EDUC  200,  PSY  338, 
and  pre- student  teaching  participation. 

447 

PROBLEMS  IN  CONTEMPORARY 
AMERICAN  EDUCATION  (PART  OF 
THE  PROFESSIONAL  SEMESTER) 

Seminar  on  the  issues,  problems,  and 
challenges  encountered  by  teachers  in  the 
American  public  schools,  especially  those 
related  to  the  student  teaching  experience. 

449 

STUDENT  TEACHING  IN  THE 
SECONDARY  SCHOOL  (PART  OF 
THE  PROFESSIONAL  SEMESTER) 

Professional  laboratory  experience  under 
the  supervision  of  a  selected  cooperating 
teacher  in  a  public  secondary  school  in 
Lycoming  County.  Student  teachers  are 
required  to  follow  the  calendar  of  the  school 
district  to  which  they  are  assigned.  Two  units 
maximum. 

Students  are  considered  full  time  when 
enrolled  in  the  Professional  Semester.  Those 
students  needing  an  additional  course  must 
comply  with  the  standards  stated  in  the 
College  catalog. 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ENGLISH 

• 


ENGLISH  (ENGL) 

Professors:  Jensen,  Rife 

Associate  Professor:  Hawkes  (Chairperson), 

Moses 
Assistant  Professors:  Feinstein,  Hafer,  Lewes 
Visiting  Instructor:  Keller 

The  department  offers  two  programs 
leading  to  the  major  in  English: 

Track  I  -  English  Major  in  Literature 

This  track  is  designed  for  students  who 
choose  English  as  a  liberal  arts  major  that  pre- 
pares them  for  a  wide  range  of  career  options; 
for  students  who  choose  English  as  their  subject 
area  for  elementary  certification  or  who  wish  to 
earn  secondary  certification  in  English;  for 
students  who  wish  to  improve  their  verbal  and 
analytic  ability  in  preparation  for  a  specific 
career,  such  as  technical  writing,  business,  or 
law;  and  for  students  who  intend  to  pursue 
graduate  study  in  British  or  American  literature. 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE  ■ 


A  minimum  often  courses  is  required  for 
Track  I.  Required  courses  are  ENGL  217, 220, 
221, 222,  and  223;  two  courses  selected  from 
ENGL  31 1,312, 313, 314,  and  315;  one  from 
ENGL  335  and  336;  and  two  electives  from 
among  courses  numbered  215  and  above. 

Students  who  wish  to  earn  secondary  certifi- 
cation must  complete  a  minimum  of  twelve 
courses  in  English.  Required  courses  in 
English  are  217, 220, 221, 222, 223,  335, 336, 
and  338;  three  courses  selected  from  31 1, 312, 
313,314,  and  315;  and  one  elective  from 
among  courses  numbered  215  and  above. 
Required  courses  outside  English  are  EDUC 
200, 446, 447,  and  449;  PSY  1 10  and  338;  and 
THEA  100. 

Students  who  intend  to  pursue  graduate 
study  in  British  or  American  literature  should 
complete  the  twelve  English  courses  specified 
for  secondary  certification  and,  as  part  of  that 
sequence,  take  ENGL  449,  Advanced  Criti- 
cism, as  their  English  elective. 

Track  11  -  English  Major  in  Creative  Writing 

This  track  is  designed  for  students  who 
aspire  to  careers  as  professional  writers,  as 
editors,  and  as  publishers;  for  students  who 
plan  to  continue  studies  in  an  M.F.A.  or  M.A. 
program;  or  for  students  who  would  like  to 
discover  their  creative  potential  while  pursu- 
ing a  fundamental  liberal  arts  education. 
A  minimum  often  courses  is  required  for 
Track  H.  Required  courses  are  ENGL  240;  two 
courses  selected  from  ENGL  220, 22 1 ,  222, 223 
and  225;  two  fromENGL31 1,312,313, 314 
and  3 15;  one  from  ENGL  33 1  or  332;  one  from 
ENGL  335  and  336;  two  from  ENGL  34 1,342, 
44 1 ,  and  442  (note  prerequisites);  and  one  from 
ENGL411or412. 

Students  who  wish  to  earn  secondary 
certification  must  complete  a  minimum  of 
twelve  courses  in  English.  Required  courses 
are  ENGL  240;  two  courses  selected  from 
ENGL  220, 221, 222, 223, 224  and  225;  two 
from  31 1,312, 313, 314,  and  315;  one  from331 
and  332;  335, 336, 338;  two  from  341, 342, 441, 
442  and  one  from  411  and  412.  Required 

I  1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ENGLISH 


courses  outside  English  are  EDUC  200, 446, 
447,  and  449;  PS  Y  110  and  338;  and  THEA  100. 

The  following  course  has  been  approved  to 
be  offered  as  a  cultural  diversity  course: 
ENGL  334.  Students  must  check  semester 
class  schedules  to  determine  which  courses 
are  offered  as  "D"  courses  for  that  semester. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved  to 
be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and  may 
be  offered  as  such:  ENGL  33 1 ,  334, 335, 336, 
420.  Students  must  check  semester  class 
schedules  to  determine  which  courses  are 
offered  as  "W"  courses  for  that  semester. 

Minor 

The  department  offers  two  minors  in 
EngUsh: 

Literature:  Five  courses  in  literature  at  the 
200  level  or  above,  at  least  three  of  which 
must  be  numbered  300  or  above. 

Writing:  Five  courses,  four  of  which  are 
chosen  from  ENGL  217,  240,  321,  322,  and 
338;  plus  one  writing-intensive  course  in 
literature  at  the  300  level. 

105 

INTRODUCTION  TO  COLLEGE  WRITING 

A  review  of  grammar  and  an  introduction  to 
college-level  reading  and  writing.  One  unit 
grade  of  "P"  will  be  assigned  when  the  student 
has  successfully  completed  all  of  the  work  in 
the  course.  Required  of,  and  limited  to,  those 
who  have  not  been  exempted  from  ENGL  105. 

106 

COMPOSITION 

Extensive  practice  in  analytical  writing. 
Special  emphasis  on  developing  the  compos- 
ing skills  needed  to  articulate  and  defend  a 
position  in  various  situations  requiring  the  use 
of  written  English.  Credit  may  not  be  earned 
for  both  106  and  107. 


107 

HONORS  COMPOSITION 

Extensive  practice  in  analytical  writing. 
Special  emphasis  on  developing  the  writing 
skills  of  students  who  have  the  potential  to 
benefit  from  advanced  work.  Placement  by 
examination  only.  Credit  may  not  be  earned 
for  both  106  and  107. 

215 

INTRODUCTION  TO 
LITERARY  INTERPRETATION 

Practice  in  the  methods  of  close  reading  and 
formal  analysis.  Identification  of  primary 
elements  and  structures  of  literary  representa- 
tion. Literaturechosenforstudy  will  vary.  Pre- 
requisite: ENGL  106/107  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Ill 

CRITICAL  WRITING  SEMINAR 

Brief  introduction  to  criticism  as  a  disci- 
pline, followed  by  workshop  training  in 
writing  critical  papers  on  the  major  literary 
genres.  Prerequisite:  Grade  of  C  +  or  better 
in  ENGL  106/107  or  consent  of  instructor. 

220 

BRITISH  LITERATURE  I 

Literary  forms,  themes,  and  authors  from 
the  Anglo-Saxon  period  through  the  18th 
century.  Emphasis  on  such  writers  as 
Chaucer,  Spenser,  Shakespeare,  Milton,  Swift, 
Pope,  and  Johnson;  representative  works  from 
Beowulf  Xo  Bumey's  Evelina.  Prerequisite: 
ENGL  106/107  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Ill 
BRITISH  LITERATURE  II 

Literary  movements  and  authors  from  the 
beginnings  of  Romanticism  to  the  end  of  the 
19th  century.  Particularemphasisonsuch 
writers  as  Wordsworth,  Shelley,  Keats, 
Tennyson,  Browning,  Carlyle,  Arnold,  Hardy, 
and  Yeats.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106/107 or 
consent  of  instructor. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ENGLISH 

• 


222 

AMERICAN  LITERATURE  I 

Survey  of  American  literature  from  the 
beginning  to  the  Civil  War,  with  major 
emphasis  on  the  writers  of  the  Romantic 
period:  Poe,  Emerson,  Thoreau,  Hawthorne, 
Melville,  Dickinson,  and  Whitman.  Prerequi- 
site: ENGL  106/107  or  consent  of  instructor. 

AMERICAN  LITERATURE  II 
Survey  of  American  Uterature  from  the  Civil  War  to 
the  present,  emphasizing  such  authors  as  Twain, 
James,  Crane,  Hemingway,  Faulkner,  Frost,  Eliot, 
Stevens,0'Neill,andWiUiams./'r£re^M/5/re; 
ENGL  1 06/107  or  consentof instructor. 

225 

CLASSICAL  LITERATURE 
A  study,  in  translation,  of  Greek  and  Roman 
works  that  have  influenced  Western  writers. 
Literary  forms  studied  include  epic,  drama,  satire, 
and  love  poetry .  Writers  studied  include  Homer, 
Aeschylus,  Sophocles,  Euripides,  Virgil,  Juvenal, 
Horace,  Lucretius,  and  Ovid.  Prerequisite:  ENGL 
1 06/1 07  or  consent  of  instructor. 

240 

INTRODUCTION  TO  CREATIVE  WRITING 

Workshopdiscussions,structuredexercises,and 
readings  in  contemporary  literature  to  provide 
practice  andbasic  instruction  in  the  writing  and 
evaluationofpoetryandfiction.  Prere^Mw//^.- 
ENGL  1 06/107  orconsentof instructor. 

311 

MEDIEVAL  LITERATURE 

Readings  in  Old  and  Middle  English  poetry  and 
prose  from  Bede'  s  Ecclesiastical  History  to 
Malory's  Arthurian  romance.  Study  of  lyric, 
narrative,  drama,  and  romance  with  emphasis  on 
the  cultural  context  from  which  these  forms 
emerge.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106/107 or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

312 

RENAISSANCE  LITERATURE 

An  examination  of  themes  and  literary  forms  of 
the  Renaissance.  Authors  studied  will  include 


Donne,  Marlowe,  More,  Shakespeare,  Sidney, 
Spenser,  and  Surrey.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106/ 
107  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

313 

RESTORATION  AND 
18TH-CENTURY  LITERATURE 

Consideration  of  selected  themes,  writers, 
or  modes  of  Restoration  and  1 8th-century 
literature  (1660-1800)  with  emphasis  on  the 
social,  political,  and  intellectual  life  of  that 
era.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106/107  or  consent 
of  instructor.  A  Itemate  years. 

314 

ROMANTIC  LITERATURE 

Concentrated  study  in  the  writers,  texts,  and 
themes  of  the  Romantic  period  (1789- 1 832)  with 
emphasis  on  the  social,  political,  and  intellectual 
hfeofthatera.  Prerequisite:  ENGL106/107or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

315 

VICTORIAN  LITERATURE 

Concentrated  study  in  the  writers,  texts,  and 
themes  of  the  Victorian  period  ( 1 832- 1 90 1 )  with 
emphasis  on  the  social,  political,  and  intellectual 
hfeofthatera.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106/1 07 or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

321 

ADVANCED  WRITING: 
TECHNICAL  AND  PROFESSIONAL 

A  course  providing  practice  in  report  and 
technical  writing,  proposals,  and  other  areas 
where  competence  will  be  expected  in  the 
business  and  scientific  worlds.  Prerequisite: 
ENGL  106/107  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Alternate  years. 

311 

ADVANCED  WRITING: 

THE  CREATIVE  ESSAY 

A  course  in  which  students  from  all 
disciplines  learn  to  explore  and  define 
themselves  through  the  essay,  a  form  used  to 
express  the  universal  through  the  particular 
and  the  personal.  Readings  will  include 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ENGLISH 


essayists  from  Montaigne  to  Gould.  Prerequi- 
site: Grade  ofC+  or  better  in  ENGL  106/107 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

331 

20TH-CENTURY  FICTION 

Examination  of  the  novels  and  short  fiction 
of  such  major  writers  as  Conrad,  Woolf, 
Joyce,  Faulkner,  Fowles,  and  Nabokov,  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  relationship  of  their 
works  to  concepts  of  modernism.  Prerequi- 
site: ENGL  106/107  or  consent  of  instructor. 

332 

20TH-CENTURY  POETRY 

Studies  in  the  themes  and  visions  of 
modem  and  contemporary  poets  including 
Yeats,  Frost,  Stevens,  Williams,  Pound,  Moore, 
Eliot,  Hughes,  Roethke,  Bishop,  Berryman, 
Lowell,  Larkin,  Ginsberg,  Sexton,  Rich,  Plath, 
Baraka,  Heaney,  and  Dove.  Prerequisite: 
ENGL  106/107  or  consent  of  instructor. 

333 

THE  NOVEL 

An  examination  primarily  of  British  and 
American  works  from  the  18th  century  to  the 
present,  focusing  on  the  novel's  ability — since 
its  explosive  inception — to  redefine  its  own 
boundaries.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106/107  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

334 

WOMEN  IN  LITERATURE 

An  examination — literary,  social,  and 
historical — of  literature  by  women  represent- 
ing diverse  cultures.  Each  course  will  examine 
a  particular  theme  significant  to  women 
writers  from  more  than  one  cultural  back- 
ground. Prerequisite:  ENGL  106/107  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

335 
CHAUCER 

A  study  of  the  major  works  with  emphasis 
on  The  Canterbury  Tales  and  Troilus  and 
Criseyde.  Some  attention  to  language  study 
and  to  the  traditions  out  of  which  Chaucer's 


works  arose.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106/107  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

336 

SHAKESPEARE 

A  study  of  representative  plays  in  the 
context  of  Shakespeare's  life  and  times. 
Prerequisite:  ENGL  106/107  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Alternate  years. 

338 

LINGUISTICS  AND  THE  ANALYSIS  OF 

THE  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE 

Introduction  to  methods  of  analyzing  spoken 
and  written  English.  Classroom  work  sup- 
ported by  weekly  tutorials,  in  which  the  student 
gains  practical  experience  in  identifying, 
diagnosing,  and  correcting  basic  communica- 
tions problems.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106/107 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

341 

POETRY  WORKSHOP  I 

An  intermediate  workshop  focusing  on  the 
writing  of  poetry  and  methods  of  analysis. 
Prerequisite:  Grade  ofB  or  better  in  ENGL 
240  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

342 

FICTION  WORKSHOP  I 

An  intermediate  course  in  the  writing  of 
short  fiction  in  a  workshop  environment,  where 
the  student  is  trained  to  hear  language  at  work. 
Emphasis  on  characterization  and  story. 
Prerequisite:  Grade  ofB  or  better  in  ENGL 
240  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

411 

FORM  AND  THEORY:  POETRY 

Principles  of  meter,  rhyme,  formal  structure, 
and  traditional  and  contemporary  poetic  forms 
will  be  studied  through  readings,  discussion, 
and  exercises.  Designed  to  enhance  skills  in  both 
practical  criticism  and  in  creative  writing,  this 
course  will  pay  particular  attention  to  theories 
concerned  with  the  relationship  between  form 
and  content  in  poetry.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  240 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ENGLISH 


412 

FORM  AND  THEORY:  FICTION 

A  course  that  examines  philosophical  and 
aesthetic  theories  of  fiction,  and  the  resulting 
fiction  based  on  those  theories.  Authors  will 
most  likely  include  Aristotle,  Calvino,  Gardner, 
Gass,  and  Nabokov.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  240 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

420 

SELECTED  WRITERS 

An  intensive  study  of  no  more  than  three 
writers,  selected  on  the  basis  of  student  and 
faculty  interest.  Possible  combinations 
include:  Frost,  Hemingway,  and  Faulkner; 
O'Connor,  Welty,  and  Porter;  Spenser  and 
Milton;  Hawthorne,  Melville,  and  Dickens; 
Woolf,  Forster,  and  Lawrence;  Joyce  and 
Yeats.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106/107  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

421 

TOPICS  IN  LITERATURE 

Examination  of  a  literary  theme,  idea,  or 
movement  as  it  appears  in  one  or  more  types 
of  literature  and  as  it  cuts  across  various 
epochs.  Possible  topics  include:  American 
Novelists  and  Poets  of  the  Jazz  Age  and 
Depression;  The  Bible  and  Literature;  Gothic 
Tradition  in  American  Literature;  Mystery  and 
Detective  Fiction;  The  Hero  in  Literature. 
Prerequisite:  ENGL  106/107  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Alternate  years. 

441 

POETRY  WORKSHOP  II 

An  advanced  workshop  in  the  writing  of 
poetry.  Students  will  receive  intensive  anal- 
ysis of  their  own  work  and  acquire  experience 
in  evaluating  the  work  of  their  peers.  Prereq- 
uisite: ENGL  341.  Alternate  years. 

442 

FICTION  WORKSHOP  II 

An  advanced  course  in  the  writing  of  short 
fiction.  Emphasis  on  the  complexities  of 
voice  and  tone.  The  student  will  be  encouraged 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


to  develop  and  control  his  or  her  individual 
style  and  produce  publishable  fiction.  Prereq- 
uisite: ENGL  342.  Alternate  years. 

449 

ADVANCED  CRITICISM 

Reading  and  discussion  in  the  theory  and 
history  of  criticism.  Examination  of  both 
traditional  and  contemporary  ideas  about  the 
value  and  nature  of  literary  expression  and  its 
place  in  human  culture  generally.  Work  in  the 
course  includes  practical  as  well  as  theoretical 
use  of  the  ideas  and  methods  of  critical 
inquiry.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106/107  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

The  department  provides  internships  in 
editing,  legal  work,  publishing,  and  technical 
writing. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Recent  studies  include  the  role  of  Pennsyl- 
vania in  the  fiction  of  John  O'Hara;  the 
changing  image  of  women  in  American  art 
and  literature  (1890-1945);  the  hard-boiled 
detective  novel;  contemporary  women  writers; 
and  Milton's  use  of  the  Bible  in  Paradise 
Lost. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 

Recent  projects  include  "The  Function  of 
the  Past  in  the  Fiction  of  William  Faulkner" 
and  "Illusion,  Order,  and  Art  in  the  Novels  of 
Virginia  Woolf." 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES 


FOREIGN 
LANGUAGES  AND 
LITERATURES 

Professor:  MacKenzie  (Chairperson) 
Associate  Professors:  Buedel,  Maples 
Assistant  Professor:  G.  Clark 
Part-time  Instructors:  A.  Falk,  Boring 

Study  of  foreign  languages  and  literatures 
offers  opportunity  to  explore  broadly  the 
varieties  of  human  experience  and  thought.  It 
contributes  both  to  personal  and  to  interna- 
tional understanding  by  providing  competence 
in  a  foreign  language  and  a  critical  acquain- 
tance with  the  literature  and  culture  of  foreign 
peoples.  A  major  can  serve  as  entree  to  careers 
in  business,  government,  publishing,  education, 
journalism,  social  agencies,  translating,  and 
writing.  It  prepares  for  graduate  work  in  liter- 
ature or  Unguistics  and  the  international  fields  of 
poUtics,  business,  law,  health,  and  area  studies. 

French,  German,  and  Spanish  are  offered 
as  major  fields  of  smdy.  The  major  consists  of 
at  least  eight  courses  numbered  1 1 1  or  above. 
Majors  seeking  teacher  certification  and  students 
planning  to  enter  graduate  school  are  advised  to 
begin  study  of  a  second  foreign  language.  The 
department  encourages  students  to  consider 
allied  courses  from  related  fields  or  a  second 
major,  and  also  individual  or  established 
interdisciplinary  majors  combining  interest  in 
several  literatures  or  area  or  cross-cultural 


studies;  for  example.  International  Studies, 
20th  Century  Studies,  the  Major  in  Literature. 

The  department  endorses  study  abroad  for  all 
our  students.  Opportunities  are  available  in  pro- 
grams in  France  (Paris,  Montpelier,  Nancy, 
Rennes),  in  Germany  and  Austria  (Berlin, 
Freiburg,  Marburg,  Munich,  Vienna),  and  in 
Spain  and  Mexico  (Madrid,  Seville,  Mexico 
City,  Cuemavaca).  Interested  students  should 
begin  planning  with  their  major  advisor  by  the 
first  week  of  the  semester  prior  to  departure. 
To  qualify,  students  must  have  sophomore 
standing  or  better,  an  overall  GPA  of  at  least 
2.50,  and  at  least  a  GPA  of  3.00  in  language 
courses.  Other  qualifications  include  recom- 
mendation from  faculty  in  the  major  and 
completion  of  specific  courses  in  language, 
literature,  or  culture. 

FOREIGN  LANGUAGES 
AND  LITERATURES  (fll) 

225 

CONTINENTAL  LITERATURE 

A  study  of  such  major  continental  authors 
as  Cervantes,  Dostoevsky,  Chekhov,  Dante, 
Ibsen,  Proust,  Gide,  Kafka,  Hesse,  Goethe, 
Sartre,  Camus,  Brecht,  and  lonesco.  Works 
read  in  English  translation  will  vary  and  be 
organized  around  a  different  theme  or  topic; 
recent  topics  have  been  existentialism,  modem- 
ism,  drama,  the  Weimar  era,  and  20th  century 
Scandinavian  and  German  prose  writers. 
Prerequisite:  None.  Taught  in  English.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit  with  consent  of  instructor. 
May  be  accepted  toward  the  English  major 
with  consent  of  the  Department  of  English. 

338 

FOREIGN  LANGUAGE: 

SYSTEMS  AND  PROCESS 

Study  of  basic  linguistic  concepts  as  a  tool  for 
language  learning  and  teaching.  Discussion  and 
application  of  language  teaching  techniques, 
including  work  in  the  language  laboratory. 
Designed  for  future  teachers  of  one  or  more 
languages  and  normally  taken  in  the  junior  year. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES 


Students  should  arrange  through  the  Department 
of  Education  to  fulfill  in  the  same  semester  the 
requirements  of  a  participation  experience  in 
area  schools.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 
Taught  in  English.  Does  not  count  toward 
majors  in  French,  German,  and  Spanish. 

FRENCH  (FRN) 

A  major  consist  of  a  minimum  of  32  semester 
hours  of  FRN  courses  numbered  1 1 1  or  above, 
including  at  least  two  from  402,  412,  423,  and 
427.  In  addition,  all  majors  who  wish  to  be 
certified  for  secondary  teaching  must  pass 
FRN  221-222,  228,  and  FLL  338  (the  latter 
course  with  a  grade  of  B  or  better). 

The  following  course  has  been  approved  to 
be  offered  as  cultural  diversity  course:  FRN 
228.  Students  must  check  semester  class 
schedules  to  determine  which  courses  are 
offered  as  "D"  courses  for  that  semester. 

The  following  course  has  been  approved  to 
be  offered  as  a  writing  intensive  course  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  FRN  441.  Students 
must  check  semester  class  schedules  to 
determine  which  courses  are  offered  as  "W" 
courses  for  that  semester. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  French  consists  of  at  least  16 
semester  hours  of  courses  numbered  221  and 
above.  Courses  1 1 1  and  1 12  may  be  counted 
towards  the  minor,  but  then  the  minor  must 
consist  of  at  least  20  semester  hours  of 
courses,  12  hours  of  which  must  be  numbered 
200  above. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY  FRENCH 

The  aim  of  this  sequence  of  courses  is  to 
acquire  the  fundamentals  of  the  language  with 
a  view  to  using  them.  Regular  practice  in 
speaking,  understanding,  and  reading. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE  FRENCH 

Review  and  development  of  the  fundamen- 
tals of  the  language  for  immediate  use  in 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE  ■ 


speaking,  understanding,  and  reading,  with  a 
view  to  building  confidence  in  self-expres- 
sion. Prerequisite:  FRN  102  or  equivalent. 

221-222 

FRENCH  LANGUAGE  PRACTICE 

Further  training  in  speaking,  listening 
comprehension,  reading,  and  writing.  In- 
cludes extensive  work  in  grammar.  Prerequi- 
site: FRN  112  or  equivalent. 

228 

MODERN  FRANCE 

A  course  designed  to  familiarize  students  with 
political  and  social  structures  and  cultural 
attitudes  in  contemporary  French  society. 
Material  studied  may  include  such  documents  as 
newspaper  articles,  interviews  and  sociological 
surveys,  and  readings  in  history,  religion, 
anthropology,  and  the  arts.  Some  attention  to  the 
changing  education  system  and  the  family  and  to 
events  and  ideas  which  have  shaped  French 
society.  May  include  some  comparative  study 
of  France  and  the  United  States.  Prerequisite: 
FRN  221  or  consent  of  instructor. 

402 

FRENCH  LITERATURE  TO  1800 

Major  authors  and  movements  from  the 
Medieval,  Renaissance,  Classical  and  Enlight- 
enment periods.  Includes  the  chanson  de 
geste,  Villon,  Montaigne,  Comeille,  Racine, 
Moliere,  Voltaire,  and  Rousseau.  Prerequi- 
site: FRN  222  or  228,  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Alternate  years. 

All 

FRENCH  LITERATURE 
OF  THE  19TH  CENTURY 

The  dimensions  of  the  Romantic  sensibil- 
ity: Musset,  Hugo,  Vigny,  Balzac,  Stendhal. 
Realism  and  Naturalism  in  the  novels  of 
Flaubert  and  Zola.  Reaction  in  the  poetry  of 
Baudelaire,  Rimbaud,  Verlaine,  and 
Mallarme.  Prerequisite:  FRN  222  or  228,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES 


423 

MODERN  FRENCH  THEATRE 

Major  trends  in  French  drama  from  the  turn 
of  the  century  to  Existentiahsm  and  the 
Theatre  of  the  Absurd,  Giraudoux,  Anouilh, 
Sartre,  Camus,  Beckett,  lonesco.  Genet, 
Adamov,  and  others.  Prerequisite:  FRN  222 
or  228,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

All 

FRENCH  LITERATURE  OF 

THE  20TH  CENTURY 

Representative  poets  and  novelists  of 
modem  France.  Readings  selected  from  the 
works  of  authors  such  as  Proust,  Gide,  Aragon, 
Giono,  Mauriac,  Celine,  Malraux,  Saint- 
Exupery,  Camus,  the  "new  novelists"  (Robbe- 
Grillet,  Butor,  Sarraute,  Le  Clezio),  and  the 
poetry  of  Apollinaire,  Valery,  the  Surrealists 
(Breton,  Reverdy,  Eluard,  Char),  Saint- John 
Perse,  Supervielle,  Prevert,  and  others.  Some 
attention  to  works  of  French-speaking  African 
writers.  Prerequisite:  FRN  222  or  228,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

441 

ADVANCED  LANGUAGE  PRACTICE 

Intensive  practice  for  advanced  students 
who  wish  to  improve  further  their  spoken  and 
written  French.  Includes  work  in  oral  compre- 
hension, phonetics,  pronunciation,  oral  and 
written  composition,  and  translation.  Prereq- 
uisite: One  course  from  FRN  402,  412,  423, 
427:  or  consent  of  instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Examples  of  recent  studies  in  French 
include  translation.  Existentialism,  the 
classical  period,  enlightenment  literature,  and 
Saint-Exupery. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


GERMAN  (GERM) 

A  major  consists  of  a  minimum  of  32 
semester  hours  of  GERM  courses  numbered 
1 1 1  or  above.  One  unit  of  FLL  225  may  be 
included  in  the  major  with  permission.  GERM 
431  or  441  is  required  of  all  majors. 

All  majors  who  wish  to  be  certified  for 
secondary  teaching  must  pass  GERM  323  and 
325.  In  addition  to  the  32  semester  hours  of 
courses  for  the  major  they  must  also  pass  FLL 
338  with  a  grade  of  B  or  better.  All  majors  are 
urged  to  enroll  in  HIST  416,  MUS  336,  PSCI 
220,  and  THEA  335. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  cultural  diversity  courses  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  GERM  221,  222. 
Students  must  check  semester  class  schedules 
to  determine  which  courses  are  offered  as  "D" 
courses  for  that  semester. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and 
may  offered  as  such:  GERM  431,  441.  Students 
must  check  semester  class  schedules  to  deter- 
mine which  courses  are  offered  as  "W"  courses 
for  that  semester. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  German  consists  of  at  least  16  sem- 
ester hours  of  courses  numbered  221  and  above. 
Courses  1 1 1  and  1 12  may  be  counted  toward 
the  minor,  but  then  the  minor  must  consist  of  at 
least  20  semester  hours  of  courses,  12  hours  of 
which  must  be  numbered  200  or  above.  One 
unit  of  FLL  225  may  be  included  in  the  minor 
with  permission. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY  GERMAN 

The  aim  of  this  sequence  of  courses  is  to 
acquire  the  fundamentals  of  the  language  with 
a  view  to  using  them.  Regular  practice  in 
speaking,  understanding,  and  reading. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE  GERMAN 

This  sequence  of  courses  reviews  and  develops 
the  fundamentals  of  the  language  for  immediate 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^M 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES 


use  in  speaking,  understanding,  and  reading 
with  a  view  to  building  confidence  in  self- 
expression.  Prerequisite:  GERM  102  or 
equivalent. 

221-222 

COMPREHENSIVE  REVIEW 
AND  LANGUAGE  PRACTICE 

This  sequence  of  courses  is  designed  to  review 
and  develop  skills  in  speaking,  listening,  writing 
and  reading.  Grammar  and  vocabulary  building 
are  stressed  with  intensive  review,  writing 
practice  and  some  reading  on  contemporary 
issues  in  German-speaking  countries.  Some 
attention  is  given  to  the  development  of  the 
language,  its  relationship  to  English  and 
Phonetics.  Prerequisite:  GERM  112  or 
equivalent. 

323 

SURVEY  OF  GERMAN 
LITERATURE  AND  CIVILIZATION  I 
Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with 
important  periods  of  German  literature, 
representative  authors,  and  major  cultural 
developments  in  Germany,  Austria,  and 
Switzerland.  The  course  deals  with  literature 
and  culture  from  the  Early  Middle  Ages 
through  the  18th  century.  Prerequisite: 
GERM  222  or  consent  of  instructor. 

325 

SURVEY  OF  GERMAN 

LITERATURE  AND  CIVILIZATION  II 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with 
important  periods  of  German  literature,  repre- 
sentative authors,  and  major  cultural  develop- 
ments in  Germany,  Austria,  and  Switzerland. 
The  course  deals  with  literature  and  culture 
from  the  19th  century  to  the  present.  Prerequi- 
site: GERM  222  or  consent  of  instructor. 

411 

THE  NOVELLE 

The  German  Novelle  as  a  genre  relating  to 
various  literary  periods.  Prerequisite:  GERM 
323  or  325,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


421 

GERMAN  POETRY 

A  study  of  selected  poets  or  the  poetry  of  various 
literary  periods.  Possible  topics  include:  Romantic 
poetry,  Heine,  Rilke,  and  Benn.  Prerequisite: 
GERM  323  or  325,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

431 

GOETHE 

A  study  of  the  life  and  works  of  Goethe.  Goethe's 
significance  in  the  Classical  period  and  later. 
Readings  in  the  major  works.  Prerequisite: 
GERM  323  or  325,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

433 

CLASSICAL  GERMAN  DRAMA 

The  development  of  das  klassische  Drama 
with  emphasis  on  works  of  Lessing,  Goethe, 
Kleist,  and  Schiller.  Prerequisite:  GERM  323 
or  325,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

441 

CONTEMPORARY  GERMAN  LITERATURE 

Representative  poets,  novelists  and  drama- 
tists of  contemporary  Germany,  Switzerland 
and  Austria  covering  the  period  from  1945  to 
the  present.  Readings  selected  from  writers 
such  as:  Borchert,  Boll,  Brecht,  Benn,  Frisch, 
Durrenmatt,  Bichsel,  Handke,  Walser,  Grass 
and  others.  Prerequisite:  GERM  323  or  325, 
or  consent  of  instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Examples  of  recent  studies  in  German  include 
Classicism,  Germanic  Mythology,  Hermann 
Hesse,  the  dramas  of  Frisch  and  Durrenmatt. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 

GREEK  (GRK) 

SEE  RELIGION 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES 


HEBREW  (HEBR) 

SEE  RELIGION 

SPANISH  (SPAN) 

A  major  consists  of  32  semester  hours  of 
SPAN  courses  numbered  1 1 1  and  above.  One 
course  must  focus  on  literature  from  Spain  and 
one  course  must  focus  on  literature  from 
Spanish  America.  Eight  semester  hours  must 
be  at  the  400  level.  In  addition,  all  majors  who 
wish  to  be  certified  for  secondary  teaching 
must  pass  SPAN  22 1 ,  222,  3 II ,  4 1 8  and  FLL 
338  (the  latter  with  a  grade  of  "B"  or  better). 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  cultural  diversity  courses: 
SPAN  221,  222,  311.  Students  must  check 
semester  class  schedules  to  determine  which 
courses  are  offered  as  "D"  courses  for  that 
semester. 

The  following  course  has  been  approved  to 
be  offered  as  a  writing  intensive  course  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  SPAN  418. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  Spanish  consists  of  at  least  16 
semester  hours  of  courses  numbered  22 1  or 
above.  Courses  1 1 1  and  1 12  may  be  counted 
toward  the  minor,  but  then  the  minor  must  con- 
sist of  at  least  20  semester  hours  of  courses,  12 
hours  of  which  must  be  numbered  200  or  above. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY  SPANISH 

The  aim  of  this  sequence  of  courses  is  to 
acquire  the  fundamentals  of  the  language  with 
a  view  to  using  them.  Regular  practice  in 
speaking,  understanding,  and  reading. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE  SPANISH 

This  sequence  of  courses  reviews  and 
develops  the  fundamentals  of  the  language  for 
immediate  use  in  speaking,  understanding, 
reading  and  writing  with  a  view  to  building 
confidence  in  self-expression.  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  102  or  equivalent. 

1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


221-222 

CONVERSATION,  REVIEW, 
AND  COMPOSITION 

Intensive  discussion  and  writing  on  a  variety 
of  subjects  in  conjunction  with  contemporary 
readings.  Includes  in-depth  grammar  review. 
Designed  to  provide  greater  breadth  and 
fluency  in  spoken  and  written  Spanish. 
Prerequisite:  SPAN  J 12  or  equivalent. 

311 

HISPANIC  CULTURE 

To  introduce  students  to  the  Spanish- 
speaking  people — their  values,  customs  and 
institutions,  with  reference  to  the  geographic 
and  historical  forces  governing  present-day 
Spain  and  Spanish  America.  Prerequisite:  SPAN 
222  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

321 

SPECIAL  TOPICS  OR  AUTHORS 
IN  LITERATURE 

Examination  of  significant  cultural  or  literary 
topics  concerning  the  Spanish-speaking  world. 
Possible  topics  or  genres  include:  Latin  American 
short  stories;  modem  Spanish  theatre;  Latin 
American  women  writers;  Chicano  literature. 
Prerequisite:  SPAN  222  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Can  be  repeated  once  for  credit. 

323 

SURVEY  OF  SPANISH  LITERATURE  AND 

CIVILIZATION 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with 
important  periods  of  Spanish  literature,  repre- 
sentative authors,  and  major  socio-economic 
developments.  The  course  deals  with  the 
literature  from  the  Middle  Ages  to  the  present. 
Prerequisite:  SPAN  222  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Alternate  years. 

325 

SURVEY  OF  SPANISH-AMERICAN  LIT- 
ERATURE AND  CIVILIZATION 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with 
important  periods  of  Spanish- American 
literature,  representative  authors,  and  major 


^m 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES  •  HISTORY 


socio-economic  developments.  The  course 
deals  with  the  literature,  especially  the  essay 
and  poetry,  from  the  16th  century  to  the 
present.  Prerequisite:  SPAN  222  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

418 

ADVANCED  LANGUAGE  PRACTICE 

Intensive  practice  for  advanced  students 
who  wish  to  improve  further  their  spoken  and 
written  Spanish.  Includes  work  in  oral 
comprehension,  pronunciation,  oral  and 
written  composition,  and  translation.  Pre- 
requisite: One  SPAN  course  at  the  300  's  level 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

424 

SPANISH  LITERATURE 
OF  THE  GOLDEN  AGE 

A  study  of  representative  works  and  principal 
Uterary  figures  in  the  poetry,  prose,  and  drama 
of  the  16th  and  17th  centuries.  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  323  and  325,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

426 

MODERN  HISPANIC  LITERATURE 

Readings  of  important  works  of  drama, 
poetry,  and  prose  from  the  major  periods  of 
the  19th  and  20th  century  Spanish  and  Latin- 
American  literature.  Prerequisite:  SPAN  323 
and  325,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Recent  studies  include  literary,  linguistic, 
and  cultural  topics  and  themes  such  as  urban 
problems  as  reflected  in  the  modem  novel. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


HISTORY  (HIST) 

Professors:  Larson,  Piper 

Associate  Professor:  Morris  (Chairperson) 

Visiting  Assistant  Professor:  Witwer 

A  major  consists  of  10  courses,  including  HIST 
1 10, 1 1 1 ,  and  449.  At  least  seven  courses  must 
be  taken  in  the  department.  The  following 
courses  may  be  counted  toward  fulfilling  the 
major  requirements:  AMST  200,  PSCI 439, 
REL  226  and  228.  Other  appropriate  courses 
outside  the  department  may  be  counted  upon 
departmental  approval.  For  history  majors  who 
student  teach  in  history,  the  major  consists  of 
nine  courses.  In  addition  to  the  courses  Usted 
below,  special  courses,  independent  study,  and 
honors  are  available.  Special  courses  recently 
taught  and  anticipated  include  a  biographical 
study  of  European  Monarchs,  the  European 
Left,  the  Industrialization  and  Urbanization  of 
Modem  Europe,  Utopian  Movements  in 
America ,  the  Peace  Movement  in  America, 
The  Vietnam  War,  and  American  Legal 
History.  History  majors  are  encouraged  to 
participate  in  the  intemship  program. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  cultural  diversity  courses  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  HIST  120,  140,  230, 
240,  310.  Students  must  check  semester  class 
schedules  to  determine  which  courses  are 
offered  as  "D"  courses  for  that  semester. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


HISTORY 


The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  HIST  218, 230, 443, 
449.  Students  must  check  semester  class 
schedules  to  determine  which  courses  are 
offered  as  "W"  courses  for  that  semester. 

Minor 

Three  minors  are  offered  by  the  Department 
of  History.  The  following  courses  are  required 
to  complete  a  minor  in  American  history:  HIST 
125, 126,  and  three  courses  in  American  history 
numbered  200  and  above  (HIST  1 20  and/or  310 
may  be  substituted.)  A  minor  in  European 
history  requires  the  completion  of  HIST  1 10, 
1 1 1  and  three  courses  in  European  history 
numbered  200  and  above.  To  obtain  a  minor  in 
History  (without  national  or  geographical 
designation),  a  student  must  complete  six 
courses  in  history,  of  which  three  must  be 
chosen  from  HIST  110, 1 1 1,  125,  and  126  and 
three  must  be  history  courses  numbered  200 
and  above. 

105 

SELECTED  THEMES  IN 
WESTERN  CIVILIZATION 

A  survey  of  the  political,  economic,  social, 
and  cultural  values  and  institutions  in  Western 
Civilization  from  the  time  of  classical  Greece  to 
the  present.  One-half  unit  of  credit.  (Not  open 
to  students  who  have  had  HIST  110  and  111). 

110 

EUROPE  1500-1815 

An  examination  of  the  political,  social, 
cultural,  and  intellectual  history  of  Europe  and 
its  relations  with  other  areas  of  the  world  from 
1500  to  1815. 

Ill 

EUROPE  1815-PRESENT 

An  examination  of  the  political,  social, 
cultural,  and  intellectual  history  of  Europe  and 
its  relations  with  other  areas  of  the  world  from 
1 8 1 5  to  the  present. 


120 

LATIN  AMERICAN  HISTORY 

An  examination  of  the  native  civilization,  the 
age  of  discovery  and  conquest,  Spanish  colonial 
policy,  the  independence  movements,  and  the 
development  of  modem  institutions  and  gov- 
ernments in  Latin  America.  Alternate  years. 

125 

UNITED  STATES  HISTORY  1601-1877 

A  study  of  the  men,  measures,  and  movements 
which  have  been  significant  in  the  development 
of  the  United  States  between  1607  and  1877. 
Attention  is  paid  to  the  problems  of  minority 
groups  as  well  as  to  majority  and  national 
influences. 

126 

UNITED  STATES  HISTORY  1877-PRESENT 

A  study  of  men,  measures,  and  movements 
which  have  been  significant  in  the  development 
of  the  United  States  since  1877.  Attention  is  paid 
to  the  problems  of  minority  groups  as  well  as  to 
majority  and  national  influences. 

140 

SURVEY  OF  ASIAN  HISTORY 

A  comprehensive  overview  of  Asian  history 
with  emphasis  on  those  Pacific  Rim  countries 
which  have  greatest  current  impact  on  political 
and  economic  development  in  the  United 
States.  Alternate  Years. 

210 

ANCIENT  HISTORY 

A  study  of  the  ancient  western  world,  including 
the  foundations  of  the  western  tradition  in 
Greece,  the  emergence  and  expansion  of  the 
Roman  state,  its  experience  as  a  republic,  and 
its  transformation  into  the  Empire.  The  course 
will  focus  on  the  social  and  intellectual  life  of 
Greece  and  Rome  as  well  as  political  and 
economic  changes.  Alternate  years. 

Ill 

MEDIEVAL  EUROPE  AND  ITS  NEIGHBORS 

The  history  of  Europe  from  the  dissolution  of 
the  Roman  Empire  to  the  mid-  15th  century.  The 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


® 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


HISTORY 


course  will  deal  with  the  growing  estrangement 
of  western  Catholic  Europe  from  Byzantium  and 
Islam,  culminating  in  the  Crusades;  the  rise  of 
the  Islamic  Empire  and  its  later  fragmentation; 
the  development  and  growth  of  feudalism;  the 
conflict  of  empire  and  papacy,  and  the  rise  of  the 
towns.  Alternate  years. 

216 

FRENCH  REVOLUTION  AND  NAPOLEON 

An  analysis  of  the  political,  social,  and 
intellectual  background  of  the  French  Revolu- 
tion, a  survey  of  the  course  of  revolutionary 
development,  and  an  estimate  of  the  results  of 
the  Napoleonic  conquests  and  administration. 
Prerequisite:  HIST  110  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Alternate  years. 

218 

EUROPE  IN  THE  ERA  OF  THE  WORLD  WARS 
An  intensive  study  of  the  political,  economic, 
social,  and  cultural  history  of  Europe  from 
1900-1945.  Topics  include  the  rise  of 
irrationalism,  the  origins  of  the  First  World 
War,  the  Communist  and  Fascist  Revolutions, 
and  the  attempts  to  preserve  peace  before  1939. 
Prerequisite:  HIST  111  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Alternate  years. 

219 

CONTEMPORARY  EUROPE 

An  intensive  study  of  the  poUtical,  economic, 
social,  and  cultural  history  of  Europe  since  1945. 
Topics  include  the  post-war  economic  recovery 
of  Europe,  the  Sovietization  of  Eastern  Europe, 
the  origins  of  the  Cold  War,  decolon-ization,  and 
the  flowering  of  the  welfare  state.  Prerequisite: 
HIST  111  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Ill 

HISTORY  OF  WORLD  WAR  II 

A  comprehensive  examination  of  World  War 
II,  emphasizing  the  effects  of  ideological,  eco- 
nomic, and  political  forces  on  the  formulation 
of  military  strategy  and  the  conduct  of  opera- 
tion; the  nature  and  extent  of  the  expansion  of 
government  powers;  and  the  experience  of  war 


from  the  perspective  of  ordinary  civilians  and 
military  alike.  Does  not  count  toward  distribution. 

226 

COLONIAL  AMERICA  AND 
THE  REVOLUTIONARY  ERA 

The  establishment  of  British  settlements  on  the 
American  continent,  their  history  as  colonies,  the 
causes  and  events  of  the  American  Revolution, 
the  critical  period  following  independence,  and 
proposal  and  adoption  of  the  United  States 
Constitution.  Alternate  years. 

230 

AFRO- AMERICAN  HISTORY 

A  study  of  the  experiences  and  participation 
of  Afro- Americans  in  the  United  States.  The 
course  includes  historical  experiences  such  as 
slavery,  abolition,  reconstruction,  and  urbaniza- 
tion. It  also  raises  the  issue  of  the  development 
and  growth  of  white  racism,  and  the  effect  of  this 
racism  on  contemporary  Afro-American  social, 
intellectual,  and  political  life.  Alternate  years. 

240 

MODERN  CHINA 

This  course  will  explore  the  social,  political 
and  cultural  changes  in  China  since  the  early  19th 
Century.  Particular  attention  will  be  given  to  the 
Communist  Revolution  and  the  developments  in 
China  since  Mao's  death.  Alternate  years. 

244 

20TH  CENTURY  UNITED  STATES 

This  course  begins  with  the  Progressive  Era  and 
includes  the  political,  economic,  and  social 
developments  in  the  20th  century.  Emphasis  will 
be  placed  on  the  domestic  and  international 
demands  which  have  faced  the  United  States  in 
the  period  following  World  War  II. 

310 

WOMEN  IN  HISTORY 

An  examination  of  the  social,  political, 
economic  and  intellectual  experience  of  women 
in  the  Western  World  from  ancient  times  to  the 
present.  May  be  taken  for  either  one-half  unit 
(section  310A)  or  full  unit  (section  31  OB); 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


HISTORY 

• 


declared  majors  and  prospective  majors 
should  take  the  full-unit  course,  310B. 

316 

CONFLICT  IN  WESTERN  CIVILIZATION 

An  in-depth  study  of  the  changing  nature 
of  war  and  its  relationship  to  the  development 
of  Western  Civilization  since  the  end  of  the 
Middle  Ages.  Particular  emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  the  role  of  war  in  the  development 
of  the  modem  nation  state  and  the  origins  and 
nature  of  total  war.  Alternate  years. 

320 

DIPLOMATIC  HISTORY 
OF  EUROPE  SINCE  1789 

A  survey  of  the  development  of  the  European- 
states  system  and  the  relations  between  the 
European  states  since  the  beginning  of  the 
French  Revolution.  Prerequisite:  HIST  1 1 1  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

ill 

THE  CRISIS  OF  LIBERALISM  AND 

NATIONALISM:  EUROPE  1848-1870 

An  in-depth  investigation  of  the  crucial 
"Middle  Years"  of  19th  century  Europe  from 
the  revolutions  of  1 848  through  the  unification 
of  Germany.  The  course  centers  on  the 
struggles  for  power  within  the  major  states  of 
Europe  at  this  time,  and  how  the  vehicle  of 
nationalism  was  used  to  bring  about  one  type 
of  solution.  Alternate  years. 

328 

AGE  OF  JEFFERSON  AND  JACKSON 

The  theme  of  the  course  is  the  emergence 
of  the  political  and  social  characteristics  that 
shaped  modem  America.  The  personalities  of 
Thomas  Jefferson,  John  Marshall,  John 
Randolph,  Aaron  Burr,  and  Andrew  Jackson 
receive  special  attention.  Special  considera- 
tion is  given  to  the  first  and  second  party 
systems,  the  decline  in  community  cohesive- 
ness,  the  westward  movement,  and  the 
growing  importance  of  the  family  as  a  unit  of 
social  organization.  Alternate  years. 


332 

CIVIL  WAR  AND  RECONSTRUCTION 

The  problems  and  events  leading  to  war,  the 
political  and  military  history  of  the  war,  and  the 
bitter  aftermath  to  the  Compromise  of  1 877. 

340 

20TH  CENTURY  UNITED  STATES  RELIGION 
The  study  of  historical  and  cultural  develop- 
ments in  American  society  which  relate  to 
religion  or  what  is  commonly  called  religion. 
This  involves  consideration  of  the  institutional 
and  intellectual  development  of  several  faith 
groups  as  well  as  discussion  of  certain  prob- 
lems, such  as  the  persistence  of  religious 
bigotry  and  the  changing  modes  of  church-state 
relationships.  Alternate  years. 

416 

HISTORY  OF  REFORMATION  THOUGHT 

A  study  of  the  ideas  and  systems  of  ideas 
propounded  prior  to  the  Reformation,  but  which 
are  historically  related  to  its  inception,  and  of 
the  ideas  and  systems  of  ideas  involved  in  the 
formulation  of  the  major  Reformation  Protestant 
traditions,  and  in  the  Catholic  Reformation. 
Included  are  the  ideas  of  the  humanists  of  the 
Reformation  Era.  Alternate  years. 

418 

HISTORY  OF  RENAISSANCE  THOUGHT 

A  study  of  the  classical,  humanist,  and 
scholastic  elements  involved  in  the  develop- 
ment of  the  Renaissance  outlook  on  views  and 
values,  both  in  Italy  and  in  Northern  Europe. 
The  various  combinations  of  social  and  political 
circumstances  which  constitute  the  historical 
context  of  these  intellectual  developments  will 
be  noted.  Alternate  years. 

442 

UNITED  STATES  SOCIAL  AND 
INTELLECTUAL  HISTORY  TO  1877 
A  study  of  the  social  and  intellectual 
experience  of  the  United  States  from  its  colonial 
antecedents  through  reconstmction.  Among  the 
topics  considered  are  Puritanism,  Transcenden- 
talism, community  life  and  organization. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


HISTORY  •  INSTITUTE  FOR  MANAGEMENT  STUDIES  AND  MANAGEMENT  SCHOLARS  PROGRAM 


education,  and  social  reform  movements. 
Prerequisites:  Two  courses  from  HIST  125, 
126,  230;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

443 

UNITED  STATES  SOCIAL  AND 
INTELLECTUAL  HISTORY  SINCE  1877 

A  study  of  the  social  and  intellectual 
experience  of  the  United  States  from  recon- 
struction to  the  present  day.  Among  the  topics 
considered  are  social  Darwinism,  pragmatism, 
community  life  and  organization,  education 
and  social  reform  movements.  Prerequisite: 
Two  courses  from  HIST  125,  126,  230;  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

449 

HISTORICAL  METHODS 

This  course  focuses  on  the  nature  and 
meaning  of  history.  It  will  open  to  the  student 
different  historical  approaches  and  will 
provide  the  opportunity  to  explore  these 
approaches  in  terms  of  particular  topics  and 
periods.  Majors  are  required  to  enroll  in  this 
course  in  either  their  junior  or  senior  year. 
The  course  is  open  to  other  students  who  have 
two  courses  in  history  or  consent  of  instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

Typically,  history  interns  work  for  local 
government  agencies  engaged  in  historical 
projects  or  for  the  Lycoming  County  Histori- 
cal Museum. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 
Recent  topics  include  studies  of  the 
immigration  of  American  blacks,  political 
dissension  in  the  Weimer  republic,  Indian 
relations  before  the  American  Revolution,  and 
the  history  of  Lycoming  County. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


INSTITUTE  FOR 

MANAGEMENT 

STUDIES  (IMS)  AND 

MANAGEMENT 

SCHOLARS 

PROGRAM 

Associate  Professor:  Madresehee  (Director) 

The  purpose  of  the  Institute  for  Management 
Studies  is  to  enhance  the  educational  opportuni- 
ties for  students  majoring  or  minoring  in 
accounting,  business  administration,  or  econom- 
ics. It  does  this  by  offering  an  expanded  intern- 
ship program,  special  seminars  on  important 
management  topics,  student  involvement  in 
faculty  research  and  professional  projects, 
executive  development  seminars,  and  a  Manage- 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


INSTITUTE  FOR  MANAGEMENT  STUDIES  AND  MANAGEMENT  SCHOLARS  PROGRAM 


ment  Scholars  Program  for  academically 
talented  students  (described  below).  In  addition, 
the  IMS  hosts  guest  speakers  and  conferences  on 
current  management  issues. 

To  become  a  member  of  the  Institute  for 
Management  Studies,  a  student  must  meet  the 
following  criteria: 

1 .  The  student  has  a  major  in  accounting, 
business  administration,  or  economics  and 
has  completed  three  courses  in  one  of  these 
departments,  or  the  student  has  a  minor  in 
accounting,  business  administration,  or 
economics  and  has  completed  two  courses 
in  one  of  these  departments. 

2.  The  student  has  at  least  sophomore  status. 

3.  The  student  has  a  GPA  of  2.50  or  higher. 
To  graduate  as  a  member  of  the  IMS,  the 

student  must  complete  an  appropriate 
practicum,  internship,  or  independent  study 
which  results  in  a  major  paper;  participate  in 
designated  IMS  seminars  and  events;  and 
maintain  a  GPA  of  2.50  or  higher. 

340 

MANAGEMENT  INTERNSHIP  STUDY 
A  practicum  in  which  students  work  as  interns 
for  businesses,  government  agencies  and 
nonprofit  organizations  in  the  Williamsport 
area  and  locations  in  Pennsylvania,  New 
Jersey,  New  York,  Washington,  D.C.,  and 
other  places.  Reading,  writing  and  research 
assignments  vary  by  the  credit  value  of  the 
experience.  Enrollments  are  limited  to  the 
numbers  of  available  placements.  Most 
internships  are  full-time  paid  positions, 
although  part-time  and  unpaid  positions  are 
occasionally  accepted.  Four  to  eight  semester 
hours  of  credit.  Prerequisite:  Membership  in 
the  Institute  for  Management  Studies  and 
consent  of  the  Director.  May  be  repeated  for 
a  maximum  of  16  credits. 


Management  Scholars  Program 

The  Management  Scholars  Program  is 
designed  for  academically  talented  students 
who  have  a  major  or  minor  in  accounting, 
business  administration,  or  economics  and  who 
are  members  of  the  Institute  for  Management 
Studies  (students  who  are  accepted  into  the 
Management  Scholars  Program  automatically 
become  members  of  the  Institute  for  Manage- 
ment Studies).  The  students  participate  in 
special  management  seminars,  have  internships 
and/or  independent  study  experiences,  and  give 
formal  presentations  in  the  senior  year. 

To  become  a  Management  Scholar,  a 
student  must  meet  the  following  criteria: 

1 .  The  student  meets  the  requirements  for 
becoming  a  member  of  the  Institute  for 
Management  Studies  (described  above). 

2.  The  student  has  a  GPA  of  3.25  or  higher. 

3.  The  student  has  successfully  participated 
in  three  or  more  semesters  of  the  Lycoming 
Scholars  Program,  or  the  student  has  been 
approved  by  the  Director  of  the  Manage- 
ment Scholars  Program. 

Management  scholars  are  required  to 
complete  two  Management  Scholar  Seminars 
and  to  complete  an  appropriate  internship, 
practicum,  and/or  independent  study  which 
results  in  a  major  paper  and  a  public  presenta- 
tion of  their  findings.  To  graduate  as  a 
Management  Scholar,  the  student  must  also 
complete  a  major  or  minor  in  one  of  the  three 
departments  and  maintain  a  GPA  of  3.25  or 
higher. 

Students  who  are  currently  Lycoming  College 
Scholars  are  welcome  to  become  Management 
Scholars  and  participate  in  both  programs. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^H 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


INTERNATIONAL  STUDIES 


INTERNATIONAL 
STUDIES  (INST) 

Professor:  Larson  (Coordinator) 

The  major  is  designed  to  integrate  an 
understanding  of  the  changing  social,  poHtical, 
and  historical  environment  of  Europe  today 
with  study  of  Europe  in  its  relations  to  the  rest 
of  the  world,  particularly  the  United  States.  It 
stresses  the  international  relations  of  the  North 
Atlantic  community  and  offers  the  student 
opportunity  to  emphasize  either  European 
studies  or  international  relations.  The 
program  provides  multiple  perspectives  on  the 
cultural  traits  that  shape  popular  attitudes  and 
institutions.  Study  of  a  single  country  is 
included  as  a  data-base  for  comparisons,  and 
study  of  its  language  as  a  basis  for  direct 
communication  with  its  people. 

The  program  is  intended  to  prepare  a  student 
either  for  graduate  study  or  for  careers  which 
have  an  international  component.  International 


obligations  are  increasingly  assumed  by  gov- 
ernment agencies  and  a  wide  range  of  business, 
social,  religious,  and  educational  organizations. 
Opportunities  are  found  in  the  fields  of  journal- 
ism, publishing,  communications,  trade,  bank- 
ing, advertising,  management,  and  tourism.  The 
program  also  offers  flexible  career  preparation 
in  a  variety  of  essential  skills,  such  as  research, 
data  analysis,  report  writing,  language  skills, 
and  the  awareness  necessary  for  dealing  with 
people  and  institutions  of  another  culture. 
Preparation  for  related  careers  can  be  obtained 
through  the  guided  selection  of  courses  outside 
the  major  in  the  areas  of  business,  economics, 
foreign  languages  and  literatures,  government, 
history,  and  international  relations  or  through  a 
second  major.  Students  should  design  their 
programs  in  consultation  with  members  of  the 
Committee  on  International  Studies. 

By  completing  six  to  eight  additional  courses 
in  the  social  sciences  (which  include  those 
courses  needed  to  complete  a  major  in  econom- 
ics, history,  political  science,  or  sociology/ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


INTERNATIONAL  STUDIES 


anthropology)  and  the  required  program  in 
education,  students  can  be  certified  for  the 
teacher  education  program  in  social  studies. 
By  completing  a  major  in  the  foreign  lan- 
guages (five  or  more  courses)  and  the  educa- 
tion program,  students  can  be  certified  to 
teach  that  language.  The  International  Studies 
program  also  encourages  participation  in 
study  abroad  programs  such  as  programs  at 
Westminster  College  in  Oxford,  England,  as 
well  as  the  Washington  and  United  Nations 
semesters. 

The  following  course  has  been  approved  to 
be  offered  as  a  writing  intensive  course  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  INST  449.  Students 
must  check  semester  class  schedules  to 
determine  which  courses  are  offered  as  "W" 
courses  for  that  semester. 

The  major  consists  of  1 1  courses  including 
INST  449  plus  the  following: 

International  Relations  Courses  -  Four  or 
two  courses  (if  two,  then  four  must  be  taken 
from  Area  Courses).  Courses  within  this 
group  are  designed  to  provide  a  basic  under- 
standing of  the  international  system  and  of 
Europe's  relations  with  the  rest  of  the  world. 
PSCI  225  is  required. 

PSCI  225  International  Relations 

ECON  343  International  Trade 

HIST  320  European  Diplomatic  History 

PSCI  439  American  Foreign  Policy 

Area  Courses  -  Four  or  two  courses  (if  two, 
then  four  must  be  taken  from  International 
Relations  Courses).  Courses  within  this  group 
are  designed  to  provide  a  basic  understanding 
of  the  European  political,  social,  and  eco- 
nomic environment.  HIST  1 1 1  and  ECON 
221  are  required. 

HIST  1 1 1       Europe  1 8 1 5-Present 

ECON  22 1     Comparative  Economic  Systems 

PSCI  220       Comparative  Pohtics 

HIST  2 1 8      Europe  in  the  Era  of  the 

World  Wars 
HIST  2 1 9      Contemporary  Europe 


National  Courses 

Language  -  Two  courses  in  one  language. 

FRN  221,  plus  one  course  numbered  222 

or  above  (except  228) 

GERM  22 1 ,  plus  one  course  numbered  222 

or  above 

SPAN  221,  plus  one  course  numbered  222  or 

above  (except  311) 

Country  -  One  course.  The  student  must 
select,  according  to  his  or  her  language 
preparation,  one  European  country  which  will 
serve  as  a  social  interest  area  throughout  the 
program.  The  country  selected  will  serve  as 
the  base  for  individual  projects  in  the  major 
courses  wherever  possible. 

France  FRN  228      Modem  France 

Germany       HIST  N80    Topics  in 

German  History 
Spain  SPAN  311    Hispanic  Culture 

Elective  Course  -  One  course  which  should 
involve  further  study  of  some  aspect  of  the 
program.  Appropriate  courses  are  any  area  or 
international  relations  courses  not  yet  taken; 
HIST  1 10,  316;  PSCI  326, 438;  related  foreign 
literature  courses  counting  toward  the  fine  arts 
requirement  and  internships. 

449 

SENIOR  SEMINAR 

A  one-semester  seminar,  taken  in  the 
senior  year,  in  which  students  and  several 
faculty  members  will  pursue  an  integrative 
topic  in  the  field  of  international  studies. 
Students  will  work  to  some  extent  independ- 
ently. Guest  speakers  will  be  invited.  The 
seminar  will  be  open  to  qualified  persons 
from  outside  the  major  and  the  College. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


LITERATURE  •  MATHEMATICAL  SCIENCES 


LITERATURE  (lit) 

Associate  Professor:  Maples  (Coordinator) 

This  major  recognizes  literature  as  a 
distinct  discipline  beyond  national  boundaries 
and  combines  the  study  of  any  two  literatures 
in  the  areas  of  English,  French,  German,  and 
Spanish.  Students  can  thus  explore  two 
literatures  widely  and  intensively  at  the  upper 
levels  of  course  offerings  within  each  of  the 
respective  departments  while  developing  and 
applying  skills  in  foreign  languages.  The 
major  prepares  students  for  graduate  study  in 
either  of  the  two  literatures  studied  or  in 
comparative  literature. 

The  major  requires  at  least  six  literature 
courses,  equally  divided  between  the  two 
literatures  concerned.  The  six  must  be  at  the 
advanced  level  as  determined  in  consultation 
with  advisors  (normally  courses  numbered 
200  and  above  in  English  and  400  and  above 
in  foreign  languages).  In  general,  two  of 
the  advanced  courses  in  each  literature  should 
be  period  courses.  The  third  course,  taken 
either  as  a  regular  course  or  an  independent 
study,  may  have  as  its  subject  another  period, 
a  particular  author,  genre,  or  literary  theme,  or 
some  other  unifying  approach  or  idea. 
Beyond  these  six,  the  major  must  include  at 
least  two  additional  courses  from  among  those 
counting  toward  a  major  in  the  departments 
involved.  Any  prerequisite  courses  in  the 
respective  departments  (for  example:  ENGL 
106,  FRN  221-222  or  228,  GERM  221-222, 
SPAN  221-222)  should  be  taken  during  the 
freshman  year.  Students  should  design  their 
programs  in  consultation  with  a  faculty 
member  from  each  of  the  literatures  con- 
cerned. Programs  for  the  major  must  be 
approved  by  the  departments  involved. 


MATHEMATICAL 
SCIENCES 

Associate  Professors:  Haley,  Sprechini 
Assistant  Professors:  DeSilva,  Golshan, 

Weida  (Chairperson) 
Visiting  Assistant  Professor:  Spickler 
Visiting  Instructors:  Burke,  Schweinsberg 
Part-time  Instructors:  Davis,  Abercrombie, 

Collins 
The  Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences 
offers  major  and  minor  programs  in 
computer  science  and  mathematics. 

ACTUARIAL 
MATHEMATICS 

Associate  Professor:  Gene  Sprechini, 
(Coordinator) 
The  Actuarial  Mathematics  major  is 
designed  to  offer,  within  a  liberal  arts  frame- 
work, coursework  to  prepare  for  an  actuarial 
career.  Students  obtain  the  necessary  math- 
ematical background  for  the  first  actuarial 
exam  and  two  or  three  exams  beyond  the 
first  one.  Students  also  obtain  some  back- 
ground in  accounting,  economics,  and  business 
which  is  needed  for  an  actuarial  career.  At  the 
time  of  completion  of  all  major  requirements, 
or  shortly  thereafter,  a  student  should  be 
prepared  to  sit  for  up  to  four  of  the  examina- 
tions of  the  Society  of  Actuaries. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


# 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


MATHEMATICAL  SCIENCES 


The  Actuarial  Mathematics  major  consists 
of  14  unit  courses  and  two  semesters  of  non- 
credit  colloquia.  In  Mathematical  Sciences, 
required  courses  are  CPTR  125,  MATH  128, 
129,  130,  234,  238,  321,  332,  333,  and  338. 
Also  required  are  ACCT  1 10;  ECON  1 10;  one 
of  MATH  214  or  ECON  230;  one  of  ACCT 
111;  ACCT  44 1 ;  BUS  338;  ECON  33 1  or 
441 ;  two  semesters  of  MATH  339  or  449 
taken  during  the  junior  and/or  senior  years; 
successful  completion  of  the  Course  100 
Examination  of  the  Society  of  Actuaries  by 
the  end  of  the  junior  year. 

Recommended  courses  include:  ACCT 
223,  224,  226,  344;  BUS  339,  342;  CPTR  108; 
ECON  220,  229,  332,  337;  MATH  106,  231, 
432, 434.  It  is  also  strongly  recommended  that 
the  student  complete  of  as  many  of  the  actuarial 
examinations  as  possible  prior  to  graduation. 

COMPUTER  SCIENCE 

(CPTR) 

A  major  in  computer  science  consists  of  1 1 
courses:  MATH  116, 128,  and  129,  CPTR  125, 
246, 247, 32 1 ,  344, 445,  and  two  other  computer 
science  courses  numbered  320  or  above. 
Recommended  extradepartmental  courses: 
PHIL  225  and  PS  Y  337.  In  addition  to  the  regular 
courses  listed  below,  special  courses  are 
occasionally  available. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  CPTR  246,  344. 
Students  must  check  semester  class  schedules 
to  determine  which  courses  are  offered  as 
"W"  courses  for  that  semester. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  computer  science  consists  of 
Math  1 16,  CPTR  125,  246,  247,  and  two  other 
computer  science  courses  numbered  220  or 
above. 

The  recommended  schedule  to  enable  a 
student  to  complete  the  computer  science  major 
in  four  years  is  as  follows: 


FRESHMAN  YEAR 

Fall  Spring 

CPTR  125  CPTR  246* 

MATH  127,  128,  or  129  MATH  127,  128,  or 
ENGL  106*  129 

*  CPTR  246  is  often  offered  as  a  writing 
intensive  course,  and  ENGL  106  is  a  prerequi- 
site to  all  writing  intensive  courses. 


Spring 

CPTR  elective 
MATH  129 


Spring 

CPTR  445  or 
CPTR  elective 

CPTR  321 
or  CPTR  elective 

Spring 

CPTR  445  or 
CPTR  elective 

CPTR  321 
or  CPTR  elective 


SOPHOMORE  YEAR 
Fall 

CPTR  247 
MATH  116 
MATH  128  or  129 

JUNIOR  YEAR 
Fall 

CPTR  344  or 

CPTR  elective 
(MATH  130 

recommended) 

SENIOR  YEAR 
Fall 

CPTR  344  or 

CPTR  elective 
(MATH  130 

recommended) 

101 

MICROCOMPUTER  FILE  MANAGEMENT 

An  introduction  to  a  file-management 
system,  i.e.  a  database  system  that  uses  a 
single  file,  in  the  MS-DOS  environment. 
One-half  unit  of  credit.  This  course  may  not 
be  used  to  meet  distribution  requirements. 

108 

MATHEMATICAL  PROBLEM-SOLVING 
WITH  MICROCOMPUTERS 

An  introduction  to  the  use  of  microcom- 
puter-based, integrated  software  in  solving 
problems  from  mathematics  and  related  areas. 
Included  are  uses  of  spreadsheet,  database  and 
graphics  functions  to  analyze,  solve,  and 
display  solutions  to  problems  from  the  areas 
of  number  theory,  algebra,  geometry,  statis- 
tics, and  the  mathematics  of  business  and 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^ra 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


MATHEMATICAL  SCENCES 


finance.  Emphasis  is  given  to  the  processes 
involved  in  mathematical  modeling.  Labora- 
tory experience  is  included  using  current 
software.  Prerequisite:  Credit  for  or  exemp- 
tion from  MATH  100. 

125 

INTRODUCTION  TO  COMPUTER  SCIENCE 

Introduction  to  programming  utilizing  a 
block-structured  high-level  programming 
language.  Topics  include  algorithms,  program 
structure,  and  computer  configuration. 
Laboratory  experience  is  included 

246 

PRINCIPLES  OF 
ADVANCED  PROGRAMMING 

Principles  of  effective  programming, 
including  structured  programming,  stepwise 
refinement,  assertion  proving,  style,  debug- 
ging, control  structures,  decision  tables,  finite 
state  machines,  recursion,  and  encoding. 
Utilities  most  recently  used  include  SVS 
Pascal,  the  UMX  operating  system,  C,  and 
Shell  programming.  Prerequisite:  A  grade  of 
C  or  better  in  CPTR  125. 

247 

DATA  STRUCTURES 

Representation  of  data  and  algorithms 
associated  with  data  structures.  Topics 
include  representation  of  lists,  trees,  graphs 
and  strings,  algorithms  for  searching  and 
sorting.  Prerequisite:  A  grade  ofC  or  better 
in  CPTR  246  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Corequisite:  MATH  116. 

321 

INTRODUCTION  TO 
NUMERICAL  ANALYSIS 

Topics  from  the  theory  of  interpolation; 
numerical  approaches  to  approximation  of  roots 
and  functions,  integration,  systems  of  differen- 
tial equations,  linear  systems,  matrix  inversion, 
and  the  eigenvalue  problem.  Prerequisite: 
CPTR  125  and  MATH  129;  MATH  130  strongly 
recommended.  Cross-listed  as  MA  TH  321. 


344 

MACHINE  LANGUAGE 

Principles  of  machine  language  program- 
ming; computer  organization  and  representa- 
tion of  numbers,  strings,  arrays,  and  list 
structures  at  the  machine  level;  interrupt 
programming,  relocatable  code,  linking  load- 
ers; interfacing  with  operating  systems.  Pre- 
requisite: A  grade  ofC  or  better  in  CPTR  246; 
CPTR  247  strongly  recommended. 

345 

INTRODUCTION  TO 
COMPUTER  GRAPHICS 

An  introduction  to  graphics  hardware  and 
software  with  emphasis  on  the  mathematics 
necessary  to  represent,  transform,  and  display 
images  of  two-  and  three-dimensional  objects. 
Laboratory  exercises  will  be  designed  to  explore 
the  capabilities  of  the  graphics  system  and  to 
test  the  students'  understanding  of  the 
principles  discussed  in  class.  Prerequisite: 
CPTR  246  and  either  CPTR  247  or  consent  of 
instructor;  MATH  130  recommended.  Alter- 
nate years. 

349 

DATABASE  SYSTEMS 

External  storage  structures,  hashed  files, 
indexed  files;  relational,  network,  and 
hierarchical  data  models;  relational  algebra 
and  the  relational  calculus;  design  theory  for 
relational  databases;  query  optimization; 
concurrent  operations;  database  protection. 
Prerequisite:  CPTR  247.  Alternate  years. 

445 

SYSTEMS  PROGRAMMING 

The  emphasis  in  this  course  is  on  the 
algorithms  used  in  programming  the  various 
parts  of  a  computer  system.  These  parts 
include  assemblers,  loaders,  editors,  interrupt 
processors,  input/output  schedulers,  processor 
and  job  schedulers,  and  memory  managers. 
Prerequisite:  CPTR  247  and  344. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


MATHEMATICAL  SCIENCES 


446 

COMPILER  CONSTRUCTION 

The  emphasis  in  this  course  is  on  the 
construction  of  translators  for  programming 
languages.  Topics  include  lexical  analysis, 
block  structure,  grammars,  parsing,  program 
representation,  and  run-time  organization. 
Prerequisite:  CPTR  247.  Alternate  years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 

MATHEMATICS  (MATH) 

A  major  in  mathematics  consists  of  10  unit 
courses  in  the  mathematical  sciences  and  four 
semesters  of  non-credit  colloquia:  CPTR  125, 
MATH  128,  129,  130,  234,  238,  432,  434,  and 
two  other  mathematics  courses  numbered  220 
or  above,  one  of  which  may  be  replaced  by 
MATH  112,  1 16,  or  214.  Majors  are  required 
to  attend  the  colloquia  during  their  junior  and 
senior  years  (MATH  339  and  449  respec- 
tively). See  the  course  description  for  further 
information  regarding  the  colloquium  require- 
ment. Students  who  are  interested  in  pursuing 
a  career  in  actuarial  science  should  consider 
the  actuarial  mathematics  major. 

Students  seeking  secondary  certification  in 
mathematics  are  required  to  complete  MATH 
330,  336,  and  either  103  or  332,  and  are 
advised  to  enroll  in  PHIL  217.  Also,  all 
majors  are  advised  to  elect  PHIL  225,  333  and 
PHYS  225,  226. 

In  addition  to  the  regular  courses  listed 
below,  special  courses  are  occasionally 
available. 

The  following  course  has  been  approved  to 
be  offered  as  a  writing  intensive  course  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  MATH  234.  Stu- 


dents must  check  semester  class  schedules  to 
determine  which  courses  are  offered  as  "W" 
courses  for  that  semester. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  mathematics  consists  of  MATH 
128,  129,  234,  238,  and  two  additional  courses 
numbered  200  or  above,  one  of  which  may  be 
replaced  with  MATH  130. 

The  recommended  schedule  to  enable  a 
student  to  complete  the  mathematics  major  in 
four  years  is  as  follows: 


FRESHMAN  YEAR 

Fall 

MATH  127,  128,  or  129 
(possibly  CPTR  125) 


Spring 

MATH  128  or  129 
CPTR  125 


SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

Fall  Spring 

MATH  1 29  or  23  8  MATH  234 

MATH  130  MATH  238 


JUNIOR  YEAR 
Fall 

MATH  432  or  434 
(possibly  MATH 

elective  *) 
MATH  339 


Spring 

MATH  elective  * 
if  needed,  CPTR  125 
MATH  339 


SENIOR  YEAR 
Fall 

MATH  432  or  434 
(possibly  MATH 

elective  *) 
MATH  339 


Spring 

if  needed,  MATH 
elective  * 

ifneeded,  CPTR  125 
MATH  339 

*  Candidates  for  secondary  certification  in 
Mathematics  must  complete  MATH  330  and 
336  as  MATH  electives. 

100 

INDIVIDUALIZED  LABORATORY  IN- 
STRUCTION IN  BASIC  ALGEBRA 

A  self-paced  study  of  arithmetic  and 
decimals,  fractions,  the  real  number  line, 
factoring,  solutions  to  linear  and  quadratic 
equations,  graphs  of  linear  and  quadratic 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^« 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


MATHEMATICAL  SCffiNCES 


functions,  expressions  with  rational  exponents, 
algebraic  functions,  exponential  functions,  and 
inequalities.  This  course  is  limited  to  students 
placed  therein  by  the  Mathematics  Depart- 
ment. One-half  unit  of  credit. 

103 

INTRODUCTION  TO  STATISTICS 

Topics  include  tabular  and  graphical 
descriptive  statistics,  discrete  and  continuous 
probability  distributions.  Central  Limit 
Theorem,  one-  and  two-sample  hypotheses 
tests,  analysis  of  variance,  chisquared  tests, 
nonparametric  tests,  linear  regression  and 
correlation.  Other  topics  may  include  index 
numbers,  time  series,  sampling  design,  and 
experimental  design.  Course  also  includes 
some  use  of  a  microcomputer.  Prerequisite: 
Credit  for  or  exemption  from  MATH  100. 

106 

COMBINATORICS 

An  introduction  to  the  analysis  of  counting 
problems.  Topics  include  permutations, 
combinations,  binomial  coefficients,  inclu- 
sion/exclusion principle,  and  partitions.  The 
nature  of  the  subject  allows  questions  to  be 
posed  in  everyday  language  while  still 
developing  sophisticated  mathematical 
concepts.  Prerequisite:  Credit  for  or 
exemption  from  MATH  100. 

109 

APPLIED  ELEMENTARY  CALCULUS 

An  intuitive  approach  to  the  calculus 
concepts  with  applications  to  business, 
biology,  and  social-science  problems.  Not 
open  to  students  who  have  completed  MATH 
128.  Prerequisite:  Credit  for  or  exemption 
from  MATH  100. 


Ill 

FINITE  MATHEMATICS 
FOR  DECISION-MAKING 

An  introduction  to  some  of  the  principal 
mathematical  models,  not  involving  calculus, 
which  are  used  in  business  administration, 
social  sciences,  and  operations  research.  The 
course  will  include  both  deterministic  models 
such  as  graphs,  networks,  linear  programming 
and  voting  models,  and  probabilistic  models 
such  as  Markov  chains  and  games.  Prerequisite: 
Credit  for  or  exemption  from  MA  TH 1 00. 

116 

DISCRETE  MATHEMATICS 

An  introduction  to  discrete  structures. 
Topics  include  equivalence  relations,  parti- 
tions and  quotient  sets,  mathematical  induc- 
tion, recursive  functions,  elementary  logic, 
discrete  number  systems,  elementary  combi- 
natorial theory,  and  general  algebraic  struc- 
tures emphasizing  semi-groups,  groups, 
lattices.  Boolean  algebras,  graphs,  and  trees. 
Prerequisite:  CPTR  125  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

127 

PRECALCULUS  MATHEMATICS 

The  study  of  polynomial,  rational,  exponen- 
tial, logarithmic,  and  trigonometric  functions, 
their  graphs  and  elementary  properties.  This 
course  is  an  intensive  preparation  for  students 
planning  to  take  Calculus  (MATH  128-129), 
those  in  the  Scholars  Program,  or  those  whose 
major  specifically  requires  Precalculus. 
Prerequisite:  Credit  for  or  exemption  from 
MATH  100. 

128-129 

CALCULUS  WITH 
ANALYTIC  GEOMETRY  I  &  II 

Differentiation  and  integration  of  algebraic 
and  trigonometric  functions,  conic  sections  and 
their  applications,  graphing  plane  curves, 
applications  to  related  rate  and  external 
problems,  areas  of  plane  regions,  volumes  of 
solids  of  revolution,  and  other  applications; 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


MATHEMATICAL  SCIENCES 


differentiation  and  integration  of  transcenden- 
tal functions,  parametric  equations,  polar 
coordinates,  infinite  sequences  and  series,  and 
series  expansions  of  functions.  Prerequisite 
for  128:  Exemption  from  or  a  grade  ofC  or 
better  in  MATH  127.  Prerequisite  for  129: 
exemption  from  or  a  grade  ofC  or  better  in 
MATH  128. 

130 

INTRODUCTION  TO  MATRIX  ALGEBRA 

Systems  of  linear  equations  and  matrix 
arithmetic.  Points  and  hyperplanes,  infinite 
dimensional  geometries.  Bases  and  linear 
independence.  Matrix  representations  of 
linear  mappings.  The  fixed  point  problem. 
Special  classes  of  matrices.  Prerequisite: 
MATH  127  or  its  equivalent. 

205 

MATHEMATICS  IN 
ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 

This  course  is  intended  for  prospective 
elementary  school  teachers  and  is  required  of 
all  those  seeking  elementary  certification. 
Topics  include  systems  of  numbers  and 
numeration,  computational  algorithms, 
environmental  and  transformation  geometry, 
measurement,  and  mathematical  concept 
formation.  Observation  and  participation  in 
Greater  Williamsport  elementary  schools. 
Prerequisite:  PSY  338  and  credit  for  or 
exemption  from  MATH  100.  Corequisite: 
Any  EDUC  course  numbered  341  or  above 
which  is  specifically  required  for  elementary 
certification. 

214 

MULTIVARIABLE  STATISTICS 

The  study  of  statistical  techniques  involv- 
ing several  variables.  Topics  include  multiple 
regression  and  correlation,  one-and  two-way 
analysis  of  variance,  analysis  of  covariance, 
analysis  of  two-  and  three-way  contingency 
tables,  and  discriminant  analysis.  Other  topics 
may  include  cluster  analysis,  factor  analysis 


and  canonical  correlations,  repeated  measure 
designs,  time  series  analysis,  and  nonparamet- 
ric  methods.  Course  also  includes  extensive 
use  of  a  statistical  package  (currently  BMDP). 
Prerequisite:  A  grade  ofC  or  better  in  MATH 
103  or  its  equivalent,  or  MATH  332. 

231 

DIFFERENTIAL  EQUATIONS 

A  study  of  ordinary  differential  equations 
and  linear  systems.  Solution  techniques 
include:  reduction  of  order,  undetermined 
coefficients,  variation  of  parameters,  Laplace 
transforms,  power  series,  and  eigenvalues  and 
eigenvectors.  A  brief  discussion  of  numerical 
methods  may  also  be  included.  Prerequisite: 
A  grade  of  Cor  better  in  MATH  129;  MATH 
130  recommended. 

233 

COMPLEX  VARIABLES 

Complex  numbers,  analytic  functions, 
complex  integration,  Cauchy's  theorems  and 
their  applications.  Corequisite:  MATH  238. 
Alternate  years. 

234 

FOUNDATIONS  OF  MATHEMATICS 

Topics  regularly  included  are  the  nature  of 
mathematical  systems,  essentials  of  logical 
reasoning,  and  axiomatic  foundations  of  set 
theory.  Other  topics  frequently  included  are 
approaches  to  the  concepts  of  infinity  and 
continuity,  and  the  construction  of  the  real 
number  system.  The  course  serves  as  a  bridge 
from  elementary  calculus  to  advanced  courses 
in  algebra  and  analysis.  Prerequisite:  A  grade 
ofC  or  better  in  MATH  129  or  130;  both 
courses  recommended. 

238 

MULTIVARIABLE  CALCULUS 

Algebra,  geometry,  and  calculus  in 
multidimensional  Euclidean  space;  n-tuples, 
matrices;  lines,  planes,  curves,  surfaces; 
vector  functions  of  a  single  variable,  accelera- 
tion, curvature;  functions  for  several  variables. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


MATHEMATICAL  SCffiNCES 


gradient;  line  integrals,  vector  fields,  multiple 
integrals,  change  of  variable,  areas,  volumes; 
Green's  theorem.  Prerequisites:  A  grade  of 
C  or  better  in  MATH  129,  and  either  MATH 
130  or  231. 

321 

INTRODUCTION  TO 
NUMERICAL  ANALYSIS 

Topics  from  the  theory  of  interpolation; 
numerical  approaches  to  approximating  roots 
and  functions,  integration,  systems  of  differen- 
tial equations,  linear  systems,  matrix  inver- 
sion, and  the  eigenvalue  problem.  Prerequi- 
site: CPTR  125  and  MATH  129;  MATH  130 
strongly  recommended.  Cross-listed  as  CPTR 
321. 

330 

TOPICS  IN  GEOMETRY 

An  axiomatic  treatment  of  Euclidean 
geometry  with  an  historical  perspective. 
Prerequisite:  MATH  234.  Alternate  years. 

332-333 

MATHEMATICAL  STATISTICS  MI 
A  study  of  probability,  discrete  and 
continuous  random  variables,  expected  values 
and  moments,  sampling,  point  estimation, 
sampling  distributions,  interval  estimation, 
test  of  hypotheses,  regression  and  linear 
hypotheses,  experimental  design  models. 
Corequisite:  MATH  238.  Alternate  years. 

336 

CONCEPTS  OF  MATHEMATICS 
IN  SECONDARY  EDUCATION 

A  course  designed  for  mathematics  majors 
who  are  planning  to  teach  at  the  secondary 
level.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  mathe- 
matics that  form  the  foundation  of  secondary 
mathematics.  Ideas  will  be  presented  to 
famiharize  the  student  with  the  various 
curriculum  proposals,  to  provide  for  innova- 
tion within  the  existing  curriculum,  and  to 
expand  the  boundaries  of  the  existing 


curriculum.  Prerequisite:  A  grade  ofC  or 
better  in  MATH  129;  student  must  be  junior  or 
senior  mathematics  major  enrolled  in  the 
secondary  certification  program. 

338 

OPERATIONS  RESEARCH 

Queuing  theory,  including  simulations 
techniques,  optimization  theory,  including 
linear  programming,  integer  programming, 
and  dynamic  programming;  game  theory, 
including  two-person  zero-sum  games,  coopera- 
tive games,  and  multiperson  games.  Prerequi- 
site: MATH  112  or  130.  Alternate  years. 

432 

REAL  ANALYSIS 

An  introduction  to  the  rigorous  analysis  of 
the  concepts  of  real  variable  calculus  in  the 
setting  of  normed  spaces.  Topics  from: 
topology  of  the  Euclidean  plane,  complete- 
ness, compactness,  the  Heine-Borel  theorem; 
functions  on  Euclidean  space,  continuity, 
uniform  continuity,  differentiability;  series 
and  convergence;  Riemann  integral.  Pre- 
requisite: MATH  238  and  a  grade  of  C  or 
better  in  MATH  234. 

434 

ABSTRACT  ALGEBRA 

An  integrated  approach  to  groups,  rings, 
fields,  and  vector  spaces  and  functions  which 
preserve  their  structure.  Prerequisite:  MATH 
130  and  a  grade  ofC  or  better  in  MATH  234. 

438 
SEMINAR 

Topics  in  modem  mathematics  of  current 
interest  to  the  instructor.  A  different  topic  is 
selected  each  semester.  This  semester  is 
designed  to  provide  junior  and  senior  mathe- 
matics majors  and  other  qualified  students  with 
more  than  the  usual  opportunity  for  concen- 
trated and  cooperative  inquiry.  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  instructor.  One-half  unit  of  credit. 
This  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


MATHEMATICAL  SCIENCES  •  MILITARY  SCIENCE 


339  &  449 

MATH  COLLOQUIA 

This  non-credit  but  required  course  for 
junior  and  senior  mathematics  and  actuarial 
mathematics  majors  offers  students  a  chance 
to  hear  presentations  on  topics  related  to,  but 
not  directly  covered  in  formal  MATH  courses. 
Mathematics  majors  are  required  to  attend 
colloquia  each  semester  of  their  junior  (339) 
and  senior  (449)  years.  Actuarial  mathematics 
majors  are  required  to  attend  colloquia  any 
two  semesters  of  their  junior  and  senior  years. 
Mathematics  majors  must  present  two  lectures, 
one  during  the  junior  year  and  one  during  the 
senior  year.  Actuarial  mathematics  majors 
present  one  lecture  during  one  of  the  semes- 
ters in  which  they  are  enrolled.  A  letter  grade 
will  be  given  in  semesters  in  which  the 
student  gives  a  presentation,  otherwise  the 
grade  will  be  P/F.  Seniors  are  strongly 
encouraged  to  give  their  presentations  during 
the  fall  semester.  Mathematics  majors 
applying  for  the  professional  semester  in 
education  are  required  to  give  their  first 
presentation  before  the  eighth  week  of  the  fall 
semester  of  their  junior  year,  and  the  second 
presentation  before  the  eighth  week  of  the  fall 
semester  of  their  senior  year.  With  Depart- 
mental approval,  mathematics  majors  will  be 
required  to  take  three  semesters  of  339  or  449; 
such  approval  is  granted  only  in  extraordinary 
circumstances  and  will  require  the  student  to 
give  one  presentation  in  each  of  the  three 
semesters.  One  hour  per  week. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


MILITARY 
SCIENCE  (MLsc) 

The  U.S.  Army  Reserve  Officer  Training 
Corps  (ROTC)  program  is  offered  to 
Lycoming  College  students  in  cooperation 
with  Bucknell  University.  The  introductory 
courses  are  taught  on  Lycoming's  campus  and 
the  program  provides  transportation  to 
Bucknell  University  for  the  advanced  courses. 
Details  of  the  ROTC  program  can  be  found  on 
page  47. 

Oil 

INTRODUCTION  TO  ROTC 

The  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the 
student  with  the  ROTC  program  and  with  the 
Army  as  a  potential  employer  after  graduation. 
Students  will  learn  about  the  Army's  history, 
organization,  equipment,  and  role  in  the 
nation.  Students  will  also  learn  some  funda- 
mental military  skills,  customs,  and  traditions. 
No  credit. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


MILITARY  SCIENCE 


012 

INDIVIDUAL  MILITARY  SKILLS 

The  course  expands  upon  the  skills  learned 
in  the  previous  semester.  Several  classes  will 
be  held  at  the  rifle  range  to  develop  marks- 
manship skills.  There  will  also  be  training  in 
radio  communication  and  first  aid  skills.  No 
credit. 

021 

LAND  NAVIGATION 

Students  will  learn  how  to  use  military 
topographic  maps  and  reference  systems.  The 
course  includes  theory  and  practical  exercises 
in  navigating  using  compass,  map  terrain 
association.  There  will  also  be  some  instruc- 
tion and  practice  in  military  writing  and 
briefing  skills.  No  credit. 

022 

LEADERSHIP  THEORY 

The  focus  is  on  leading  a  small  group  of 
individuals.  The  course  examines  the  role  of 
the  leader,  military  leadership  concept, 
personal  character,  decision-making,  imple- 
menting decisions,  motivation  and  supervi- 
sion. The  course  also  includes  instruction  and 
practice  on  conducting  performance-oriented 
training.  No  credit. 

031 

APPLIED  LEADERSHIP 

The  student  serves  as  a  small  unit  leader  in 
the  ROTC  organization.  Student  leadership  is 
evaluated  and  developed.  The  student  has 
some  responsibilities  to  care  for  and  train 
younger  cadets.  Instruction  on  small  (infan- 
try) unit  tactics  is  used  as  a  vehicle  to  provide 
students  a  variety  of  leadership  challenges. 
No  credit. 

032 

SMALL  UNIT  TACTICS 

The  course  requires  planning  and  practic- 
ing tactical  operations  at  small  unit  level. 
Students  continue  to  apply/develop  leadership 
skills  in  increasingly  complex  situations. 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE  ■ 


Topics  include  preparation  of  orders,  offense, 
defense,  reconnaissance,  patrolling,  fire 
support,  and  airmobile  operations.  No  credit. 

041 

MENTORING  AND  MANAGING 

The  student  serves  as  a  cadet  officer  in 
the  ROTC  organization  and  plans  and 
organizes  several  major  training  activities. 
Course  work  includes  delegating  and  con- 
trolling, setting  objectives,  making  leadership 
assessments,  counseling,  supervising,  and 
evaluating.  No  credit. 

042 

PROFESSIONALISM  AND  ETHICS 

The  student  serves  in  a  different  leadership 
position  and  continues  to  develop  and  apply 
the  skills  learned  in  the  previous  semester. 
The  course  also  examines  military  officership 
as  a  profession  and  the  ethical  behavior 
expected  of  an  officer.  The  course  also  serves 
to  prepare  the  student  for  an  initial  assignment 
as  an  Army  lieutenant.  No  credit. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


MUSIC 


MUSIC  (Mus) 


Professor:  Boerckel  (Chairperson) 
Associate  Professor:  Thayer 
Assistant  Professor:  Janda 
Part-time  Instructors:  Bailey,  Burke, 

Campbell,  Comegys,  Flanagan,  Grube, 

Lakey,  Leidhecker,  Mitchell,  Mullen, 

Muzzo,  Russell 

The  student  majoring  in  music  is  required 
to  take  a  balanced  program  of  music  theory, 
history,  applied  music,  and  ensemble.  A 
minimum  of  eight  courses  (exclusive  of  all 
ensemble,  applied  music  and  instrumental  and 
vocal  methods  courses)  is  required  and  must 
include  MUS  110,  1 11,  220,  221,  335,  and 
336.  Each  major  must  participate  in  an 
ensemble  (MUS  167,  168,  and/or  169)  and 
take  one  hour  of  applied  music  per  week  for  a 
minimum  of  four  semesters  including  the 
entire  period  in  which  the  individual  is 
registered  as  a  music  major  (see  MUS  160- 
169).  The  major  must  include  at  least  one-half 
hour  of  piano  in  the  applied  program  unless  a 
piano  proficiency  test  is  requested  and  passed. 
Anyone  declaring  music  as  a  second  major 
must  do  so  by  the  beginning  of  the  junior  year. 

Music  majors  seeking  certification  in  music 
education  (K-12)  must  also  take  PSY  1 10  and 
338;  EDUC  200  and  the  Professional  Semester; 
MUS  261-7, 332, 333, 334, 446,  and  pass  the 
piano  proficiency  examination.  Students  who 
wish  to  obtain  certification  in  music  education 
should  consult  with  the  department  as  soon  as 
possible,  preferably  before  scheduling  classes 
for  the  freshman  year. 

The  Music  Department  recommends  that 
non-majors  select  courses  from  the  following 
list  to  meet  distribution  requirements:  MUS 
1 16,  1 17, 128,  135-8, 224,  and  234.  Applied 
music  and  ensemble  courses  may  also  be  used 
to  meet  distribution  requirements. 

Student  recitals  offer  opportunities  to  gain 
experience  in  public  performance.  Music 
majors  and  other  students  qualified  in  perfor- 
mance may  present  formal  recitals. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 


to  be  offered  as  cultural  diversity  courses:  MUS 
1 16,  128,  234.  Students  must  check  semester 
class  schedules  to  determine  which  courses 
are  offered  as  "D"  courses  for  that  semester. 
The  following  course  has  been  approved  to 
be  offered  as  a  writing  intensive  course  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  MUS  336.  Students 
must  check  semester  class  schedules  to 
determine  which  courses  are  offered  as  "W" 
courses  for  that  semester. 

110-111 

MUSIC  THEORY  I  AND  II 

A  two-semester  course,  intended  for 
students  who  have  some  music-reading 
ability,  which  examines  the  fundamental 
components  and  theoretical  concepts  of  music. 
Students  develop  musicianship  through 
application  of  applied  skills.  Prerequisite  to 
MUS  111:  MUS  110. 

116 

INTRODUCTION  TO  MUSIC 

A  basic  course  in  the  materials  and  tech- 
niques of  music.  Examples  drawn  from  various 
periods  of  western  and  non- western  styles  are 
designed  to  enhance  perception  and  apprecia- 
tion through  careful  and  informed  listening. 

117 

SURVEY  OF  WESTERN  MUSIC 

A  chronological  survey  of  music  in 
Western  civilization  from  Middle  Ages  to  the 
present.  Composers  and  musical  styles  are 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^M 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


MUSIC 

• 


considered  in  the  context  of  the  broader 
culture  of  each  major  era. 

128 

AMERICAN  MUSIC 

An  introductory  survey  of  all  types  of  Ameri- 
can music  from  pre-Revolutionary  days  to  the 
present.  Categories  to  be  covered  are  folk  music 
of  different  origins,  the  development  of  show 
music  into  Broadway  musicals,  serious  concert 
music  for  large  and  small  ensembles,  jazz,  and 
various  popular  musics  from  "Tin  Pan  Alley"  to 
Rock  to  New  Wave.  Alternate  years. 

135-136 

INTRODUCTION  TO  DANCE  I  AND  II 

An  introduction  to  the  techniques  of  basic 
movement  and  interpretation  in  ballet,  jazz, 
and  modem  dance.  Classes  include  improvi- 
sation and  choreography.  Prerequisite  for 
MUS  136:  MUS  135  or  consent  of  instructor. 
One-half  unit  of  credit  each.  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  received  credit  for  THEA 
135-136  or  THEA  235-236. 

137 

HISTORY  OF  THE  DANCE  I 

A  survey  of  classical  ballet  from  the  Ballets  de 
cour  of  1 7th  century  France  to  the  present  with 
emphasis  on  the  contributions  of  Petipa,  Fokien, 
Cecchetti,  and  Balanchine.  One -half  unit  of 
credit.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  received 
creditforTHEA  137  or  138. 

138 

HISTORY  OF  THE  DANCE  II 

A  survey  of  the  forms  of  dance,  excluding 
classical  ballet,  as  independent  works  of  art 
and  as  they  have  reflected  the  history  of 
civilization  from  primitive  times  to  the 
present.  Prerequisite:  MUS  137  or  consent  of 
instructor.  One-half  unit  of  credit.  Not  open 
to  students  who  have  received  credit  for 
THEA  137  or  138. 


220-221 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


MUSIC  THEORY  III  AND  IV 

A  continuation  of  the  integrated  theory 
course  moving  toward  newer  uses  of  music 
materials.  Prerequisite:  MUS  111. 

224 

ELECTRONIC  MUSIC  I 

A  non-technical  introduction  to  electronic 
music  and  MIDI  (Musical  Instrument  Digital 
Interface)  for  the  major  and  non-major  alike. 
The  course  traces  the  development  of  MIDI 
from  its  origin  to  present-day  digital  synthesizers 
in  combination  with  sequencing  computers. 

225 

ELECTRONIC  MUSIC  II 

Further  consideration  of  recording  tech- 
niques. Use  of  microphones,  multi-track 
recording,  mixing,  special  effects  devices,  and 
synchronization  will  be  introduced.  Students 
will  take  part  in  live  recording  of  concerts  and 
rehearsals  of  a  variety  of  ensembles.  Student 
projects  will  include  complete  recording 
sessions  and  the  production  of  electronic  music 
compositions  utilizing  classical  studio  tech- 
niques and  real-time  networks.  Prerequisite: 
MUS  224  or  consent  of  instructor. 

234 

HISTORY  OF  JAZZ 

A  survey  of  jazz  styles,  composers,  and 
performers  from  1 890  to  the  present:  origins, 
ragtime,  blues.  New  Orleans,  Chicago,  swing, 
bebop,  cool,  funky,  free  jazz,  third  stream,  and 
contemporary. 

235-236 

INTERMEDIATE  DANCE  I  AND  II 

Studies  of  the  techniques  of  basic  movement 
and  interpretation  in  ballet,  jazz  and  modem 
dance  at  the  intermediate  level.  Classes  include 
improvisation  and  choreography.  Prerequisite 
for  MUS  235:  MUS  136  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Prerequisite  for  MUS  236:  MUS  235  or 
consent  of  instructor.  One-half  unit  of  credit 
each.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  received 
credit  for  THEA  135-136  or  THEA  235-236. 
330 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


MUSIC 

• 


COMPOSITION  I 

An  introductory  course  for  majors  and  non- 
majors  who  wish  to  explore  their  composing 
abihties.  Guided  individual  projects  in  smaller 
instrumental  and  vocal  forms,  together  with 
identification  and  use  of  techniques  employed 
by  the  major  composers  of  the  20th  century. 
Prerequisite:  MUS  HI  or  consent  of  instructor. 

332 

TEACHING  MUSIC  IN  THE  SCHOOLS 

Methods  and  materials  of  teaching  music 
in  the  schools  with  emphasis  on  curriculum 
development  and  procedures  for  choral  and 
instrumental  ensembles  at  the  elementary  and 
secondary  levels.  Course  work  will  include 
observation  of  music  classes  in  elementary 
and  secondary  schools  in  the  Greater  Wil- 
liamsport  area.  Alternate  years. 

333 

CHORAL  CONDUCTING 

A  study  of  choral  conducting  with  frequent 
opportunity  for  practical  experience.  Empha- 
sis will  be  placed  upon  technical  development, 
rehearsal  technique,  and  stylistic  integrity. 
Prerequisite:  MUS  110-111  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Alternate  years. 

334 

INSTRUMENTAL  CONDUCTING 

A  study  of  instrumental  conducting  with  an 
emphasis  on  acquiring  skills  for  self-analysis. 
Topics  include  the  physical  skills  and  intellec- 
tual preparation  necessary  for  clear,  expressive, 
and  informed  conducting.  Other  areas  such  as 
the  development  of  rehearsal  techniques  and 
improvement  of  aural  skills  will  be  addressed  on 
a  continual  basis.  Prerequisite:  MUS  110-111 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

335 

HISTORY  OF  WESTERN  MUSIC  I 

The  development  of  musical  styles  and 
forms  from  Gregorian  chant  through  Mozart, 
including  composers  from  the  medieval. 
Renaissance,  baroque,  and  early  classical  eras. 


336 

HISTORY  OF  WESTERN  MUSIC  II 

The  development  of  musical  styles  and 
forms  from  Beethoven  to  the  present,  includ- 
ing composers  from  the  late  classical,  roman- 
tic, and  modem  eras. 

339 

ORCHESTRATION 

A  study  of  modem  orchestral  instmments 
and  examination  of  their  use  by  the  great 
masters  with  practical  problems  in  instmmen- 
tation.  The  College  Music  Organizations 
serve  to  make  performance  experience 
possible.  Prerequisite:  MUS  110-111  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

440 

COMPOSITION  II 

For  students  interested  in  intensive  work 
emphasizing  the  development  of  a  personal 
style  of  composing.  Guided  individual 
projects  in  larger  instmmental  and  vocal 
forms,  together  with  analysis  of  selected 
works  from  the  20th  century  repertory.  Pre- 
requisite: MUS  330  or  consent  of  instructor. 

445 

SPECIAL  TOPICS  IN  MUSIC 

The  intensive  study  of  a  selected  area  of 
music  literature,  designed  to  develop  research 
techniques  in  music.  The  topic  is  announced 
at  the  Spring  pre-registration.  Sample  topics 
include:  Beethoven,  Impressionism,  Vienna 
1900-1914.  Prerequisite:  MUS  116,  117  or 
221;  or  consent  of  instructor. 

446 

RECITAL 

The  preparation  and  presentation  of  a  full- 
length  public  recital,  normally  during  the 
student's  senior  year.  MUS  446  may  substi- 
tute for  one  hour  of  applied  music  (MUS  1 60- 
166).  Prerequisite:  Approval  by  the  depart- 
ment. May  be  repeated  for  credit. 


470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


MUSIC 

• 


N80-N89 

D^DEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 

APPLIED  MUSIC 
AND  ENSEMBLE 

The  study  of  performance  in  piano,  harpsi- 
chord, voice,  organ,  strings,  guitar,  brass, 
woodwinds,  and  percussion  is  designed  to 
develop  sound  technique  and  a  knowledge  of 
the  appropriate  literature  for  the  instrument. 
Student  recitals  offer  opportunities  to  gain 
experience  in  public  performance. 

Credit  for  applied  music  courses  (private 
lessons)  and  ensemble  (choir,  orchestra  and 
band)  is  earned  on  a  fractional  basis.  One  hour 
lesson  per  week  earns  one  hour  credit.  One 
half-hour  lesson  per  week  earns  one  half-hour 
credit.  Ensemble  credit  totals  one  hour  credit  if 
the  student  enrolls  for  one  or  two  ensembles  (for 
more  information,  see  course  descriptions 
below).  When  scheduling  please  note  that  an 
applied  course  or  ensemble  should  not  be  sub- 
stituted for  an  academic  course,  but  should  be 
taken  in  addition  to  the  normal  four  academic 
courses. 

Extra  fees  apply  for  private  lessons  (MUSI  60- 
1 66)  as  follows:  $  1 75  per  semester  for  a  half- 
hour  lesson  per  week.  $350  per  semester  for  a 
one  hour  lesson  per  week.  Private  lessons  are 
given  for  1 3  weeks.  1 60  Piano  or  Harpsichord, 
161  Voice,  162  Strings  or  Guitar,  163  Organ, 
164  Brass,  165  Woodwinds,  166  Percussion. 

167 

ORCHESTRAL  ENSEMBLE 

The  Williamsport  Symphony  Orchestra 
allows  students  with  significant  instrumental 
experience  to  become  members  of  this  regional 
ensemble.  Participation  in  the  W.S.O.  is 
contingent  upon  audition  and  the  availability  of 
openings.  Students  are  allowed  a  maximum  of 


one  hour  of  Ensemble  credit  per  semester.  A 
student  who  is  enrolled  in  orchestra  only 
should  register  for  MUS  167B  (one  hour 
credit).  A  student  may  belong  to  two  en- 
sembles, choosing  either  Choir  or  Concert 
Band  as  the  second  group.  Such  a  student  will 
then  register  for  MUS  1 67  A  ( 1  /2  hour  credit) 
plus  either  MUS  168  A  (1/2  hour  credit)  or 
MUS  169A  (1/2  hour  credit). 

168 

CHORAL  ENSEMBLE  (CHOIR) 

Participation  in  the  College  Choir  is  de- 
signed to  enable  any  student  possessing  at  least 
average  talent  an  opportunity  to  study  choral 
technique.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  acquain- 
tance with  choral  literature,  tone  production, 
diction,  and  phrasing.  Students  are  allowed  a 
maximum  of  one  hour  of  Ensemble  credit  per 
semester.  A  student  who  is  enrolled  in  Choir 
only  should  register  for  MUS  168B  (one  hour 
credit).  A  student  may  belong  to  two  en- 
sembles, choosing  either  Orchestra  or  Concert 
Band  as  the  second  group.  Such  a  student  will 
then  register  for  MUS  168 A  (1/2  hour  credit) 
plus  either  MUS  167  A  (1/2  hour  credit)  or 
MUS  169A(  1/2  hour  credit).  If  a  student  has 
auditioned  and  been  selected  for  the  twenty- 
voice  Chamber  Choir  (no  credit  available),  he/ 
she  should  register  for  MUS  168C. 

169 

CONCERT  BAND 

The  College  Concert  Band  allows  students 
with  some  instrumental  experience  to  become 
acquainted  with  good  band  literature  and 
develop  personal  musicianship  through 
participation  in  group  instrumental  activity. 
Students  are  allowed  a  maximum  of  one  hour 
of  Ensemble  credit  per  semester.  A  student 
who  is  enrolled  in  Band  only  should  register 
for  MUS  169B  (one  hour  credit).  A  student 
may  belong  to  two  ensembles,  choosing  either 
Orchestra  or  Choir  as  the  second  group.  Such 
a  student  will  then  register  for  MUS  169 A 
(1/2  hour  credit)  plus  either  MUS  167A  (  1/2 
hour  credit)  or  MUS  168A  (1/2  hour  credit). 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


MUSIC  •  NEAR  EAST  CULTURE  AND  ARCHAEOLOGY 


"HM  NEAR  EAST 
— -^  CULTURE  AND 


If  a  student  has  auditioned  and  been  selected 
for  the  woodwind  or  brass  quintets  (no  credit 
available),  he/she  should  register  for  MUS 
169C  or  169D. 

INSTRUMENTAL  AND 
VOCAL  METHODS 

Instrumental  and  vocal  methods  classes  are 
designed  to  provide  students  seeking  certifica- 
tion in  music  education  with  a  basic  under- 
standing of  all  standard  band  and  orchestral 
instruments  as  well  as  a  familiarity  with 
fundamental  techniques  of  singing. 

MUS  261  Brass  Methods  (one  hour  credit) 

MUS  262         Percussion  Methods 

(one  hour  credit) 
MUS  263,  264  String  Methods  I  and  11 

(one  hour  credit  each) 
MUS  265         Vocal  Methods  (one  hour  credit) 
MUS  266,  267  Woodwind  Methods  I  and  II 

(one  hour  credit  each) 


ARCHAEOLOGY 

Professor:  Guerra  (Coordinator) 

The  Near  East  culture  and  archaeology 
interdisciplinary  major  is  designed  to  acquaint 
students  with  the  "cradle  of  Western  civiliza- 
tion," both  in  its  ancient  and  modem  aspects. 
Majors  will  complete  a  minimum  of  eight  to 
ten  courses  related  to  the  Near  East. 

Required  courses  are  described  in  their 
departmental  sections  and  include: 

1 .  Four  courses  in  language  and  culture  from: 
REL  228       History  and  Culture  of  the 

Ancient  Near  East 
ART  222      History  of  Art 
HIST  210     Ancient  History 
REL  113       Old  Testament  Faith  and  History 
REL  224       Judaism  and  Islam 
Two  semesters  of  foreign  language 
HEBR  101-102,  or  GRK  101-102 

2.  Two  courses  in  archaeology  from: 
REL  226,  Biblical  Archaeology,  or 
special  archaeology  courses,  such  as 
independent  studies  or  May  or  summer 
terms  in  the  Near  East. 

3 .  Two  courses  in  the  cooperating  departments 
(art,  history,  political  science,  religion  and 
sociology-anthropology)  or  related  depart- 
ments .  These  two  courses,  usually  taken  in  the 
juniororsenioryears,canbeindependentstudy. 
Topicsshouldberelatedeithertothe  ancient  or 
the  modem  Near  East  and  must  be  approved  in 
advance  by  the  committee  supervising  the 
interdisciplinary  program.  The  study  of  modem 
Arabic  or  Hebrew  is  encouraged. 

Other  courses  may  be  suggested  by  the 
supervisory  committee  within  the  limits  of  a  1 0- 
course  major.  The  number  of  courses  taken 
within  this  program  applicable  toward  fulfilling 
the  College  distribution  requirements  will  vary 
according  to  the  selection  of  courses. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


NURSING 


NURSING  (NURS) 

Associate  Professors:  Parrish  (Chairperson), 

Pagana 
Assistant  Professors:  Ficca,  Gray-Vickrey 
Instructors:  Lauver,  Slotleski-Krum 
Visiting  Instructor:  Anderer 
Part-time  Instructors:  Ingram,  Painter, 

Sawyer,  Terry-Manchester 
Students  wishing  to  major  in  nursing  will 
be  admitted  to  the  College  under  the  usual 
admission  procedures.  Freshmen  are  required 
to  satisfactorily  complete  ENGL  106  or  107, 
CHEM  108,  1 15  and  PSY  110.  In  addition,  to 
be  considered  for  continuation  in  nursing,  a 
minimum  GPA  of  2.50  is  required  at  comple- 
tion of  the  freshman  year.  A  declaration  of 
major  form  should  be  submitted  to  the 
Department  of  Nursing  by  September  30  of 
the  Sophomore  year. 

Major  in  Nursing 

The  major  in  nursing  consists  of:  NURS 
221,  330,  331,  332,  333,  336,  337,  338,  435, 
440,  441,  442,  and  nursing  elective  (422,  424, 
430,  or  443)  or  N80-N89.  Statistics  also  is 
required.  Courses  are  ordered  and  must  be 
taken  in  sequence.  In  addition,  the  following 
are  prerequisites  for  specific  nursing  courses: 
CHEM  108,  115;  BIO  113-114,  226;  PSY  110. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  NURS  221,  435. 
Students  must  check  semester  class  schedules 
to  determine  which  courses  are  offered  as 
"W"  courses  for  that  semester. 

Second  Degree  Students 

The  Department  of  Nursing  offers  a  unique 
opportunity  for  individuals  who  have  already 
earned  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  another 
discipline  to  complete  the  requirements  for  a 
B.S.N,  in  18  months.  Students  interested  in 
pursuing  this  fastrack  program  must  complete 
the  hberal  arts  and  general  science  requirements 
prior  to  beginning  this  1 8  month  clinical  track. 


Applications  are  accepted  throughout  the 
academic  year  with  clinical  nursing  courses 
beginning  in  Summer  Session  II.  Individual- 
ized advisement  is  available  on  an  ongoing 
basis  through  the  Department  of  Nursing. 

Registered  Nurses 

The  Department  of  Nursing  offers  an 
alternative  curriculum  for  registered  nurses 
within  the  existing  B.S.N,  program.  The  goals 
of  this  alternative  curriculum  are  to  provide 
registered  nurses  with  the  opportunity  to  earn  an 
educationally  sound  B.S.N,  degree  while 
completing  the  degree  requirements  in  as  short  a 
time  period  as  possible,  and  to  meet  the  unique 
needs  of  registered  nurses.  NURS  300  is  open 
only  to  registered  nurses  and  is  required  as  part 
of  the  alternative  curriculum. 

The  Department  of  Nursing  supports  the 
Pennsylvania  Articulation  Model  which  promotes 
the  practice  of  providing  educational  programs 
for  nurses  from  state  approved  and  National 
League  for  Nursing  accredited  schools  which 
facilitates  progression  into  the  next  educational 
program  without  unnecessary  repetition. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^h 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


NURSING 


Validation  testing  (ACT  PEP  exams)  may  be 
required  for  ( 1 )  individuals  who  graduated 
from  any  nursing  program  more  than  10  years 
prior  to  application,  (2)  individuals  who 
graduated  more  than  3  years  prior  to  applica- 
tion and  who  have  not  worked  at  least  1000 
hours  in  the  preceding  3  years,  or  (3)  individu- 
als who  graduated  from  non-NLN  accredited 
nursing  programs. 

RNs  from  an  NLN  accredited  program  who 
graduated  within  3  years  of  matriculating  into 
the  B.S.N,  program  and  RNs  who  graduated 
from  an  NLN  accredited  program  more  than  3 
but  not  more  than  10  years  before  matriculat- 
ing into  the  B.S.N,  program  and  who  have 
worked  for  at  least  1000  hours  within  the  last 
three  years  will  receive  transfer  credit  for 
NURS  221,  330,  331,  332,  333,  337,  338,  and 
440  upon  successful  completion  of  NURS 
441,  COMPREHENSIVE  NURSING  CARE. 

To  obtain  the  B.S.N.,  all  RNs  will  be 
required  to  successfully  complete  NURS  300, 
336,  424,  435,  441 ,  and  442.    In  addition, 
RNs  will  be  required  to  take  any  5  science 
courses  chosen  from  CHEM  108  or  higher, 
BIO  1 10  or  higher,  PHYS  225  or  higher,  or 
other  courses  approved  by  the  Department  of 
Nursing  upon  evaluation  of  a  student's  tran- 
script. At  least  two  of  these  must  be  labora- 
tory science  courses  which  may  be  substituted 
for  CHEM  108  and/or  1 15  to  satisfy  the 
natural  sciences  distribution  requirement. 

Additional  information  for  registered 
nurses  seeking  the  B.S.N  is  available  from  the 
Department  of  Nursing.  Individual  advising  is 
offered  to  all  registered  nurses. 

School  Nurse  Certification 

The  Department  of  Nursing,  in  collaboration 
with  the  Department  of  Education,  offers  an 
additional  curriculum  for  the  Registered  Nurse 
with  a  BSN  (or  a  Lycoming  College  nursing 
student)  who  wishes  to  be  certified  as  a  school 
nurse.  The  goal  of  this  program  is  to  provide 
the  RN  with  a  BSN  an  opportunity  for  career 
mobility.  Courses  required  for  completion  of 


the  certification  program  consist  of  EDUC  200, 
an  approved  education-related  elective,  PSY 
338,  and  NURS  422,  423,  424,  430,  and  431. 
In  addition,  the  following  are  prerequisites  for 
specific  courses:  PSY  1 10  and  1 17. 

Additional  information  for  registered  nurses 
seeking  School  Nurse  Certification  is  available 
from  the  Department  of  Nursing.  Individual- 
ized advising  is  offered  to  all  prospective 
School  Nurse  Candidates. 

Clinical  Learning  Resources 

In  addition  to  the  College's  modem,  well- 
equipped  Nursing  Skills  Lab  complete  with 
Critical  Care  Unit  and  interactive  video 
technology,  opportunity  for  self-learning  is 
provided  in  the  adjacent  Learning  Center  which 
is  equipped  with  electronic  study  carrels  and 
audio-visual  materials. 

A  wide  variety  of  health-care  agencies  in  the 
surrounding  area  is  utilized  for  clinical  experi- 
ences. Cooperating  hospitals  and  agencies 
include:  Susquehanna  Health  Services,  Evan- 
gelical Hospital,  Geisinger  Medical  Center, 
Leader  Nursing  Home  and  Rehabilitation 
Center,  Danville  State  Hospital,  Pennsylvania 
Department  of  Health,  Regional  Home  Health 
Services,  Rose  View  Manor,  and  The 
Williamsport  Home. 

Expenses  of  the  Nursing  Program 

Students  are  responsible  for  their  own  transporta- 
tion to  assigned  clinical  areas.  The  student  of 
nursing  assumes  all  financial  obligations  listed  in 
the  section  on  fees  in  this  bulletin  including  a  $40 
lab  fee  for  each  of  the  clinical  nursing  courses 
(NURS  22 1,3 10, 330, 33 1,332, 333, 440,  and 
44 1 ).  Additional  expenses  include  uniforms, 
name  pin,  watch  with  second  hand,  bandage 
scissors,  stethoscope,  blood  pressure  cuff,  liability 
insurance,  annual  health  examinations,  and 
standardized  achievement  tests. 

Students  must  also  maintain  annual  Health 
Provider  CPR  certification  as  offered  by  the 
American  Heart  Association  or  American 
Red  Cross. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


NURSING 


Policies  Specific  to  Nursing 

In  addition  to  the  Lycoming  College 
continuance  policies,  the  following  policies 
are  specific  to  all  declared  majors  in  the 
Department  of  Nursing: 

1 .  A  grade  of  C-  or  better  is  required  in  all 
clinical  nursing  courses  to  continue  in  the 
nursing  program.  These  courses  are 
NURS  221,  310,  330,  331,  332,  333,  440 
and  441 .  Students  who  earn  a  grade  of  less 
than  70  percent  or  1 .67  in  either  the 
theoretical  or  clinical  component  of  a 
nursing  course  will  be  required  to  repeat 
both  components  of  the  course  before  being 
permitted  to  continue  in  the  nursing 
sequence.  Students  who  do  not  satisfy  this 
requirement  in  the  second  attempt  will  be 
dismissed  from  the  nursing  program. 

2.  Policies  regarding  absence  from  classes  or 
from  the  clinical  portion  of  nursing  courses  are 
determined  by  the  instructor(s)  responsible  for 
the  course.  No  absence  from  the  clinical 
portion  of  the  course  will  be  excused  other  than 
for  illness  or  family  emergency.  In  individual 
cases,  students  may  make  arrangements  with 
instructors  to  be  excused  for  extracurricular 
activities.  Excessive  absence  for  any  reason 
will  necessitate  repeating  the  entire  course. 

101 

TOPICS  IN  HEALTH 

Exploration  of  health-related  topics  designed 
for  the  prenursing  or  fost-year  nursing  student 
and  non-majors.  Topics  vary.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit.  No  prerequisites.  One- 
half  unit  of  credit.  May  not  be  used  to  satisfy 
major  requirements. 

Ill 

FOUNDATIONS  OF  PROFESSIONAL 
NURSING  PRACTICE 

Introduction  of  major  theoretical  elements 
underlying  professional  nursing  practice. 
Essentials  of  normal  nutrition,  therapeutic 
application  of  dietary  principles,  and  their 
relationship  to  the  health  of  individuals,  families 
and  communities  are  explored.  Focus  on  the 


concept  of  health  and  common  health 
problems,  recognizing  the  multi-directional 
influence  of  the  individual,  family,  and 
environment.  In  this  first  clinical  course,  the 
student  will  utilize  the  nursing  process  in 
assisting  clients  to  attain  a  maximum  level  of 
functioning.  Four  hours  of  lecture  and  five 
hours  of  clinical  laboratory.  1  1/2  units. 
Prerequisites:  CHEM 108,  115,  and  BIO  113. 
G.P.A.  of  2.50  or  higher  at  the  completion  of 
the  Freshman  Year.  Corequisite:  BIO  114. 
Open  to  nursing  majors  only. 

300 

THEORETICAL  FOUNDATIONS 
OF  PROFESSIONAL  NURSING 

Theoretical  concepts  underlying  profes- 
sional practice.  Additional  focus  on  health 
and  common  health  problems,  recognition  of 
multi-directional  influence  of  the  individual, 
family,  and  environment.  Two  hour  seminar. 
1/2  unit  of  credit.  OPEN  TO  RNs  ONLY. 

330-331 

NURSING  CARE  OF  THE 
DEVELOPING  FAMILY 

Examination  of  health  and  nursing  needs  of 
beginning  and  developing  families.  Initial 
emphasis  on  nursing  needs  of  mothers  and 
infants  within  the  family  unit  as  well  as  the 
common  health  problems  of  children  through 
adolescence.  Subsequent  emphasis  on  nursing 
needs  of  children  and  mothers  with  health 
problems  of  acute  and  long  term  nature,  the 
influence  of  illness  on  their  development  and 
the  effect  of  illness  on  the  family.  Emphasis 
placed  on  physical  assessment  skills  throughout 
the  lifespan  with  adequate  practice  time  in  the 
skills  and  clinical  laboratories.  Three  hours  of 
lecture,  7 1/2  hours  clinical  laboratory,  1  hour 
for  330  and  2  hours  for  331  health  assessment 
content.  1  1/2  Units  each.  Prerequisite  for 
NURS  330:  NURS  221,  BIO  114  and  226. 
Corequisite:  NURS  332  and  337.  Prerequisite 
for  NURS  331:  NURS  330,  332,  and  337. 
Corequisite:  NURS  333  and  338. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


NURSING 

• 


332-333 

NURSING  CARE  OF  THE  ADULT 

Identification  of  adult  health  care  needs 
and  implementation  of  nursing  activities  based 
on  an  understanding  of  growth  and  develop- 
ment, pathophysiology,  communication  skills, 
interpersonal  dynamics,  and  psychosocial 
interventions.  Three  hours  of  lecture,  7  1/2 
hours  clinical  laboratory,  1  hour  for  332  and 
2  hours  for  333  health  assessment  content. 
1  1/2  units  each.  Prerequisite  for  NURS  332: 
NURS  221,  BIO  114  and  226.  Corequisite: 
NURS  330  and  337.  Prerequisite  for  NURS 
333:  NURS  330,  332  and  337.  Corequisite: 
NURS  331  and  338. 

336 

THE  NURSE  IN  THE  SOCIAL  SYSTEM 

Seminar  discussions  and  clinical  laboratory 
using  the  hospital  as  a  prototype.  Theories  of 
social  systems.  Examination  of  induction  into 
the  hospital  system.  Evaluation  of  standards 
of  care.  Focus  on  utilization  of  change  theory. 
Twelve  hours  of  lecture  and  96  hours  of 
clinical  laboratory.    1  unit.  Prerequisites: 
NURS  337,  338.    Required  for  the  nursing 
major  and  offered  only  in  May  term.  RNs  who 
are  enrolled  in  the  BSN  program  may  register 
for  NURS  336  for  two  semester  hours  with 
consent  of  instructor. 

337-338 

BASIC  CONCEPTS  OF  PHARMACOLOGY 

AND  THERAPEUTICS  I  and  II 

Fundamentals  of  pharmacology  and 
therapeutics  are  presented  for  the  various 
classes  of  drugs.  Relationships  of  pharmaco- 
logical mechanisms  to  the  affected  biochemi- 
cal and  physiological  processes.  Interactions 
and  toxicological  aspects  of  drug  therapy  are 
reviewed.  Two  hours  of  lecture.  One-half 
unit  of  credit  each.  Corequisite  for  NURS  337: 
NURS  330  and  332,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Corequisite  for  NURS  338:  NURS  331  and 
333,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Open  to  non- 
nursing  majors  with  appropriate  science  back- 
ground, corequisites  waived  for  non-majors. 

1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG  I 


422 

HEALTH  EDUCATION 

Examination  of  learning  theories  appropriate 
to  all  age  groups.  Discussion  of  the  concepts 
and  techniques  necessary  for  assessment,  plan- 
ning, implementation,  and  evaluation  of  the 
teaching/learning  process.  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  self  care.  Two  hour  lecture  for  1/2 
unit  of  credit.  Required  for  school  nurse 
candidates.  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

423 

HEALTH  EDUCATION  CLINICAL 

Clinical  practice  includes  teaching  experi- 
ence in  the  public  school  system.  This  practice 
results  in  a  culmination  of  the  theoretical 
content  contained  in  NURS  422.  Five  hour 
clinical  laboratory  for  1/2  unit  ofcedit. 
Required  for  School  Nurse  Candidates. 
Prerequisites:  Senior  standing  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

424 

ADVANCED  HEALTH  ASSESSMENT 

Identification  and  demonstration  of 
advanced  assessment  techniques  with  an 
emphasis  on  abnormal  findings.  Learning 
experiences  are  provided  to  develop  a  systemat- 
ic approach  to  physical  assessment.  Through- 
out the  course,  emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
wellness  component  of  physical  assessment 
with  reference  to  major  health  deviations. 
Two  hours  of  lecture  for  1/2  unit  of  credit. 
Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

425 

ADVANCED  HEALTH  ASSESSMENT 
CLINICAL  LABORATORY 

A  clinical  laboratory  that  allows  additional 
practice  for  the  student  enrolled  in  NURS  424. 
Five  hours  clinical  laboratory  for  1/2  unit  of 
credit.  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  or 
consent  of  instructor. 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


NfURSING 


430 

COMMUNITY  HEALTH  NURSING 

Overview  of  the  role  of  the  community 
health  nurse  in  a  variety  of  settings,  e.g., 
industries,  state  health  clinics,  MHMR,  school 
systems.  Discussion  of  wellness  promotion, 
availability  of  community  resources,  environ- 
mental health,  prevention  and  treatment  of 
communicable  diseases,  and  group  process 
with  emphasis  on  communication  skills.  Two 
hour  lecture  for  1/2  unit  of  credit.  Prerequisite: 
Senior  standing  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

431 

SCHOOL  NURSE  PRACTICUM 

Essentials  of  school  health,  school  nursing, 
and  health  promotion.  These  concepts  serve  as 
a  basis  for  the  development  of  an  understand- 
ing of  the  role  of  the  school  with  the  opportu- 
nity to  function  in  the  role  of  the  school  nurse. 
It  is  a  course  built  on  the  culmination  of  know- 
ledge obtained  in  previous  nursing  courses 
and  nursing  experiences.  210  hours  clinical 
and  seminar.  Prerequisite:  OPEN  TO  SCHOOL 
NURSE  CANDIDATES  who  have  met  all 
other  requirements  for  certification  and  have 
obtained  departmental  approval.  Must  have  a 
valid  Pennsylvania  RN  license. 

435 

RESEARCH  IN  NURSING 

Expansion  of  theoretical  basis  of  research 
methodology  with  emphasis  on  analyzing, 
criticizing,  and  interpreting  nursing  research. 
Development  of  a  research  proposal  focusing 
on  a  nursing  problem.  Four  hours  of  lecture. 
1  unit.  Prerequisites:  MATH  103,  Computer 
Science  elective,  and  NURS  330  and  332,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Open  to  non-nursing 
majors. 

440 

NURSING  CARE  OF  THE  EMOTIONALLY 
TROUBLED  INDIVIDUAL  AND  FAMILY 

Examination  of  disturbed  human  relation- 
ships with  focus  on  intrapsychic,  interpersonal. 


and  physiologic  etiology.  Emphasis  on 
advanced  therapeutic  nurse-patient  relation- 
ships within  the  context  of  family,  community, 
and  health  care  systems.  Three  hours  of  lecture 
and  7  1/2  hours  clinical  laboratory.    1  1/2 
units.  Prerequisite:  NURS  331,  333  and  336. 

441 

COMPREHENSIVE  NURSING  CARE 

Culminating  nursing  course  with  focus  on 
leadership  and  management  skills  in  a  choice 
of  clinical  settings.  Seminars  provide  oppor- 
tunities for  students  to  share  commonalities 
and  unique  aspects  of  professional  practice. 
Three  hours  of  lecture  and  7 1/2  hours  of 
clinical  laboratory.  1  1/2  units.  Prerequisite: 
NURS  336  and  440. 

442 

PROFESSIONAL  ISSUES 

An  analysis  of  nursing  issues  in  the  context 
of  the  historical  background  of  the  profession, 
the  social  forces  which  influence  nursing,  and 
nursing's  impact  upon  society.  Two-hour 
seminar.  1/2  unit  of  credit.  Prerequisite: 
Senior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

443 

TOPICS  IN  NURSING 

Selected  topic  courses  in  nursing  designed 
to  permit  students  to  pursue  subjects  which, 
because  of  their  specialized  nature,  may  not  be 
offered  on  a  regular  basis.  1/2  unit  of  credit. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit  with  departmental 
permission  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  IN  NURSING 

An  opportunity  to  develop  and  implement 
an  individual  plan  of  study  under  faculty 
guidance. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDIES  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


PHILOSOPHY 


PHILOSOPHY  (PHIL) 

Professor:  Whelan 

Associate  Professor:  Griffith 

Assistant  Professor:  Herring  (Chairperson) 

The  study  of  philosophy  develops  a  critical 
understanding  of  the  basic  concepts  and 
presuppositions  around  which  we  organize  our 
thought  in  morality,  law,  religion,  science, 
education,  the  arts  and  other  human  endeavors. 

A  major  in  philosophy,  together  with  other 
appropriate  courses,  can  provide  an  excellent 
preparation  for  policy-making  positions  of 
many  kinds,  for  graduate  study  in  several 
fields,  and  for  careers  in  education,  law,  and 
the  ministry.  The  major  in  philosophy 
consists  of  eight  courses  numbered  1 14 
or  above,  including  301,  302,  449  and  at  least 
three  other  courses  numbered  225  or  above. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  PHIL  216,  218,  219, 
301,  332,  333,  334,  335,  449.  Students  must 
check  semester  class  schedules  to  determine 
which  courses  are  offered  as  "W"  courses  for 
that  semester. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  philosophy  consists  of  any  four 
philosophy  courses  numbered  220  or  above;  or 
any  five  philosophy  courses  numbered  1 14  or 
above,  three  of  which  must  be  numbered  225  or 
above.  Three  more  specialized  minors  are  also 
available:  a  minor  in  the  History  of  Philosophy 
consists  of  four  courses  from  PHIL  223, 224, 
301, 302, 400, 449  and  Independent  Studies;  a 
minor  in  Philosophy  and  Science  consists  of 
four  courses  from  PHIL  223, 225, 33 1, 333, 
400, 449  and  Independent  Studies;  a  minor  in 
Philosophy  and  Law  consists  of  four  courses 
from  PHIL  224, 225, 334, 335, 400, 449  and 
Independent  Studies  or  five  courses  including 
any  three  courses  from  the  preceding  list  and 
two  courses  from  PHIL  11 5,  2 16, 2 18, 2 19. 
Since  topics  in  PHIL  400, 449  and  Independent 


Study  vary,  these  courses  may  be  used  to  count 
toward  a  specialized  minor  only  if  they  are 
approved  by  the  department. 

105 

PRACTICAL  REASONING 

A  general  introduction  to  topics  in  logic 
and  their  application  to  practical  reasoning, 
with  primary  emphasis  on  detecting  fallacies, 
evaluating  inductive  reasoning,  and  under- 
standing the  rudiments  of  scientific  method. 
Not  open  to  students  who  have  completed  two 
courses  in  philosophy. 

114 

PHILOSOPHY  AND  PERSONAL  CHOICE 

An  introductory  philosophical  examination 
of  a  number  of  contemporary  moral  issues 
which  call  for  personal  decision.  Topics  often 
investigated  include:  the  "good"  life,  obliga- 
tion to  others,  sexual  ethics,  abortion,  suicide 
and  death,  violence  and  pacifism,  obedience  to 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^M 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


PHILOSOPHY 

• 


the  law,  the  relevance  of  personal  beliefs  to 
morality.  Discussion  centers  on  some  of  the 
suggestions  philosophers  have  made  about 
how  to  make  such  decisions.  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  completed  two  courses  in 
philosophy. 

115 

PHILOSOPHY  AND  PUBLIC  POLICY 

An  introductory  philosophical  examination 
of  the  moral  and  conceptual  dimensions  of 
various  contemporary  public  issues,  such  as 
the  relation  of  ethics  to  politics  and  the  law, 
the  enforcement  of  morals,  the  problems  of 
fair  distribution  of  goods  and  opportunities, 
the  legitimacy  of  restricting  the  use  of  natural 
resources,  and  the  application  of  ethics  to 
business  practice.  Discussion  centers  on  some 
of  the  suggestions  philosophers  have  made 
about  how  to  deal  with  these  issues.  Not  open 
to  students  who  have  completed  two  courses 
in  philosophy. 

117 

PHILOSOPHY  AND 
SUPERNATURAL  PHENOMENA 

A  critical  examination  of  the  philosophical 
issues  raised  by  near-death  and  out-of-  body 
experiences,  ESP,  time  travel,  reports  of  ghosts 
and  spirits,  astrology,  prophecy,  demon  pos- 
session, faith  healing,  miracles,  psychokinesis, 
and  the  like.  Offered  May  and  Summer  terms 
only. 

216 

ETHICAL  ISSUES  IN  BUSINESS 

An  introductory  philosophical  examination 
of  a  variety  of  moral  problems  that  arise 
concerning  the  American  business  system. 
Included  are  a  systematic  consideration  of 
typical  moral  problems  faced  by  individuals 
and  an  examination  of  common  moral 
criticisms  of  the  business  system  itself. 


217 

PHILOSOPHICAL  ISSUES 

IN  EDUCATION 

An  examination  of  the  basic  concepts 
involved  in  thought  about  education,  and  a 
consideration  of  the  various  methods  for 
justifying  educational  proposals.  Typical  of 
the  issues  discussed  are:  Are  education  and 
indoctrination  different?  What  is  a  liberal 
education?  Are  education  and  schooling 
compatible?  What  do  we  need  to  learn? 
Alternate  years. 

218 

PHILOSOPHICAL  ISSUES 
IN  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE 

An  introductory  examination  of  various 
philosophical  issues  and  concepts  which  are  of 
special  importance  in  legal  contexts.  Discus- 
sion includes  both  general  topics,  such  as  the 
justification  of  punishment,  and  more  specific 
topics,  such  as  the  insanity  defense  and  the 
rights  of  the  accused.  Readings  are  arranged 
topically  and  include  both  classical  and 
contemporary  sources. 

219 

PHILOSOPHICAL  ISSUES 
IN  HEALTH  CARE 

An  investigation  of  some  of  the  philosophi- 
cal issues  which  arise  in  therapy  and  in  health 
research  and  planning.  Topics  typically 
include  euthanasia,  confidentiality,  informed 
consent,  behavior  control,  experimentation  on 
humans  and  animals,  abortion,  genetic 
engineering,  population  control,  and  distribu- 
tion of  health  care  resources. 

220 

CENTRAL  PROBLEMS  IN  PHILOSOPHY 

A  study  of  several  central  philosophical 
problems,  such  as  the  problem  of  free  will  and 
determinism,  the  relationship  between  the  mind 
and  the  body,  the  nature  and  limits  of  human 
knowledge,  arguments  about  the  existence  of 
God,  and  the  problem  of  personal  identity. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


PHILOSOPHY 


223 

HISTORY  OF  SCIENCE 

AND  METAPHYSICS 

An  historical  survey  of  the  attempt  to 
understand  the  physical  universe.  Particular 
attention  is  paid  to  common  origins  of 
philosophy  and  science  in  the  works  of  the 
ancient  Greek  philosophers,  to  the  question  of 
how  scientific  and  philosophical  thinking 
differs  from  mythological  and  technological 
thinking,  to  the  rationalism-empiricism 
dispute  in  science  and  metaphysics,  and  to  the 
interaction  between  philosophy  and  science  in 
formulating  fundamental  questions  about  the 
physical  universe  and  in  developing  and 
criticizing  concepts  designed  to  answer  them. 
Alternate  years. 

224 

HISTORY  OF  SOCIAL  AND 

POLITICAL  PHILOSOPHY 

An  historical  survey  of  the  most  important 
social  and  political  philosophers  from  Socrates 
to  Marx.  Special  attention  is  paid  to  the 
relationship  between  ethics  and  politics  as 
seen  by  Plato  and  Aristotle  and  to  the  social 
contract  theories  of  Hobbes,  Locke,  and 
Rousseau.  Alternate  years. 

225 

SYMBOLIC  LOGIC 

A  study  of  modem  symbolic  logic  and  its 
application  to  the  analysis  of  arguments. 
Included  are  truth-functional  relations,  the 
logic  of  propositional  functions,  and  deductive 
systems.  Attention  is  also  given  to 
various  topics  in  the  philosophy  of  logic. 
Alternate  years. 

301 

ANCIENT  GREEK  PHILOSOPHY 

A  critical  examination  of  the  ancient  Greek 
philosophers,  with  particular  emphasis  on 
Plato  and  Aristotle.  Prerequisite:  Two 
courses  in  philosophy  or  consent  of  instructor. 


302 

EARLY  MODERN  PHILOSOPHY 

A  critical  examination  of  the  Continental 
Rationalists  (Descartes,  Spinoza,  Leibniz),  the 
British  Empiricists  (Locke,  Berkeley,  Hume), 
and  Kant.  Prerequisite:  Two  courses  in 
philosophy  or  consent  of  instructor. 

331 

PHILOSOPHY  AND  HUMAN  NATURE 
An  examination  of  a  variety  of  classical 
and  contemporary  philosophical  questions 
about  human  nature.  Among  the  questions 
typically  considered  are  these:  Is  there  such  a 
thing  as  human  nature?  Are  human  beings 
different,  in  any  fundamental  way,  from  other 
animals?  Are  human  beings  free?  Is  human 
consciousness  just  a  brain  process?  Are 
human  beings  inherently  predisposed  to  evil? 
Are  human  beings  biologically  determined  to 
be  selfish  or  aggressive?  Are  the  differences 
in  achievement  between  men  and  women 
biologically  based?  Prerequisite:  Students 
without  previous  study  in  philosophy  must 
have  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

332 

PHILOSOPHY  OF  RELIGION 

A  philosophical  examination  of  religion. 
Included  are  such  topics  as  the  nature  of 
religious  discourse,  arguments  for  and  against 
the  existence  of  God,  and  the  relation  between 
religion  and  science.  Readings  from  classical 
and  contemporary  sources.  Prerequisite: 
Students  without  previous  study  in  philosophy 
must  have  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate 
years. 

333 

PHILOSOPHY  OF  NATURAL  SCIENCE 

A  consideration  of  philosophically  impor- 
tant conceptual  problems  arising  from 
reflection  about  natural  science,  including 
such  topics  as  the  nature  of  scientific  laws  and 
theories,  the  character  of  explanation,  the 
importance  of  prediction,  the  existence  of 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


PHILOSOPHY  •  PHYSICS 

• 


"non-observable"  theoretical  entities  such  as 
electrons  and  genes,  the  problem  of  justifying 
induction,  and  various  puzzles  associated  with 
probability.  Prerequisite:  Students  without 
previous  study  in  philosophy  must  have 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

334 

CONTEMPORARY 
POLITICAL  PHILOSOPHY 

A  systematic  philosophical  investigation  of 
the  relation  between  human  nature  and  the 
proper  social  and  political  order.  Topics 
studied  include  the  purpose  of  government, 
the  nature  of  legitimate  authority,  the  founda- 
tion of  human  rights,  and  the  limits  of  human 
freedom.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  logic  of 
social  and  political  thought  and  on  the 
analysis  of  basic  principles  and  concepts. 
Prerequisite:  Students  without  previous  study 
in  philosophy  must  have  consent  of  instructor. 
Alternate  years. 

335 

ETHICAL  THEORY 

An  inquiry  concerning  the  grounds  which 
distinguish  morally  right  from  morally  wrong 
actions.  Central  to  the  course  is  critical 
consideration  of  the  proposals  and  the 
rationales  of  relativists,  egoists,  utilitarians, 
and  other  ethical  theorists.  Various  topics  in 
metaethics  are  also  included.  Prerequisite: 
Students  without  previous  study  in  philosophy 
must  have  consent  of  instructor. 

400 

PHILOSOPHICAL  RESEARCH 

A  course  which  instructs  students  in 
philosophical  research  and  the  preparation  of 
papers  suitable  for  reading  at  undergraduate 
conferences  or  submission  to  undergraduate 
philosophical  journals.  Prerequisite:  Consent 
of  instructor.  Offered  May  and  Summer  terms 
only. 


449 

DEPARTMENTAL  SEMINAR 

An  investigation  carried  on  by  discussions 
and  papers,  into  one  philosophical  problem, 
text,  philosopher,  or  movement.  A  different 
topic  is  selected  each  semester.  Recent  topics 
include  artificial  intelligence,  the 
ethics  of  research  on  human  subjects,  life  after 
death,  personal  identity,  and  human  rights. 
This  seminar  is  designed  to  provide  junior  and 
senior  philosophy  majors  and  other  qualified 
students  with  more  than  the  usual  opportunity 
for  concentrated  and  cooperative  inquiry. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  This 
seminar  may  be  repeated  for  credit. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Recent  independent  studies  in  philosophy 
include  Nietzsche,  moral  education,  Rawls' 
theory  of  justice,  existentialism,  euthanasia, 
Plato's  ethics,  and  philosophical  aesthetics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


PHYSICS 

(See  Astronomy/Physics) 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

• 


PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION 

Instructor:  Holmes  (Chairperson) 

ATHLETIC  TRAINING 
INTERNSHIP  (AT) 

Lycoming  College  established  an  appren- 
ticeship program  in  1979  after  recognizing 
two  conditions:  the  importance  of  the  care 
and  prevention  of  athletic  injuries  by  trained 
professionals,  and  the  career's  promising 
growth  potential. 

To  complete  the  internship  students  are 
required  to  take  the  four  courses  below  as  well 
as  BIO  113  and  1 14  and  one  nutrition  course. 
Students  also  are  required  to  undergo  practical 
work  under  the  supervision  of  Lycoming's 
certified  athletic  trainer.  Students  are  offi- 
cially accepted  into  the  Internship  program 
after  successful  completion  of  the  first  year  of 
practical  work  and  AT  1 10. 

Students  who  finish  the  Internship  program 
become  eligible  to  participate  in  the  National 
Athletic  Trainers  Association  (N.A.T.A.) 
Certification  examination  to  earn  the  status  of 
an  N.A.T.A.  certified  trainer.  This  Internship 
program  also  allows  the  passing  students  to 
qualify  for  the  State  examination  to  become 
Class  B  athletic  trainers  under  Pennsylvania 
Act  63  P.S.S1310.1.  Students  interested  in 
this  program  should  contact  the  Physical 
Education  Department. 

Athletic  training  classes  do  not  count 
toward  fulfilling  graduation  requirements 
except  as  the  physical  education  requirements 
of  two  courses. 

110 

BASIC  ATHLETIC  TRAINING 

Covers  the  basics  in  prevention,  evaluation, 
treatment,  and  rehabihtation  of  athletic  injuries. 
Two  lectures,  one  lab  per  week.  Three  credit 
hours.  Prerequisite:  CPR  certification  and 
Basic  First  Aid  certification. 


215 

ANALYSIS  OF  HUMAN  MOVEMENT 

Basic  concepts  of  Kinesiology,  the  study  of 
human  movement,  and  Biomechanics,  the 
study  of  mechanical  aspects  of  human  move- 
ment. Three  lectures  per  week,  project.  Three 
credit  hours.  Prerequisite:  BIO  113  and  114. 

310 

ADVANCED  ATHLETIC  TRAINING 

A  more  in-depth  course  in  injury  evalu- 
ation, rehabilitation,  and  therapeutic  modali- 
ties. Three  lectures  per  week.  Three  credit 
hours.  Prerequisite:  AT  110. 

410 

EXERCISE  PHYSIOLOGY 

The  study  of  the  effects  of  exercise  on  the 
human  body.  Two  lectures  and  one  lab  per 
week.  Three  credit  hours.  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

PHYSICAL  ACTIVITIES, 
WELLNESS,  AND  COMMUNITY 
SERVICE 

This  program  is  designed  to  promote 
students'  physical  welfare,  health  awareness, 
and  encourage  a  sense  of  civic  responsibility. 
Students  must  successfully  complete  any 
combination  of  two  semesters  of  course  work 
selected  from  the  following: 

1 .  Designated  Physical  Activities  courses 

2.  Designated  varsity  athletics 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 


3.  Designated  wellness  courses 

4.  Designated  community  service  projects. 

PHYSICAL  ACTIVITY 
COURSES  (PHED) 

102 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  ACTIVITIES 

This  topics  course  satisfies  one-half 
semester  of  physical  education.  Coeduca- 
tional classes  meet  twice  a  week  with  basic 
instruction  in  fundamentals,  knowledge,  and 
appreciation  of  various  sports.  Emphasis  is  on 
the  potential  use  of  activities  as  recreational 
and  leisure  time  interests. 

105 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  ACTIVITIES 

This  topics  course  satisfies  one  semester  of 
physical  education.  Coeducational  classes 
meet  twice  a  week  with  basic  instruction  in 
fundamentals,  knowledge,  and  appreciation  of 
various  sports.  Emphasis  is  on  the  potential 
use  of  activities  as  recreational  and  leisure 
time  interests. 

110  - 120 

VARSITY  ATHLETICS 

Students  who  compete  on  a  varsity  sports 
team  may  register  for  a  semester  of  Physical 
Activity  during  the  semester  listed.  A  full 
season  must  be  completed  to  satisfy  the 
Physical  Activity  requirement.  It  is  the 
student's  responsibility  to  withdraw  from  the 
course  should  they  not  complete  the  season. 

110  -  BASKETBALL 

111  -  CROSS  COUNTRY 

112  -  FOOTBALL 

113  -  GOLF 

114  -  SOCCER 

115  -  SOFTBALL 

116  -  SWIMMING 
117 -TENNIS 
118 -TRACK 

119  -  VOLLEYBALL 

120  -  WRESTLING 


WELLNESS  (WELL) 

102 

TOPICS  IN  WELLNESS 

This  topics  course  satisfies  one-half 
semester  of  wellness  study.  Wellness  courses 
meet  two  hours  per  week  covering  various 
topics  that  may  include  Stress  Management, 
Preventing  Communicable  Diseases,  Personal 
Health  and  Wellness,  and  other  current  health 
issues.  These  courses  promote  student 
wellness  during  their  stay  at  Lycoming  as  well 
as  their  post  graduate  years.  This  course  may 
be  repeated  with  the  same  topics  only  with 
departmental  consent. 

105 

This  topics  course  satisfies  one  semester  of 
wellness  study.  Wellness  courses  meet  two 
hours  per  week  covering  various  topics  that 
may  include  Stress  Management,  Preventing 
Communicable  Diseases,  Personal  Health  and 
Wellness,  and  other  current  health  issues. 
These  courses  promote  student  wellness 
during  their  stay  at  Lycoming  as  well  as  their 
post  graduate  years.  This  course  may  be 
repeated  with  the  same  topics  only  with 
departmental  consent. 

106 

FIRST  AID/CPR 

This  course  satisfies  one  semester  of 
wellness  study.  This  course  will  prepare 
students  to  recognize  emergencies  and  make 
appropriate  decisions  for  first  aid  care.  Also 
included  are  an  emphasis  on  safety  and 
assessment  of  personal  habits  to  reduce  risk  of 
injury  and  illness.  American  Red  Cross  First 
Aid  and  CPR  certifications  are  earned  upon 
successful  completion  of  the  course. 

COMMUNITY  SERVICE  (COMS) 

These  courses  require  2-3  hours  per  week 
in  a  combination  of  seminars  and  agency 
placement. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  •  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 


105 

COMMUNITY  SERVICE  I 

This  course  satisfies  one  semester  of 
community  service.  An  experiential  learning 
opportunity  accomplished  in  conjunction  with 
local  agencies  or  college  departments.  The 
outcome  of  such  service  will  promote  stu- 
dents' personal  and  social  development  as 
well  as  civic  responsibility.  Students  must 
preregisterfor  this  course.  May  not  be 
repeated. 

106 

COMMUNITY  SERVICE  II 

This  course  satisfies  one  semester  of 
community  service.  Students  may  elect  to 
enroll  in  a  second  semester  of  community 
service  to  satisfy  the  graduation  requirement. 
This  will  require  the  student  to  be  engaged  in 
a  somewhat  more  sophisticated  level  of 
learning  and  service.  Students  must  preregis- 
terfor this  course.  Prerequisite:  COMS  105. 


POLITICAL 
SCIENCE  (psci) 

Professors:  Giglio,  Roskin  (Chairperson) 
Part-time  Professor  of  Legal  Studies:  Raup 
Part-time  Instructor:  Wolf 

The  major  is  designed  to  provide  a  systematic 
understanding  of  government  and  politics  at  the 
international,  national,  state,  and  local  levels. 
Majors  are  encouraged  to  develop  their  skills  to 
make  independent,  objective  analyses  which 
can  be  applied  to  the  broad  spectrum  of  the 
social  sciences. 

Although  the  political  science  major  is  not 
designed  as  a  vocational  major,  students  with 
such  training  may  go  directly  into  government 
service,  journalism,  teaching,  or  private  admin- 
istrative agencies.  A  political  science  major  can 
provide  the  base  for  the  study  of  law,  or  for 
grad-  uate  studies  leading  to  administrative 
work  in  federal,  state,  or  local  governments, 
international  organizations,  or  college  teaching. 
Students  seeking  certification  to  teach  secon- 
dary school  social  studies  may  major  in 
political  science  but  should  consult  their 
advisors  and  the  education  department. 

A  major  consists  of  eight  political  science 
courses,  including  PSCI  106.  Prospective 
majors  are  encouraged  to  take  this  course  their 
freshman  year.  An  exemption  will  be  granted 
only  if  it  strengthens  the  student's  program. 
In  addition  to  106,  students  must  satisfactorily 
complete  two  courses  in  area  A,  one  course  in 
area  B  and  two  courses  in  area  C.  Students 
must  pass  PSCI  400,  Political  Analysis, 
normally  taken  in  their  senior  year. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved  to 
be  offered  as  cultural  diversity  courses:  PSCI 
220, 326, 340.  Students  must  check  semester 
class  schedules  to  determine  which  courses  are 
offered  as  "D"  courses  for  that  semester. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved  to 
be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and  may 
be  offered  as  such:  PSCI  223, 244.  Students 
must  check  semester  class  schedules  to 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE 


determine  which  courses  are  offered  as  "W" 
courses  for  that  semester. 

For  non-majors,  the  department  offers  three 
minors:  a  minor  in  PoHtical  Science  consists  of 
any  four  courses  numbered  200  or  above  from 
areas  A  to  C;  a  minor  in  World  Politics  consists 
of  four  courses  selected  from  area  C;  and  a  minor 
in  Legal  Studies  consists  of  four  courses  in  area 
B.  Students  are  encouraged  to  consult  with 
department  members  on  the  selection  of  a  minor. 

106 

INTRODUCTION  TO  POLITICS 

An  introductory  course  in  political  science 
that  asks  how  and  why  people  form  political 
communities,  what  holds  them  together,  and 
how  political  systems  may  either  improve  or 
damage  themselves.  Includes  comparison  of 
the  U.S.  with  other  countries  and  discussion  of 
current  political  and  public-policy  issues. 

210 

COMMUNICATION  AND  SOCIETY 

Reviews  and  critiques  the  impact  of  the 
mass  media  on  American  society.  Consider- 
ation of  how  the  media  form  attitudes,  nomi- 
nate and  elect  candidates,  cover  news,  and 
monitor  governmental  activities  as  well  as 
possible  remedies  to  media-related  problems. 

400 

POLITICAL  ANALYSIS 

A  capstone  course  required  for  majors  in 
Political  Science  normally  taken  in  their  senior 
year.  Students  will  integrate  their  knowledge 
of  political  phenomena  and  deepen  their 
methodological  sophistication  by  applying 
several  analytical  approaches  to  a  series  of 
case  studies.  Open  to  non-majors  with  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

A.  American  Politics 
110 

GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS 
IN  THE  UNITED  STATES 

An  introduction  to  American  national 
government  which  emphasizes  both  structural- 


functional  analysis  and  policy-making  processes. 
In  addition  to  the  legislative,  executive,  and 
judicial  branches  of  government,  attention  will 
be  given  to  political  parties  and  interest  groups, 
elections  and  voting  behavior,  and  constitu- 
tional rights.  Recommended  to  all  social 
science-education  candidates  and  to  those 
students  who  have  had  inadequate  or  insuffi- 
cient preparation  in  American  government. 

Ill 

STATE  AND  LOCAL  GOVERNMENT 

An  examination  of  the  general  principles, 
major  problems,  and  political  processes  of  the 
states  and  their  subdivisions,  together  with 
their  role  in  a  federal  type  of  government. 

223 

PRESIDENCY  AND  CONGRESS 

The  constitutional  roles,  campaign  styles,  and 
interactions  of  the  U.S.  presidency  and 
congress.  Special  attention  is  given  presi- 
dents, senators,  and  congresspersons  who 
substantially  contribute  to  the  democratic 
process.  Alternate  years. 

244 

THE  POLITICAL  FILM 

The  great  and  enduring  political  questions 
presented  in  fiction  movies,  for  classroom 
discussion  and  papers.  Course  draws  from  a 
library  of  cinema  classics  on  videotape  to 
probe  political  arrangements,  power  relation- 
ships, and  the  legal  process.  Alternate  years. 

333 

BUREAUCRACY  AND  PUBLIC 
ADMINISTRATION 

The  business  of  making  government  work 
at  the  administrative  level.  The  organizational 
structure,  relevant  laws  and  court  cases,  and 
legislative  oversight  of  federal,  state,  and  local 
public  bureaucracy.  Alternate  years. 

347 

WOMEN  AND  POLITICS 

The  historical,  philosophical,  and  practical 
context  and  conduct  of  women  in  a  variety  of 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


® 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE 


political  roles.  This  course  considers  both 
elective  and  nonelective  activities,  and  includes 
analyses  of  women' s  issues  currently  on 
legislative  and  court  agendas. /4//emare>'ear5. 

448 

PUBLIC  OPINION  AND  POLLING 

A  course  dealing  with  the  general  topic 
and  methodology  of  polling.  Content  includes 
exploration  of  the  processes  by  which 
people's  political  opinions  are  formed,  the 
manipulation  of  public  opinion  through  the 
uses  of  propaganda,  and  the  American 
response  to  politics  and  political  issues. 
Alternative  years. 

B.  Legal  Studies 
331 

CIVIL  RIGHTS  AND  LIBERTIES 

What  are  our  rights  and  liberties  as 
Americans?  What  should  they  be?  A  frank 
discussion  of  the  nature  and  scope  of  the 
constitutional  guarantees.  First  Amendment 
rights,  the  rights  of  criminal  suspects  and 
defendants,  racial  and  sexual  equality,  and 
equal  protection  of  the  laws.  Students  will 
read  and  brief  the  more  important  Supreme 
Court  decisions.  Prerequisite:  junior  or 
senior  standing,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

332 

COURTS  AND  THE  CRIMINAL 

JUSTICE  SYSTEM 

The  course  consists  of  two  components: 
criminal  law  and  criminal  procedure.  Crimi- 
nal procedure  carefully  explores  constitutional 
law  and  procedural  rules  which  dominate 
court  handling  of  criminal  cases.  Criminal 
law  explores  concepts  relating  to  criminal 
responsibility  and  the  establishment  of 
selected  offenses.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  "hot 
button"  issues  in  the  field:  balancing  protec- 
tion of  fundamental  freedoms  against  society's 
need  to  solve  an  prevent  crime;  plea  negotia- 
tions; the  politicizing  of  the  criminal  justice 
system;  mandatory  sentencing  schemes; 


management  challenges  to  fast  handling  of 
criminal  cases;  the  changing  line  between 
juvenile  and  adult  criminal  court;  wisdom  of 
using  criminal  punishment  in  an  attempt  to 
control  some  forms  of  behavior.  There  will  be 
two  field  trips  to  court  proceedings.  Prerequi- 
site: junior  or  senior  standing,  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

335 

LAW  AND  SOCIETY 

An  examination  of  the  nature,  sources, 
functions,  and  limits  of  law  as  an  instrument 
of  political  and  social  control.  Included  for 
discussion  are  legal  problems  pertaining  to  the 
family,  crime,  deviant  behavior,  poverty,  and 
minority  groups.  Prerequisite:  junior  or 
senior  standing,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

436 

MASS  MEDIA  LAW  AND  REGULATION 
An  examination  of  the  legal  structure  and 
the  system  by  which  mass  communication  is 
controlled  in  this  society.  The  forces  which 
shape,  influence,  and  make  policy  will  be 
considered.  Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior 
standing,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

C.  World  Politics 

220 

COMPARATIVE  POLITICS 

A  study  of  the  world' s  political  systems  with 
emphasis  on  comparisons  and  patterns  of 
government.  The  course  will  review  politics  in 
major  nations  on  four  continents  and  attempt  to 
find  underlying  similarities  and  differences. 

225 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS 

The  basic  factors  and  concepts  of  interna- 
tional relations,  such  as  international  systems, 
national  interest  and  security,  wars, 
decolonization,  nationalism,  economic 
development,  trade  blocs,  and  international 
law  and  organizations. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

• 


237 

POLITICAL  GEOGRAPHY 

The  territorial  dimension  of  politics  as 
studied  through  questions  of  states,  bound- 
aries, subdivisions,  regions,  voting  patterns, 
and  strategies.  Includes  extensive  map 
reviews  for  students  taking  state  teacher 
examinations.  Alternate  years. 

243 

THE  VIETNAM  WAR 

The  background  and  context  of  the  war,  how 
the  United  States  got  involved,  the  military 
lessons,  and  the  war's  impact  on  U.S.  society, 
politics,  and  economy.  Alternate  years. 

326 

POLITICAL  CULTURES 

An  exploration  of  the  "people"  aspects  of 
political  life  in  several  countries.  The  way 
people  interact  with  each  other  and  with 
government,  what  they  expect  from  the 
system,  how  they  acquire  their  political 
attitudes  and  styles,  and  how  these  contribute 
to  the  type  of  government.  Alternate  years. 

340 

EAST  EUROPEAN  POLITICS 

A  review  of  the  geographical,  historical, 
and  political  factors  effecting  East  Europe, 
how  the  region  broke  out  of  the  Soviet  sphere, 
and  its  chances  for  developing  a  stable 
democracy  and  market  economy.  Includes 
Balkan  security  problems  such  as  the  breakup 
of  Yugoslavia  and  ongoing  boundary  and 
ethnic  quarrels.  Alternate  years. 

437 

INTERNATIONAL  RELATIONS  THEORY 
The  several  contending  theories  of  interna- 
tional relations,  why  states  and  statesmen 
behave  as  they  do,  what  inclines  them  to  war 
or  peace,  and  the  nature  of  individual  respon- 
sibility in  a  tumultuous  world.   Prerequisite: 
PSCI  225  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Alternate  years. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


439 

AMERICAN  FOREIGN  POLICY 

The  U.S.  role  in  the  world  in  geographic, 
strategic,  historical,  and  ideological  perspec- 
tives, plus  an  examination  of  the  domestic 
forces  shaping  U.S.  policy.  Alternate  years. 

D.  Special  Programs 

470-479 

INTERNSHIPS  (See  index) 

Students  may  receive  academic  credit  for 
serving  as  interns  in  structured  learning  situations 
with  a  wide  variety  of  public  and  private 
agencies  and  organizations.  Students  have 
served  as  interns  with  the  Public  Defender' s 
Office,  the  Lycoming  County  Court  Adminis- 
trator, and  the  Williamsport  City  government. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Current  studies  relate  to  elections — local, 
state,  and  federal — while  past  studies  have 
included  Soviet  and  world  politics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


PSYCHOLOGY 

• 


PSYCHOLOGY  (psy) 

Associate  Professors:  Berthold  (Chairperson), 

Ryan 
Assistant  Professors:  Hakala,  Olsen 
Instructor:  Schult 
Visiting  Instructor:  Cimini 

The  major  provides  training  in  both  theoreti- 
cal and  appHed  psychology.  It  is  designed  to 
meet  the  needs  of  students  seeking  careers  in 
psychology  or  other  natural  or  social  sciences. 
It  also  meets  the  needs  of  students  seeking  a 
better  understanding  of  human  behavior  as  a 
means  of  furthering  individual  and  career 
goals  in  other  areas.  Psychology  majors  and 
others  are  urged  to  discuss  course  selections  in 
psychology  with  members  of  the  department 
to  help  insure  appropriate  course  selection. 

A  major  consists  of  32  semester  hours  in 
psychology,  including  PSY  1 10,  336,  431,  and 
432.  Statistics  also  is  required. 

The  following  course  has  been  approved  to 
be  offered  as  a  cultural  diversity  course:  PSY 
34 1 .  Students  must  check  semester  class 
schedules  to  determine  which  courses  are 
offered  as  "D"  courses  for  that  semester. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  PSY  225,  431,  432. 
Students  must  check  semester  class  schedules 
to  determine  which  courses  are  offered  as 
"W"  courses  for  that  semester. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  psychology  consists  of  20 
semester  hours  in  psychology  including  PSY 
1 10  and  four  other  psychology  courses  (three 
of  which  must  be  numbered  200  or  above) 
which  must  be  approved  by  the  department. 

101 

TOPICS 

Exploration  of  a  specific  basic  or  applied 
topic  in  psychology.  Different  topics  will  be 
explored  different  semesters.  Potential  topics 
include  the  psychology  of  disasters,  applied 


behavioral  psychology,  and  organizational 
psychology.  The  course  is  open  to  elementary 
and  advanced  undergraduates.  No  Prerequi- 
sites. One-half  unit  of  credit.  May  be  repeat- 
ed once  for  credit  with  departmental  permis- 
sion. May  not  be  used  to  satisfy  distribution  or 
major  requirements. 

110 

INTRODUCTORY  PSYCHOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  empirical  study  of 
human  and  other  animal  behavior.  Areas 
considered  may  include:  learning,  personality, 
social,  physiological,  sensory,  cognition,  and 
developmental. 

112 

GROUP  PROCESSES  AND 
INTERPERSONAL  COMMUNICATION 

An  introduction  to  research  and  theories  on 
small  group  formation,  structure,  and  perfor- 
mance. Topics  include  group  communication, 
conformity,  leadership,  conflict,  and  decision- 
making. Emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  applying 
principles  of  group  dynamics  to  different  types  of 
groups.  Prerequisite:  PSY  1 1 0  or  consent  of 
instructor.  May  term  only. 

116 

ABNORMAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  patterns  of  deviant 
behavior  with  emphasis  on  cause,  function,  and 
treatment.  The  various  models  for  the  concept- 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


® 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


PSYCHOLOGY 

• 


ualization  of  abnormal  behavior  are  critically 
examined.  Prerequisite:  PSY 1 10. 

Ill 

DEVELOPMENTAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

A  study  of  the  basic  principles  of  human 
growth  and  development  throughout  the  life 
span.  Prerequisite:  PSY  110. 

118 

ADOLESCENT  PSYCHOLOGY 

The  study  areas  will  include  theories  of 
adolescence;  current  issues  raised  by  as  well 
as  about  the  "generation  of  youth";  research 
findings  bearing  on  theories  and  issues  of 
growth  beyond  childhood,  and  self-explora- 
tion. Prerequisite:  PSY  110. 

220 

THE  PSYCHOLOGY  OF 
CLOSE  RELATIONSHIPS 

This  course  will  review  current  theory  and 
research  on  love.  The  progress  of  close, 
interpersonal  relationships  from  initiation  to 
termination  will  be  discussed.  In  addition,  the 
relation  between  love  and  sex  will  be  ex- 
plored, and  current  research  on  sexuality 
reviewed.  Prerequisite:  PSY  110. 

224 

SOCIAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

The  scientific  exploration  of  interpersonal 
communication  and  behavior.  Topics  include 
attitudes  and  attitude  change,  attraction  and 
communication,  social  perception  and  social 
influence,  prosocial  and  antisocial  behavior 
and  group  processes.  Prerequisite:  PSY  110. 

225 

INDUSTRIAL  AND 

ORGANIZATIONAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

The  application  of  the  principles  and 
methods  of  psychology  to  selected  industrial 
and  organizational  situations.  Prerequisite: 
PSY  110  or  consent  of  instructor. 


239 

BEHAVIOR  MODMCATION 

A  detailed  examination  of  the  applied  i 

analysis  of  behavior.  Focus  will  be  on  the 
application  of  experimental  method  to  the 
individual  clinical  case.  The  course  will  cover 
targeting  behavior,  base-rating,  intervention 
strategies,  and  outcome  evaluation.  Learning- 
based  modification  techniques  such  as 
contingency  management,  counter-condition- 
ing, extinction,  discrimination  training, 
aversive  conditioning,  and  negative  practice 
will  be  examined.  Prerequisite:  PSY  110  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

240 

PSYCHOLOGY  OF  ADULT 

PERSONAL  ADJUSTMENT 

A  study  of  psychological  theories  and 
research  on  coping  with  normal  developmen- 
tal changes  and  common  problems  of  adult- 
hood. Focus  will  be  upon  adult  transitions, 
stress  management,  intimate  relationships, 
sexuality,  parenting  skills,  and  work  adjust- 
ment. Prerequisite:  PSY  110. 

333 

PHYSIOLOGICAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  physiological 
psychologist's  method  of  approach  to  the 
understanding  of  behavior  as  well  as  the  set  of 
principles  that  relate  the  function  and  organi- 
zation of  the  nervous  system  to  the  phenom- 
ena of  behavior.  Prerequisite:  PSY  110  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

334 

PRINCIPLES  OF  MEASUREMENT 

Psychometric  methods  and  theory,  including 
scale  transformation,  norms,  standardization, 
validation  procedures,  and  estimation  of 
reliability.  Prerequisites:  PSY  110  and 
statistics. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


CI 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


PSYCHOLOGY 


336 

PERSONALITY  THEORY 

A  review  of  the  major  theories  of  personality 
development  and  personality  functioning.  In 
addition  to  covering  the  details  of  each  theory, 
the  implications  and  applications  of  each  theory 
will  be  considered.  Prerequisite:  PSY 110. 

337 
COGNITION 

An  investigation  of  human  mental  processes 
along  the  two  major  dimensions:  directed  and 
undirected  thought.  Topic  areas  include 
recognition,  attention,  conceptualization, 
problem-solving,  fantasy,  language,  dreaming, 
and  creativity.  Prerequisite:  PSY  110. 

338 

EDUCATIONAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  empirical  study  of 
the  teaching-learning  process.  Areas  consid- 
ered may  include  educational  objectives,  pupil 
and  teacher  characteristics,  concept  learning, 
problem-solving  and  creativity,  attitudes  and 
values,  motivation,  retention  and  transfer, 
evaluation  and  measurement.  Prerequisite: 
PSY  110  or  consent  of  instructor. 

341 

PSYCHOLOGY  OF  WOMEN 

A  review  of  contemporary  theory  and 
research  on  the  psychology  of  gender  differ- 
ences. The  major  theories  and  basic  research 
on  gender  differences  will  be  covered. 
Special  topics  include  sex  differences  in 
achievement,  power,  and  communication;  sex- 
role  stereotypes;  beliefs  about  masculinity  and 
femininity;  and  gender  influences  on  mental 
health.  Prerequisite:  PSY  110. 

410 

DYSFUNCTIONAL  FAMILIES  AND 
CHILD  DEVELOPMENT 

This  course  will  explore  the  relations 
between  a  variety  of  types  of  family  dysfunc- 
tions and  child  development  and  psychopa- 


thology.  Specifically,  topics  in  child  abuse, 
neglect,  sexual  abuse,  and  children  from 
violent  homes,  alcoholic  homes,  and  homes 
with  mentally  ill  parents  will  be  studied.  The 
course  will  focus  on  empirical  literature  about 
dysfunctional  families  and  child  development, 
biographical  and  political  perspectives. 
Prerequisite:  PSY  116  and  117,  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

431 

LEARNING  EXPERIMENTAL 
PSYCHOLOGY 

Learning  processes.  The  examination  of 
the  basic  methods  and  principles  of  animal 
and  human  learning.  Prerequisites:  PSY  110 
and  statistics. 

432 

SENSORY  EXPERIMENTAL 

PSYCHOLOGY 

The  examination  of  psychophysical 
methodology  and  basic  neurophysiological 
methods  as  they  are  applied  to  the  understand- 
ing of  sensor  processes.  Prerequisites:  PSY 
110  and  statistics. 

448-449 

PRACTICUM  IN  PSYCHOLOGY 

An  off-campus  experience  in  a  community 
setting  offering  psychological  services, 
supplemented  with  classroom  instruction  and 
discussion.  PSY  448  covers  the  basic 
counseling  skills,  while  PSY  449  covers  the 
major  theoretical  approaches  to  counseling. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

Internships  give  students  an  opportunity  to 
relate  on-campus  academic  experiences  to 
society  in  general  and  to  their  post-baccalaure- 
ate objectives  in  particular.  Students  have,  for 
example,  worked  in  prisons,  public  and 
private  schools,  county  government,  and  for 
the  American  Red  Cross. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


PSYCHOLOGY  -RELIGION 


RELIGION 


(REL) 


N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Independent  study  is  an  opportunity  for 
students  to  pursue  special  interests  in  areas  for 
which  courses  are  not  offered.  In  addition, 
students  have  an  opportunity  to  study  a  topic 
in  more  depth  than  is  possible  in  the 
regular  classroom  situation.  Studies  in  the 
past  have  included  child  abuse,  counseling  of 
hospital  patients,  and  research  in  the  psychol- 
ogy of  natural  disasters. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 
Honors  in  psychology  requires  original 
contributions  to  the  literature  of  psychology 
through  independent  study.  The  most  recent 
honors  project  was  a  study  of  the  effect  of 
self-esteem  on  attitude-behavior  consistency. 


Professors:  Guerra,  Hughes  (Chairperson) 
Assistant  Professor:  Van  Voorst 

A  major  consists  of  10  courses,  including 
REL  1 13,  1 14,  and  120.  At  least  seven 
courses  must  be  taken  in  the  department.  The 
following  courses  may  be  counted  toward 
fulfilling  the  major  requirements:  GRK  221 
and  222,  Hebrew  221  and  222,  HIST  340  and 
416,  PHIL  332,  and  SOC  333. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  cultural  diversity  courses: 
REL  1 10,  224,  225,  226,  228.  Students  must 
check  semester  class  schedules  to  determine 
which  courses  are  offered  as  "D"  courses  for 
that  semester.  The  following  courses  have 
been  approved  to  be  offered  as  writing 
intensive  courses  and  may  be  offered  as  such: 
REL  230,  331.  Students  must  check  semester 
class  schedules  to  determine  which  courses 
are  offered  as  "W"  courses  for  that  semester. 

A  minor  in  religion  consists  of  one  course 
from  REL  1 10,  1 13  or  1 14  and  four  rehgion 
courses  numbered  200  or  above. 

An  interdisciplinary  minor  in  Biblical 
Languages  requires  the  completion  of  GRK 
221,  222  and  HEBR  221  and  222. 

110 

INTRODUCTION  TO  RELIGION 

Designed  for  the  beginning  student,  this 
course  examines  what  it  means  to  be  religious. 
Some  of  the  issues  are  the  definition  of 
religion,  the  meaning  of  symbolism,  concepts 
of  God,  ecstatic  phenomena.  Specific 
attention  will  be  devoted  to  the  current 
problem  of  cults  and  religious  liberty. 

113 

OLD  TESTAMENT  FAITH  AND  HISTORY 

A  critical  examination  of  the  literature 
within  its  historical  setting  and  in  the  light  of 
archaeological  findings  to  show  the  faith  and 
religious  life  of  the  Hebrew- Jewish  corrmiu- 
nity  in  the  Biblical  period,  and  an  introduction 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


RELIGION 


to  the  history  of  interpretation  with  an 
emphasis  on  contemporary  Old  Testament 
criticism  and  theology. 

114 

NEW  TESTAMENT  FAITH 
AND  HISTORY 

A  critical  examination  of  the  literature 
within  its  historical  setting  to  show  the  faith 
and  religious  life  of  the  Christian  community 
in  the  Biblical  period,  and  an  introduction  to 
the  history  of  interpretation  with  an  emphasis 
on  contemporary  New  Testament  criticism 
and  theology. 

119 

RELIGION  AND  POPULAR  CULTURE 

An  examination  of  the  interaction  of  religion 
and  culture  in  an  historical  perspective 
followed  by  a  direct  analysis  of  the  ethical  and 
religious  issues  raised  by  contemporary 
American  popular  culture.  Readings  include 
artistic  and  social-scientific  as  well  as  ethical 
and  religious  approaches  to  popular  culture. 

120 

DEATH  AND  DYING 

A  study  of  death  from  personal,  social  and 
universal  standpoints  with  emphasis  upon  what 
the  dying  may  teach  the  living.  Principal  issues 
are  the  stages  of  dying,  bereavement,  suicide, 
funeral  conduct,  and  the  religious  doctrines  of 
death  and  immortality.  Course  includes,  as 
optional,  practical  projects  with  terminal 
patients  under  professional  supervision.  Only 
one  course  from  the  combination  ofREL  120 
and  121  may  be  used  for  distribution. 

121 

AFTER  DEATH  AND  DYING 

An  examination  of  the  question  of  life  after 
death  in  terms  of  contemporary  clinical 
studies,  the  New  Testament  resurrection 
narratives,  the  Asian  doctrine  of  reincarnation, 
and  the  classical  theological  beliefs  of 
providence  and  predestination.  REL  120  is 


recommended  but  not  required.  Only  one 
course  from  the  combination  of  REL  120  and 
121  may  be  used  for  distribution. 

Ill 

PROTESTANTISM  IN  THE 

MODERN  WORLD 

An  examination  of  Protestant  thought  and 
life  from  Luther  to  the  present  against  the 
backdrop  of  a  culture  rapidly  changing  from 
the  17th  century  scientific  revolution  to 
Marxism,  Darwinism,  and  depth  psychology. 
Special  attention  will  be  paid  to  the  constant 
interaction  between  Protestantism  and  the 
world  in  which  it  finds  itself. 

223 

THE  BACKGROUNDS  OF  CHRISTIANITY 

A  study  of  the  historical,  cultural,  and  rel- 
igious background  of  the  formation  of 
Christianity  and  the  antecedents  of  Christian 
belief  and  practice  in  post-exilic  Judaism  and 
in  Hellenism. 

224 

JUDAISM  AND  ISLAM 

An  examination  of  the  rise,  growth,  and 
expansion  of  Judaism  and  Islam  with  special 
attention  given  to  the  theological  contents  of 
the  literatures  of  these  religions  as  far  as  they 
are  normative  in  matters  of  faith,  practice,  and 
organization.  Also,  a  review  of  their  contribu- 
tions to  the  spiritual  heritage  of  mankind. 

225 

ORIENTAL  RELIGION 

A  phenomenological  study  of  the  basic 
content  of  Hinduism,  Buddhism,  and  Chinese 
Taoism  with  special  attention  to  social  and 
political  relations,  mythical  and  aesthetic 
forms,  and  the  East- West  dialogue. 

226 

BIBLICAL  ARCHAEOLOGY 

A  study  of  the  role  of  archaeology  in 
reconstructing  the  world  in  which  the  Biblical 
literature  originated  with  special  attention 
given  to  archaeological  results  that  throw  light 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


RELIGION 


on  the  clarification  of  the  Biblical  text.  Also, 
an  introduction  to  basic  archaeological  method 
and  a  study  in  depth  of  several  representative 
excavations  along  with  the  artifacts  and  material 
culture  recovered  from  different  historical 
periods. 

227 

HISTORY  AND  THEOLOGY 

OF  THE  EARLY  CHURCH 

An  examination  of  the  life  and  theology  of 
the  church  from  the  close  of  the  New  Testa- 
ment to  the  fifth  century.  Special  attention 
will  be  given  to  the  struggles  of  the  church 
with  heretical  movements,  the  controversies 
concerning  the  person  and  nature  of  Christ, 
and  the  encounter  of  the  church  with  the 
Roman  Empire. 

228 

HISTORY  AND  CULTURE 

OF  THE  ANCIENT  NEAR  EAST 

A  study  of  the  history  and  culture  of 
Mesopotamia,  Anatolia,  Syria-Palestine,  and 
Egypt  from  the  rise  of  the  Sumerian  culture  to 
Alexander  the  Great.  Careful  attention  will  be 
given  to  the  religious  views  prevalent  in  the 
ancient  Near  East  as  far  as  these  views 
interacted  with  the  culture  and  faith  of  the 
Biblical  tradition. 

230 

PSYCHOLOGY  OF  RELIGION 

A  study  into  the  broad  insights  of  psychol- 
ogy in  relation  to  the  phenomena  of  religion 
and  religious  behavior.  The  course  concen- 
trates on  religious  experience  or  manifesta- 
tions rather  than  concepts.  Tentative  solutions 
will  be  sought  to  questions  such  as:  What 
does  it  feel  like  to  be  religious  or  to  have  a 
religious  experience?  What  is  the  religious 
function  in  human  development?  How  does 
one  think  psychologically  about  theological 
problems? 


331 

CHRISTIAN  SOCIAL  ETHICS 

A  study  of  Christian  ethics  as  a  normative 
perspective  for  contemporary  moral  problems 
with  emphasis  upon  the  interaction  of  law  and 
religion,  decision-making  in  the  field  of 
biomedical  practice,  and  the  reconstruction  of 
society  in  a  planetary  civilization. 

332 

CONTEMPORARY  PROBLEMS  E^ 
CHRISTIAN  SOCIAL  ETHICS 

An  examination  of  the  approach  of  religion 
and  other  disciplines  to  an  issue  of  current 
concern;  current  topics  include  the  theological 
significance  of  law,  the  ethics  of  love,  and  the 
Holocaust.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  if  the 
topic  is  different  from  one  previously  studied. 

337 

BIBLICAL  TOPICS 

An  in-depth  study  of  Biblical  topics  related 
to  the  Old  and  New  Testaments.  Topics  include 
prophecy,  wisdom  literature,  the  Dead  Sea 
Scrolls,  the  teachings  of  Jesus,  Pauline 
theology,  Judaism  and  Christian  origins, 
redaction  criticism  -  the  way  the  Synoptic 
Gospels  and  John  give  final  form  to  their 
message.  Course  will  vary  from  year  to  year 
and  may  be  repeated  for  credit  once  if  the 
topic  is  different  from  one  previously  studied. 

341 

CONTEMPORARY  RELIGIOUS  ISSUES 
A  study  of  the  theological  significance  of 
some  contemporary  intellectual  developments 
in  Western  culture.  The  content  of  this  course 
will  vary  from  year  to  year.  Subjects  studied 
in  recent  years  include  the  theological 
significance  of  Freud,  Marx,  and  Nietzsche; 
Christianity  and  existentialism;  theology  and 
depth  psychology;  the  religious  dimension  of 
contemporary  literature. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


RELIGION 

• 


342 

THE  NATURE  AND  MISSION 
OF  THE  CHURCH 

A  study  of  the  nature  of  the  Church  as 
"The  People  of  God"  with  reference  to  the 
BibHcal,  Protestant,  Orthodox,  and  Roman 
Catholic  traditions. 

401 

FIELD  ARCHAEOLOGY 

Participation  in  an  archaeological  dig  in  the 
Near  East.  Instruction  in  excavation  techniques, 
recording  and  the  processing  of  artifacts.  A 
survey  of  excavation  and  research  and  the  use 
of  archaeology  as  a  tool  for  elucidating 
historical  and  cultural  changes.  Special  fees 
apply.  May  Term  or  Summer  Sessions  only. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

Interns  in  religion  usually  work  in  local 
churches  under  the  supervision  of  the  pastor 
and  a  member  of  the  faculty. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

Current  study  areas  are  in  the  Biblical 
languages,  Biblical  history  and  theology. 
Biblical  archaeology,  comparative  religions, 
and  the  ethics  of  technology. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 

GREEK  (GRK) 

Greek  is  not  offered  as  a  major.  An  interdis- 
ciplinary minor  in  Biblical  Languages  requires 
the  completion  of  GRK  221,  222  and  HEBR 

221,222. 

101-102 

NEW  TESTAMENT 
GRAMMAR  AND  READINGS 

Fundamentals  of  New  Testament  Greek 
grammar  and  readings  of  selected  passages  of 
the  Greek  text.  Does  not  satisfy  humanities 
requirement. 

1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


221 

READINGS  IN  THE  SYNOPTIC  GOSPELS 

A  comparative  study  of  the  synoptic  tradition 
in  Greek.  Prerequisite:  GRK  102  or  equiva- 
lent. Does  not  satisfy  humanities  requirement. 

Ill 

READINGS  IN  THE  PAULINE  EPISTLES 

Selected  readings  from  the  letters  of  Paul 
in  Greek.  Prerequisite:  GRK  221  or  equivalent. 
Does  not  satisfy  humanities  requirement. 

HEBREW  (HEBR) 

Hebrew  is  not  offered  as  a  major.  An 
interdisciplinary  minor  in  Biblical  Languages 
requires  the  completion  of  GRK  22 1 ,  222  and 
HEBR  221,  222. 

101-102 

OLD  TESTAMENT 
GRAMMAR  AND  READINGS 

Fundamentals  of  Old  Testament  Hebrew 
grammar  and  readings  of  selected  passages  of 
the  Hebrew  text.  Does  not  satisfy  humanities 
requirement. 

Ill 

READINGS  IN  OLD 
TESTAMENT  NARRATIVE 

A  critical  reading  of  the  Hebrew  text  of 
selected  narrative  portions  of  the  Old  Testa- 
ment with  special  attention  being  given  to 
exegetical  questions.  The  text  read  varies 
from  year  to  year.  Prerequisite:  HEBR  102 
or  equivalent.  Does  not  satisfy  humanities 
requirement. 

Ill 

READINGS  IN  THE  PROPHETIC  BOOKS 

AND  WISDOM  LITERATURE 

A  critical  reading  of  the  Hebrew  text  of 
selected  portions  of  Old  Testament  prophecy 
and  wisdom  literature  with  special  attention 
being  given  to  exegetical  questions.  The  text 
read  varies  from  year  to  year.  Prerequisite: 
HEBR  221  or  equivalent.  Does  not  satisfy 
humanities  requirement. 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


SCHOLAR  PROGRAM  • 

• 


SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 


SCHOLAR 
PROGRAM  (scHOL) 

Professor:  Boerckel  (Director) 

The  Lycoming  College  Scholar  Program  is  a 
special  program  designed  to  meet  the  needs  and 
aspirations  of  highly  motivated  students  of 
superior  intellectual  ability.  The  Lycoming 
Scholar  satisfies  the  College  distribution 
requirements,  generally  on  a  more  exacting 
level  and  with  more  challenging  courses  than 
the  average  student.  Lycoming  Scholars  also 
participate  in  special  interdisciplinary  seminars 
and  in  serious  independent  study  culminating 
in  a  senior  project. 

301 

LYCOMING  SCHOLAR  SEMINAR 

Team  taught  interdisciplinary  seminar  held 
each  semester  under  the  direction  of  the 
Lycoming  Scholar  Council.  May  be  repeated 
for  credit.  Completion  of  five  semesters  is 
required  by  the  Scholar  Program.  Prerequisite: 
Acceptance  into  the  Lycoming  Scholar 
Program.  One-quarter  unit  of  credit.  Grade 
will  be  recorded  as  "A  "  or  "F.  " 

450 

SENIOR  SEMINAR 

During  the  senior  year,  Lycoming  Scholars 
complete  independent  studies  or  departmental 
honors  projects.  These  projects  are  presented 
to  scholars  and  faculty  in  the  senior  seminar. 
Non-credit  course.  Prerequisite:  Acceptance 
into  the  Lycoming  Scholar  Program. 


SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

(SOC) 

Professor:  Wilk  (Chairperson) 
Assistant  Professors:  S.  Alexander,  Davison, 
Strauser 

The  Sociology- Anthropology  Department 
offers  two  tracks  in  the  major.  Both  tracks 
introduce  the  students  to  the  fundamental 
concepts  of  the  discipline,  and  both  tracks 
prepare  the  student  for  graduate  school. 

Track  I  emphasizes  the  theoretical  aspects 
of  sociology  and  anthropology.  Track  II 
emphasizes  the  application  of  sociology  and 
anthropology  to  human  services. 

Track  I  -  Sociology- Anthropology  requires 
the  core  course  sequence  SOC  110,  1 14,  229, 
444,  and  447  and  three  other  courses  within 
the  department  with  the  exception  of  1 15,  222, 
223,  225,  440,  and  443.  REL  226  may  also  be 
counted  toward  the  major. 

Track  II  -  Human  Services  in  a  Socio- 
Cultural  Perspective  requires  SOC  1 10,  222, 

229,  443,  444,  and  447.  In  addition,  students 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 


must  select  two  courses  from  among  the 
following:  SOC  220,  221,  227,  228,  300,  334, 
and  335.  Students  are  also  required  to  choose 
two  units  from  the  following  courses:  PSY 
1 10,  ECON  224,  PSCI  333,  and  SOC  230. 
Recommended  courses:  ACCT  1 10,  226; 
SPAN  111,112;  HIST  1 26;  and  PHIL  334. 

Majors  in  both  tracks  are  encouraged  to 
participate  in  the  internship  program. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  cultural  diversity  courses:  SOC 
229, 331,  334, 335,  336,  337, 338.  Students 
must  check  semester  class  schedules  to  deter- 
mine which  courses  are  offered  as  "D"  courses 
for  that  semester. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  SOC  229, 441.  Students 
must  check  semester  class  schedules  to  deter- 
mine which  courses  are  offered  as  "W"  courses 
for  that  semester. 

Minor 

A  minor  in  sociology  and  anthropology 
consists  of  SOC  1 10  and  four  other  SOC 
courses  approved  by  the  department,  three  of 
which  must  be  numbered  220  or  above.  SOC 
1 15,  223, 225,  339,  and  440  cannot  count 
toward  the  minor. 

110 

INTRODUCTION  TO  SOCIOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  problems,  concepts, 
and  methods  in  sociology  today,  including 
analysis  of  stratification,  organization  of 
groups  and  institutions,  social  movements, 
and  deviants  in  social  structure. 

114 

INTRODUCTION  TO  ANTHROPOLOGY 

An  introduction  to  the  subfields  of  anthro- 
pology; its  subject  matter,  methodology,  and 
goals,  examination  of  biological  and  cultural 
evolution,  the  fossil  evidence  for  human 
evolution,  and  questions  raised  in  relation  to 


human  evolution.  Other  topics  include  race, 
human  nature,  primate  behavior,  and  prehis- 
toric cultural  development. 

115 

INTRODUCTION  TO  AMERICAN 
CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  SYSTEM 

An  introduction  to  the  role  of  law  enforce- 
ment, courts,  and  corrections  in  the  admini- 
stration of  justice;  the  historical  development 
of  police,  courts,  and  corrections;  jurisdiction 
and  procedures  of  courts;  an  introduction  to 
the  studies,  literature,  and  research  in  criminal 
justice;  careers  in  criminal  justice. 

220 

MARRIAGE  AND  THE  FAMILY 

The  history,  structure,  and  functions  of 
modem  American  family  life,  emphasizing 
dating,  courtship,  factors  in  marital  adjustment, 
and  the  changing  status  of  family  members. 
Prerequisite:  SOC  110  or  consent  of  instructor. 

221 

JUVENILE  DELINQUENCY 

A  multidisciplinary  approach  to  the  study 
of  the  constellation  of  factors  that  relate  to 
juvenile  delinquency  causation,  handling  the 
juvenile  delinquent  in  the  criminal  justice 
system,  treatment  strategies,  prevention,  and 
community  responsibility.  Prerequisite:  SOC 
1 10  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

222 

INTRODUCTION  TO  HUMAN  SERVICES 

The  course  is  designed  for  students  inter- 
ested in  learning  about,  or  entering,  the  human 
services  profession.  It  will  review  the  history, 
the  range,  and  the  goals  of  human  services 
together  with  a  survey  of  various  strategies 
and  approaches  to  human  problems.  It  will 
include  practical  discussions  of  social  behav- 
ioral differences  as  they  relate  to  stress  and 
conflict  in  people's  lives.  Prerequisite:  SOC 
110  and/or  PSY  110;  or  consent  of  instructor. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 


223 

INTRODUCTION  TO 
LAW  ENFORCEMENT 

Principles,  theories,  and  doctrines  of  the 
law  of  crimes,  elements  in  crime,  analysis  of 
criminal  investigation,  important  case 
law.   Prerequisite:  SOC  115  or  consent 
of  instructor. 

225 

INTRODUCTION  TO 
CRIMINAL  INVESTIGATION 

This  course  is  designed  for  advanced 
criminal  justice  majors.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  an  in-depth  study  of  detection  and  investi- 
gation of  major  crimes.  Particular  attention  is 
placed  on  the  use  of  criminalistics,  legal 
parameters  of  evidence  and  interrogation,  and 
prosecutory  procedures.  Prerequisite:  SOC 
223  or  consent  of  instructor.   Will  not  be 
counted  toward  the  sociology-anthropology 
major. 

226 

SOCIAL  MOVEMENTS 

An  analysis  of  the  dynamics,  structure,  and 
reactions  to  social  movements  with  focus  on 
contemporary  social  movements.  Prerequi- 
site: SOC  110  or  consent  of  instructor. 

227 

SOCIAL  PROBLEMS 

The  course  examines  the  causes,  character- 
istics, and  consequences  of  social  problems  in 
America  from  diverse  socio-cultural  perspect- 
ives. Topics  discussed  typically  include  crime, 
urban  crises,  family  disorganization,  poverty, 
race  problems,  drug  abuse,  and  other  related 
issues.  Prerequisite:  SOC  110  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

228 

AGING  AND  SOCIETY 

Analysis  of  cross-cultural  characteristics  of  the 
aged  as  individuals  and  as  members  of  groups. 
Emphasis  is  placed  upon  variables:  health, 
housing,  socio-economic  status,  personal 


adjustment,  retirement,  and  social  participation. 
Sociological,  social  psychological,  and  anthro- 
pological frames  of  reference  utiUzed  in  analysis 
and  description  of  aging  and  its  relationship  to 
society,  culture,  and  personality,  health, 
housing,  socio-economic  status,  personal 
adjustment,  retirement,  and  social  participation. 

229 

CULTURAL  ANTHROPOLOGY 

An  examination  of  cultural  and  social 
anthropology  designed  to  familiarize  the 
student  with  the  analytical  approaches  to  the 
diverse  cultures  of  the  world.  The  relevancy  of 
cultural  anthropology  for  an  understanding  of 
the  human  condition  will  be  stressed.  Topics  to 
be  covered  include  the  nature  of  primitive 
societies  in  contrast  to  civilizations,  the  concept 
of  culture  and  cultural  relativism,  the  individual 
and  culture,  the  social  patterning  of  behavior 
and  social  control,  an  anthropological  perspec- 
tive on  the  culture  of  the  United  States. 

230 

SELF  AND  SOCIETY 

This  course  is  concerned  with  the  behavior 
of  individuals  who  occupy  positions  in  social 
structures,  organizations  and  groups.  The 
focus  is  on  the  behavior  of  individuals  as  it  is 
controlled,  influenced,  or  limited  by  the  social 
environment;  and  the  manner  in  which  the 
behavior  of  individuals  reacts  upon,  shapes 
and  alters  social  structures  and  enters  into  the 
functioning  of  groups.  This  course  will  also 
explore  symbolic  interactionism,  a  major 
theoretical  perspective  in  sociology  which 
focuses  primary  attention  on  the  way  in  which 
individuals  define  and  continually  redefine 
reality  on  the  basis  of  social  interaction. 
Prerequisite:  SOC  110  or  consent  of  instructor. 

300 

CRIMINOLOGY 

Analysis  of  the  sociology  of  law;  condi- 
tions under  which  criminal  laws  develop; 
etiology  of  crime;  epidemiology  of  crime, 
including  explanation  of  statistical  distribution 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


I 


SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 


of  criminal  behavior  in  terms  of  time,  space, 
and  social  location.  Prerequisite:  SOC  110  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

331 

SOCIOLOGY  OF  WOMEN 

A  sociological  examination  of  the  role  of 
women  in  American  society  through  an  analysis 
of  the  social  institutions  which  affect  their 
development.  Role-analysis  theory  will  be 
applied  to  the  past,  present,  and  future  experi- 
ence of  women  as  it  relates  to  the  role  options  of 
society  as  a  whole.  Students  will  do  an  original 
research  project  on  the  role  of  women.  Prereq- 
uisite: SOCl  10. 

332 

INSTITUTIONS 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  sociological 
concept  of  social  institution,  the  types  of 
social  institutions  to  be  found  in  all  societies, 
and  the  interrelationships  between  the  social 
institutions  within  a  society.  The  course  is 
divided  into  two  basic  parts:   1 .  That  aspect 
which  deals  with  the  systematic  organization 
of  society  in  general,  and  2.  The  concentration 
on  a  particular  social  institution:  economic, 
political,  educational,  or  social  welfare. 
Prerequisite:  SOC  110  or  consent  of  instructor. 

333 

SOCIOLOGY  OF  RELIGION 

An  examination  of  the  major  theories  of 
the  relationship  of  religion  to  society  and  a 
survey  of  sociological  studies  of  religious 
behavior.  Prerequisite:  SOC  110  or  consent 
of  instructor. 

334 

RACIAL  AND  CULTURAL  MINORITIES 

Study  of  racial,  cultural,  and  national 
groups  within  the  framework  of  American 
cultural  values.  An  analysis  will  include 
historical,  cultural,  and  social  factors  underly- 
ing ethnic  and  racial  conflict.  Field  trips  and 
individual  reports  are  part  of  the  requirements 
for  the  course.  Prerequisite:  SOC  1 10  or 
consent  of  instructor. 


335 

CULTURE  AND  PERSONALITY 

Introduction  to  psychological  anthropology, 
its  theories  and  methodologies.  Emphasis  will 
be  placed  on  the  relationship  between  indi- 
vidual and  culture,  national  character, 
cognition  and  culture,  culture  and  mental 
disorders,  and  cross-cultural  considerations  of 
the  concept  of  self.  Prerequisite:  SOC  229  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

336 

THE  ANTHROPOLOGY 
OF  PRIMITIVE  RELIGIONS 

The  course  will  familiarize  the  student  with 
the  wealth  of  anthropological  data  on  the 
religions  and  world  views  developed  by 
primitive  peoples.  The  functions  of  primitive 
religion  in  regard  to  the  individual,  society,  and 
various  cultural  institutions  will  be  examined. 
Subjects  to  be  surveyed  include  myth,  witch- 
craft, vision  quests,  spirit  possession,  the 
cultural  use  of  dreams,  and  revitalization 
movements.  Particular  emphasis  will  be  given 
to  shamanism,  transcultural  religious  experi- 
ence, and  the  creation  of  cultural  realities 
through  religions.  Both  a  social  scientific  and 
existential  perspective  will  be  employed. 
Prerequisite:  SOC  229  or  consent  of  instructor. 

337 

THE  ANTHROPOLOGY  OF 

AMERICAN  INDIANS 

An  ethnographic  survey  of  native  North 
American  Indian  and  Eskimo  cultures,  such  as 
the  Iroquois,  Plains  Indians,  Pueblo,  Kwakiutl, 
and  Netsilik.  Changes  in  native  lifeways  due  to 
European  contacts  and  United  States  expansion 
will  be  considered.  Recent  cultural  develop- 
ments among  American  Indians  will  be  placed 
in  an  anthropological  perspective. 

338 

LEGAL  AND  POLITICAL  ANTHROPOLOGY 

The  course  is  designed  to  familiarize  the 
student  with  the  techniques  of  conflict  resolu- 
tion and  the  utilization  of  public  power  in 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^M 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 


primitive  society  as  well  as  the  various 
theories  of  primitive  law  and  government. 
The  rise  of  the  state  and  an  anthropological 
perspective  on  modem  law  and  government 
will  be  included.  The  concepts  of  self- 
regulation  and  social  control,  legitimacy, 
coercion,  and  exploitation  will  be  the  organiz- 
ing focus.  Prerequisite:  SOC  229  or  consent 
of  instructor. 

339 

THE  AMERICAN  PRISON  SYSTEM 

Nature  and  history  of  punishment,  evolu- 
tion of  the  prison  and  prison  methods  with 
emphasis  on  prison  community,  prison 
architecture,  institutional  programs,  inmate 
rights,  and  sentences.  Review  of  punishment 
versus  treatment,  detention  facilities,  jails, 
reformatories,  prison  organization  and 
administration,  custody,  and  discipline. 
Prerequisite:  SOC  115. 

440 

PROBATION  AND  PAROLE 

A  course  designed  for  the  advanced  criminal 
justice  major.  While  the  course  concerns  the 
study  of  probation  and  parole  as  parts  of  the 
criminal  justice  system  and  their  impact  on  the 
system  as  a  whole,  the  primary  emphasis  is  the 
impact  on  the  offender.  Particular  attention  is 
given  to  diagnostic  report  writing  on  offenders, 
pre-sentence  investigation,  offender  classifica- 
tion, and  parole  planning.  Prerequisites:  SOC 
115  and  339. 

441 

SOCIAL  STRATinCATION 

An  analysis  of  stratification  systems  with 
specific  reference  to  American  society.  The 
course  will  include  an  analysis  of  poverty, 
wealth,  and  power  in  the  United  States. 
Particular  attention  will  be  given  to  factors 
which  generate  and  maintain  inequality,  along 
with  the  impact  of  inequality  on  the  lives  of 
Americans.  Prerequisite:  SOC  110  or 
consent  of  instructor. 


443 

HUMAN  SERVICES  IN 
HELPING  INSTITUTIONS 

The  course  examines  the  organizational 
and  conceptual  context  within  which  human 
services  are  delivered  in  contemporary 
society.  Subjects  to  be  covered  include 
ethnographic  study  of  nursing  homes,  prisons, 
therapeutic  communities,  mental  hospitals, 
and  other  human  service  institutions.  The 
methodology  of  fieldwork  will  be  explored  so 
as  to  sensitize  the  student  to  the  socio-cultural 
dimensions  of  helping  environments  and 
relationships.  Prerequisite:  SOC  110  or  229, 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

444 

SOCIAL  THEORY 

The  history  of  the  development  of  sociologi- 
cal thought  from  its  earliest  philosophical 
beginnings  is  treated  through  discussions  and 
reports.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  sociological 
thought  since  the  time  of  Comte.  Prerequisite: 
SOC  110  or  consent  of  instructor. 

445 

ANTHROPOLOGICAL  THEORY  j 

The  history  of  the  development  of  anthro-       \ 
pological  thought  from  the  18th  century  to  the 
present.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  anthropo- 
logical thought  since  1850.  Topics  include 
evolutionism,  historical-particularism,  cultural 
idealism,  cultural  materialism,  functionalism, 
structuralism,  and  ethnoscience.  Prerequisite: 
SOC  229  or  consent  of  instructor. 

447 

RESEARCH  METHODS  IN 

SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 

Study  of  the  research  process  in  sociology- 
anthropology.  Attention  is  given  to  the 
process  of  designing  and  administering 
research  and  the  application  of  research. 
Different  methodological  skills  are  consid- 
ered, including  field  work,  questionnaire 
construction,  and  other  methods  of  data 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY  •  THEATRE 


gathering  and  the  analysis  of  data.  Prerequi- 
site: SOC  1 10  and  MATH  103,  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

448-449 

PRACTICUM  IN  SOCIOLOGY 

Introduces  the  student  to  a  practical  work 
experience  involving  community  agencies  in 
order  to  effect  a  synthesis  of  the  student's 
academic  course  work  and  its  practical 
applications  in  a  community  agency.  Specif- 
ics of  the  course  to  be  worked  out  in  conjunc- 
tion with  department,  student  and  agency. 
Prerequisite:  SOC  110  and  consent  of 
instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  index) 

Interns  in  sociology-anthropology  typically 
work  off  campus  with  social  service  agencies 
under  the  supervision  of  administrators. 
However,  other  internship  experiences,  such 
as  with  the  Lycoming  County  Historical 
Museum,  are  available.  Interns  in 
criminaljustice  work  off  campus  in  criminal 
justice  agencies,  such  as  penal  institutions  and 
probation  and  parole  departments,  under  the 
supervision  of  administrative  personnel. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  (See  index) 

An  opportunity  to  pursue  specific  interests 
and  topics  not  usually  covered  in  regular 
courses.  Through  a  program  of  readings  and 
tutorials,  the  student  will  have  the  opportunity 
to  pursue  these  interests  and  topics  in 
greater  depth  than  is  usually  possible  in  a 
regular  course. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY  FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS  (See  index) 


THEATRE  (thea) 

Professor:  R.  Falk  (Chairperson) 
Associate  Professor:  Allen 
Visiting  Assistant  Professor:  George 
Part-time  Instructors:  Clark,  Denton 

The  primary  responsibilities  of  the  Theatre 
Department  are  to  teach  appreciation,  service, 
foundational  and  specialized  courses;  to 
prepare  students  for  advanced  study  and 
training;  and  to  sponsor  worthwhile  produc- 
tion programs  in  which  students  can  practice 
the  art  and  craft  of  theatre,  and  which  will  be  a 
dynamic  contribution  to  the  cultural  life  of  the 
College  community. 

Production  groups  sponsored  by  the 
Theatre  Department  are  the  Arena  Theatre, 
The  Arena  Summer  Theatre,  The  Emerald 
City  Players,  The  Alpha  Psi  Omega  Fraternity 
and  the  Downstage  Theatre.  Facilities  used 
for  performances  by  these  groups  are  an 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THEATRE 


intimate  thrust  stage  (The  Arena)  and  a  small 
black  box  studio  theatre  (The  Downstage 
Theatre)  in  the  Academic  Center. 

The  department  offers  several  courses  to  be 
selected  for  distribution  requirements:  THEA 
100,  1 12,  1 14,  148,  332,  333,  335  (Fine  Arts) 
THEA  333,  335  (Humanities  and  Literature). 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  cultural  diversity  courses: 
THEA  1 12,  1 14,  332,  333,  335,  410.  Students 
must  check  semester  class  schedules  to 
determine  which  courses  are  offered  as  "D" 
courses  for  that  semester. 

The  following  courses  have  been  approved 
to  be  offered  as  writing  intensive  courses  and 
may  be  offered  as  such:  THEA  332,  333. 
Students  must  check  semester  class  schedules 
to  determine  which  courses  are  offered  as 
"W"  courses  for  that  semester. 

Major 

The  major  consists  of  the  equivalent  of  10 
to  10.5  units.  All  theatre  majors  are  required 
to  complete  the  following:  THEA  100,  148, 
332,  333,  410  and  the  equivalent  of  1  full  unit 
of  THEA  160  and/or  161  (6  units). 

The  department  offers  three  major  tracks: 
Track  I:  ACTING  (4.5  Units)  THEA  140, 
226,  240,  232  (1/2  unit);  and  one  from  the 
following:  335  or  402. 

Track  II:  DIRECTING:  (4.0  Units)  THEA 
140,  226,  336;  and  one  from  the  following: 
335  or  402. 

Track  IE:  DESIGN/TECH  (4.5  Units)  THEA 
228,  229,  232  (1/2  unit),  320;  and  one  from 
the  following:  335,  402,  425,  428,  429,  431. 

Majors  are  urged  to  include  courses  in  art, 
music,  psychology,  and  English,  or  other  areas 
of  special  interest. 

Majors  are  urged  to  include  THEA  440  in 
Track  I,  THEA  426  in  Track  II,  and  THEA 
430  in  Track  III. 

Minor 

Three  minors  are  available  in  the  Theatre 
Department. 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE  ■ 


•  A  minor  in  Performance  consists  of  THEA 
100,  140,  226,  240,  336. 

•  A  minor  in  Technical  Theatre  consists  of 
THEA  100,  148,  228,  229,  and  320  or  430. 

•  A  minor  in  Theatre  History  and  Literature 
consists  of  THEA  100,  332,  333,  335  and 
410. 

100 

INTRODUCTION  TO  THEATRE 

A  comprehensive  introduction  to  the 
aesthetics  of  theatre.  From  the  spectator's 
point  of  view,  the  nature  of  theatre  will  be 
explored,  including  dramatic  literature  and  the 
integral  functioning  of  acting,  directing  and  all 
production  aspects.  Concurrent  enrollment  in 
THEA  148  prohibited. 

112 

AMERICA  ON  SCREEN 

Introduction  to  the  art  of  understanding 
moving  images  to  discover  the  cultural  values 
of  American  filmmakers  and  their  audiences. 
Comparison  of  the  ways  in  which  films  and 
television  use  comedy,  drama,  and  the  docum- 
entary to  examine  topics  having  to  do  with 
values,  beliefs,  and  cultural  diversity  in 
America. 

114 

FILM  ART:  MOTION  PICTURE 
MASTERPIECES 

Study  of  selected  classic  experimental  and 
narrative  films  from  around  the  world  as  well 
as  from  Hollywood.  Consideration  of  what 
makes  a  classic  through  examination  of  such 
topics  as  acting,  writing,  directing,  style,  and 
genre. 

135-136 

INTRODUCTION  TO  DANCE  I  AND  U 

An  introduction  to  the  techniques  of  basic 
movement  and  interpretation  in  ballet,  jazz, 
and  modem  dance.  Classes  include  improvi- 
sation and  choreography.  Prerequisite  for 
THEA  136:  THEA  135  or  consent  of 
instructor.  One-half  unit  of  credit  each.  Not 

I  1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THEATRE 

• 


open  to  students  who  have  received  credit  for 
MUS  135-136  or  MUS  235-236. 

137 

HISTORY  OF  THE  DANCE  I 

A  survey  of  classical  ballet  from  the  Ballets 
de  cour  of  17th-century  France  to  the  present 
with  emphasis  on  the  contributions  of  Petipa, 
Fokine,  Cecchetti,  and  Balanchine.  One-half 
unit  of  credit.  Not  open  to  students  who  have 
received  credit  for  MUS  137  or  138. 

138 

HISTORY  OF  THE  DANCE  II 

A  survey  of  the  forms  of  dance,  excluding 
classical  ballet,  as  independent  works  of  art  and 
as  they  have  reflected  the  history  of  civil-  ization 
from  primitive  times  to  the  present.  Pre- 
requisite: THEA  137  or  consent  of  instructor. 
One-half  unit  of  credit.  Not  open  to  students 
who  have  received  credit  for  MUS  137  or  138. 

140 

ACTING  I 

An  introductory  study  of  the  actor's  pre- 
paration with  emphasis  on  developing  the  actor's 
creative  imagination  through  improvisations  and 
scene  study.  Prerequisite:  THEA  100. 

148 

PLAY  PRODUCTION 

Stagecraft  and  the  various  aspects  of 
production  are  introduced.  Through  material 
presented  and  laboratory  work  on  the  Arena 
Theatre  productions,  students  will  acquire 
experience  with  design,  scenery,  properties, 
costumes  and  lighting.  Prerequisite:  THEA 
100.  Concurrent  enrollment  in  THEA  100 
prohibited. 

160 

TECHNICAL  THEATRE  PRACTICUM 

161 

REHEARSAL  AND  PERFORMANCE 
PRACTICUM 

Supervised  participation  in  the  various 
aspects  of  technical  production,  rehearsal  and 


performance  of  the  Theatre  Department's 
major  presentations  in  the  Arena  Theatre. 
Credit  for  Theatre  Practicum  is  earned  on  a 
fractional  basis.  Students  may  register  for  one- 
half  semester  hour  course  credit  per  production 
for  active  participation  in  the  designated  area  of 
technology  and  performance,  hmited  to  one 
semester  hour  credit  per  sem-ester  and  eight 
semester  hours  credit  over  four  years.  Credit 
may  not  be  used  to  satisfy  dist-ribution  require- 
ments in  Fine  Arts.  Students  may  not  register  for 
Theatre  Practicum  while  taking  THEA  148 
without  permission  of  the  instructor.  When 
scheduling,  students  should  register  for  Theatre 
Practicum  in  addition  to  the  normal  four 
academic  courses.  Because  students  may  not  be 
cast  or  assigned  duties  in  time  to  meet  the  drop/ 
add  deadline,  late  reg-istration  for  THEA  160 
and  161  (Rehearsal  and  Performance)  will  be 
permitted  without  penalty. 

220 

VOICE  AND  DICTION 

Introduction  to  the  fundamental  techniques 
of  vocal  production  for  the  theatre.  Empha- 
sizes an  individual  program  of  personal  vocal 
development.  Dialects  and  phonetic  study  of 
the  major  European  accents  and  EngUsh  accents. 
Includes  oral  practice  of  relevant  literature. 
Alternate  years.  One-half  unit  of  credit. 

226 

DIRECTING  I 

An  introductory  study  of  the  function  of  the 
director  in  preparation,  rehearsal  and  perfor- 
mance. Emphasis  is  placed  on  developing  the 
student's  ability  to  analyze  scripts,  and  on  the 
development  of  the  student's  imagination. 
Prerequisite:  THEA  140.  Alternate  years. 

228 

SCENE  DESIGN 

Development  of  scene  design  techniques 
through  study  of  the  practice  in  rendering, 
perspective  drawing,  plan  drafting,  sketching 
and  model  building.    Beginning  work  in 
theory,  techniques,  and  practices  in  scenery 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^H 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THEATRE 

• 


painting  for  the  theatre.  Participation  on  Arena 
Theatre  productions  will  be  part  of  the  class- 
room requirements.  Prerequisite:  THEA  148. 

229 

LIGHTING  DESIGN 

The  theory  of  stage  and  lighting  design 
with  emphasis  on  their  practical  application  to 
the  theatre.  Prerequisite:  THEA  148. 

231 

SUMMER  THEATRE  PRACTICUM 

Practical  application  in  construction,  design 
and  production  problems  and  techniques 
through  laboratory  and  plays  in  production.  Pre- 
requisite: THEA  148.  Offered  summer  only. 

232 

STAGE  MAKEUP 

Essentials  in  stage  makeup:  straight, 
character,  special  types.  Effects  of  light  on 
makeup  are  included.  Recommended  for 
performers  and  directors  of  educational,  church 
and  community  theatres.  Prerequisite:  THEA 
148.  One-half  unit  of  credit.  Alternate  Years. 

233 

ADVANCED  MAKEUP 

Advanced  techniques  in  makeup  design. 

Three-dimensional  and  prosthetic  makeups 

are  included,  with  emphasis  on  nonrealistic 

and  nonhuman  forms.  Prerequisite:  THEA 

232.  One-half  unit  of  credit.  Alternate  years. 

235-236 

INTERMEDIATE  DANCE  I  AND  n 

Studies  of  the  techniques  of  basic  move- 
ment and  interpretation  in  ballet,  jazz,  and 
modem  dance  at  the  intermediate  level. 
Classes  include  improvisation  and  choreogra- 
phy. Prerequisite  for  THEA  235:  THEA  136 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Prerequisite  for 
THEA  236:  THEA  235  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. One-half  unit  of  credit  each.  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  received  credit  for  MUS 
135-136  or  MUS  235-236. 


240 

ACTING  II 

Continued  practice  in  character  analysis. 
The  study  of  acting  styles  is  introduced  with  a 
strong  emphasis  on  performing  Shakespeare's 
plays.  Prerequisite:  THEA  140 

320 

COSTUME  DESIGN 

The  theory  of  costuming  for  the  stage, 
elements  of  design,  planning,  production  and 
construction  of  costumes  for  the  theatre. 
Students  will  participate  in  the  construction  of 
costumes  for  Arena  Theatre  productions. 
Prerequisite:  THEA  148  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

332 

THEATRE  HISTORY  I 

A  historical  survey  of  Western  and  Non- 
Western  styles  of  theatre  from  the  beginning 
to  the  present.  Included  is  a  study  of  the 
evolution  of  theatre  architecture  and  perfor-        I 
mance  space  as  well  as  technical  develop- 
ments. Alternate  years. 

333 

THEATRE  HISTORY  II:  LITERATURE 

A  study  of  the  major  dramatic  literature         J 
that  shapes  the  Western  and  non- Western  ' 

theatre.  Benchmark  plays  that  are  identified 
with  specific  periods  and  styles  will  be 
explored  in  depth.    Prerequisite:  THEA  332. 

335  , 

MODERN  DRAMA  ^ 

A  study  of  the  major  dramatic  literature  in 
depth  that  constitutes  the  body  of  the  modem 
theatre,  from  1875  to  the  present.  Included 
will  be  a  survey  of  alternative  theatre  styles, 
both  scripted  and  non-scripted.  Ethnic, 
minority  and  contemporary  problem  plays  will 
be  surveyed  as  well. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THEATRE 

• 


336 

DIRECTING  II 

Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  student's  ability 
to  function  as  a  director  in  the  rehearsal 
process.  Practical  experience  involves  the 
directing  of  two  one-act  plays  from  the 
contemporary  theatre  in  the  Downstage 
Theatre.  Prerequisite:  THEA  226. 

337 
PLAYWRITING 

An  investigation  of  the  techniques  of 
play  writing  with  an  emphasis  on  creative 
writing,  culminating  in  a  written  one-act 
play.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  106/107  and  THEA 
226.  Alternate  years. 

402 

SHAKESPEARE  ON  STAGE 

A  study  of  Shakespeare's  plays  in  produc- 
tion terms.  Emphasis  will  be  on  translating 
works  from  the  page  to  the  stage,  with  special 
attention  to  language,  poetry,  acting  styles  as 
well  as  technical  problems.  Contemporary 
productions  will  be  viewed 

410 

THEATRE  AND  CULTURE 

Exploration  of  one  or  more  historic  periods 
in  a  specific  locale  to  discover  the  nature  of 
the  theatre  in  its  cultural  context.  Included 
will  be  a  study  of  the  art,  music,  literature, 
political  and  social  framework  of  the  period 
and  locale.  Prerequisite:  THEA  332  and  333. 

425 

ADVANCED  COSTUME  DESIGN  STUDIO 

Practical  application  of  costume  design  for 
the  studio  or  main  stage  productions. 
Prerequistie:  THEA  320  and  consent  of 
instructor.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

426 

DIRECTING  III 

Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  student's 
ability  to  produce  a  major  three-act  play  from 


the  script  to  the  stage  for  public  performance. 
Prerequisite:  THEA  336. 

428 

ADVANCED  SCENE  DESIGN  STUDIO 

Practical  application  of  scene  design  for  the 
studio  or  main  stage  productions.    Prerequi- 
site: Consent  of  instructor.  May  be  repeated 
for  credit. 

429 

ADVANCED  LIGHTING  DESIGN  STUDIO 

Practical  application  of  lighting  design  for 
the  studio  or  main  stage  productions.  Prereq- 
uisite: Consent  of  instructor.  May  be  repeated 
for  credit. 

430 

PROPERTY  DESIGN 

The  theory  of  properties  design  for  the 
stage,  including  the  production  of  specific 
properties  for  staging  use.  Elements  of  design, 
fabrication,  and  the  construction  of  properties 
employing  a  variety  of  materials  and  applica- 
tion of  new  theatrical  technology.  Prerequi- 
sites: THEA  228  and  320.  Alternate  years. 

431 

ADVANCED  PROPERTY  DESIGN  STUDIO 

Practical  application  of  properties  design 
for  studio  or  main  stage  productions.  Prereq- 
uisite: THEA  430  and  consent  of  instructor. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

440 

ACTING  III 

Preparation  of  monologues  and  two 
character  scenes,  contemporary  and  classical, 
and  preparation  of  a  professional  acting 
audition.  The  student  will  appear  in  major 
campus  productions.  Prerequisite:  THEA  240. 

441 

ADVANCED  ACTING  STUDIO 

Practical  application  of  acting  for  studio  or 
main  stage  productions.  Prerequisite:  THEA 
240  and  consent  of  instructor.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit. 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


THEATRE  •  WOMEN'S  STUDffiS 


444 

ADVANCED  DIRECTING  STUDIO 

Practical  application  of  directing  for  studio 
or  main  stage  productions.  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  instructor  and  THEA  336.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit. 

470  -  479 

INTERNSHIP  (See  Index) 

Students  in  the  theatre  work  off  campus  in 
theatres  such  as  the  Guthrie  Theatre,  Minne- 
apolis, and  the  Hartford  Stage  and  the  Trinity 
Repertory. 

N80/N89 

INDEPENDENT  STUDIES  (See  Index) 
Subjects  for  Independent  Studies  are 
chosen  in  conjunction  with  faculty  members. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT  STUDIES:  DEPT.  HONORS 
Students  who  qualify  for  Dept.  Honors  will 
produce  a  major  independent  project  in 
research  or  technical  theatre. 


WOMEN'S  STUDIES 

(WMST) 

Steering  Committee:    Beidler,  Briggs, 
J.  Hurlbert,  Morris,  Ryan  (Coordinator) 
Although  a  major  in  women's  studies  is 
available  only  under  the  policies  regarding 
Individual  Interdisciplinary  Majors  (see  p.48), 
an  established  minor  in  women's  studies  is 
provided.  WMST  320  and  three  of  the 
following  courses  are  required  for  the  minor. 

ART  339     Women  in  Art 
ENGL  334  Women  and  Literature 
HIST  3 1 0    Women  in  History 
PSCI  347     Women  and  Politics 
PS  Y  34 1      Psychology  of  Women 
SOC  33 1      Sociology  of  Women 

With  the  approval  of  the  coordinator,  an 
appropriate  special  course  or  independent 
studies  project  may  be  substituted  for  one  of 
the  four  courses  required  for  the  minor.  To 
receive  credit  for  a  minor  in  women's  studies, 
a  student  must  maintain  at  least  a  2.00  average 
in  courses  taken  for  that  minor. 

The  following  course  has  been  approved  to 
be  offered  as  a  cultural  diversity  course: 
WMST  320.  Students  must  check  semester 
class  schedules  to  determine  which  courses 
are  offered  as  "D"  courses  for  that  semester. 

320 

ISSUES  IN  WOMEN'S  STUDIES 

An  examination  of  women's  issues  from  an 
interdisciplinary  perspective.  The  course  will 
explore  the  social  construction  of  gender, 
feminist  research  methods  and  theories,  and 
the  role  of  patriarchy  in  women's  lives. 
Topics  may  involve  language,  art,  science, 
politics,  culture,  violence,  race,  class,  thnic 
differences,  sexuality,  and  pornography. 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 


The  Board  Of  Trustees 


OFFICERS 

Robert  L.  Shangraw  '58 

Chairman 

Donald  E.  Failor  '68 

Vice  Chairman 

John  C.  Schultz 

Secretary 

Ann  S.  Pepperman 

Assistant  Secretary 

EMERITI 

Samuel  H.  Evert,  '34,  LL.D. 

Kenneth  E.  Himes,  LL.D. 

W.  Gibbs  McKenney,  LL.D.,  L.H.D 

Chairman  Emeritus 

Fred  A.  Pennington,  LL.D. 

Chairman  Emeritus 

William  Pickelner,  LL.D. 

Marguerite  G.  Rich 

The  Rev.  Wallace  F.  Stettler,  H.H.D. 

TERM  EXPIRES  1997 

1994  William  J.  Ainsworth  '63 

1994  David  R.Bahl 

1 979  David  Y.  Brouse  '47 

1994  Jay  W.  Cleveland,  Sr. 

1 994  Marjorie  F.  Jones  '50 

1988  David  B.  Lee  '61 

1982  Margaret  D.  L'Heureux 

1973  Robert  G.  Little '63 

1 99 1  George  A.  Nichols  '59 

1988  Ann  S.  Pepperman 

1988  John  C.  Schultz 

1994  Hugh  H.  Sides  '60 

1988  Jeanne  K.  Twigg  '74 

1994  Burke  R.  Veley  '60 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


TERM  EXPIRES  1998 

1986  Harold  D.  Chapman 
1980  Richard  W.  DeWald  '61 
1992  James  E.  Douthat 

1992  Donald  E.  Failor '68 

1995  Michael  J.  Hayes  '63 

1 99 1  The  Rev.  Bishop  Felton  E.  May 
1989  V.  Jud  Rogers 

1983  Hon.  Clinton  W.  Smith  '55 

1992  Alvin  M.  Younger,  Jr.  '71 

TRUSTEES 

TERM  EXPIRES  1999 

Elected 

1987  Leo  A.  Calistri  '59 

1993  Melvin  H.  Campbell,  Jr.  '70 

1996  James  Hebe '71 

1 978  Harold  D.  Hershberger,  Jr.  '51 

1989  Kenrick  R.  Khan  '57 
1993  Dale  N.  Krapf  '67 

1984  D.  Stephen  Martz  '64 
1993  Thomas  J.  McElheny  '69 
1992  Henry  D.  Sahakian 

1985  Robert  L.  Shangraw  '58 

1 972    Harold  H.  Shreckengast,  Jr.  '50 
(Chairman  Emeritus) 

1990  Phyllis  L.  Yasui 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF 


Administrative  Staff 


James  E.  Douthat  (1989) 

President 

A.B.,  The  College  of  William  and  Mary 

M.Div.,  Duke  University 

Ed.D.,  Duke  University 

John  F.  Piper,  Jr.  (1969) 

Dean  of  the  College 
A.B.,  Lafayette  College 
B.D.,  Yale  University 
Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

Daniel  G.  Fultz  (1989) 
Executive  V.P.  and  Treasurer 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 
M.B.A.,  Bucknell  University 

M.  Ben  Hogan  (1992) 

Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

B.A.,  St.  Francis  College 

M.S.,  University  of  Southern  Maine 

Ed.D.,  Vanderbilt  University 

Robert  Mothersbaugh  (1993) 

Director  of  Development 

B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

James  D.  Spencer  (1989) 

Dean  of  Admissions  &  Financial  Aid 
B.A.,  Concordia  College 

Kimberley  D.  Anstee  (1995) 

Director  of  Alumni  and  Parent  Programs 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 
M.A.,  Syracuse  University 

Daniel  Ashlock,  Jr.  (1994) 

Director  of  Student  Programs/Leadership 
B.S.,  Northern  Arizona  University 
M.S.  Central  Connecticut  State 

Jeffrey  Baird  (1992) 

Director  of  Safety  &  Security 
B.A.,  Mansfield  University 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


Steven  D.  Bobo  (1995) 

Student  Life  Coordinator 

B.A.,  Cabrini  College 

M.S.,  Shippensburg  University 

Dale  V.  Bower  (1968) 

Director  of  Planned  Giving 

B.S.,  Lycoming  College 

B.D.,  United  Theological  Seminary 

Mark  Britten  (1994) 

Director  of  Counseling  Services 

B.A.,  Mansfield  University 

M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Melissa  J.  Buchanan  (1995) 

Admissions  Counselor 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Erin  Cahill  (1994) 

Admissions  Counselor 
B.A.,  Gettysburg  College 

Steven  Caravaggio  (1992) 

Director  of  Academic  Computing 
&  End  User  Services 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 
M.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Benjamin  H.  Comfort,  III  (1996) 

Director  of  Financial  Aid 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Natasha  Cooper  (1993) 

Assistant  Instructional  Services  Librarian  and 

Assistant  Professor 

B.A.,  Colgate  University 

M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

M.L.S.,  Syracuse  University 

Molly  Costello  (1991) 

Director  of  College  Relations 
A.B.,  Mount  Holyoke  College 
M.B.A.,  Southeastern  Massachusetts  University 

Robert  L.  Curry  (1969) 

Associate  Director  of  Athletics 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF 


Jerry  S.  Faico  (1990) 

Director  of  Student  Programs 

B.S.,  Westminster  College 

M.A.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 

Denise  Davidson  (1994) 

Asst.  Dean,  Director  of  Residence  Life 

B.A.,  Clark  University 

M.S.,  Miami  University  of  Ohio 

Robert  F.  Falk  (1970) 
Associate  Dean  of  the  College 
A.B.,  Drew  University 
B.D.,  Drew  Theological  School 
M.A.,  Wayne  State  University 
Ph.D.,  Wayne  State  University 

Sister  Catherine  Ann  Gilvary  IHM  (1994) 

Catholic  Campus  Minister 

A.B.,  M.A.,  M.S.,  Marywood  College 

Frank  L.  Girardi  (1984) 

Director  of  Athletics 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College 

Murray  J.  Hanford  (1991) 

Publications  Manager 

Daniel  J.  Hartsock  (1981) 

Director  of  Academic  Resource  Center  and 
Coordinator  of  Advising 
B.H.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Alice  N.  Heaps  (1986) 

Associate  Director  of  Admissions 
B.S.,  Shippensburg  University 

David  Heffner  (1994) 

Assoc.  Dean/Director  of 

Communications  Technology 
B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
M.S.,  Bloomsburg  University 

Thomas  J.  Henninger  (1966) 

Director  of  Administrative 

Computing  and  Data  Networks 
B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College 
M.A.,  University  of  Kansas 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


Rebecca  L.  C.  Hile  (1995) 

Registrar 

B.A.,  Point  Park  College 

M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

J.  Marco  Hunsberger  (1989) 

Campus  Minister 

B.A.,  Mercer  University 

M.Div.,  United  Theological  Seminary 

Michelle  M.  Jones  (1996) 

Director  of  Accounting 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Wayne  E.  Kinley  (1990) 

Controller  and  Assistant  Treasurer 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Tara  Licsko  (1994) 

Admissions  Counselor 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Wendy  Mahonski  (1995) 

Assistant  Director  of  Financial  Aid 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

David  J.  Martin  (1990) 

Superintendent  of  Buildings  &  Grounds 
B.S.,  Huntington  College 

Barbara  S.  Matthews  (1994) 

Part  time  Counselor 

B.A.,  SUNY 

M.Ed.,  Penn  State  University 

Wanda  McDonough  (1994) 

Director  of  the  Annual  Fund 
B.A.,  Bloomsburg  University 

Jeffrey  Michaels  (1995) 

Sports  Information  Director 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 
M.S.,  Slippery  Rock  University 

Lisette  N.  Ormsbee  (1995) 

Instructional  Services  Librarian  and  Asst.  Professor 
B.A.,  St.  Joseph's  College 
MLIS,  Brigham  Young  University 


^p 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF  •  FACULTY 


H.  Karen  Ransdorf  (1990) 

Campus  Store  Manager 

Tamara  A.  Ray  burn  (1995) 

Asst.  Director  Student  Programs/Leadership 
B.A.,  Kentucky  Wesley  an  College 
M.A.,  Ball  State  University 

Leann  M.  Ritter  (1995) 

Part  time  Registered  Nurse 

Nancy  Robinson  (1990) 

Accounting  Supervisor 

A.A.S.,  Pennsylvania  College  of  Technology 

B.S.,  Lock  Haven  University 

Bruce  Rosengrant  (1994) 

Development  Officer 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Bloomsburg  University 

Thomas  L,  Ruhl  (1995) 

Development  Officer 

B.S.,  Bloomsburg  University 

Stephen  M.  Schierloh  (1992) 

Admissions  Counselor 
B.A.,  Juniata  College 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE  ■ 


William  C.  Sherwood  (1990) 

Business  Manager 

B.S.,  Lycoming  College 

M.B.A.,  Michigan  State  University 

Jeremy  Spencer  (1995) 

Admissions  Counselor 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Sandra  L.  Stipcak  (1995) 

Nurse  Director 

B.S.N.,  Indiana  University  of  PA 

Diana  VanFIeet  (1993) 

Director  of  Prospect  Research 
B.A.,  Bloomsburg  University 

Christine  Wallace 

PT  Director  of  Internships 

A.S.,  Tomkins  Cortland  Community  College 

B.S.,  State  University  College  at  Oneonta 

Cara  Wehler-Bloom  (1994) 

Admissions  Counselor 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Mary  B.  Wolf  (1985) 

Assistant  Dean  for  Freshmen 
B.A.,  St.  Mary's  College 
M.P.A.,  University  of  Michigan 

Emeriti 

Jack  C.  Buckle 

Dean  of  Students  Emeritus 
A.B.,  Juniata  College 
M.S.,  Syracuse  University 

Harold  H.  Hutson 

President  Emeritus 
B.A.,  LL.D.,  Wofford  College 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 
L.H.D.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University 

Bishop  D.  Frederick  Wertz 

President  Emeritus 
A.B.,  Dickinson  College 
M.A.,  Boston  University 
S.T.B.,  Boston  University 
LL.D.,  Dickinson  College 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


FACULTY 


FACULTY 

Professors 

Robert  B.  Angstadt  (1967) 

Biology 

B.S.,  Ur sinus  College 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

Gary  M.  Boerckel  (1979) 

Music 

Director  of  Lycoming  Scholars 
B.A.,  B.M.,  Oberlin  College 
M.M.,  Ohio  University 
D.M.A.,  University  of  Iowa 

Jon  R.  Bogle  (1976) 

Art 

B.F.A.,  B.S.,  M.F.A.,  Tyler  School  of  Art; 

Temple  University 

Jack  D.  Diehl,  Jr.  (1971) 

Biology 

B.S.,  M.A.,  Sam  Houston  State  University 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut 

Robert  F.  Falk  (1970)** 

Theatre 

Marshal  of  the  College 

Associate  Dean 

B.A.,  B.D.,  Drew  University 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Wayne  State  University 

David  A.  Franz  (1970) 

Chemistry 

Marshal  of  the  College 

A.B.,  Princeton  University 

M.A.T.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

Ernest  D.  Giglio  (1972)  **** 
Political  Science 
B.A.,  Queens  College 
M.A.,SUNY  at  Albany 
Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 

Eduardo  Guerra  (1960) 

Religion 

B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University 

S.T.M.,  Ph.D.,  Union  Theological  Seminary 

1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG  ■ 


Richard  A.  Hughes  (1970) 

Religion 

B.A.,  University  of  Indianapolis 

S.T.B.,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

Emily  R.  Jensen  (1969) 

English 

B.A.,  Jamestown  College 

M.A.,  University  of  Denver 

Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Robert  H.  Larson  (1969) 

History 

B.A.,  The  Citadel 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

Paul  A.  MacKenzie  (1970) 

German 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

John  F.  Piper,  Jr.  (1969) 

History 

Dean  of  the  College 
A.B.,  Lafayette  College 
B.D.,  Yale  University 
Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

David  J.  Rife  (1970) 

English 

B.A.,  University  of  Florida 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Southern  Illinois  University 

Michael  G.  Roskin  (1972) 

PoUtical  Science 

A.B.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley 

M.A.,  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles 

Ph.D.,  The  American  University 

Roger  D.  Shipley  (1967) 

Art 

B.A.,  Otterbein  College 

M.F.A.,  Cranbrook  Academy  of  Art 

John  M.  Whelan,  Jr.  (1971) 

Philosophy 

B.A.,  University  of  Notre  Dame 

Ph.D.,  The  University  of  Texas  at  Austin 

Stanley  T.  Wilk  (1973) 

Anthropology 

B.A.,  Hunter  College 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


FACULTY 

• 


Associate  Professors 

Jerry  D.  AUen  (1984) 

Theatre 

B.F.A.,  M.F.A.,  Utah  State  University 

Susan  K.  Beidler  (1975) 

Collection  Management  Services  Librarian 

B.A.,  University  of  Delaware 

M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Howard  C.  Berthold,  Jr.  (1976) 

Psychology 

B.A.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College 

M.A.,  University  of  Iowa 

Ph.D.,  The  University  of  Massachusetts 

Barbara  F.  Buedel  (1989) 

Spanish 

B.A.,  University  of  Kentucky 

M.A.,  M.  Phil,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

Richard  R.  Erickson  (1973) 

Astronomy  and  Physics 
B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota 
M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 

David  Fisher  (1984) 

Physics 

B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware 

Edward  G.  Gabriel  (1977) 

Biology 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Alfred  University 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Amy  Golahny  (1985) 

Art 

B.A.,  Brandeis  University 

M.A.,  Williams  College  -  Clark  Art  Institute 

M.  Phil,  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 

Stephen  R.  Griffith  (1970) 

Philosophy 

A.B.,  Cornell  University 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

David  K.  Haley  (1980) 

Mathematics 

B.A.,  Acadia  University 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Queens  University 

Habil,  Universitat  Mannheim 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE  ■ 


G.  W.  Hawkes  (1989)* 

English 

B.A.,  University  of  Washington-Seattle 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  SUNY-Binghamton 

Bruce  M.  Hurlbert  (1982) 

Director  of  Library  Services 

B.A.,  The  Citadel 

M.S.L.S.,  Florida  State  University 

Janet  Hurlbert  (1985) 

Instructional  Services  Librarian 
B.A.,  M.A.,  University  of  Denver 

Eldon  F.  Kuhns,  II  (1979) 

Accounting 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

M.  Accounting,  University  of  Oklahoma 

C.P.A.  (Pennsylvania) 

Mehrdad  Madresehee  (1986) 

Economics 

B.S.,  University  of  Tehran 

M.S.,  National  University  of  Iran 

M.S.,  University  of  Idaho 

Ph.D.,  Washington  State  University 

Robert  J.  B.  Maples  (1969) 

French 

A.B.,  University  of  Rochester 

Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

Chriss  McDonald  (1987)* 

Chemistry 

B.S.,  Manchester  College 

Ph.D.,  Miami  University  of  Ohio 

Richard  J.  Morris  (1976) 

History 

B.A.,  Boston  State  College 
M.A.,  Ohio  University 
Ph.D.,  New  York  University 

Carole  Moses  (1982)** 

English 

B.A.,  Adelphi  University 

M.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Ph.D.,  SUNY at  Binghamton 

Kathleen  D.  Pagana  (1982) 

Nursing 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Maryland 

M.S.N.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


FACULTY 


Doris  P.  Parrish  (1983) 

Nursing 

B.S.,  SUNY  at  Plattsburgh 

M.S.,  Russell  Sage  College 

Ph.  D. ,   University  of  Texas  at  Austin 

Kathryn  M.  Ryan  (1981)*** 

Psychology 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Gene  D.  Sprechini  (1981) 

Mathematics 

B.S.,  Wilkes  College 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  SUNY  at  Binghamton 

Fred  M.  Thayer,  Jr.  (1976) 

Music 

A.B.,  Syracuse  University 
B.M.,  Ithaca  College 
M.M.,  SUNY  at  Binghamton 
D.M.A.,  Cornell  University 

H.  Bruce  Weaver  (1974) 

Business  Administration 

B.B.A.,  Stetson  University 

J.D.,  Vanderbilt  University 

M.B.A.,  University  of  Central  Florida 

Robert  A.  Zaccaria  (1973) 

Biology 

B.A.,  Bridgewater  College 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

Melvin  C.  Zimmerman  (1979)** 

Biology 

B.S.,  SUNY  at  Cortland 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Miami  University 

Assistant  Professors 

Susan  Alexander  (1991) 

Sociology 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  American  University 

Holly  D.Bendorf  (1995) 

Chemistry 

B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Ph.D.,  University  of  California-Los  Angeles 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


James  Blair  (1994) 

Education 

B.S.,  Bloomsburg  University 

M.E.,  D.Ed.  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Michelle  Briggs  (1992) 

Biology 

B.S.,  Cornell  University 

M.S.,  University  of  Iowa 

Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Gloria  Clark  (1993) 

Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 
M.A.  University  of  Delaware 
Ph.D.,  SUNY— Binghamton 

John  H.  Conrad  (1959) 

Education 

B.S.,  Mansfield  State  College 

M.A.,  New  York  University 

Elizabeth  L.  Davison  (1995) 

Sociology 

B.A.,  St.  Andrews  Presbyterian  College 

M.S.  Ph.D.,  North  Carolina  State  University 

Santusht  S.  deSilva  (1983) 

Mathematics 

B.  Sc,  University  of  Sri  Lanka 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Lynn  Estomin  (1993) 

Art 

B.A.,  Antioch  College 

M.F.A.,  University  of  Cincinnati 

Sascha  Feinstein  (1995) 

English 

B.A.,  University  of  Rochester 

M.F.A.,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Michelle  S.  Ficca  (1985) 

Nursing 

B.S.,  Stroudsburg  State  University 

M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Bahram  Golshan  (1989)** 

Mathematical  Science 

B.S.,  Jundi  Shapour  University,  Iran 

M.S.,  Edinboro  State  University  of  Pennsylvania 

M.S.,  Kent  State  University 

Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 


® 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


FACULTY 


Margaret  Gray-Vickrey  (1986) 

Nursing 

B.S.N. ,  SUNY  at  Plattsburgh 
M.S.,  Northern  Illinois  University 
D.N.S.,  SUNY  at  Buffalo 

Gary  Hafer  (1992) 

English 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Kutztown  University 

Ph.D.,  Purdue  University 

Christopher  M.  Hakala  (1996) 

Psychology 

B.A.,  Castleton  State  College 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Hampshire 

Owen  F.  Herring  (1965) 

Philosophy 

B.A.,  Wake  Forest  College 

Rachael  Hungerford  (1989) 

Education 

A.A.,  Cayuga  County  Community  College 
B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Plattsburgh 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts/Amherst 

Diane  C.  Janda  (1988) 

Music 

B.M.,  University  of  Texas  at  Austin 
M.M.,  D.M.A.,  University  of  Cincinnati, 
College-Conservatory  of  Music 

Darby  Lewes  (1993) 

English 

B.A.,  Saint  Xavier  College 
M.A.,  Northwestern  University 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 

Charles  Mahler  (1994) 

Chemistry 

B.A.,  The  Ohio  State  University 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University 

Jeffrey  D.  Newman  (1995) 

Biology 

B.S.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

Ph.D.,  Marquette  University 

Kurt  H.  Olsen  (1993) 

Psychology 

B.S.,  St.  Lawrence  University 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE  ■ 


Philip  W.  Sprunger  (1993) 

Economics 

B.S.,  B.A.,  Bethel  College 

M.  A.,  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

Arthur  Sterngold  (1988)* 

Business  Administration 

B.A.,  Princeton  University 

M.B.A.,  Northwestern  University 

Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Larry  R.  Strauser  (1973) 

Sociology 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

M.P.A.,  University  of  Arizona 

Mark  Toncar  (1994) 

Business  Administration 

B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University 

Robert  E.  Van  Voorst  (1989)** 

Religion 

B.A.,  Hope  College 

M.Div.,  Western  Theological  Seminary 

S.T.M.,  Ph.D.,  Union  Theological  Seminary 

Richard  Weida  (1987) 

Mathematics 

B.S.,  Muhlenberg  College 

M.S.,  Ph.D,  University  of  Delaware 

Richard  E.  Wienecke  (1982)* 

Accounting 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

M.S.,  Bucknell  University 

M.B.A.,  Long  Island  University 

C.P.A.  (Pennsylvania  and  New  York) 

Fredric  M.  Wild,  Jr.  (1978) 

Mass  Communication 

B.A.,  Emory  University 

M.  Div.,  Yale  Divinity  School 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University 

David  H.  Wolfe  (1989)* 

Physics 

B.S.,  Lock  Haven  State  College 
M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


FACULTY 

• 


David  B.  Yerger  (1996) 

Economics 

B.S.,  Lock  Haven  University 

M.S.,  Cornell  University 

Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

*  On  Sabbatical  Fall  Semester  1996 
**  On  Sabbatical  Spring  Semester  1997 
***  On  Sabbatical  Academic  Year  1996-97 
****    On  Sabbatical  Calendar  Year  1997 

Instructors 

Edward  Henninger  (1988) 

Business  Administration 
B.S.,  Shippensburg  University 
M.B.A.,  Shippensburg  University 

Deborah  J.  Holmes  (1976) 

Physical  Education 

B.S.,  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

LoriLauver  (1995) 

Nursing 

B.S.N. ,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

M.S.N. ,  College  Misericordia 

Carolyn  A.  Schult  (1995) 

Psychology 

B.A.,  Oberlin  College 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan 

Susan  Slotleski-Krum  (1994) 

Nursing 

B.S.N.,  M.S.N,  College  Misericordia 

Visiting,  Special,  and 
Part-time  Appointments 

Diane  Abercrombie  (1988) 

Mathematics 

B.Bus.Admin.,  Bernard  M.  Baruch  College, 
CUNY 

Albert  Alexander  (1993) 

Business  Administration 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Syracuse  University 

Tammy  Anderer  (1995) 

Visiting  Instructor  -  Nursing 
B.S.N. ,  Bloomsburg  University 
M.S.N. ,  College  Misericordia 

1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG  ■ 


Betsy  Boring  (1992) 

Spanish 

B.S.,  Bloomsburg  State  University 

George  Bossert  (1991) 

Education 

B.S.,  Lock  Haven  University 

M.S.,  Bucknell  University 

Matthew  M.  Burke  (1996) 

Visiting  Instructor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Earlham  College 

M.S.,  Washington  State  University 

Katharine  Cimini  (1992) 

Psychology 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

M.A.,  College  of  William  and  Mary 

Joan  Moyer  Clark  (1987) 

Music/Theatre 

Regina  Collins  (1991) 

Mathematics 

B.A.,  Rosemont  College 

Natasha  Cooper  (1993) 

Library 

B.A.,  Colgate  University 

M.L.S.,  Syracuse  University 

Richard  S.  Coulter  (1990) 

Music 

B.F.A.,  M.F.A.,  Carnegie-Mellon  University 

Roger  Davis  (1984) 

Mathematics 

B.S.Ed.,  Clarion  State  College 

M.S.Ed.,  Bucknell  University 

James  E.  Denton,  III  (1982) 

Theatre 

David  Ellis  (1992) 

Psychology 

B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Oswego 
M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Psy.D.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Deborah  Evans-Grove  (1994) 

Education 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

M.Ed.,  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


FACULTY 

• 


Amy  Falk  (1991) 

Spanish 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

M.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Steven  George  (1995) 

Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Theatre 
B.F.A.,  Carnegie-Mellon  University 
M.F.A.,  Clarion  State  College 

Lori  Guise  (1988) 

Nursing 

B.S.,  Mount  St.  Mary's  College 

M.S.Ed.,  lona  College 

Sheila  Hartung  (1994) 

Nursing 

B.S.N. ,  M.S.N. ,  Villanova  University 

Millie  Hepburn-Smith  (1993) 

Nursing 

B.S.N.,  State  University  of  New  York-Brockport 

Dorothy  Hoy  (1993) 

Nursing 

B.S.N.,  Messiah  College 

Sherril  Ingram  (1991) 

Nursing 

B.S.N.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

M.S.N.,  Virginia  Commonwealth  University 

Jane  Keller  (1990) 

Visiting  Instructor  of  EngUsh 
B.A.,  Bucknell  University 
M.S.,  Wilkes  College 

Don  M.  Larrabee,  H  (1972) 

Lecturer  in  Law 

A.B.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College 

LL.B.,  Fordham  University 

James  Logue  (1976) 

English 

A.B.,  M.S.,  Bucknell  University 

Timothy  Mahoney  (1992) 

Sociology 

B.A.,  Lock  Haven  State  University 

M.S.,  Eastern  Kentucky  University 


Alison  Maloney  (1995) 

Nursing 

Lou  Ann  Miller  (1993) 

Chemistry 

A.B.,  Lycoming  College 

M.S.,  Bucknell  University 

Bruce  Mosser  (1990) 

Education 

B.S.,  Lock  Haven  State  University 

Ami  Pagana  (1995) 

Nursing 

B.S.N.,  Thomas  Jefferson  University 

Lynn  Painter  (1995) 

Nursing 

B.S.N.,  Bloomsburg  University 

M.S.N.,  College  Misericordia 

Thomas  Raup  (1995) 

Visiting  Professor  of  Legal  Studies 
A.B.,  Columbia  College 
J.D.,  Columbia  School  of  Law 

Anthony  Salvatori  (1988) 

Education 

B.S.,  Lock  Haven  State  University 

M.Ed.,  Bloomsburg  University 

Dianne  Todd  Sawyer  (1994) 

Nursing 

B.S.,  Hartwick  College 

M.S.,  University  of  Rochester 

Joanne  Schweinsberg  (1992) 

Mathematics 

B.S.,  Mansfield  State  University 

M.A.,  Bucknell  University 

Donald  Slocum  (1995) 

Accounting 

B.S.,  Cornell  University 

M.S.,  Ph.D.,  The  American  University 

Gary  Steele  (1988) 

Music 

B.M.,  Juilliard  School 

M.M.,  Eastman  School  of  Music 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


Q 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


FACULTY 

• 


Ronald  Straub  (1989) 

Education 

B.S.,  East  Stroudsburg  University 

M.S.,  Lehigh  University 

Brenda  Terry-Manchester  (1995) 

Nursing 

B.S.N. ,  Lycoming  College 

M.S.N.,  College  Misericordia 

David  S.  Witwer  (1994) 

History 

B.A.,  DePauw  University 

M.A..  Ph.D.,  Brown  University 

Mary  Wolf  (1985) 

Assistant  Dean  for  Freshmen/Political  Science 
B.A.,  St.  Mary's  College 
M.P.A.,  University  of  Michigan 

Applied  Music  Instructors 

Diana  L.  Bailey  (1986) 

Saxaphone 

B.S.,  Susquehanna  University 

Judith  D.  Burke  (1991) 

Clarinet 

B.S.,  Mansfield  University 

Richard  W.  Campbell  (1991) 

Bassoon 

B.M.,  Eastman  School  of  Music 

Kate  Comegys  (1995) 

Voice 

B.S.  THe  College  of  St.  Rose 

Jakki  Flanagan  (1992) 

Horn 

B.  Mus.,  Temple  University 

M.  S.,  Mansfield  University 

Jean  Grube  (1990) 

Voice 

B.M.,  Susquehanna  University 

Richard  J.  Lakey  (1979) 

Organ  and  Piano 

A.B.,  Westminster  Choir  College, 

M.A.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 


Robert  Leidhecker  (1989) 

Percussion 

B.M.,  Mansfield  University 

Yvonne  Mitchell  (1991) 

Piano 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

W.  Stanley  Mullen  (1994) 

Guitar 

B.  Mus.  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Grace  K.  Muzzo  (1991) 

Piano 

B.M.E.,  Gordon  College 

M.M.E.,  Westminster  Choir  College 

Mary  L.  Russell  (1936) 

Music 

B.S.,  Susquehanna  University 

Conservatory  of  Music 

M.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Adjunct  Faculty  &  Staff 

Galal  Amed,  M.D. 

Medical  Director,  School  of 
Medical  Technology 
Divine  Providence  Hospital 
Williamsport,  PA  17701 

Vivian  Anagnoste,  M.D. 

Medical  Director,  Clinical  Laboratory 

Science  Program 

Rolling  Hill  Hospital/Elkins  Park,  PA  19117 

Brooke  Barrie  (1984) 

Sculpture 

Johnson  Atelier  Technical  Institute  of  Sculpture 

James  Barton  (1984) 

Sculpture 

Johnson  Atelier  Technical  Institute  of  Sculpture 

Paul  J.  Cherney,  M.D. 

Medical  Director,  School  of 
Medical  Technology 
Abington  Memorial  Hospital 
Abington,  PA  19001 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^P 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


FACULTY 

• 


Gerald  R.  Fahs,  M.D. 

Medical  Director,  School  of 
Medical  Technology 
The  Lancaster  General  Hospital 
Lancaster,  PA  17603 

Nadine  Gladfelter,  M.S.,  MT  (ASCP) 

Program  Director,  School  of  Medical 

Technology 

The  Lancaster  General  Hospital 

Lancaster,  PA  17603 

Phyllis  Gotkin,  Ph.D.,  MT  (ASCP) 

Program  Director,  Clinical  Laboratory 
Science  Program 
Rolling  Hill  Hospital 
Elkins  Park,  PA  19117 

Joseph  T.  King,  M.D. 

Medical  Advisor  &  Associate  Pathologist 
Clinical  Laboratory  Science  Program 
Robert  Packer  Hospital 
Sayre,PA  18840 

Barbara  Kravitz,  B.S.,  MT  (ASCP) 

Education  Coordinator,  Clinical  Laboratory 
Science  Program 
Rolling  Hill  Hospital 
Elkins  Park,  PA  19117 

Jon  Lash  (1984) 

Sculpture 

Johnson  Atelier  Technical 

Institute  of  Sculpture 

Loretta  A.  Moffatt,  B.S.,  MT  (ASCP) 
Program  Director,  School  of 
Medical  Technology 
Divine  Providence  Hospital 
Williamsport,  PA  17701 

Andrzej  Pitynski  (1984) 

Sculpture 

Johnson  Atelier  Technical 

Institute  of  Sculpture 

Barbara  J.  Scheelje,  B.S.,  MT  (ASCP) 

Program  Director,  School  of 
Medical  Technology 
Abington  Memorial  Hospital 
Abington,  PA  19001 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


Brian  D.  Spezialetti,  M.S.,  M.T.  (ASCP) 

Program  Director 

Clinical  Laboratory  Science  Program 

Robert  Packer  Hospital 

Sayre,  PA  18840 

Emeriti 

Clarence  W.  Burch 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  M.Ed.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

John  P.  Graham 

Professor  Emeritus  of  English 

B.A.,  Dickinson  College 

M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

John  G.  Hollenback 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Business 

Administration 

B.S.,  M.B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

James  K.  Hummer 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Chemistry 
B.N.S.,  Tufts  University 
M.S.,  Middlebury  College 
Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

M.  Raymond  Jamison 

Assistant  Professor  Emeritus  of  Physics 
B.S.,  Ursinus  College 
M.S.,  Bucknell  University 

Walter  G.  Mclver 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Music 
Mus.B.,  Westminster  Choir  College 
A.B.,  Bucknell  University 
M.A.,  New  York  University 

Roger  W.  Opdahl 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Economics 

A.B.,  Hofstra  University 

M.A.,  Columbia  University 

D.  Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Robert  W.  Rabold 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Economics 
B.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 


^h 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


FACULTY  •  ATHLETIC  STAFF 


John  A.  Radspinner 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Chemistry 
B.S.,  University  of  Richmond 
M.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute 
D.S.,  Carnegie  Mellon  Institute 

Logan  A.  Richmond 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Accounting 
B.S.,  Lycoming  College 
M.B.A.,  New  York  University 
C.P.A.  (Pennsylvania) 

Mary  Landon  Russell 

Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Music 
Mus.  B.,  Susquehanna  University 
Conservatory  of  Music 
M.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Louise  R.  Schaeffer 

Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Education 

B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

M.A.,  Bucknell  University 

D.  Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

James  W.  Sheaffer 

Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Music 
B.S.,  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania 
M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Frances  K.  Skeath 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  M.A.,  Bucknell  University 

D.  Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

John  A.  Stuart 

Professor  Emeritus  of  EngUsh 

B.A.,  William  Jewell  College 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University 


■flf..-."'" 

1^ 

^HK.  i  Mt^^^"^^^  ^^^M 

^Hflt   Wm 

^^^B; .  .MM 

^Re4l 

^^R^^l 

piH^^^Hj^f  if^,„f^i^pfl^^^ 

^VflH 

Wt^Bm' 

^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^1 

Athletic 
Staff 

Joseph  M.  Bressi 

Head  Men's  Basketball  Coach 
B.S.,  East  Stroudsburg  University 

Gene  Bruno 

Men's  Assistant  Basketball  Coach 
B.S.,  Trenton  State  College 

Roger  Crebs 

Head  Wrestling  Coach 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Robert  L.  Curry 

Associate  Athletic  Director 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Christen  Ditzler 

Head  Women's  Basketball  Coach 
Head  Women's  Softball  Coach 
B.A.,  Franklin  &  Marshall  College 

Rob  Eaton 

Head  Men's  Soccer  Coach 
Head  Women's  Soccer  Coach 
Golf  Coach 
B.S.,  Lock  Haven  University 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


® 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ATHLETIC  STAFF 


Mike  Flamingo 

Assistant  Wrestling  Coach 
B.S.,  Mansfield  University 

Matthew  H.  Ficca 

Head  Athletic  Trainer 

B.S.,  East  Stroudsburg  University 

M.S.,  University  of  South  Alabama 

Robyn  Flaherty 

Assistant  Women's  Basketball  Coach 
Assistant  Women's  Softball  Coach 
B.S.,  Lycoming  College 

Robert  L.  George 

Assistant  Football  Coach 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  University 

M.S.,  SUNY at  Cortland 

Frank  L.  Girardl 

Director  of  Athletics 
Head  Football  Coach 
B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College 

Thomas  R.  Griffith 

Assistant  Men's  Basketball  Coach 
B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Gene  Haupt 

Assistant  Football  Coach 

M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Deborah  J.  Holmes 

Women's  Tennis  Coach 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Sonny  Kirkpatrick 

Head  Volleyball  Coach 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Jay  Kramer 

Head  Men'sAVomen's  Swimming  Coach 
Head  Men'sAVomen's  Cross  Country  Coach 
B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin-Lacrosse 
M.S.,  University  of  Iowa 

Joe  Lumbis 

Equipment  Manager 


Terry  Mantle 

Assistant  Football  Coach 
B.S.,  Lock  Haven  University 

Joe  Mark 

Men's  Tennis  Coach 

Yvonne  M.  Meuse 

Cheerleading  Advisor 

Jason  Miller 

Assistant  Soccer  Coach 

B.S.,  California  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Dan  Muthler 

Assistant  Wrestling  Coach 
B.S.,  U.S.  Naval  Academy 

Brian  J.  Oakes 

Part  time  Athletic  Trainer 
B.S.,  Lock  Haven  University 

Gene  J.  Peluso 

Head  LaCrosse  Coach 

B.S.,  Nazareth  College  of  Rochester 

Stephanie  Radulski 

Assistant  Soccer  Coach 
B.A.,  Dickinson  College 

Pat  Schemery 

Assistant  Football  Coach 
B.S.,  Mansfield  University 

Michael  J.  Silecchia 

Asst.  Football  Coach 
B.A.,  Mansfield  University 
M.A.,  Mansfield  University 

Mike  Weber 

Assistant  Football  Coach 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 

Steve  Wiser 

Assistant  Football  Coach 
B.A.,  Lycoming  College 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


® 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ADMINISTRATIVE  ASSISTANTS 


Administrative  Assistants 


Victoria  G.  Anderton 

Campus  Store  Assistant 

Patricia  Barclay 

Communications  Officer 

Melody  A.  Bartlett 

Purchasing  Coordinator 

Trudy  L.  Beachem 

Gift  Records  Specialist 

Michael  J.  Beatty 

Security  Supervisor 

Theresa  M.  Beatty 

Faculty  Secretary,  Biology  and 
Chemistry  Departments 

Nathalie  R.  Beck 

Assistant  to  the  President 

Kyle  Bowen 

Mailroom  Coordinator 

Brigitte  C.  Brahms 

Telecommunications  Coordinator 

Sandra  L.  Burrows 

Secretary,  College  Relations 

Diane  Carl 

Secretary  to  President 

Barbara  J.  Carlin 

Executive  Secretary  to  Dean  of 
Admissions  &  Financial  Aid 

Diana  L.  Cleveland 

System  Administrator 

Luana  L.  Cleveland 

Gallery  Coordinator 

Richard  L.  Cowher  II 

Printing  Services  Coordinator 

June  V.  Creveling 

Secretary,  Buildings  &  Grounds 
and  Safety  &  Security 

Allen  Cunningham 

Communications  Officer 

1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


Mary  E.  Dahlgren 

Admissions  Data  Coordinator 

Dawn  M.  Davison 

Research  and  Travel  Asst. 

Julia  Dougherty 

Library  Technician,  Circulation 

Terri  R.  DriscoU 

Secretary,  Athletics 

Gladys  M.  Engel 

Faculty  Secretary,  Theatre 

Angela  Fahrenbach 

Communications  Officer 

Robert  W.  Fans 

Mailroom  Assistant  &  Assistant  Press  Operator 

Orlan  Fisher 

Mailroom  Assistant 

Paula  M.  Fisher 

Assistant  Admissions  Data  Coordinator/ 
Secretary 

Sandra  L.  Goodsite 

Systems  Analyst 

Steven  Hanun 

Coordinator  of  Student  Computing 

Diane  J.  Hassinger 

Executive  Secretary  to  Dean  of  College 

Esther  L.  Henninger 

Secretary,  Athletics 


^a 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ADMINISTRATIVE  ASSISTANTS 


Carol  Hoover 

Printing  Services  Assistant 

Barbara  E.  Horn 

Faculty  Secretary,  Education 

Jennifer  Jamieson 

Secretary 

Kristin  Johnson 

Safety  Officer 

David  M.  Kelchner 

Records  and  Data  Manager 

Shelly  A.  LaForme 

Cashier  &  Bookkeeper 

Richard  D.  Lane 

Library  Evening  Proctor 

Gale  D.  Laubacher 

Accounts  Payable  Coordinator 

Donna  M.  Laughrey 

Campus  Store  Assistant 

Peggie  A.  LeFever 

Personnel  Coordinator 

B.  Brian  Leonard 

Coordinator  of  Audiovisual 
and  Multimedia 

Shirley  D.  Lloyd 

Switchboard  Operator 

John  J.  Maness 

Security  Supervisor 

Dorothy  E.  Maples 

Box  Office  Manager 

D.  Maxine  McCormick 

Recorder 

Nielin  L.  Meredith 

Assistant  Admissions  Data  Coordinator 

Jason  C.  Miller 

Network  Administor 

Rebecca  R.  Miller 

Secretary,  Financial  Aid 

Yvonne  L.  Miller 

Technical  Support  Analyst 

LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


Marlene  L.  Neece 

Library  Technician,  Document  Delivery 

Larry  Newsuan 

Security  Officer 

Judith  E.  Noble 

Library  Technician,  Acquisitions 

Marion  R.  Nyman 

Bursar/Executive  Secretary 
to  the  Treasurer  &  Controller 

Melissa  Pinkerton 

Development  Services  Coordinator 

Julie  Rupert 

Secretary,  Business  Manager 

Sherry  L.  Schaefer 

Secretary,  Residence  Life 

Fern  L.  Schon 

Payroll  &  Student  Loan  Coordinator 

Gregory  S.  Seidel 

Security  Supervisor 

Pamela  S.  Smith 

Secretary,  Career  Development  Center 

Gail  Spencer 

Library  Technician,  Circulation 

Robin  Straka 

Assistant  to  the  Registrar 

Sheran  L.  Swank 

Faculty  Secretary 

Patricia  J.  Triaca 

Library  Technician,  Cataloging/ 
Government  Document 

Carolyn  I.  Vander  Weide 

Faculty  Secretary 

Judy  E.  Walker 

Secretary,  Health  &  Counseling  Services 

Nancy  A.  Walker 

Faculty  Secretary 

Scott  Warner 

Security  Officer 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


ADMINISTRATIVE  ASSISTANTS  •  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 


Deborah  E.  Weaver 

Manager,  Residence  Halls  Operations 

Donna  A.  Weaver 

Assistant,  Student  Activities 

Sandra  Wenzel 

Campus  Store  Assistant 

Geraldine  H.  Wescott 

Library  Technician,  Periodicals 

Roberta  Wheeler 

Gift  &  Biographical  Records  Specialist 

Patricia  S.  Wittig 

Secretary,  Campus  Ministries 

Jean  C.  Wool 

Executive  Secretary  to  Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

Amy  M.  Yocum 

Faculty  Secretary 

Gregory  Zelensky 

Security  Officer 

1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG  ■ 


Alumni 
Association 

The  Alumni  Association  of  Lycoming 
College  has  a  membership  of  nearly  13,000  men 
and  women.  It  is  govemed  by  an  Executive 
Board  consisting  of  24  members-at-large.  The 
Board  includes  members  representing  various 
class  years  and  geographic  areas,  the  senior 
class  president,  the  current  student  body  pres- 
ident, and  past  presidents  of  the  last  graduating 
class  and  the  Student  Senate  of  Lycoming 
College.  The  Director  of  Alumni  and  Parent 
Programs  manages  the  activities  of  the  Alumni 
office. 

The  Alumni  Association  has  the  following 
purpose  as  stated  in  its  constitution:  "As  an  off- 
campus  constituency,  the  association's  purpose 
is  to  seek  ways  of  maintaining  an  active  and 
mutually  beneficial  relationship  between  the 
College  and  its  alumni,  utilizing  their  talents, 
resources,  and  counsel  to  further  the  objectives 
and  programs  of  Lycoming  College." 

All  former  students  of  Williamsport 
Dickinson  Seminary  and  all  former  students 
who  have  successfully  completed  one  year  of 
study  at  Williamsport  Dickinson  Junior  College 
or  Lycoming  College  are  considered  members 
of  the  association. 

Acting  as  the  representative  of  alumni  on 
the  campus  and  working  also  with  undergradu- 
ates, the  Alumni  office  is  responsible  for  keeping 
alumni  informed  and  interested  in  the  programs, 
growth,  and  acdvities  of  the  College  through 
regular  publications  mailed  to  all  alumni  on 
record.  Arrangements  for  Home-coming,  Class 
Reunions,  club  meetings,  and  similar  acdvities 
are  coordinated  through  this  office.  Through 
the  Lycoming  College  Annual  Fund,  the  Alumni 
office  is  closely  associated  with  the  develop- 
ment program  of  the  College.  Communications 
to  the  Alumni  Association  should  be  addressed 
to  the  Alumni  and  Parent  Programs  Office. 


^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  EXECUTIVE  BOARD 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 
EXECUTIVE  BOARD 

TERM  EXPIRES  OCTOBER  1996 
N.  Mark  Achenbach  '58 
Jay  W.  Cleveland  '88 
Patricia  S.  Courtright  '74 
Kenneth  L.  Koetzner  '61 
Jean  M.  White  '48 

TERM  EXPIRES  OCTOBER  1997 
Julie  A.  Hottle  Day  '88 
Helen  H.  Fultz  '57 
Angela  V.  Hyte  '73 
JuUe  M.  MaKatche  '92 
Debra  A.  Oberg-Kmiecik  '87 
Debra  S.  Schneider  '86 
Jon  C.  Vandevander  '79 
Dennis  G.  Youshaw  '61 

TERM  EXPIRES  OCTOBER  1998 
Daniel  W.  Bythewood  '68 
Robert  P.  Crockett  '61 
Paul  B.  Henry  '66 
William  R.  Lawry  '64 
Fred  Y.  Legge  '53 
Linda  Porr  Sweeney  '78 
J.  Michael  Schweder  '71 
Ronalee  B.  Trogner  '69 


Members  of  the  Board 
Serving  a  One- Year  Term 

Student  Senate  of 
Lycoming  College  (SSLC) 
President 

Alicia  L.  Klosowski 

SSLC  Past  President 

Erica  S.  Dohner 

'96  Senior  Class  President 

Kellie  A.  O'Connor 

'97  Senior  Class  President 

Michael  S.  Wiltshire 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


^^ 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


INDEX 

• 


Index 


Academic  Advising 51 

Academic  Calendar 2 

Academic  Honesty/Standing 31 

Academic  Honors 31 

Academic  Program 36 

Accounting  Curriculum 57 

Accounting-Mathematics  (EIM) 60 

Admission  to  Lycoming 10 

Advanced  Placement 27 

Advanced  Standing  by  Transfer 27 

Advisory  Committees 51 

Health  Professions 52 

Legal  Professions 52 

Theological  Professions 52 

Allopathic  Medicine,  Preparation 51 

American  Studies  (EIM) 60 

Anthropology  Curriculum 154 

Application  Fee  and  Deposits 13 

Applied  Music  Requirements 130 

Art  Curriculum 62 

Astronomy  and  Physics  Curriculum 68 

Athletic  Training 141 

Audit 28 

Awards 32 

B.F.A.  Degree 37 

Biology  Curriculum 74 

Board  of  Trustees 165 

B.S.N.  Degree 38 

Business  Administration  Curriculum 79 

Campus  Facilities 6 

Capitol  Semester 56 

Career  Development  Services 24 

Chemistry  Curriculum 84 

Christian  Ministry,  Advising  for 52 

Class  Attendance 29 

College  and  the  Church 6 

College  Level  Examination 

Program  (CLEP) 27 

Computer  Science  Curriculum 119 

Conduct,  Standards  of 26 

Contingency  Deposits 14 

Cooperative  Programs 43 

Engineering 44 

Environmental  Studies 44 

Forestry 44 


Medical  Technology 44 

Military  Science 46 

Optometry 45 

Podiatric  Medicine 46 

Sculpture 46 

Counseling,  Personal 24 

Course  Credit  by  Examination 27 

Criminal  Justice  (EIM) 91 

Cultural  Diversity 40 

Degree  Programs/Requirements 37 

Dental  School,  Preparation 52 

Departmental  Honors 51 

Deposits/Deposit  Refunds 14 

Distribution  Requirements 39 

English 39 

Fine  Arts 39 

Foreign  Language 39 

Humanities 39 

Mathematics 39 

Natural  Sciences 40 

Social  Sciences 40 

Economics  Curriculum 92 

Education  Curriculum 96 

Education  Financing  Plans 16 

Educational  Opportunity  Grants 17 

Engineering,  Cooperative  Program 44 

English  Curriculum 100 

English  Requirement 39 

Entrance  Examination  (CEEB) 27 

Environmental  Science 75 

Environmental  Studies 44 

Established  Interdisciplinary  Major  (EIM). .  42 

Faculty 169 

Federal  Grants  and  Loans 17-18 

Fees 13-14 

Financial  Aid/Assistance 15 

Fine  Arts  Requirements 39 

Foreign  Language  Requirement 39 

Foreign  Languages  and 

Literatures  Curriculum 105 

Forestry,  Cooperative  Program 44 

French  Curriculum 106 

German  Curriculum 107 

Grading  System 29 

Graduation  Requirements 37 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG 


^^ 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


INDEX 

• 


Greek  Curriculum 108 

Health  Professions,  Preparation 52 

Health  Services 24 

Hebrew  Curriculum 109 

History  Curriculum 110 

Honor  Societies 31 

Humanities  Requirement 39 

Independent  Study 54 

Institute  for  Management  Studies 114 

Interdisciplinary  Majors 42 

Established  Majors  (EIM) 42 

Individual  Majors  (IIM) 42 

International  Studies 116 

Internship  Programs 54 

Johnson  Atelier 64 

Legal  Professions,  Preparation 52 

Literature  (EIM) 118 

Loans 17 

London  Semester 55 

Lycoming  Scholar  Program 48 

Major 41 

Admission  to 41 

Departmental 42 

Interdisciplinary  (EIM,  IIM) 42 

Management  Scholars  Program 114 

Mathematical  Sciences 118 

Mathematic  Requirements 39 

May  Term 53 

Medical  School,  Preparation 52 

Medical  Technology 44 

Military  Science 125 

Minor 47 

Music  Curriculum 127 

National  Direct  Student  Loans  (NDSL) 18 

Natural  Science  Requirement 40 

Near  East  Culture  and  Archaeology  (EIM).  .131 

Non-degree  Students 28 

Nursing 132 

Optometry 45 

Optometry  School,  Preparation 52 

Osteopathy  School,  Preparation 51 

Payment  of  Fees 13 

Philadelphia  Semester 55 

Philosophy  Curriculum 137 

Physical  Activity,  Wellness 

&  Community  Service  Program 141 

Physical  Activity  Curriculum 142 


Physics  Curriculum 68 

Placement  Services 24 

Podiatric  Medicine, 

Cooperative  Program 46 

Political  Science  Curriculum 143 

Psychology  Curriculum 147 

Readmission 12 

Refunds 14 

Registration 28 

Religion  Curriculum 150 

Repeated  Courses 30 

Reserve  Officer  Training 

Corps  Program  (ROTC) 46 

Residence  and  Residence  Halls 24 

Scholarships/Grants 17 

Scholarships  (ROTC) 19 

Scholar  Program 48 

Scholar  Seminar 154 

Sculpture 64 

Social  Science  Requirement 40 

Sociology- Anthropology  Curriculum 154 

Spanish  Curriculum 109 

Special  Facilities  &  Programs 53 

Independent  Study 54 

Internship  Program 54 

May  Term 53 

Overseas  Studies  Opportunities 55 

Staff 166,179 

State  Grants  and  Loans 17 

Student  Records 27 

Study  Abroad 56 

Supplemental  Educational 

Opportunity  Grant  (SEOG) 17 

Theatre  Curriculum 159 

Theological  Professions,  Advising 52 

Unit  Course  System 26 

United  Nations  Semester 55 

Veterinary  School,  Preparation 51 

Washington  Semester 55 

Wellness  Curriculum 141 

Westminster  Oxford  Semester 55 

Withdrawal  from  College 29 

Withdrawal  of  Admissions  Application 12 

Women's  Studies 164 

Work-Study  Grants 18 

Writing  Across  The  Curriculum  Program. . .  40 


LYCOMING  COLLEGE 


® 


1996-97  ACADEMIC  CATALOG